Ratha PE
Ha

rf
it

ahha
Le ay Hetil ity 2
SM at wht

ae
ied
:

3
oy

ee

eheae hy
ae

Seats
ae

pee iet
See

eseet ae
BiSuhite enh
he Se

rah
hy ees
, Hecibst

cement ahah
ke Fy tet

i
te

ies

BUNS Vid ye

kat

Ri aaaixy

Si tiencitin
Cte a ake

Fey ant ttd
ie pitas
Seat
ee ri

Lea Eaten teats ie ikeereeuitngs manta
pean ea OTA Sah satelaruttoee 1 pentane raess eainesss
AIG PS a RR ait a EA peahantii se gn

rohan pomp asst a
ae oe ake ir eunbepecsas fanaa
ee Nesta ured % i : bis y aint
anya ; BIMBO

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2008 with funding from
Microsoft Corporation

http://www.archive.org/details/foraminifera06herouoft

BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY),

- BRIMSH ANTARCTIC (‘TERRA NOVA”) EXPEDITION, 1910

NATURAL HISTORY REPORT.

- ZOOLOGY. VOL. VI, No. 2. Pp. 25-268.

PROTOZOA.

PART II.—FORAMINIFERA.

<

BY

EDWARD HERON-ALLEN, F.R:S.,
AND

ARTHUR EARLAND, F.R.M.S.

WITH ONE FIGURE IN THE TEXT AND EIGHT PLATES,

LONDON :

PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM.

Sold by Lonemans, GREEN & Co., 39, Paternoster Row, E.0. 4; B. Quaniren, Lyp., 11, Grafton Street, New Bond
Street, W.1; Donau & Co., Lvp., 34-36, Margaret Street, Cavendish Square, W, 1;
Tur Oxrorp Unrversiry Press, Amen Corner, E.C.4;
AND AT THE
British Museum (Natura History), Cromwell Road, S.W, 7.

1922,
[All rights reserved. |

: (Issued 25th March, 1922.)

a

bo
or

Bro lLOZOA.

PART II-—FORAMINIFERA.

BY

EDWARD HERON-ALLEN, F.R.S.. AND ARTHUR EARLAND, F.R.MLS.
WITH ONE FIGURE IN THE TEXT AND EIGHT PLATES.

CONTENTS:

PAGE
I. Introduction.

(i) Material . ; : ; : : : 26
(i1) Literature : ; : : : 28
(iii) Arctic and Antarctic Types of Foramini'era : 30
(iv) Pelagic Foraminifera ; 34
(v) Classification adopted in this Report . 38
(vi) New Species and Varieties Recorded : 43

I]. List of Stations.
(i) Official—Harmer and Lilhe : : : 44
(ii) Geographical—Heron-Allen and Karland — . : : , AA.
III. Description of the Material Examined. : 45
IV. Species and Varieties Recorded : ; 58

V. Appendix.

A.— Official Station 308 “Off Tierra del Fuego” 230
B.—* Royal Sound, Kerguelen Island”. : : oe 123i
C.—Official Station 42, “Off Rio de Janeiro” . , 232
D.—Material collected by the “‘ Discovery,” 1901-4 . sos
1), Wagnerella borealis, Meresch. F 5 2 ; - : : 935
F.—On the Colouration of Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas). Se 2
VI. List of Works Referred to in the Report : ; e236
Index . : : : 249

VOL. VI.

26 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

ll; INTRODUGHIGN:
(i) MATERIAL.

SEVEN years have passed since we received from the present Director of the
Natural History Museum fifty-four tubes and forty-three jars of varying sizes
containing material for examination and report. The work has necessarily been
retarded by the War, but has resulted in the recording of more than 650 species
and varieties of Foraminifera, forty-six of which are new to Science.

Before the Expedition started we were consulted as to the best methods of
collecting, and gladly gave the results of many years’ experience. but circumstances
appear to have rendered impossible any serious attempt at the collection of
foraminiferous material. Apart from the tubes contaming the “cores” of
soundings (which are of little value from a faunistic poimt of view), and a few
sands from the New Zealand coastal area, the material received consisted
principally of sandy débris, evidently the residuum from gatherings of assorted

“ec

Benthos, and usually “ preserved’ in formalin, than which no more unsatisfactory
medium for the “preservation” of Foraminifera can be imagined.

Now such débris is of course foraminiferous, often rich, but as compared with
specially collected material it is extremely difficult to clean, and the results are
often fragmentary. Neither time nor trouble was spared im the tedious processes
involved, but from the point of view of specialists we can only view the results
as a tantalising sketch of the possibilities which would have attended upon an
ample supply of properly collected Antarctic material.

The method of preparation employed was to wash the material on graded
sieves ranging down to silk gauze of 160 meshes to the linear inch. The material
thus retained is referred to in the subsequent report as ‘ Sieves,’ while the finest
mud, passing through the silk gauze, and subsequently separated by means of
a filter-paper, is described as ‘“ Residues.”

It may be noted here that we received no material whatever from five of
the “‘ Antarctic Benthos ” Stations in the Official List, but we have received facilities
for examining some of the Sponges collected at these Stations for sessile species.
Also that three jars of material were entirely unlocated and some others bore
no Station numbers. These were successfully placed by a comparison of the
fauna contained.

Our researches have confronted us with several notable lacunae. Conspicuous
by their absence, for example, are Miliolina hicornis, Keramosphaera murrayr, Hyper-
ammina friabilis, Candeina mitida, Anomalina ammonoides, and Pulvinulina
menardw, all of which have been recorded from similar localities by Chapman
or by Pearcey.

A striking feature of our records is the occurrence of arenaceous isomorphs
of various forms hitherto known only as porcellanous or hyaline. These have

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

bo
—~J

afforded an opportunity of adumbrating in Section V. of this Introduction a more
scientific classification of the Order, especially in regard tothe family Lituolidae.
The occurrence of such arenaceous isomorphs might have been reasonably
anticipated in the Antarctic. The substitution of an adventitious test for one
composed of calcium carbonate is no doubt a physiological process due to the
low temperature of the animal’s environment. It has long been observed that
tropical organisms secrete calcium carbonate in great abundance, while benthic
and Arctic organisms are characterised by thin, delicate shells, and the experiments
of Murray and Irvine proved that the reactions involved in the fixation of
CaCO, were retarded by cold and accelerated by heat. (But see p. 34.)

The fossil or sub-fossil material received from Stations 2, 3, and 6 presents
some difficulty. The distinctive nature of the material does not appear to have
been recognised when it was obtained from the dredge, and no records were made
of its occurrence and relative abundance. The material from these Stations
therefore consists of: (1) recent muds and sands easily recognisable as such ;
(2) more or less disintegrated lumps of the deposit m question; (3) a mixture
of the two in which it is not always possible to discriminate between the
constituents.

Some of the harder lumps of this deposit have been submitted to various
authorities who, as a rule, decline to commit themselves to any definite statement
as to its age. The general consensus of opinion is, that the deposit is probably
of no great antiquity but represents a recent sea-bottom consolidated by the
solution and subsequent re-deposition of CaCO, in sea water.

Mr. A. W. Waters, on the other hand, after preparation and examination of
the material, is inclined to attribute a Tertiary origm to the deposit, on the
strength of the occurrence therein of certain Polyzoa (Cellaria angustiloba,
Entalophora verticillata, Cellepora fossa) known only as typical Tertiary fossils.
He compares the Polyzoan fauna with certain beds in Victoria attributed to the
Miocene or Oligocene.

The matter lies outside our province and can only be settled by a further
examination of suitable material. We will only observe that if the deposit is of
the age suggested, we should have anticipated the occurrence of similarly typical
Tertiary Foraminifera. With the exception of a single specimen of Nwmmulites
variolarius found at an early stage of our work, anterior to the receipt of
Mr. Waters’s report, no distinctive fossils occur among the Foraminifera.* The species
listed from the hard deposit are to all intents and purposes identical with the
recent forms at the same Stations, and any differences are principally due to
development, which is usually more noticeable in the fossil than in the recent

* We had rejected this Nummulite without hesitation as due to extraneous circumstances, although
we felt that all possible precautions had been adopted in cleaning the material, but in view of Mr. Waters’s
report its occurrence, if accepted, has obviously a considerable value as evidence in support of his theory.

E 2

28 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

specimens. One point only appears to us to be definitely proved by the com-
paratively low percentage of mineral grains, viz. : that the deposit was laid down
at a time, and under conditions, when the shore-line was at a far greater distance
from the Stations in question than it is to-day.

(i) LITERATURE.

The multitudinous and world-wide material collected by d’Orbigny prior to
1826, the date of his “ Tableau Méthodique,” included none from Antarctic
regions. Freycinet and Duperrey, from whom he received much material, did
not cruise S. of Tasmania.

The literature of our subject may be said to commence with a paper
presented by Ehrenberg to the Berlin Academy in 1844, dealmg with material
collected by Dr. J. Hooker on the cruise of the * Erebus’ and “ Terror,’ under
Sir James Ross.* A volume of 100 pp. was issued containing instructions to
observers and collectors upon this voyage, the data and material collected to be
worked out at home after the return of the Expedition.t According to
Ehrenberg it was he who caused Humboldt to press for the collection of micro-
organisms and to prescribe the methods of collection. We are told that in
January 1841, lying becalmed, Ross put over a dredge which brought up rock
fragments and “a surprising profusion of animal life.” Dr. J. Hooker collected
forty packets of soundings from Cape Horn to Victoria Land, and three jars of
water which were sent to Germany, and we read that forms collected in 1842
near Victoria Land were still almost fresh when they reached Germany in 1844.
Hooker and Ehrenberg both worked on the material. and the conclusions arrived
at by Ehrenberg were, shortly, that the relations of organic life were identical
at the North and South Poles, that the surface layers (“ Pancake ice”) were
crowded with life, and that the supposition that organisms cannot live below
100 fms. had become untenable.

At the time Ehrenberg wrote, only three packets, between 63° and 70°S.
(190-270 fms.) had been examined; what became of the rest is not known to us.
On p. 188 he records, as found by Hooker, in floating (“ Pancake ’’) ice, from
78° 10’S., 162° W., four Foraminifera; of three of these he gives a nebulous
diagnosis on pp. 207-8, the other is simply recorded as “ Spiroloculina.” The
three diagnosed forms are: (1) Grammostomum divergens, which he subsequently

* C.G. Ehrenberg. “ Vorliaufige Nachricht iiber das kleinste Leben im Weltmeer, am Siidpol, und
in der Meeres Tiefen,’ Monatsber. Berliner Ak. Wiss., 1844, pp. 182-207.

{ The reader is referred to Dr. H. R. Mill’s work “ The Siege of the South Pole ” (London, 1905
pp- 252-326.) The “ Erebus” and “ Terror ” started from England Sept. 30, 1839, and were within the
Antarctic Circle (S. of 66° 30’ S. lat.) between Jan. 1 and March 4, 1841, Jan. 1 and March 6, 1842, and
March | and March 11, 1843. They returned to England in September, 1843.

{ An abbreviated translation of Ehrenberg’s paper was published in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xiv, 1844
pp. 169-181, “On Microscopic Life in the Ocean at the South Pole and at Considerable Depths.”

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 29

figured (H. 1854, M. xxxv. A. Fig. xxii, 22)* and recorded as “Guttulina? divergens and
Grammostomum, 1844.” Sherborn suggests Bulimina, and it is probably referable
to that genus, of the B. pupordes type. Ehrenberg also records the same species
(on p. 192) from Gulf Erebus and Terror, 63° 40’ 8., 55° W. (270 fms.).+ (2) Rotalia
antarctica, and (3) R. erebi. He gives no figures, but from the diagnosis they appear
to be starved forms of R. beccarw (Linn.). And then came what Dr. Mill calls
“the generation of averted interest.” No other exploration of importance, and
certainly no collection of material took place in Antarctic waters until the voyage
of the “Challenger” in 1874, whose “furthest south’ was 66° 40’S., 78°30’ E.,
5. of Kerguelen Island. But the “ Challenger’? made the first systematic series of
soundings in the Antarctic, and the statement was made that here the Globigerina
ooze (or Red Clay in deeper water) merges into Diatom ooze, and ‘then into
terrigenous Blue Mud. (Cf. Dr. Harvey Pirie’s Map in P. 1913, S.N.A.)

The principal works dealing with the Foraminifera of our areas are, for the
New Zealand area, Chapman 1905, G.B.I; 1909, S.N.Z.; and Cushman 1919,
R.F.N.Z.: the latter paper bemg founded merely upon four type-slides, sent to
the author by our late friend Mr. R. L. Mestayer, of Wellington, N.Z., containing
specimens from the “ Poor Knight’s” Islands (35° 30’S., 174° 43’ E.); it therefore
lacks the authority of Chapman’s papers, which were the outcome of research upon
ample material. For the Antarctic area, the works available to the student are
Pearcey’s paper on the Foraminifera of the Scottish Antarctic Expedition, 1902-4
(P. 1914, S.N.A.), in which he records 242 species and varieties, and Dr. Harvey
Pirie’s paper on the Deep Sea Deposits (P. 1913, S.N.A.), which, however, records
no species other than those listed in Pearcey’s memoir. Our friend Mons. E.
Fauré-Fremiet has contributed two papers on the French Antarctic Expedition of
the “ Pourquoi pas?” (F. 1913 and 1914, F.M.A.F.). M. Fauré-Fremiet is an
excellent worker, but unfortunately his material must have been very inadequate,
for he only records fourteen species. In 1914 Chapman, in the Reports of the
Shackleton Expedition (1907-9), contributed two papers, one Geological (C. 1914,
E.D.R.S8.) on (a) a deposit 20 feet above sea-level N. of the Drygalski Glacier, and
(b) another from the slopes of Mt. Erebus, 160 feet above sea-level; the other,
Recent (C. 1914, F.O.R.S.), from soundings in the Ross Sea, in which he records
sixty-six species and varieties.

It is obvious that the material submitted to these authors was very adequate,
but we made, originally, a point of giving references to their papers in the
synonymies of all species and varieties recorded by us from the far more extensive
material submitted to us for examination. The drastic reduction of synonymies

* For explanation of the method employed by us, with a view to economy of space, in all our biblio-
graphical references, see p. 236.
+ Ehrenberg’s figure of G. divergens, Pl. xxi, fig. 86, is Bolivina dilatata, Rss., a quite different form.

30 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

explained on p. 58, necessitated by the present conditions of cost of printing and
paper has compelled us to excise this portion of our work, but the papers
themselves are no doubt readily accessible to the student.

It remains only to say that, though as we have indicated (supra), the
gatherings consigned to us might have been much more exhaustive and repre-
sentative than they are, the material analysed in this Report is by far the most
voluminous that has been brought to this country from either New Zealand or

the Antarctic regions.

(iii) ARCTIC AND ANTARCTIC TYPES OF. FORAMINIFERA.

It is not easy to form any comparison between the foraminiferal fauna listed
in our Report and the tables of species from high latitudes published by Brady
(B. 1884, F.C., pp. 779-785), because, of the eight Antarctic stations figurmg m
his list, five are from localities on or adjacent to the Southern extremity of the
American continent, and two of the other Stations represent rich insular
gathermgs round Kerguelen Id. and Heard Id. The remaining list is from
“Challenger” Station 150 in the Southern Ocean (52° 4’8.) in 150 fathoms. This
is approximately the latitude of our Stations 11 and 12 (Official Stations
Nos. 208-9), and the depth is very similar, but the nature of the Challenger
material, which was organic débris from a rocky bottom, yieldmg only sixteen
species of Foraminifera, forbids any direct comparison with the oozes obtained at
these two “Terra Nova” Stations. Brady did not list the species derived from
the deep water “ Challenger’’ Stations off the Ice Barrier (Stn. 153—1,675 fms.,
Stn. 155—1,300fms., Stn. 157—1,950fms.), all of which would have afforded
suitable material for a comparison with our Report.

Murray in the “Summary of Scientific Results of the Voyage of the ‘ Chal-
lenger’” (1895), vol. 1, p. 498, gives a list of forty species of Foraminifera
from Station 153. This is probably not exhaustive. It contains many interesting
forms, but perhaps the most noticeable point is the absence of Globigerina
pachyderma (Khbg.), and the presence of G. dutertrei, d’Orb.

Nor is it easy to make any direct comparison with the foraminiferal fauna
from Arctic latitudes given in the same table because our list includes many deep-
water Stations, whereas 300 fathoms represents the maximum depth in Brady’s
list. But a comparison of the species in Brady’s Arctic and Antarctic lists with
our own records yields some noticeable results, in some respects confirming

>

Brady's observations and in’ others disproving them.
Thus Brady records the following species as Antarctic but absent from the
Arctic :—
1. Articulina funalis, Brady.
D: S s} var. mornata, Brady.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 31

3. Clavulina communis, d’Orbigny.
4. Sagrina raphanus, Parker and Jones.
5 dimorpha, Parker and Jones.

Or

Nos. 1 and 3 are abundant in our Antarctic material, but the others do not
occur.

Again Brady comments on the fact that the following forms occur in the
Arctic, while no representatives of these genera occur in the Antarctic :—

1. Verneuilina polystropha (Reuss). | 6. Polymorphina lactea (W. & J.).
2. Bigenerina nodosaria, VOrb. | Te is oblonga, A Orb.

3. Spiroplecta biformis (P. & J.). 8. ie rotundata (Born.).
4. Polymorphina acuminata (d’Orb.). 9. Operculina ammonoides (Gron.).
5. ~ compressa, d Orb. |

But No. 1 appears in our Antarctic list with four other species of Vernewilina ;
No. 3 with another species, Spiroplecta annectens (P. & J.); No. 9 occurs, and
although only Nos. 5 and 8 are represented in our list of Polymorphinae, our
Antarctic species of that genus number eight, as against Brady’s five from the
Arctic and none from the Antarctic. Possibly the most striking fact in the
comparison of the Polymorphinae lies in the entire absence of P. lactea (W. & J.)
from both Antarctic lists, though it figures at five out of six of the Arctic
Stations. It looks therefore as though P. lactea may be regarded definitely as
absent from the Antarctic. Operculina ammonoides (Gron.) occurs at several
Antarctic Stations.

Among Brady’s other deductions are :—

1. That Uvigerina and Sagrina replace Polymorphina in Southern latitudes.
With this we cannot agree for reasons already given.

2. That Clavulina (C. communis, dOrb., understood) similarly replaces
Bigenerina, which appears to be correct.

3. That the porcellanous forms display a more varied development in the
South than in the North. In support of this he lists twenty-four porcellanous
species, nineteen of which are Antarctic against ten im the Arctic list. There
are twenty-six porcellanous forms in our Antarctic list, including several species
not common to our own list and Brady’s, so the deduction appears to be correct
if the Arctic list may be regarded as fairly complete.

4. That the Northern region is much richer in—

(a) The Textularian types :
(6) Polymorphinae ;
(c) Nonioninae.

As regards (a) the deduction is based on a list of twenty-seven Textulariidae,

nineteen of which are recorded by Brady as Antarctic and only sixteen as

“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Arctic. The reasoning is therefore at fault if Brady had “species*’ in his mind.
If however “number of specimens” was intended we may perhaps agree, as, with
certain exceptions (Clavulina communis, Cassidulina (various species), Bulimina
chapmant, Ehrenbergina hystrix var. glabra, etc.) the Textulariidae occur very
sparingly in our Antarctic material. The genus Textularia itself is represented
in our list by a single deep-water form, Textularia concava var. heterostoma,
Forn., as against three species in Brady’s Antarctic list and two in his Arctic
list; and other genera, where represented at all, are usually very rare. But we
have some forty-seven species and varieties of Textularidae on our list, south of
the Antarctic Circle, so Brady’s conclusion must not be accepted without further
evidence. As regards (b) we have already stated the reasons for our disagreement
with Brady’s conclusion.

As regards (c) Brady lists eight species of Nonionina, all of which figure
in the Arctic fauna, but only four of them appear in his Antarctic list, and
these are confined to the Patagonian localities and do not figure in the Kerguelen,
Heard Island or Southern Ocean material. Our experience is very different, for
we have eight species on our Antarctic list and one of them is Nomonina
stelligera, @Orb., which is one of the most characteristic Northern forms. It
figures in all the Arctic Stations of Brady, but at only one Southern Station, off
the Patagonian coast.

Hence we may regard this conclusion of Brady’s to be unfounded also.

Brady’s tables include fifty-three genera and 189 species, of which forty-four
genera, represented by 137 species, occur in the Southern area and _ forty-one
genera, represented by 111 species, occur in the Northern area; thirty-two genera,
represented by sixty species, being common to both areas.

Such a large proportion of forms common to Northern and Southern waters
might be used as evidence in favour of the theory of bipolarity by a zoologist
unfamiliar with the group, but to the rhizopodist the presence or absence of a
few particular species would be more convincing evidence than the longest list
of other forms. This, for the reason that, apart from those genera and _ species
limited in their distribution by conditions of mean temperature (which form
the characteristic shallow water foraminiferal faunas of different latitudes), the
mean temperature at all depths below 500 fathoms all over the world does not
vary more than a few degrees, and so would constitute no barrier to the gradual
migration of Foraminifera from one pole to the other by way of the cold waters
of the deep sea. Hence we should be loth to accept the existence of any species
or number of species in both Arctic and Antarctic waters as evidence in favour
of bipolarity, but should be prepared to regard the absence from either region of
a species known to be peculiarly characteristic of the other region as definite evidence
opposed to the theory.

Brady’s list of Arctic Foraminifera contains at least three species peculiar to

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

oo
oo

Arctic and adjacent seas. They are Reophax arctica, Brady, known only from the
Arctic, and by a few pauperate specimens from Delos (Sidebottom), Hippocrepina
indivisa, Parker, known from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the Arctic seas, and in a
starved form from the Moray Firth; Polystomella arctica, P. & J., perhaps the
most typical and abundant of all Arctic species, a large, strong species which
cannot be overlooked and with a Southern limit about the Moray Firth.

None of these three forms have ever been recorded from the Southern area,
and but for the occurrence of a single specimen (broken) of Hippocrepina indivisa
in our own records we should regard their complete absence as more striking than
the occurrence of a multitude of other species which have a more or less universal
distribution.

It is more difficult to select similar forms from the Southern area, but there
are two characteristic Antarctic forms which may be considered, viz. :

(1) Articulina funalis, Brady, abundant in the farthest South gatherings.
This has been recorded also from shallow water in the tropics, but never, so far
as we know, in Northern Seas.

(2) Ehrenbergina hystrix, Brady, represented abundantly in the Antarctic by
our variety glabra, and otherwise known only from deep water in the Pacific.

Practically the only species (so called) which could be mvoked as evidence
of bipolarity is Globigerina pachyderma (Ehbg.). This curiously thick-walled and
very characteristic form is the typical Globigerina of Arctic deposits. Pace Sir
John Murray* it is a purely benthic form, its very structure is opposed, in our
opinion, to any idea of its existence in the pelagic state. Abundant in the Arctic
oozes, it becomes rarer in the North Atlantic, and, save for perhaps an occasional
doubtful specimen, such as the records from the Pacific (B. 1884, F.C., p. 777),
reaches its southern limit in the Faroe Channel. It does not form a constituent of
the bottom oozes of temperate and warm seas, as might be expected if it were either

(1) Pelagic, as stated by Murray, we believe in error.

(2) Benthic, but generally distributed.

Yet Globigerina pachyderma (Ehbg.), occurs in the Antarctic as the typical
Globigerina at all depths.

As we have stated elsewhere in our notes on the two species, the explana-
tion of the occurrence of this Arctic form in Antarctic oozes, and its absence in
intermediate deposits, lies in the fact that it is not a true species, but a local
variation of Globigerina dutertrei, d’Orb., induced by conditions of temperature.
The same gradual transition of the one type into the other which we have
described in the Antarctic could be traced in the Arctic and temperate seas, and
although the records of G. dutertrei are singularly few (probably because it 1s

* J. Murray, “ The Ocean ” (London, n.d.) 1913, p. 165 and “Pelagic Foraminifera” 1897, Nat.
Science, vol. xi, pp. 17-27.

VOL. VI- EF

34 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

indistinguishable in the superior aspect from G. bulloides), it is known to be a
pelagic species and is doubtless of world-wide distribution.

The replacement of the comparatively thin-walled Globigerinae of warm seas
by thicker-walled types, like G. dutertrei and G. pachyderma, as one approaches
the poles, is a very remarkable fact and at variance with the general rule that
organisms secrete calcium carbonate in greater abundance under tropical condi-
tions than under arctic. It might be expected that their arenaceous isomorphs
would increase in abundance. But the arenaceous isomorph of Globigerina
(Haplophragmium globigeriniforme) is not more prevalent in the Arctic and
Antarctic than elsewhere. Vide our previous reference to this subject on p. 27.

Incidentally, the records of G. pachyderma in Brady’s list (B. 1884, F.C.
p. 784) are puzzling in the extreme. He records it at four out of the six Arctic
stations but at none of the Antarctic, and in his description of the form (B. 1884,
F.C. p. 600) he does not refer to its occurrence at any point south of the Faroe
Channel. Yet he, of all men, must have been thoroughly familiar with the
type, for he rediscovered the species, which had been described in 1861 and figured
in 1873 by Ehrenberg, and then forgotten. The only explanation possible seems to
be that some of Brady’s assistants who worked out the Antarctic material for him
overlooked the extreme “ pachyderma” type and selected the starved “ dutertrei”
specimens instead. G. pachyderma can hardly have been lacking at “Challenger”
Station 150.

(iv) PELAGIC FORAMINIFERA.

Highteen tubes of tow-nettings taken by the Terra Nova were placed in our
hands for examination. They covered the whole period of the voyage, four being
from Stations in the Atlantic on the outward cruise, five from the seas round
the extreme north end of New Zealand, and the remaining nine being spread
over the area between the South Island of New Zealand and the Antarctic
coast-lme. Eight of the stations yielded pelagic Foraminifera, but as three of
these were from the warm Atlantic, and four from warm New Zealand seas,
they present little interest for this report. The eighth and most southerly
tow-netting in which pelagic Foraminifera were detected was from Station (Off.) 167.

Untortunately, all the material had been preserved in formalin, than which as
we have observed (anée), no more unsatisfactory medium for pelagic Foraminifera can
be conceived. As a result all trace of the thin calcareous shells had vanished and
nothing was left but the protoplasmic bodies of the animals held together by
the delicate chitinous lining of the original shell. Identification of species has
therefore been confined to those forms in which the shape and method of
arrangement of the chambers is sufficiently distinctive for recognition. Probably
pelagic forms had been present in most of the other gatherings, but had become
too much destroyed for recognition. The incident is the more unfortunate as

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 35

information on the distribution of pelagic species in the Antarctic seas is much
wanted and particularly in respect of Globigerina pachyderma (Khbg.).°

The question whether Globigerina pachyderma exists in the pelagic state
remains still open to doubt. The species was first described by Ehrenberg from
1,000 fathoms in Davis Straits. It was recorded in the material from the Austrian
Arctic Expedition of 1872-4, and the British Arctic Expedition 1875-6. The
“ Knight Errant ’ dredged it in the cold area of the Faroe Channel in 1880.
All these records are of benthic specimens. Brady, im his report on the Fora-
minifera of the cruise of the “ Knight Errant” (B. 1882, F.K.E., p. 717) states
definitely that no specimens occur in any of the surface mountings, and remarks
“that the small northern variety of Globigerina, which is tolerably abundant as
a bottom species in three out of the five localities, should not be an equally
prominent constituent of the surface fauna is a noteworthy fact.”

In the “Challenger” Report (B. 1884, F.C., p. xii) Brady went even farther.
Commenting on the bottom distribution of G. pachyderma in the Faroe Channel,
abundant in the “cold” area and more sparingly at one station m the “warm ”
area, he states that “in the tow-net gatherings G. bulloides was equally plentiful
over the cold and warm areas ; but neither there, nor hitherto in any other
region, has G. pachyderma been met with at the surface.” And im the light of
his examination of the tow-net collections of the “‘ Challenger,’ his subsequent
remark under the description of the species (op. cit., p. 600), “I have never
succeeded in finding it in the tow-net gatherings, although small examples of
the typical G. bulloides are not uncommon amongst the surface organisms of

.

the same areas,” crystallises his views on the subject.

Murray and Renard in their Report on the Deep-Sea Deposits of the
“Challenger,” 1891, p. 214, give a list of 21 pelagic Foraminifera. It differs in
several respects from the list of 20 species given by Brady (B. 1884, F.C., p. x),
two species, Chilostomella ovoidea, Reuss, and Pulvinulina patagonica (d’Orb.),
which appear in Brady’s list, disappearing and being replaced by three additional
species of Globigerina, viz.: G. digitata, Brady, G. cretacea, WVOrb., and G.
dutertrei, VOrb. There is still no suggestion that G. pachyderma (Ehbg.), exists
in the pelagic state.

In 1897 Murray published his paper on Pelagic Foraminifera in which he extends
the list of species to 26. Pulvinulina patagonica reappears, and four additional
species of Globigerina, including G. pachyderma. Murray also states that “in the
Arctic and Antarctic regions Globigerina dutertrei and G. pachyderma, together with
very minute specimens of Globigerina bulloides, appear to be the only forms
present in the surface waters.”

Just before his death, Murray published his little book on Oceanography,
“The Ocean” (London, n.d., [1913]). On page 165, writing of pelagic Fora-
minifera, he states: ‘Towards the equator more than 20 species may be found

F 2

36 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

in the tow-nets, but they gradually disappear as we proceed into colder water
towards the poles; only one species of Globigerina (G. pachyderma) is found
living in the Arctic surface waters and another species (G. dutertret) in the
Antarctic waters. Some authors regard these two species as identical.”

With the purport of Murray’s last sentence we are in agreement (Vide sub
G. dutertrei and G. pachyderma im our Report). But with the earlier statements
we must disagree. No evidence is produced in support of the statement that
G. pachyderma is pelagic, but Pearcey and ourselves have demonstrated the
existence of both forms in the Antarctic oozes. The whole structure of G.
pachyderma is so dissimilar from the other recognised pelagic species in its
massive walls, minute oral aperture and absence of external spines that we must
decline to accept Murray’s conclusions until definite evidence of its occurrence im
tow-nettings is produced. For this reason we regret that the few “Terra Nova”
gatherings submitted to us afford insufficient evidence even for the rejection of
Murray's record.

The “Terra Nova’’ tow-nettings examined yielded the following results :—

Station No. 5, June 21, 1910, 38° 37’ N., 14° 42’ W. Surface. Full speed
tow-net, 12.30 to 1.15 p.m. Species identified: Globigerina aequilateralis, Brady,
G. bulloides, d’Orb., G. conglobata, Brady, Orbulina universa, d’Orb.

Station No. 7, June 23, 1910. Flora Light, Madeira, N. 60°, E. 7 miles.
Surface. Full speed tow-net, 3.15-3.45 p.m. Species identified: Globigerina bul-
loides, @’Orb., and Orbulina universa, d Orb.

Station 34, July 14, 1910. 2°38’N., 21°16’ W. Depth, 1 metre. Full speed
tow-net, 2-3 p.m. Species identified: Globigerina aequilateralis, Brady, G. bulloides,
@Orb., G. conglobata, Brady, G. sacculifera, Brady, Pulvinulina menardic (d’Orb.),
P. canariensis (VOrb.).

Station 115, August 16, 1911. 34° 32'S. 172°20’E. Surface. Full speed
tow-net, 3-5 p.m. Species identified: Globigerina aequilateralis, Brady, G.
sacculifera, Brady, Pulvinulina crassa (d’Orb.), and two minute specimens of
Haplophragmium canariense (d’Orb.), recognisable with certamty owimg to the
agelutinate tests which had not been acted on by the formalin and had preserved
their ferruginous tint. These are clearly benthic specimens derived either from wave
action if the tow-net was over shallow water (no depth recorded for this Station,
which was in the neighbourhood of land), or from the washmg of dredged
material just before the tow-net was used. Such accidental occurrences are, in
our experience, frequent in tow-nettings.

Station 123, August 19, 1911. Between North Cape and Doubtless Bay,
New Zealand. Surface. Full speed tow-net, 11 a.m—4 p.m. Species identified :
Globigerina bulloides, WOrb., G. dutertrei, d’Orb., Orbulina universa, d’Orb.
Pulvinulina canariensis (d’Orb.); also two small benthic specimens, Pulvinulina

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 37

or Discorbina sp. (?) (decalcified and unidentifiable) and Textularia conica, d’Orb.,
undecalcified and distmetive. Their presence is doubtless due to one of .the reasons
already given, probably wave-action.

Station 124, August 23, 1911. Between North Cape and Doubtless Bay,
New Zealand. Surface. Full speed tow-net, 9 a.m—l p.m. Species identified :
Globigerina bulloides, d’Orb., Orbulina universa, d’Orb., Pulvinulina crassa (d’Orb.),
and one small benthic specimen of Haplophragmium canariense (d’Orb.).

Station 167, December 7, 1910, 61° 22’ S. 179° 56’ W. Surface. Full speed
tow-net, 4 p.in.

This was the most southerly gathering submitted to us in which we detected
pelagic Foraminifera. It was essentially a diatomaceous gathering, but the
following species were identified: Globigerina aequilateralis, Brady, G. bulloides,
VOrb., G. dutertre, d’Orb.

Station 206, December 16, 1911, 45° 25’ S., 172° 28’ HE. Surface. Full speed
tow-net, 9 a.m.—l p.m. Species identified: Globigerina bulloides, WOrb., G.
dutertret, VOrb., Hastigerina pelagica, Orb.

Besides the above, gatherings were examined without result as regards
pelagic Foraminifera from Stations 30, 102, 137, 180, 186, 207, 217, 267, 313, 344.
In view of the preservative employed and the consequent decalcification of the
tests, the absence of pelagic Foraminifera at these stations must not be regarded
as conclusive.

In addition to the “Terra Nova” material we received nineteen tubes of tow-
nettings taken by Scott in his previous voyage on the “ Discovery,” and properly
preserved in spirit. These were all taken in the extreme South, and though
examined with interest, yielded no pelagic Foraminifera. This was not unexpected,
as they were taken in the immediate neighbourhood of land and under circum-
stances in which one would hardly expect to find pelagic Foraminifera, even
under favourable climatic conditions. They proved to be diatomaceous gatherings
principally, although some of the tubes contained almost pure gatherings of
Peridiniaceae.

The “ Discovery ’’ material came from the following localities—no station
numbers furnished :—

Jan. 9, 1902. Robertson Bay.
Jan. 11, 1902. Ross Sea.

Jan. 25, 1902. Barrier of Ross.
Feb. 20, 1902. Winter Harbour.

—_

June 10, 1902. i 5
Jan. 31, 1903. - 7
March 22, 1903. eg ;

June 1, 1903. Winter Quarters, No. 8 hole, 10 metres.

38 “THRRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Nov. 2, 1903. Winter Quarters. No. 12 hole, 10 fathoms.
Dec. 14, 1903. Winter Harbour, Hut Point.
icine OO: a a

Jan. 12, 1904. - as Hut Point.

Jan. 31, 1904. s Z wert

Feb. 18, 1904. Coaling Harbour, MeMurdo Strait.
Feb. 19, 1904. Erebus Bay.

Feb. 22, 1904. North of Wood Bay.

Feb. 23, 1904. S.E. of Foulman Island.

Feb. 24, 1904. Possession Islands.

Feb. 25, 1904. Cape Adare—Cape North.

(v.) CLASSIFICATION ADOPTED IN THIS REPORT.

In our recent paper upon Verneuilina polystropha (H.A. and HK. 1920, V.P.,
p- 177) we took occasion, m agreement with Biitschli and others, to say: “It
seems to us that the various systems of classification which have succes-
sively been suggested, and accepted, are more or less artificial and unscientific.
Taking a single example, it seems to us that the whole of the Lituolidae should
be redistributed among their hyaline and porcellanous isomorphs.” We avail
ourselves of the opportunity afforded us by the publication of this Report, comprising
as it does between six and seven hundred recognised species and varieties,
and, in addition, by the fact that we have found and described arenaceous
isomorphs of several hyaline species which have not, so far as we know, been
recorded as exhibiting isomorphism, to express our views more fully. We do not
think the time has yet arrived to abandon the generally accepted, if artificial,
system of Brady, which, with some modifications, is followed in this Report. But
we have endeavoured to clear the way towards a proper zoological allocation of
the Lituolidae by refraining wherever possible from the creation of new arenaceous
species, and retaining our new arenaceous forms in the genera to which they
naturally belong, treating them as mere variations of an existing calcareous species
and always under the varietal name “ var. arenacea.”” We have also supplemented
this step by liberal references to previously-recorded isomorphic species throughout
the Report, but it must not be assumed that these references are in any way
complete or even include a majority of the mstances of isomorphism which could
be found in the literature of the Group.

To explain fully the position, a brief résumé of the history of the Lituolidae
seems necessary. Until 1862 no imtensive attention had been paid to the arena-
ceous Foraminifera as such, and it was not until that year that many species
which had been included by authors, from d’Orbigny onwards, among the so-called
Perforata, were removed from the positions assigned to them and included in the

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 39

new family to which Carpenter, Parker and Jones in their “ Introduction ”’
(C., P. and J., 1862, I.S.F., p. 140) gave the name of Lituolida. Their explanation
of the matter is as follows :—

¢

The family Lituolida
this circumstance—that whereas we find, both in the porcellanous and in the vitreous

‘is distinguished from all other types of Foraminifera by

series, that the individuals of particular genera occasionally exhibit an arenaceous
incrustation, this is simply an addition to the calcareous shells proper to their respective
types, and is not a substitute for it—whilst in these arenaceous types the investment
of the body, although presenting the regular conformation of a calcareous shell,
is really a ‘test’ composed of an aggregation of particles obtaimed from
external sources, the organic cement by which these particles are united being
all that is furnished by the animal.”

The innovation was by no means accepted without reserve by the workers
upon the group. Brady, in his preliminary paper upon the Reticularian Rhizopods
of the “ Challenger ’’ Expedition (B. 1879, etc., R.R.C., p. 23) reviews the situation,
and, after stating the position taken up by Carpenter, Parker and Jones, goes
on to say :— Professor Reuss, writing about the same time, whilst admitting the
difficulties of the position, proposes to divide the somewhat unwieldy group
included in the genus Litwola of English systematists; and, as a matter of
convenience, there was even then, no doubt, much to be said in favour of his
view. In his latest work, published after his death* he divides the family:
Lituolidea of the ‘Introduction’ into four genera... . It will, however, become
manifest as we proceed, that neither of these schemes are any longer applicable
to the purpose for which they were devised, and the more recent suggestions of
Professor Zittel (Z. 1876, H.P.) and Professor Rupert Jones} scarcely satisfy the
exigencies of the present position.”

On p. 28 he elaborates these observations in a passage too long to quote,
but which is very germane to the question we are discussing. i

The first real note of alarm was sounded by Biitschli in 1880 in Bronn’s
“Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-reichs.” (Vol. I, Protozoa, Leipzig, 18890,
p- 193), where he says :-—

“We assemble here a series of sandy-shelled Rhizopods, to some extent very
incompletely understood, mostly monothalamous, but also at times of poly-
thalamous construction. The assemblage (or association) of these forms is quite
provisional, and depends upon, or results only from, the fact that up till now
it does not appear possible to arrange them naturally in any other way, and
we share the opinions frequently pronounced and expressed by others, that

* Tn Geinitz. Das Elbthalgebirge in Sachsen. Palaeont. vol. xx. Pt.1. 1871-5. p. 119.
+ Monthly Micr. Journ., Feb., 1876. p. 89.

40 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Carpenter’s group of sandy-shelled forms, the family Lituolidae, cannot be upheld
and maintained. It will therefore form the task of the future to establish the
kindred relationships of the forms belonging to this group, namely, their
ascription to Imperforata or Perforata, in a manner more precisely isolated.”

And in his systematic arrangement he adumbrates his departure (or reversion)
in such entries as (e.g.) ‘Gruppe, Miliolida, Carpenter, emend. Biitschli (Milio-
lida, Carpenter, 1862 + pars. Lituolidarum, Carpenter). So, in his list, Ammodiscus
follows Cornuspira (p. 189): Cyclammina follows Polystomella striato-punctata
(p. 212): Hormosina, Haplostiche and Reophax are placed among the Lagenidae ;
whilst Psammosphaera, Storthosphaera, Thurammina and Sorosphaera follow after
Globigerina, and so on.

The position of Trochammina, with its relatively smooth shell, has always
raised a question in the minds of students of this matter, and m 1880 Biitschh,
in discussing the genus, amplifies his head-note as follows :—

“As ig well known, the sandy-shelled Rhizopods were collected into only
three genera by Parker, Jones and Carpenter, and placed together in the family
of the Lituolidae among the Imperforata. Of these three genera Valvulina has
established itself as certainly belonging to the Perforata in proximity to Bulumina ;
the genus Lituola has hereinbefore been commented upon. The genus Tro-
chammina, on the contrary, embraces a great number of mono- and _ poly-thala-
mous forms, remarkably diversified im their configuration-relationships, which
were only connected together on account of the finer nature of their shell-wall.
These construct themselves by the putting together of fine sand-grains, which are
so closely built together that the outer surface of the shell always appears smooth
and sometimes indeed as if polished; the inner surface is also smooth and is
never furnished with labyrithic outgrowths. Brady has already split up this
protean genus into sub-genera, Ammodiscus, Trochammina, Hormosina, and
Webbina ; we think that, as has already been done by von Zittel. these separated
so-called sub-genera should be connected with those calcareous. forms to which
by their construction they most nearly approach. There remains only the so-called
sub-genus Trochammina (since Hormosina will be commented upon as annexed
to Nodosaria). These comprehensive polythalamous, rotaloid, trochoid or invo-
lute nautiloid, in their construction at times come so close to the calcareous
Rotalinae, or Nonioninae, and at times to Pullenia and Globigerina and Haplo-
phragmium that we are much inclined to place them among these. Since we, as
yet, possess no agreed knowledge on these forms, we think that we should merely
refer to their relationships, and hope that future researches upon the placing of
these forms will soon be pronounced upon. It seems probable that the genus
Trochammina might best be entirely separated.”

Finally, under the headmg “Arenaceous Rotalinae” (p. 207), Biitschli

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. tL

observes again, ““a number of the arenaceous forms, generally included in the
genus Trochammina, should apparently be placed among the Rotalinae.’ *

The next serious attempt to redistribute the Lituolidae was made by
Neumayr in 18877 when he discussed previous systems of classification and the
relationships of arenaceous and calcareous Foraminifera, giving a table in which
he separates the Astrorhizidae properly so called, and divides all the other genera
into the arenaceous and calcareous development-stages (Hntwicklungsstufe) of
four “types” —the Cornuspwa type, the Textularia type, the Lituolida type,
and the Fusulinida type—with the latter of which the present Report is not
concerned.

This Paper he subsequently elaborated and revised inhis great work “ Die
Stimme des Thierreiches” (Vienna and Prague, 1889, Vol. 1., pp. 158-206) in
which he repeats his “ Tabelle.” We need not analvse this lengthy treatise; it
suffices to say that he makes a bold and intelligent attempt to- carry out the
views of Biitschli. His prelimimary suggestion, however, may be cited. He disposes
certain leading genera as follows :—

ARENACEOUS SERIES. CALCAREOUS SERIES.

Ammodiscus. Spirilina, Cornuspira.
Webbina. Nubecularia.
Nodosinella. Nodosaria.
Reophax, Haplostiche. Nodosaria, Dentalina, Lagena.
Haplophragmium, Trochammina, Marginulina, Cristellaria, Nonionina,

Endothyra. Sphaerordina, Globigerina, Rotalia.
Cystammina. Allomorphina.

Not the last word on the main issue, but the most important, and the last
with which we shall introduce our classification, was uttered by Eimer and
Fickert in 1899.t After giving Brady’s definition of the family (B. 1884, F.C.,
p. 65) they go on to say :—‘‘ By this separation of otherwise similar arenaceous
forms from their calcareous relations, Brady retrogrades into error. To employ
an isolated and, indeed, quite unessential (or accidental) characteristic as the

* Tt may be observed in this place that the student, in considering this question of arenaceous
isomorphs, cannot afford to overlook the series of papers by Josef Graybowski, which record and figure a
very large number of these, under Reophax, Haplophragmium, Trochammana, Cyclammina, Sorosphaera, but
which are unfortunately written in Polish, which tantalises the average British worker, so far as_ his text
is concerned. The most significant are ‘* Otwornice ezerwonych ilow z Wadowice” (Cracow, 1896),
““Otwornice pokladow naftonosnych okolicy Krosna ” (Cracow, 1897), rs Otwornice warstw Inoceramo-
wvch okolicy Gorlic ” (Cracow, 1906.) See our “ References,” G., 1901, O.W.L., p. 240.

: 7 M. Neumayr, “ Die natiirlichen Verwandschaftsverhaltnisse der schalentragenden Foraminiferen,”
Sitzb., K. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. xev, 1887, pt. i, pp. 156-186.

+ G. H. T. Himer and C. Fickert, ‘‘ Die Artbildung und Verwandschaft bei den Foraminiferen.

Entwurl einer natiirlichen Eintheilung derselben,” Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. xv, pt. 4, pp. 527-636, figs.

VOL. VI. G

42 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

distinguishing feature of a Family, moreover so as to separate a near relation
from near relation, brings him into direct antagonism with the requirements of
a natural system.’’*

To quote satisfactorily the main contentions of this voluminous study would
occupy too much space; it must be sufficient to say that the authors review
all previous systems of classification, with due regard to that of Neumayr, with
whom, however, they do not altogether agree. The whole work must be con-
sidered by the student.

We should also refer to the work of M. E. Fauré-Fremiet, whose output of
work upon the Foraminifera is highly significant but regrettably small. In
discussing this question, to the study of which he has been led by considerations

of pure Biclogy, he observed in 1910}

(p. 410.) “On voit qu'une telle classification est fondée uniquement sur
Vaspect extérieur de ces organismes. Il m’a semblé quelle était peu logique,
parce quelle ne tenait pas compte de particularités intérieures capables d’expliquer
ces différentes formes.”

(p. 412.) “Dans ce dernier groupe (Lituolides) . .. jaurai Voceasion de
montrer une autre fois, que la forme charactéristique du test arénacé de chaque genre
et de chaque espéce est expliquée précisément par la forme des loges chitineuses,
laquelle est en rapport, inconnu aujourd’hui, avec le métabolisme propre a la
matiére vivante de cette espece.”

In his view, whether a Rhizopod constructs an arenaceous or a calcareous
test depends upon the action of the Mitochondria in the fixation of iron or
calcium salts;f and in a further paper, published in the same year,$ he states
his position as follows :—

“Hn résumé, on peut admettre que la différence ia plus importante qui
existe entre les Foraminiferes arénacés et les Foraminiféres calcaires, est moins
ordre morphologique que d’ordre physiologique, et que ce soit le métabolisme
particulier a chacun de ces formes qui, en réglant la proportion du fer et du

* A letter from C. Schlumberger lies before us as we write, dated March 3, 1895, and discussing this
matter. In it he says “Nous avons fait de quelques-unes de ces organismes (arénacées) des
genres particuliers mais je pense que l’Auteur de toute chose doit bien s’amuser de nos petites
distinctions. Je ne veux pas dire que certaines types arénacés ne soient pas des genres speéciaux,
c'est incontestable, mais je vois qu’en cherchant bien on trouvera qu’il y a peu de nos genres
porcellanés ou perforés qui n’aient leur representant parmu les arénacés et, malgr’ tout le respect
que j'ai pour le savoir de mon excellent ami Brady, je trouve que son genre Haplophragmium est
une salade de formes dans laquelle on a fourré tout ce que l’on ne savait ou placer.”

} Revision des Foraminif¢res arénacés,” Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1910, No. 7, pp. 410, 412.

¢ Le role des mitochondries dans l’élimination de fer chez les Rhizopodes arénacés,” C. rend. Soe,
Biol., Paris, vol. Ixx, 1911, p. 119.

§ “La constitution du test chez les Foraminiféres arénacés,” Bull. Inst. Océan. Monaco, Sept. 8
1911, No. 216.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 43

calcium dans les carbonates élaborés, détermine la structure arénacée ou non arénacée
du test.”

In conclusion we can only state that we are in agreement with the main
conclusions arrived at, and in the following Report have endeavoured to give
effect to them without abandoning Brady’s system. The occurrence in the “ Terra
Nova” material of new arenaceous isomorphs of several calcareous forms has
provided a suitable opportunity for the expression of our own views on the
subject.

(vi.. NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES RECORDED IN THIS REPORT.

Miliolina auberiana, var. arenacea.
- calcarata.
Sigmoilina wumbonata.
Ophthalmidium margaritiferum.
Dendronina. arborescens.
> xs var. wntarctica.
5 limosa.
i , var. humilis.
Hyperammina elongata, var. tenuissima.
novae-zealandiae (nom. novy.).
Marsipella chapmani (nom. nov.).
Trochammina moniliformis.
Bifarina porrecta, var. arenacea.
Bolivina punctata, var. arenacea.
» wmflata, var. arenacea.
, variabilis, var. arenaced.
.. tortwosa, var. arenaced.
.. textilarioides, var. arenaced.
Bulimina chapmant.
Gaudryina ferrugimea.
Cassidulina laevigata, var. tuna.
+ subglobosa, var. tuberculata.
Ehrenbergina hystrix, var. glabra.
Vernewilina turris.
Lagena auriculata, var. quadri-aurievlata,
bicarinata, var. spinigera.
var. villosa.

33
39 >)

,, Cclavulus.

danica, var. pendulum.

44 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Lagena globosa, var. lineato-punctata.
., orbignyana, var. baccata.
scarabaeus.
scottir.
squamoso-sulcata.
stelligera, var. nelsoni.
Frondicularia scotti.
Nodosaria pellita.
Globigerina cretacea, var. eggeri.
Discorbina calcarata.
disparilis.
* harmerv.
* wilsoni.
Truncatulina lobatula, var. arenacea.
0 tenuimargo, var. alto-camerata.
Rotalia soldanii, var. arenacea.
Nonionina turgida, var. arenacea.

I]. LIST OF STATIONS (HARMER AND LILLIE).
LIST OF MATERIAL (EAD ANDEE):

It has been found impossible in the case of the soundings and other samples
containing Foraminifera to depend upon, or adhere to, the Station numbers as
given in the Official List, or to their sequence. The depths given in the List
are trawl and net depths, or (frequently) the Station numbers merely record
the capture of birds. Again, m many instances the sounding has been made at
a considerable distance from the spot indicated by the number in the list, the
true position bemg given on the labels attached to the material as it reached
us. Where this has occurred we have given the official number and _ locality,
but our own consecutive number refers to the true position as indicated by
the label, which we have appended after the official locality. Where the
label locality is withm a few seconds of the Station locality we have retained
the latter, but have given the depth as indicated by the label. To obviate the
confusion which would arise from the reiteration of Station numbers which have
little or no bearing upon the samples, or cover a variety of soundings (as in the series
labelled “* Near 194-5”) and are far from geographically consecutive, we have
adopted a series of consecutive numbers running strictly from North to South. A
glance at the following Table will make this quite clear.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 15

OFrictiAL List oF STATIONS, IN ORDER, AND CORRESPONDING NUMBERS
(H.-A. and E.), As ADoprED IN THIS ReEpor?.

Official. H.-A. & E. | Official. H.-A. & E. | Official. H.-A. & E.
Débris of Polyzoa 1 194/5C .. sur BD) 260 he ag N53
KE. Coast of N.Z. 7 ID) oe ae 2X0) 262 56 eG

90 + = 82 Kier ae 265 ae Mil

91 Ae ¥ 3 we here oc, 270 <: » oh

96 a 5 6 oes Cone 5 6S 289 =f ; 39
134 ee A: 5 ae Eee so Gk || IL ee se 40)
144 ee re mA a ge ileeese wae Sh Pas 2 B08 : S56
W7fil Be eS 208 ae el) 314 a 5 ty
Weekes. 12 IS 209 ere 331 Vik Beats

2 ee Fe eZ ONS | S25 - ale 333 i 5
180 = 5 OP 218 e 37 335 if = 49
184 a ea 28 220 he = 238 338 oe a0)
184 (near) aa HS Dell Ne 43 339 a ie See
188 A Ze =, 4b 222 a? so eet | 340 ce so SS
issue. C.. .. 42 227 a So | ee a led
193 7 oe BOR 241 12 348 _ 72 58
194 oe Sra 26 242 8 355 55
194/5 A. wey O44 9 356 16

sae kd ae 28 253 13

Ill. DESCRIPTION OF THE MATERIAL EXAMINED.

No. 1.—No Station number. [Label—August, 1911. Débris of Polyzoa, etc.,
brought up on sounding lead off Three Kings Is., New Zealand, 90-120 fms. ]

Material—Coarse débris of Polyzoa and shell-sand with much Polytrema.
Foraminifera abundant, but mostly dead and waterworn. Notable species :—
Miliolina bucculenta, Lingulina carinata, Spirillina novae-zealandiae, Pulvinulina

concentrica, Gypsina globulus.

No. 2.—Station 90. July 25, 1911. From Summit of Great King, Three Kings
‘Ts., S. 14° W., 8 miles, 100 fms.

Material—tThree samples, 90, 904, 90B.

Sample 90, in spirit, stones encrusted with sessile organisms, coral rock fragments
and coarse sand. Foraminifera plentiful, many sessile forms.

Sample 90a, in formalin, shell débris, fragmentary sponges and Polyzoa, sand,
Foraminifera not abundant, but varied and in good condition. — Polytrema

46 ¢TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

miniaceum and var. alba were abundant in both samples 90 and 90a, and yielded
much information as to the life-history of the genus.

Sample 908, dry, white sand consisting of Polyzoan débris and Foraminifera
with a few rock-fragments constructed of similar material agglutinated and
defying disintegration. Apparently a fossil or sub-fossil deposit, but presenting,
so far as the Foraminifera are concerned, a fauna nearly identical with the
recent species from this locality.

Notable species:—Nubecularia decorata, N. tubulosa, Articulina funalis,
Dendronina arborescens, Psammosphaera rustica, Marsipella chapmani, Ammodiscus
shoneanus, Seabrookia pellucida, Lingulina carinata, Frondicularia scottvi, FP. spathulata.
Residues, immature Foraminifera, foraminiferal and other débris, some mineral grains,
abundant and varied sponge-spicules and many Tunicate-spicules, but only a few

diatoms.

No. 3.—Station 91. July 26, 1911. From summit of Great King, Three
Kings Is., S. 10° W., 25 miles, 300 fms.

Material.—Two samples, 91, 914.

Sample 91, in spirit, stones, corals and sand with Polyzoan and sponge débris
and flocculent organic matter, very difficult to wash. Sveves :—A felt of Polyzoan
and sponge-fragments mixed with Foramimifera and sand. Sample 914, dry, was
similar to sample 90s.

Notable species :—Psammosphaera rustica, Thurammina papillata, var. haeuslert,
Discorbina lingulata, var. unguiculata, Anomalina polymorpha.

Residues contained abundant sponge-spicules, diatoms, immature and broken
Foraminifera, with many calcareous and mineral fragments.

No. 4.—Station 144. Sept. 13, 1911. From Cape Maria van Diemen, W. by S.,
7 miles, 35-40 fms.

Material—Organic débris and sand. Very difficult to clean and yielding little
of interest except Fischerina helix. Residues largely sponge-spicules and mineral
grains in about equal proportions. Many immature and broken Foraminifera,
diatoms and much flocculent organic débris.

No. 5.—Station 134. August 31, 1911. Spirits Bay, near North Cape, New
Zealand, 11-20 fms.

Material.—Three samples, 134, 1344, 1348.

Sample 134, in spirit, shell-fragments and a little sand.

Sample 1344, in spirit, Molluscan and Polyzoan débris with mud.

Sample 1348, in spirit, fragmentary Ophiurids and other organic deébris.
The material was not rich, but yielded many shallow-water forms, including
Gypsina globulus and G. vesicularis, both abundant and well-developed, Spirillina
novae-zealandiae and S. decorata in great variety, a hispid specimen of Poly-
morphina oblonga and one of the three specimens of Cymbalopora bulloides obtained

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 47

from the ‘“ Terra Nova” material. Residues largely sponge-spicules, but immature
Foraminifera were present in some numbers and diatoms in lesser proportion.
Much angular mineral matter.

.No. 6. Station 96. August 3, 1911. 7 miles HE. of North Cape, New Zealand,
70 fms.

Material—Five samples, 96, 964A, 968, 96c, 96D.

Sample 96, in spirit, Molluscan and sponge-débris. Foraminifera infrequent
but varied.

Sample 96a, in spirit, coarse shell-sand, Polyzoan débris, angular sand.
Foraminifera varied and in fine condition, but not abundant. Many of the shells
encrusted with the diatom Navicula (Cocconeis) glacialis, Cleve, a species common
to both Arctic and Antarctic material.

Sample 968, dry, several lumps of a white-grey limestone of organic origin,
similar in appearance and origin to samples 914 and 90B,

Sample 96c, in spirit and formalin, organic débris of every kind, including
many large specimens of Polytrema, and a little mud.

Sample 96p, in formalin, fragmentary animal remains with some muddy
sand and much flocculent organic matter, very difficult to clean. Sieves yielded
a few large Foraminifera and abundant and varied smaller forms.

Owing to the considerable quantity of material received it was possible to
work out the fauna of this Station very completely. It yielded a very large -
number of species, including several new to science, also many of great rarity
and interest. Notable species:—Cornuspira diffusa, Iridia diaphana, Dendronina
arborescens, D. limosa, Ilyperammina novae-zealandiae, Jaculella acuta, Reophax
spiculifera, R. euneta, Nouria polymorphinoides, Hormosina globulifera, Hastigerina
pelagica, Anomalina coronata, Carpenteria proteiformis. Residues :—Sponge-spicules,
immature and broken Foraminifera and angular mineral grains. The residues of
the fossil sample 968 (as with the other fossil samples) were very scanty, almost
entirely calcareous débris and immature Foraminifera, with hardly any siliceous
organisms or mineral grains. These facts point to a change in the conditions
under which the deposits were laid down as compared with existing conditions,
although the Foraminiferal faunas are largely identical.

No. 7. No Station number. [Label :—Sounding samples off the Hast Coast
of New Zealand, Oct., 1911.]

Material—Soundings in formalin. No details of depth or locality. Differen-
tiated into Samples A and Bb.

Sample A.—Two tubes of greenish-grey sandy mud, dried light grey and weighed
about 4 ounce. Broke down readily in water. “Szeves contained Globigerina, pumice and
angular minerals. Notable species :—Bulimina rostrata. Residues, angular minerals,
foraminiferal débris, many diatoms, a few coccoliths. No Radiolaria were observed,

5 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Sample B—Four tubes of dark blue-grey clay, about 1 ounce. No macro-
scopic organisms. Dried dark blue-grey and was refractory, splitting up into
laminated flakes in water. Was dried again and broke down in a weak solution
of soda. Sieves contained large flakes of refractory material, some pellets of clay,
a few dead shells of Foraminifera, Radiolaria, sponge-spicules. Residues, clay
pellets, angular minerals, many diatoms and _ sponge-spicules, a few immature

Foraminifera. No coccoliths observed.

No. 8. Near Station 242. [Label:—March 31, 1912. 45° 13’ 1” S 172°
Ab) 3) 790° fms. |

Material.—A dried sounding, 4°5 ¢.c. nearly white mud, without macroscopic
organisms. Szeves retained little residue, almost pure Globigerina, mica, fme
minerals, but yielded several notable species:—Thurammina papillata, Trocham-
mina pauciloculata, Cyclammina orbicularis, Seabrookia earlandi. Residues, immature
and broken Globigerina and other Foraminifera, mica, mineral grains. Many

coccoliths and diatoms.

No. 9.—Very near Station 244. [Label:—Dec. 15, 1912, 45° 41’ 6” S.,
174° 43’ H., 639 fms.]

Material—A sounding, 1°5 c.c. pale french-grey mud in formalin. Dried
white. A fine amorphous mud contaimimg minute Foraminifera and a few mineral
flakes. Hardly any residue on sieves, mostly Globigerina and mica. Notable
species Bolivina beyrichi, Discorbina millettii, Truncatulina robertsoniana. Residues,
minute and broken Foraminifera, diatoms, minerals, many coccoliths.

No. 10.—Near Station 208. [Label :—49° 26’ 3” S., 172° 04’ 3” E., 138 fms.]

Note :—The constituent organisms indicate a greater depth, the label may
possibly be incorrect as regards depth.

Material—A sounding, in spirit, 12 c.c. of white ooze with abundant
Globigerinae and other Foraminifera, very little mineral matter. Almost a pure
foramimiferous deposit. Notable species :—Hyperammina elongata, var. laevigata,
Clavulina cylindrica, Bolivina robusta, Lagena abundant and varied. Residues, a
very fine calcareous mud, chiefly immature and broken down Foraminifera. Very

few minerals, diatoms or coccoliths.

No. 11.—Near Station 209. [Label :—Dec. 19, 1911, 51° 30’ 4” §., 172° 12’E.,
289 fms. |

Material—12 c.c. dry white ooze, with a large proportion of amorphous
carbonate of lime, and hardly any other mineral matter. Tenacious when wet.
Uvigerma varied and abundant. Notable species :—Frondicularia inaequalis,
Sagrina dimorpha, Ramulina globulifera, Anomalina sinuosa. Residues contained
minute and comminuted Globigerina, much amorphous carbonate of lime, many

coccoliths,

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 19

No. 12.—Near Station 241. [Label :—March 29, 1912, 50° 11’ S., 169° 08’ K.,
301 fms. |

Material A sounding, in spirit, 13 cc. dirty-white ooze, Globigerina and
other Foraminifera in a dense calcareous mud. Notable species :—Biloculina
depressa, var. serrata, Bulimina echinata. Residues contained abundant immature
Globigerina, other Foraminifera, and coccoliths, many fine mineral particles, a
few sponge-spicules.

No. 13.—Very near Station 253. [Label:—Dec. 21, 1912, 54° 37’ 9” &.,
176" 24" 2” W., 3,003 fms.]

Material—tThree soundings, in formalin, about 27 c.c. pale brown ooze of
mixed radiolarian and diatom origin. Dried buff colour. Sveves contaimed
Radiolaria, some large, sand-grains both rounded and angular, a few arenaceous
Foraminifera, but hardly any calcareous organisms. Notable species :—Spiroloculina
tenuis, Thurammina papillata, var. castanea and var. albicans, Haplophragmium
anceps, H. sphaeroidiniforme. Residues largely diatom and radiolarian débris, angular
minerals, some sponge-spicules.

No. 14.—Near Station 215. [Label :—Dec. 26, 1911, 63° 59’ S., 174° 13’ W..,
1,801 fms. ]

Material—A sounding, in formalin, 1°5 c.c. of creamy yellow diatom ooze.
The sieves contained only a few Glebigerina and other Foraminifera in a felted
mass of Radiolaria and diatoms. The only notable species was Lagena plumiagera.
Residues :—Radiolaria and diatoms in all stages of comminution.

No. 15.—Very near Station 260. [Label :—62° 20’ 4” S., 167° 45’ W.,
1,627 fms. ]

Material—A sounding, in formalin, 8 c.c. light buff diatom ooze, drying
white. Sveves contained a few Globigerina and other Foraminifera, Radiolaria,
diatoms, a few Hexactinellid spicules and angular mimerals. Notable species :—
Miliolina oblonga and Reophax distans. Residues consisted of diatoms, Radio-
laria and minute Globigerina, but practically no mineral particles.

No. 16.—Very near Station 262. [Label :—Dec. 26, 1912, 64° 33’ 4” S
166° 30’ W., 1,600 fms. ]
Material—Three soundings, in formalin, estimated 36 c.c. pale brown ooze,

9

drying cream colour, consisting of Globigerina and abundant other Foraminifera,
Radiolaria, minerals (some rounded) im a diatomaceous mud. Notable species :—
Cyclammina orbicularis, Seabrookia earlandi, Lagena exsculpta, L. aspera, L. hispida,
L. plumigera, Polymorphina longicollis, Sagrina virgula. ‘Residues, a fine mud,
largely diatomaceous, some Radiolaria, and immature Foraminifera, fine angular
minerals.

vyOL. VI. H

50 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

No. 17.—Very near Station 265. [Label:—Dec. 27, 1912, OR oe’ 8" Bs.
166° 8’ W., 1;894 fms.]

Material—13 ¢.c. pale brown ooze sounding, in formalin, dried yellowish
cream. Tenacious and difficult to clean. Sceves contained Globigerina and other

Foraminifera, Radiolaria (chiefly Sphaerellaria) a few angular minerals. Notable
species :—Seabrookia earlandi, Polymorphina lanceolata, many Lagena meluding
L. danica, L. foveolata, L. longispina, L. seminuda. Residues, amorphous impal-
pable mud, with immature Foraminifera, Radiolaria, diatoms, much caleareous débris.

No. 18.—Station 171. [Label:—Dec. 10, 1910, 66° 38’ S., 178° 47° We
1,964 fms. |

Material—12 c¢.c. brown mud sounding, in spirit, dried light grey. Sizeves :—
Globigerina and other Foraminifera and débris of the same with Radiolaria,
diatoms and a few angular minerals. Notable species :—Szgmouina ovata, Ammo-
discus charoides, Ehrenbergina hystrix, many species of Lagena, Pulvinulina
pauperata. Residues almost entirely organic, Globigerina and diatom débris,
Radiolaria, very fine minerals.

No. 19.—Near Stations 173-174. Soundmg A. [Label:—Dec. 11, 1910,
66>, 55s 178? ol) Wee 015 inasal

Material— About 6 c.c. light brown ooze sounding, in spirit, dried very pale
brown, broke down readily. An ooze of mixed Globigerina, diatom and mineral
origin. Szeves contamed thick-walled dead Globigerina, many other Foraminifera,
a few mineral grains, some being large, many small pellets of clay which had
resisted disintegration. Notable species :—Bileculina elongata, Miliolina tricarinata,
Cyclammina pusilla, Sphaeroidina bulloides. Residues contamed fragmentary and
immature Globigerina, diatoms, fine minerals, amorphous pellets of clay.

No. 20.—Near Stations 173-174. Soundmg B. [Label:—Dec. 13, 1910,
Gia SOR tos Mime bts > Wigs 2a oi sims.

Materval—15 c.c. brown ooze, in spirit, dried pale grey, and did not readily
disintegrate. Dried agam and broke down in weak soda into a fine homo-
geneous mud: of mineral and diatom origin. Svzeves contained Globigerina and other
Foraminifera, angular minerals. Notable species :—Ammodiscus charoides, various
Lagena. Residues, angular mimerals, immature and broken Foraminifera, diatoms,
Radiolaria, sponge-spicules.

No. 21.—Near Station 227. [Label :—March 14, 1912, 68° 45’ S., 172° 38’ E.,
1,749 fms. ]

Material.—A_ sounding, 12 c.c. pale brown clay in formalin, dried grey,
tenacious and difficult to wash even after drying. Sveves contained many mineral
grains of varying sizes, abundant sponge-spicules and diatoms, a few Radiolaria,
and very few Foraminifera. Notable species :—Thurammina papillata, var. albicans,

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 51

Ammodiscus charoides, Cyclammina pusilla. Residues, a fine mud of minerals,
diatoms, sponge-spicules with a few Radiolaria.

No. 22.—Near Station 180. [Label:—Dec. 20, 1910, 68° 40’ 5” §&.,
Pion oe We. 1-802; ims. |

Material—A sounding 13°5 c.c. yellowish brown mud, in spirit, dried light
grey and broke down readily. Szeves contained Globigerina and other Foramini-
fera with angular minerals of varying sizes in about equal proportions, also
many Radiolaria, a few diatoms and sponge-spicules. Notable species :—Marsi-
pella cylindrica, Reophax difflugiformis, Haplophragmim sphaeroidiniforme, Bolivina
decussata, varied Lagena. Residues, Globigerina débris, minerals, Radiolaria and

diatoms, the finest residue largely diatomaceous.

No. 23.-—Station 184. [Label :—Dec. 26, 1910, 69° 08’ 8” S., 178° 12’ 7” W.,
1,816 fms. ] ;

Material—A sounding, 12 c¢.c. pale brown mud in spirit, dried very pale’
brown, but did not break down in water. Dried again and broke down in weak
soda into an impalpable mud of mineral origin. Svzeves contained abundant
angular mineral grains, some large with sessile organisms, Globigerina and other
Foraminifera, clay pellets, some sponge-spicules, and a few diatoms. Notable
species :—Spiroloculina tenuis, Cyclammina pusilla, varied Lagena, Nodosaria
raphanistrum. Residues, heavy clay-pellets and angular minerals, foraminiferal

débris, diatoms.

Now24. Near Station “is4. [label:—Dec. 285. 1910; 69" - 16? .6" S:, 179"
A327 W.., 2;035' ims. |

Material—A sounding, 15 c.c. light brown clay, in spirit, dried light grey
and did not break down in water. Dried again it broke down into layers. Dried
once more it broke down in weak soda into a fine mud of mixed mineral and
organic origin, still exhibiting a tendency to cohere into pellets. Szeves contained
angular minerals of varying sizes, some large, sponge-spicules, clay-pellets, a few
large diatoms and Radiolaria but practically no Foraminifera, the only species
recorded being Psammosphaera fusca, Haplophragmium latidorsatum, Cyclammana.
pusilla, Globigerina dutertrei. Residues, mineral particles cohering into pellets, diatoms.

No. 25. Near Station 193. [Label :—Feb. 22, 1911, 68° 41’ 6" S., 165° 57’
Beales) ems.

Material—A sounding, 12 ¢.c. of tenacious brown clay with dark specks, m
spirit. Dried light grey and broke up into a fine mudof mineral and diatom
origin with abundant sponge-spicules and some Radiolaria, but very few Foram-
inifera. Notable species :—Cyclammina pusilla, Reophax difflugiformis, Haplo-
phragmium tenuimargo, Hormosina globulifera, Trochammina trullissata, T. rotaliformis.

Residues, diatoms and diatomaceous débris, sponge-spicules, Radiolaria, minerals.
H 2

52 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

No. 26. Station 194. [Label Heb. 22, 1911, 69° 437 9S:, “163° 247 SH ott
Oates Land, 180-200 fms. |

Material——A small tube of selected Foraminifera and considerable quantity
-of zoophytes, Polyzoa and sandy débris in formalin, also similar material with
mud in spirit. Very difficult to clean, the sieves retaining a felted mass of sponge
and Polyzoan débris which required to be broken up with a brush. Foraminifera
plentiful, but in poor condition, many sessile forms, notably Truncatulina refulgens,
abundant on the Polyzoa. Wagnerella borealis (Heliozoa) was observed. Notable
species :—Mihiolina bucculenta, Miliolina oblonga, var. arenacea, Articulina funalis:
Cornuspira selseyensis, Astrorhiza — limacola, Dendronina. limosa, var. humilis,
Tridia diaphana, Sorosphaera confusa, Crithionina pisum, C. granum, Reophaxr
distans, Haplophragmium crassimargo, H. canariense, var. variabilis, H. nanum,
Ammodiscus shoneanus, Bulimina chapmani, Ehrenbergina hystrix, var. glabra.
Residues contained angular minerals, sponge-spicules, diatoms, immature Foram-
“Inifera, chiefly Arenacea.

No. 27. Near Station 194. Sounding A. [Label:—Feb. 22, 1911, 69°
4’ §., 163° 24’ E., 178 fms.]

Material.—12 c¢.c. grey-brown mud, in spirit, easily cleaned. Sveves contained
mineral grains of all sizes, abundant Foraminifera, sponge-spicules, diatoms.
Notable species :—Miliolina oblonga, var. arenacea, Haplophragmium glomeratum,
Bulimina subteres, B. chapmani, Cassidulina nitidula, Frondicularia pygmaea, Marginu-
lina glabra. Residues consisted of fine minerals, immature Foraminifera, diatoms,
sponge-spicules and abundant amorphous particles (? volcanic ash).

No. 28. Near Station 194. Sounding B. [Label :—Feb. 22, 1911, 69° 14’
Gy pop GES OE Oe Vee wala sascse]

Materval—l2 c¢.c. tenacious chocolate clay, m spirit, dried light grey and
broke down into flakes like a true clay. Dried again it broke down into a fine
mud principally diatomaceous, fme minerals, sponge-spicules. Foraminifera rare,
almost entirely Arenacea. Notable species :—Reophax difflugiformis, R. distans,
Haplophragmium foliaceum, Hormosina globulifera, Ammodiscus charoides, Cyclam-
mina pusilla. Residues contained fine minerals, abundant sponge-spicules, diatoms,
and some Radiolaria.

No. 29. Near Station 194. Sounding C. [Label :—Feb. 23, 1911, 69° 29’
5 S., 162" 49° 4" We O51 ims]

Materval—12 c¢.c. grey-brown mud, in spirit. Steves contained dark mineral
grains, both rounded and angular, a few Foraminifera, and Radiolaria, abundant
sponge-spicules and diatoms. Notable species :—Bathysiphon filiformis, Hyperam-
mina elongata, var. laevigata, Placopsilina cenomana, Haplophragmium globigeriniforme,
Ammodiscus charoides, Cyclammina orbicularis, Spiroplecte annectens. Residues,
angular minerals, abundant sponge-spicules, diatoms.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 53

No. 30. Near Stations 194-195. Sounding D. [Label:—Feb. 23, 1911, 69
Wes 16s 8 EH. 245° fms.]

Material—9 c.c. dark grey sandy mud, in spirit, dried light grey. Sieves con-
tained angular and sub-rounded minerals of all sizes, but hardly any organisms,
except a few Foraminifera, sponge-spicules and diatoms. Notable species :
Miliolina seminulum, Virgulina subsquamosa, Cassidulina subglobosa, var. tuberculata.
Residues consisted of fine mineral grains with practically no organic constituents.

No. 31. Near Stations 194-195. Sounding EK. [Label :—Feb. 26, 1911, 68°
Hien, los, 34 H.; 268 ims.]

Material4°5 c.c. light grey muddy sand in spirit. Sveves contained fine
minerals, many sponge-spicules, a few Foraminifera. Notable species :—Biloculina
irregularis, Bulimina echinata, Seabrookia earlandi, Lagena exsculpta, Spirillina
tuberculata. Residues consisted of fine minerals, sponge-spicules, a few minute
Foraminifera, diatoms.

No. 32. Near Stations 194-195. Sounding F. [Label :—Feb. 27, 1911, 68°
a6 3S: 158) 57 E., 1,165 fms.]

Material.—15 c.c. pale chocolate mud, in spirit, dried pale brown. Sveves con-
tained clay-pellets, sponge-spicules, Foraminifera, diatoms, Radiolaria and minerals.
Notable species :—Reophax longiscatiformis, Haplophragnium foliaceum, H. agglutinans
(very long and pauperate), H. glomeratum, Cyclammina pusilla, C. orbicularis,
Placopsilina cenomana. Residues consisted of minerals and diatoms in about equal

proportions with abundant sponge-spicules.

No. 33. Near Stations 194-195. Sounding G. [Label :—March 4, 1911,
CikmGaeoues. 160. 53.8 Be, 1,448 fms.]

Material—12 c¢.c. very tenacious pale chocolate clay, inspinmit. Dried pale
grey and broke down readily in water but proved difficult to clean. Svzeves
contained diatoms, Radiolaria, sponge-spicules, clay-pellets, a few mineral grains
and very few Foraminifera. Notable species:—Haplophragmium glomeratum,
H. foliaceum, H. scitulum, Trochammina nitida, Clavulina communis, Spiroplecta
annectens. Residues consisted of clay-pellets and minerals, with abundant diatoms

and sponge-spicules.

No: 34. Near Stations 194-195. .Sounding H. [Label :—March 4, 1911, 66°
As, oe lel 9 He, 1502 tms.]

Material.—10°5 c.c. homogeneous dark brown clay, in formalin, dried pale
grey. Broke down readily in water into flocculent pieces which resisted further
disintegration. Sieves contained clay-pellets, mineral grains of varying sizes (one
very large), Radiolaria, sponge-spicules, diatoms and very few Foraminifera.
Notable species:—Reophax difflugiformis and Trochammina robertsoni. Residues

D4 “<THRRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

consisted of clay-pellets, minerals, Radiolaria, sponge-spicules, and abundant

diatoms.

No. 35. Near Stations 194-195. Sounding I. [Label:—March 5, 1911, 66°
06’ 1” S., 161° 09’ 2” K.. 1,668 fms.]

Material.—12 ¢.c. pale chocolate mud with dark grains, in formalin, dried
grey and washed easily. Szeves contained dark minerals, abundant Radiolaria
and diatoms and a few Foraminifera. Notable species :—Reophax difflugiformis,
R. distans, Trochammina rebertsoni, T. pauciloculata. Residues consisted of

diatoms, Radiolaria and fine minerals.

No. 36.—Station 270. [Label :—Dec. 29, 1912, 69° 51’ S., 166° 17’ W.,
2.216 fms. ]

Material—A sounding, 13°5 c.c. pale brown ooze, in formalin, dried cream
colour, tenacious and difficult to clean. Szeves contained a pebble, large angular
minerals, clay-pellets, diatoms, Globigerina and other Foraminifera. Notable
species :—Biloculina depressa, var. murrhyna, Spiroloculina tenuis, very varied
Lagenae, Nodosaria calomorpha, N. mucronata, N. raphanistrum, Discorbina chasteri.
Residues consisted of minute minerals, diatoms, immature Globigerina.

No. 37.—Near Station 218, Cape Adare (?). [Label:—Near 218 (2), 65° 30’
60 S85. 176r 27 Wee lal 20" imiss]

Material—A sounding, 2 ¢.c. pale fawn mud, in formalin. Szeves contained a
felted mass of Radiolaria and diatoms, a few angular sand-grains and Foraminifera,
but none of note. Residues consisted of diatoms and Radiolaria.

No. 38.—Station 220. [Label:
Robertson’s Bay, 45-50 fms. ]

Jan. 3, 1912, Off Cape Adare, mouth of

Material.—Organic deébris, principally Hydrozoan fragments mixed with black
pebbles and sand, difficult to clean. Sieves contained a felted mass of Hydrozoan
débris, diatoms (Triceratium), sponge-spicules and basaltic sand with abundant
spherical bodies (? Zeolites), a few Foraminifera. Notable species :—Crithionina
posum, C. rugosa, var. hispida, Bulimina chapmani, Cassidulina parkeriana, Ehrenbergina
hystrix, var. glabra, Discorbina chasteri. The Heliozoan Wagnerella borealis was also
noted. Residues consisted of diatoms, sponge-spicules, angular minerals and
afew immature Foraminifera.

No. 39.—Station 289. [Label:—Jan, 12, 1913, 72° S., 168° 17’ 5” W.,
2,322 fms. ] ;

Material.—A sounding 4°5 c.c. light brown plastic mud, dried whitey-grey,
very refractory. Sveves contained only 0.3 ¢.c. grey residue of pellets and flakes
of clay, and a few mineral grains, and very few Radiolaria. The only Foram-
inifera recorded were Cyclammina pusilla (3), Haplophragmium latidorsatum (1),

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 5D

Tee : ; ; :
Webbina clavata (1), all starved specimens. Residues consisted of extremely fine
mineral particles, with a few diatoms and sponge-spicules.

No. 40.—Station 291. [Label :
1,917 fms. ]

Material—Soundings, 28 c.c. of light brown-grey mud, in formalin, dried
neatly white and difficult to wash. Sveves retained only 1°25 c.c. of angular
minerals, sponge-spicules, diatoms and Radiolaria with a few Foraminifera. Notable
species :—Reophax ampullacea, R. diflugiformis, Thurammina papillata, Trochammina
pauciloculata, Ammeodiscus shoneanus. Residues, almost entirely diatomaceous
with some Radiolaria and fine minerals.

anol ee LOSE 2 40" OY S179" 377 57 We,

No. 41.—Near Station 188. Sounding A. [Label :
Saidsee so 8 Ey. 251. fms. |
Material—10°5 c.c. light olive brown mud, in formalin, dried greenish white.

Janve2. LOWE 75. °9es7.

Sveves contained angular minerals, sponge-spicules, Radiolaria, abundant diatoms,
but very few Foraminifera. Notable species :—Muliolina oblonga, var. arenacea,
Psammosphaera rustica, Reophax spiculifera, R. longiscatiformis, Bolivina punctata,
var. arenacea. Residues consisted almost entirely of diatoms and Radiolaria,
with some sponge-spicules and minerals.

No. 42. Near Station 188. Soundmg B. [Label:
faite l 3° Ke 313) ims:|
Material.—12 ¢.c. of pale grey brown mud with darker grams, in formalin.

Jane 25 VON. 74-24"

Very tenacious and refractory, splittmg up im water into flocculent layers as
though stratified. Dried again it broke down in soda into a clay-like mud.
Sveves contained angular minerals, some large, Radiolaria, a few sponge-spicules
and diatoms, and very few Foraminifera. Notable species :— Haplophragmium
anceps, Ammodiscus charoides, Cyclammina pusilla, Trochammina rotaliformis,
Clavulina communis. Residues consisted of minerals, sponge-spicules, diatoms
and minute irregular pellets of clay in all stages of disintegration into their
constituents, a débris of fine mineral, Radiolarian and diatom-fragments.

No. 43.—Near Station 221. [Label :

400 fms. }
Material—A sounding, 10°5 c.c. of slate-brown mud with dark mineral

Jiameer Sor Ola TO 25) eae Oba liie ies

grains, in formalin, dried very light grey. Sveves contained angular minerals,
many sponge-spicules and Radiolaria, abundant diatoms, but very few Foram-
inifera. Notable species:—Muiholina oblonga, var. arenacea, Haplophragmium
sctulum, H. anceps. Residues consisted of angular minerals, sponge-spicules, and
abundant diatoms.

No: 44—Station 222: [Label:—Jan. 10, 1912; 76° 02’ 7” S., 165° 55° 2” Bi,
303. fms. |

56 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Material—A sounding, 12 ¢.c. of yellow-grey diatom ooze, with many dark
mineral grains, in formalin, dried light grey. Sveves contamed dark rounded
minerals, sponge-spicules and Foraminifera. Notable _ species :—Bathysiphon
argenteus, Haplophragmium fontinense, H. glomeratum, Trochammaina trullissata.
Residues consisted of diatoms and sponge-spicules.

No. 45.—Station 340. Jan. 25, 1912, 76° 56’ S., 164° 12’ E., 160 ims.

Material—Débris of Polyzoa, Echinoderms and Sponges with a small quantity
of muddy sand, in spirit. Difficult to clean. Sieves contamed a felt of débris
with rounded minerals, diatoms, sponge-spicules and Foraminifera. Notable
species :—Dendronina arborescens, var. antarctica, Rhizammina algaeformis, Crithionina
pisum, Reophax advena, Thurammina papillata, var. haeusleri. Residues consisted of
minerals, abundant diatoms and sponge-spicules, and many immature Foraminifera.

No. 46.—Station 356. Jan. 22, 1913, off Granite Harbour, entrance to
McMurdo Sound, 50 fms.

Material Organic débris with a little sand, in spirit, difficult to clean.
Steves contained a felted mass of sponge-fragments and spicules, with scanty
Foraminifera. Notable species :—Haplophragmium nanum, H. canariense, var.
variabilis, Thurammina papillata, var. haeusleri, Bulimina chapmani, Cassidulina
parkeriana, Ehrenbergina hystrix, var. glabra. A small Pycnogonid was observed
bearing sessile specimens of Ammodiscus gordialis (many) Trochammina squamata,
Discorbina globularis and Truncatulina refulgens. Residues consisted of diatoms, sponge-
spicules and minerals.

No: 47. Station 339: Jan: 245 1912 772 5 S642 7 Be 4 OMimes:

Material—Polyzoan and Echmoderm débris_ with a_ little black sand,
in formalin. Difficult to clean. Szeves contained a felt of débris, but very few Fora-
minifera except Truncatulina refulgens, which was abundant. Notable species :—
Reophax longiscatiformas, Thurammina papillata, var. haeusleri and Patellina corrugata,
showing development of young individuals in basal cavity. Residues consisted of
dark angular minerals, a few sponge-spicules and diatoms, and very few immature
Foraminifera.

No. 48.—Station 331. Jan. 14, 1912. Off Cape Bird Peninsula, entrance to
McMurdo Sound, 250 fms.

Material—Sand and organic débris im spirit. similar material in formalin, and a few
selected Foraminifera. Szeves contamed a mass of Echinoderm, Polyzoan, Hydrozoan
and sponge débris, with black voleanic sand. Foraminifera poorly represented except
Cassidulina, very common. Notable species :—Miliolina calcarata, Iridia diaphana,
Pelosina cylindrica, Ammodiscus shoneanus. A specimen of Truncatulina lobatula con-
tainmg embryo shells was recorded. Residues consisted of angular minerals, volcanic
ash, sponge-spicules in great abundance, diatoms, and a few immature Foraminifera.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND, D7

No. 49.—Near Station 335. Jan. 20, 1912, 77° 10’ 8” S., 164° 13’ E., 187 fms.

Material—A sounding, 9 ¢.c. of dark olive sandy mud, in formalin, -dried orey.
Steves contained dark minerals, Polyzoan and Annelid débris, abundant sponge-spicules
and diatoms, very few Foraminifera. Notable species :—Reophax dentaliniformis
and Operculina ammonordes. Residues consisted of minerals, rounded and angular.
abundant diatoms and sponge-spicules, a few Radiolaria.

No.-50:—Station 338. Jan. 23, 1912, 77° 13’ S., 164° 18’ E., 207 fms.

Material.—Corallines encrusted with Truncatulina refulgens, coralline- and sponge-
débris, much organic flocculent matter, mud and fine black rounded volcanic sand,
in formalin. Difficult to wash. Sieves contained a felt of débris. Foraminifera
fairly numerous, but more or less decalcified by the formalin. Notable species :-—
Miholina oblonga, var. arenacea, M. calcarata, Tridia diaphana, Reophax dentalini-
forms, Thurammina papillata, var. favosa (compressed type). Residues, dark
angular minerals, sponge-spicules, diatoms, a few immature Arenacea.

No. 51.—Station 333. Jan. 17, 1912, 77° 22’ 5” S., 165° 22’ B., 418 fms.

Material.—A_ sounding, 12 ¢.c. dark olive green (almost black) mud, in for-
malin, dried white-grey with a green tinge. Sieves contained rounded and angular
minerals, some Radiolaria. spongesspicules and a few Foraminifera in poor con-
dition, all Arenacea except Muiliolina oblonga, var. arenacea, which itself is of
adventitious construction. How far the formalin was responsible for the entire
absence of calcareous forms is unknown. Residues almost entirely diatomaceous,
with some sponge-spicules and minerals.

No. 52.—Station 342. Jan. 31, 1912, 77° 36’ S., 165° 30’ E., 416 fms.

Material.—Soundings, 18 c¢.c. dark olive mud with darker grains, in formalin,
dried light grey, and proved very refractory. Sieves contained angular minerals,
lumps of grey mud resisting disintegration, many sponge-spicules, Radiolaria and
diatoms, very few Foraminifera, principally Arenacea. Notable species :—
Miliolina oblonga, var. arenacea, Reophax dentaliniformis, Bolivina punctata, var.
arenacea, Vernewlina pusilla. Residues, diatoms with angular minerals, sponge-
spicules and Radiolaria.

No. 53.—Station 348. Feb. 13, 1912, off Barne Glacier, McMurdo Sound.
200 fms.

Material.—Polyzoan and other organic débris and muddy sand, in formalin.
Steves contained débris, sponge-spicules, diatoms, a few minerals, a few Foram-
inifera, mostly small. Notable species :—Iridia diaphana, Thurammina papillata,
var. haeusleri, Bulimina chapmani, Discorbina chastert. Residues, diatomaceous
with some sponge-spicules, a few minerals and minute Foraminifera.

No. 54.—Station 314. Jan. 23, 1911, 5 miles North of Inaccessible Island,
McMurdo Sound, 222-241 fms. [Label: Jan. 23, 1911, McMurdo Sound. ]

MOI anvils I

8 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Material.—Originally in spirit, but dried into a hard cake of mud and sand,
which did not readily disintegrate. Szeves contained a felt of sponge-spicules,
diatoms. Foraminifera varied, but not abundant, except Cassidulina subglobosa,
C. crassa, Ehrenbergina hystrix, var. glabra and Uvigerina angulosa. ” Residues
consisted of angular minerals, volcanic ash, abundant sponge-spicules and diatoms, a
few minute Foraminifera.

No. 55.—Station 355. Jan. 20, 1913, 77° 46’ S., 166° 8’ E., 300 ims:

Material.—Organic débris, mud and sand, in a mixture of spirit and formalin.
Very difficult to clean. Sieves contained Sponge, Aleyonarian and Hydroid débris,
with angular minerals and some Foraminifera, Truncatulina refulgens predominat-
ing. Notable species :—Psammosphaera rustica, Vernewlina pusilla, Bulimina
chapmani, Cassidulina bradyi, var. elongata, Lingulina biloculi, Spirillina obconica,
and var. carinata, Patellina corrugata. Residues consisted of minute minerals,
sponge-spicules, diatoms and a few Foraminifera, mostly immature.

No. 56.—Station 308. April 9, 1913 (To West of Tierra del Fuego),
DOS seer pe Wie 2:356.cnms:

Material—A sounding, 10°5 c.c., pale brown ooze, m spirit, dried cream
colour. Globigerinidae and Radiolaria in a diatomaceous mud. Svzeves contained
Foraminifera and Radiolaria, mostly dead and opaque shells, débris of the same,
diatoms, a few angular minerals. Notable species :—Aschemonella catenata,
Spiroplecta biformis and Pleurostomella subnodosa. Residues consisted of diatoms

°

Or
Ot

and Radiolaria and a few minerals.

IV. SPECIES AND VARIETIES RECORDED.

By the time this Report was ready for impression the cost of paper and printing
had reached the pomt which is recorded for all time m the aspect of the Scientific
Journals of to-day. The Director, whilst giving us practically a free hand, appealed
to us to meet this situation. Apart from compression of the Introductory
portion of our report, we have endeavoured to meet it mainly by the suppression of
six thousand synonyms. Excepting where necessitated by our “* Notes,” and in cases
where the discussion of life-histories renders an ample synonymy essential, we have
reduced our references to two—the original description and one reference to a work
in which either a sufficient synonymy will be found, or works containing it are referred
to. Synonymies may be said to be virtually complete in Brady, 1884 F.C.,*
down to 1880; in Millett, 1898, etc., P.M. (who generally omits Brady and every-
thing before him, excepting the original author) down to 1903; and in Cushman
1910, etc., F.N.P., down to 1915. We have therefore made use principally of
these authors, especially Dr. J. Augustine Cushman, whose synonymies are a

* For explanation of this system of condensed reference, see p: 236.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 59

marvel of patient research and accurate record, to whom we beg in this place to record
a warm tribute of admiration, and of thanks for the unrestricted use we have
made of his work. We have also made free use of the full synonymies in our
Kerimba monograph (1914, ete., F.K.A.).

As originally compiled we gave references to all the principal papers which
have dealt with New Zealand and Antarctic Foraminifera, but these have been
sacrificed under the self-denying ordinance. These works are set out in the part
of our Introduction dealing with the Literature of the subject, and should be
referred to by future students of the areas.

For the same reason we have suppressed “frequencies” and “Tables of
Distribution “—probably the most expensive form of printing extant—and also
the “Lists of Species” found in the outside gatherings from Tierra del Fuego,
Kerguelen Island, Rio de Janeiro, and the ‘“ Discovery’ material, described in
Appendices A-D. In their place we have added after the “ Lists of Stations ”
the letters R.d. J., K. 1, T.d. F., and D., to indicate that the species was found in
these samples of material.

Sup-Kkinegpom PROTOZOA.
CLass RHIZOPODA.

OrpER FORAMINIFERA.
Famity GROMIID A.

GROMIA, Dujardin.
1.—Gromia oviformis, Dujardin.

Groma oviformis, Dujardin, 1835, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. [2], vol. iv, p. 343, pl. ix, figs. 1, 2.

Stations 46, 53, (7) 54.

A single large individual at Stn. 46, free from incrustation, several more or
less incrusted at Stn. 53, and two large but somewhat doubtful specimens at
Stn. 54. |

Famiry MILIOLIDAE.
Sus-Famiry NUBECULARIINAE.
NUBECULARIA, Defrance.
2.—Nubecularia tibia, Jones and Parker.
Nubecularia tibia, Jones and Parker, 1860, FCD. p. 455, pl. xx, figs. 48-51.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 548.

Station 6.

A few attached individuals, one with a roughened surface and closely resembling
d@Orbigny’s figure of Webbina rugosa (VOrb., 1839, FIC, p. 126, pl. 1, figs. 16-18 ;
and 1846, FFV, p. 74, pl. xxi, figs. 11, 12). No free specimens of the more
generally recorded type were observed.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Reophax distans, Brady, Hyaline isomorph, Nodosaria

eS,

60 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

infleca, Rss., Sessile individuals isomorphous with sessile specimens of Reophar
spiculifera, Brady, referred to in our note on that species. ]

3.

Nubecularia tubulosa, Heron-Allen and Earland.

Nubecularia tubulosa, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 548, pl. xl, figs. 1-5.

Stations 2, 6.

Occurs in profusion on shells, stones, and stems of Gorgonids. On many of
the stones from Stn. 2 the surface is practically covered with a densely imter-
woven mass of these delicate little tubes. As a rule the branching tubes, inter-
sect, the individuals preserving their identity, one tube passing over another,
but in several instances what appears to be a true anastomosis of the tubules
was observed.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Sagenina frondescens, Brady, and 8S. divaricans,
Cushman. |

4. Nubecularia lucifuga. Defrance.

Nubecularia lucifuga, Defrance, 1825, Dict. Sci. Nat. (Strasburg, 1816-1830), vol. xxxv.
p- 210; Atlas Zooph. pl. xliv. fig. 3.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 549.

Stations 2. 4, 6.

Only from the N.Z. area, where it occurs both adherent to stones and free. The
specimens are not particularly robust.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Placopsilina cenomana, Orb. Hyaline isomorph, the
young stage of N. lucifuga as figured by Sidebottom (S., 1904, etc., RFD) is
Truncatulina lobatuia (W. & J.): older specimens 7. variabilis, Soldani type. |

5. Nubecularia lucifuga, var. decorata, Heron-Allen and Earland.

Nubecularia lucifuga var. decorata, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 549.
pl. xl, figs. 6, 7.

Station 2.

Fine and typical specimens occur on the stones from this Station.

6. Nubecularia bradyi, Millett.

Nubecularia inflata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 135, pl. i, figs. 5-8.
bradyi, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 550, pl. xl, figs. 8-10.

Station 6.

Two specimens, neither very typical, and which might perhaps be described
as nubecularme miliolids. N. bradyi is a common form in tropical and sub-
tropical Pacific gatherings, and it is interesting to record the form from N.Z.
waters, from which it has also been recorded as not uncommon by Cushman
(C., 1919, RFNZ, p. 636, pl. xxv, fig. 6).

FORAMINIFERA

HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 61

Sus-Famiry MILIOLININAE.
BILOCULINA, dOrbigny.
7. Biloculina wrreqularis, VOrbigny.
Biloculina irregularis, d’ Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 67, pl. viii, figs. 20, 21.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FWS. p. 206.

Stations 2-4, 6, 31, 38, 45, 46, 48, 53, 54.

Attains its maximum frequency and development in the N.Z. area at Station 6,
where a good range of specimens in all stages was obtained. In the Antarctic
material the specimens are, as a rule, few in number, but large and well developed
at several Stations, especially Stations 46 and 53.

8. Biloculina sphaera, dOrbigny.
Biloculina sphera, dOrbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 66, pl. viii, figs. 13-16.
oa * Brady, 1884, FC. p. 141 (fig.), pl. ii, fig. 4a, 0.

Stations 6, 26, 54.

Sparingly represented in the N.Z. area by a fairly good series of specimens,
none attaining any considerable size. The Antarctic records show a few enormous
specimens characterised by extremely labyrinthic apertures.

There is an increasing tendency to refer this species to the genus Planispirina,
on account of the arrangement of the earlier chambers, but it is so essentially
biloculme in external form that we prefer to retain the original nomenclature.

9. Biloculina bulloides. @Orbigny.
Biloculina bulloides, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 297, no. 1, pl. xvi, figs. 1-4, Modéle no. 90.
- $5 Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 551.

Stations 1-3, 5, 6, 9, 16, 19, 36, 538-55 (+ R.d.J.).

The specimens from the N.Z. area are rather small, the best and most
typical from Station 6. It is nowhere common. An abnormal individual with
an accessory chamber and tubular orifice over the aperture was found at
Station 2. In the deep water between N.Z. and the Antarctic circle the specimens
attain better growth, but they reach their maximum dimensions in 8. Polar
waters, notably at Station 48, where very large individuals were found. At
Station 36 both typical specimens and specimens with projecting tubular apertures
(B. lucernula, Schwager, 8, 1866, FIN, p. 202, pl. iv, fig. 17) were observed.

10. Biloculina ringens (Lamarck).
Miliolites ringens, Lamarck, 1804, ete., AM. vol. v, p. 351, no. 1, vol. ix, pl. xvii, fig.
Lamarck, 1816, etc., ASV. vol. vii, p. 612; 1835, etc., vol. xi, p. 289, ne. 1.
Biloculina _ ,, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1915, FKA. p. 550.
Stations 1, 6, 48.
A good many specimens at Station 6 (N.Z.) large and typical, otherwise repre-
sented by single specimens of the depressed form figured by Brady (Fig. 7) and named

62 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

after him, B. bradyi, by Schlumberger (S, 1891, BGF, p. 170, text figs. 15-19, pl. x,
figs. 63-71). None of the specimens show the transverse ridges of shell-matter
figured by Schlumberger, but not appearing in Brady’s original figure, or Chap-
man’s (C, 1914, FORS, p. 57, pl. 1, fig. 1; and C, 1909, SNZ p. 314) pl aa,
fig. 1).

11. Biloculina comata, Brady.
Biloculina comata, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 45; 1884 FC. p. 144, pl. in, figs. 9a, b.

oS

Stations 1, 4, 8, 10-12.

N.Z. area only. The species attains a comparatively large size, especially at
Stations 10 and 11. The individuals differ from Brady's type. which may be
regarded as a striate form of B. ringens and B. bulloides. The N.Z. specimens
are closely allied to B. lucernula, Schwager, the produced tubular neck attaining
noticeable dimensions at Stations 10, 11, 12. The only individual of Brady’s
type observed was at Station 1.

Judging by the recorded figures of Flint, Cushman and Schlumberger, B.
comata is normally a striate variant of B. rimgens and B. bulloides; the
occurrence of similar surface ornament in another type, and prevalent in a
particular area, is an interesting feature.

12. Biloculina elongata, V@Orbigny. |
Biloculina elongata, d@ Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 298, no. 4.
Heron-Allen and Karland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 552.
Stations 19) 26, 38, 46, 47 (42 Kol Bed: a):
Rare and confined to the Antarctic area. Large and quite typical specimens at
Stations 46, 47 and 48.

13. Biloculina depressa, VOrbigny.
Biloculina depressa, d Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 298, no. 7, Modéle no. 91.
Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1917, p. 74, pl. xxvii, figs. 1, 2.

Stations 1-6, 8, 10, 12, 17-20, 23, 27, 38 (+ K.I., D.).

The species reaches its maximum development, both as to numbers and size,
at Station 6. At Stations 8 and 10 the individuals are furnished with a broad keel.
In the Antarctic area it is much less frequent. and the specimens do not attain the
development of the N.Z. forms.

14. Biloculina depressa, var. murrhyna, Schwager.
Biloculina murrhyna, Schwager, 1866, FKN. p. 203, pl. iv, figs. 15a, 6.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1917, p. 75, pl. xxvii, fig. 3; pl. xxix, fig. 1.
Stations 10-12, 17, 18, 19, 36 (+ T.d. F.).
Occurs In company with the type at several Stations, but at others the type is
not represented. Maximum development at Station 11 (N.Z.), the Antarctic speci-
mens are much weaker, and few in number.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

15. Biloculina depressa, var. serrata, Bailey.

Biloculina serrata, Bailey, 1861, New Spp. Micr. Org. Para River, S$. America, Boston Journ.
Nat. Hist. vol. vii, p. 350, pl. viu, fig. E.
SF » Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1917, p. 75, je wesig, 1 2.

Station 12.

A single typical specimen. The depth at this Station (301 fms.) is much below
the average depth of the records for this variety, which is nearly always confined to
very deep water. Brady's authorship must lapse in favour of Bailey’s, whose paper
bemg concerned principally with Diatomaceae had been overlooked in this country.
The paper is recorded under dates 1862 and 1863, but our copy bears the printed
date July, 1861. Bailey’s specimens were from the Gulf Stream (!) 150 fms.

SPIROLOCULINA, dOrbigny.
16. Sprroloculina nitida, VOrbigny.

Spiroloculina nitida, d’ Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 298, no. 4.
3 Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 552.

Station 5.
A single moderately good example.

17. Spiroloculina planulata (Lamarck).

Miliolites planulata, Lamarck, 1804, AM. p. 352, no. 4; Lamarck, 1816, etc., ASV. vol. vii,
p- 613, no. 4. :
Spiroloculina — ,, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etce., FKA. 1915, p. 555.

Station 6 (+ R.d. J.).
A single specimen.

18. Spiroloculina excavata, A Orbigny.
Spiroloculina excavata, d@Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 271, pl. xvi, figs. 19-21.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 554.
Stations 5, 6.
Extremely rare.

19. Spivoloculina affica, Terquem.
Spiroloculina affica, Terquem, 1878, FIR. p. 55, pl. v, fig. 13.
, inaequilateralis, Schlumberger, 1893, MGM, p. 202, pl. iv, figs. 84-86.

Stations, 2, 6.

This very distinctive type, although so rare in the Huropean waters, and fossil
deposits from which it was first described, is generally one of the most typical
of the N.Z. fauna. In this material, however, it occurs at only two Stations,
the specimens being, however, very well developed.

20. Spiroloculina tenuis {Czjzek).

Quinqueloculina tenuis, Czjzek, 1848, FWB. p. 149, pl. xin, figs. 31-34.
Spiroloculina ke Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIKA. 1915, p. 556.

64 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Stations 6; 8. 10; 13, 116, °17,- 23) 36 (4> Taide ie ahadsls):

As usual, it is practically impossible to separate this form from Muliolina
pygmaca, but we are recording the spiroloculime forms separately for taxonomical
reasons. In both the N.Z. and Antarctic areas it occurs in two distinct forms,
porcellanous and sub-arenaceous. The two occur together at Station 6, where it
is best represented, and at Stations 16 and 17. The porcellanous form occurs alone
at Station 8 (N.Z.), and 13 (Ant.), where the individuals are exceptionally long. At
the other Stations only the sub-arenaceous type occurs. the . finest specimens
bemg found at Stations 16 and 36.

21. Sprroloculina arenaria, Brady.
Spiroloculina arenaria, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 153, pl. viii, fig. 12.
de Amicis, 1893, CFP. p. 313, pl. m1, fig. 1.
Station 6.
A few very good examples.

MILIOLINA, Wilhamson

22. Miliolina circularis (Bornemann).
Triloculina circularis, Bornemann, 1855, FSH. p. 349, pl. xix, fig. 4.
Milhiolina ; Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 557.
Stations 1-6; 26,31, 37, 40) 46,505 55 (G2 Kee Rada Je. ws):
In the N.Z. area the specimens are, as a rule, very small, the best at Stations
1, 5 and 6. In the Antarctic the best series and the most abundant occur at the
most southerly Station, 55, where it 1s well developed. At the other Stations it
is extraordimarily variable in development and frequency, ranging from single
small individuals to large (at Station 31) and one exceptionally large (fragmentary)
at Station 37.

23. Miliolina cireularis, var. sublineata, Brady.

Miliolina circularis, var. sublineata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 169, pl. iv., fig. 7.
~ Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 558,
pl. xh, figs. 9-11.
Station 27.

The specimens are few im number, and but feebly striate.

24. Miholina valvularis (Reuss).
Triloculina valvularis, Reuss, 1851, FSUB. p. 85, pl. vii, fig. 56.
Miliolina 3 Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 559.
Station 6.

Good specimens.

25. Miliolina chrysostoma, Chapman.

Miliolina chrysostoma, Chapman, 1909, SNZ. p. 322, pl. xiii, figs. 8-10; pl. xiv, figs. 1 and 4.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 65

Stations 1, 5, 6.

A few specimens occur in the N.Z. area, which we think should be attributed
to Chapman’s form, resembling his figures 8 and 9. There are no instances exhibiting
the extreme variation to which he refers.

26. Miliolina labiosa (d’Orbigny).
Triloculina labiosa, d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 178, pl. x., figs. 12-14.
Miliolina .. | Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 559.
Stations 5, 6, 26, 53, 54.
Very rare, excepting at Station 26, where a good many typical examples

occur.

27. Milrolina bucculenta, Brady.
Miliolina bucculenta, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 170, pl. exiv, fig. 3a, b.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1916, FWS. p. 208, pl. xxxix, figs. 4-6.

Stations 1,5, 26, 38, 45, 48, 50.

Several small specimens in the N.Z. area; sparingly represented in the Ant-
arctic ; but good specimens occur at several Stations, notably at Stations 26 and
48. None of them, however, approach im size the enormous individuals found in
the cold area of the Faroe Channel.

28. Miliolina subrotunda (Montagu).
Vermiculum subrotundum, Montagu, 1803, TB. pt. 2, p. 521.
Miholina subrotunda, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 559.
1 c : ~ 5)
Stations 3, 5, 6, 21.
Sparingly represented and not very typical, excepting at Station 5. The
only Antarctic specimen was very small and feeble.

29. Miliolina trigonula (Lamarck).
Milolites trigonula, Lamarck, 1804, etc., AM. 1804, vol. v, p. 351, no. 3.
Miliolina 3 Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 561.
Stamons12. 3, 5, 6, 9, 26, 3il.
Reaches its best development in the N.Z. area at Station 6, where both the
long and the short types attain fine development. The short type alone occurs
at Stations 3 and 5, and the species is represented in the Antarctic by the short

type only.

30. Miholina insignis, Brady.
Miliolina insignis, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 45, 1884, FC. p. 165, pl. iv, figs. 8-10.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 562.

Station 6.
Specimens large and well-developed, but feebly sulcate.

VOL, VI. K

66 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

31. Miliolina tricarinata (d’Orbigny).

Triloculina tricarinata, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 299, no. it Modéle no. 94.
Miliolina Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 562.

Stations 3, 5, 6, 16, 18, 19, 27, 31, 35, 38, 48, 50, 53, 54, 55.

Oceurs in both the long “ hazel-nut’’ type and the short robust form, the
best at N.Z., Station 6, where the short form attains fine dimensions. The long
form occurs only at Station 5 in the N.Z. area, but occurs to the exclusion of
the short form in the deep-water Stations, between N.Z. and the Antarctic
Continent. The short form reappears at Station 31 and occurs exclusively from
there to the most southern latitudes, attaining better development as one
approaches the shallower Stations of the Antarctic coast, the best individuals
being obtained at Stations 38, 48, 54, and 55.

32. Miliolina bosciana (d’Orbigny).
Quinqueloculina bosciana, d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. 191, pl. xi, figs. 22-24.
Miliolina bosciana, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 566.
Stations 2, 3, 5, 6, 48 (+ KI).
Represented in the N.Z. area by single specimens only, except at Station 6,
and all small. In the Antarctic by a single small specimen at Station 48.

33. Miliolina oblonga (Montagu).
Vermiculum oblongum, Montagu, 1803, TB. p. 522, pl. xiv, fig. 9.
Miliolina oblonga, Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 566.

Stations 13.5, (6, 15, sib sG,e a: (eebencerla):

Occurs in both the originally described and figured square-cornered form, and
in the rounded type, figured by Brady. In the N.Z. area the square form pre-
dominates, the best beimg at Stations 1 and 5. At Station 3 the round form
only occurs; at Station 6, both types together. Rare in the Antarctic, the round
form at Stations 15 and 31; both types at Station 36. It is noticeable that the
round type is always more thin-shelled and feebler than the angular, but none
of the fragile type noted by us from West Scotland (H-A & KE, 1916, FWS,
p. 210) was seen in the material.

34. Milholina oblonga, var. arenacea, Chapman.
Miholina oblonga, var. arenacea, Chapman, 1914, FORS. p. 59, pl. i, fig. 7.
alveoliniformis, Fauré-Fremiet, 1913, ete., FMAF. 1914, p. 4, pl. O, fig. 5.

Stations 26, 27, 29, 32, 38, 41-45, 48, 50, 51, 52 (+ K.1., D.).

This is the most typical Miliolid of the Antarctic area, and presents a con-
siderable range of form. The rounded type predominates, and represents the
variety at most of the Stations, but the angular form occurs in its company at
Stations 27, 43, 44, and 52. The test is very fragile and delicate; and the
calcareous constituent, if present at all, must be very limited in quantity. The
colour varies considerably. Inthe deeper water the specimens are a very pale

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 67

grey, almost white, but as the Polar Continent is approached the colour darkens
owing to the increasing quantity of dark mineral constituent. The pale colour
was at first thought to be due to the presence of diatomaceous material, but the
examination of crushed specimens in balsam under a high power reveals an entire
absence of such material, the test being constructed entirely of most minute
mineral particles.

Fauré-Fremiet (ut supra) figures a form under the name of M. alveoliniformis,
Brady, which certainly has no resemblance to Brady’s type, but may be related
to Chapman’s, from which it differs in its cribrate aperture on a produced neck,
its comparatively coarsely agglutinate test, and the arrangement of the chambers,
which are on the M. bosciana or transverse plan, instead of the straight J.
oblonga arrangement. The text-figure and description in his 1913 Paper (ut supra
p. 262, fig. 4), however, shows a much less coarsely agglutinate shell, and the
description brings the species into close agreement with our specimens, except
that we have not observed any specimens with cribrate apertures.

35. Muiliolina gracilis (VOrbigny).

Triloculina gracilis, dOrbigny, 1839, FC. p. ISL, pl. xi, figs. 10-12.
Miliolina gracilis, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 567.

Station 6.
A single specimen, resembling d’Orbigny’s original figure.

36. Miliolina pygmaea (Reuss).

)

Quinqueloculina pygmaea, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 384, pl. v (1), fig. 3.
Miliolina pygmaea, Heron-Allen & Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 567.

DAaOMsTo eS Om ll el Gon Win 22, 36 (elke. Jn):

Frequent at a few Stations, rare at the others. The round milioline type pre-
dominates, but at Stations 10, 11 and 17 a compressed form occurs in its company
in about equal proportions. The specimens at Station 17. of both types, are

abnormally long and narrow.

37. Miliolina seminulum (Linné).
Serpula seminulum, Linné, 1767, SN. (ed. xii.) p. 1624, no. T9L; Linne, 1788, SN. (ed. xiii.),
p- 3739, no. 2.

Mihiolina senimulum, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FIA. 1915, p. 569, pl. xii, fig. 31.

Stamonse2.o, 0,96, li, 26, 30=32) 48) (=k I Radaw.):
Never very abundant. In the N.Z. area the bulk of the specimens are of the
M. vulgaris (dOrb.) type, but, in the Antarctic, d’Orbigny’s type occurs only
at Station 31, im company with typical M. seminulum. The best N.Z. area is
Station 5, the best Antarctic Station 48, the only Station where it occurs with

any frequency.
K 2

68 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

38. Miliolina candeiana (d’Orbigny).

Quinqueloculina candeiana, d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 199, pl. xu, figs. 24-26.
Miliolina candeiana, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete. FKA. 1915, p. 570.

Stations 1, 4, 5.
Three minute individuals referable to this obscure form from Station 4.
Better represented at Station 5. A single good specimen at Station 1.

39. Miliolina venusta (Warrer).
Quinqueloculina venusta, Karrer, 1869. MFKB. p. 147, pl. u, fig. 6.
Miliolina venusta, Cushman, 1910, ete. FNP. 1917. p. 45, pl. xi, fig. 1.

Stations. 2, 17, 18: 910 sO7.736) (ee rd: HeaiiadtdD >):

Represented in the N.Z. area by doubtful specimens at Station 2. As might
be expected, this deep-water form occurs in greatest numbers and development at
the Stations to the S. of N.Z. Excellent examples at Stations 18, 19 and 36. At
Station 27 (178 fms.) it is represented by a single poorly developed individual.

46. Miliolina aubervana (dOrbigny).
Quinqueloculina auberiana, d’ Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 193, pl. xii, figs. 1-3.
Miliolina auberiana, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 571.

Stations 1-6, 38, 47 (+ R.d.J.).

Poorly represented. The best specimens from Station 1. At Station 6 it occurs
in a variety with a double keel on the marginal edge of the chambers approaching the
form figured by Silvestri (8, 1896, etc., FPS, 1896, p. 44, pl. 1, fig. 21, pl. ui, fig. 1)
under the name of M. angulata, a specific name already preoccupied by Terquem.
The Antarctic specimens are very few in number, and of minute size.

41. Milotina calcarata, sp. nov. Pl. I, figs. 4-6.

Stations 48, 50.

Miliolinae with spinous decoration are extremely rare. The earlier recorded
example is d’Orbigny’s Triloculina echinata (d’Orb., 1826, TMC, p. 300, No. 14), the
whole surface of which is covered with minute spines. Costa's Quinqueloculina
denticulata (C. 1853, etc., PRN, 1856, p. 325, pl. xxv, fig. 9 (error for 6))
has a spinous ornamentation round the outer edge, due to extension of the keel.
Brady, Parker and Jones figured a form akin to M. tricarinata, with a few
large blunt spines on the outer keel, under the name M. excisa (B. P. & J..
1ss8, AB, p. 215, pl. xl., fig. 33). Millett, in 1898, recorded M. cristata from the
Malay Archipelago, a minute form between M. cuvieriana and M. venusta
(M. 1898, ete., FM, 1898, p. 506, pl. xii, figs. 3, a-c). This has only a few blunt
spines confined to the keel of the last chamber. In 1904 Sidebottom figured
M. seminulum, var. cornuta, from Delos, with similar ornamentation (S, 1904, ete.,
RED, 1904, p. 11, fig. 3, and pl. iii, figs. 11, 12). We ourselves have figured

FORAMINIFERA —HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 69

and described MM. tricarinata, var. serrata, from Kerimba (H.-A. & E., 1914, etc., FEA,
1915, p. 563, pl. xl, figs. 23-25), distinguished by serrated margins to the
chambers.

The two specimens which we record from the Antarctic material differ
considerably from any of the foregomg types, the main distinction being the
continuance of the spines on the penultimate and antepenultimate chambers,
thus givmg a distinctive appearance to the median line of the test, as com-
pared with Millett’s figure, which, in other respects, they closely resemble. Their
zoological position is probably nearest to M. auberiana, which does not occur
at these Stations.

Test, small, quinqueloculine, chambers angular in section, furnished down the
outer edge with a series of short, blunt spines, directed towards the aboral end
of the chambers. arlier chambers appearing transversely across the middle of
the shell. Aperture small, directed laterally, and furnished with a prominent tooth.

Size :—Length, -40mm.; Breadth, excluding projections, -27 mm.; Maximum
breadth, -30 mm.

42. Miliolina cuvierrana (d’Orbigny).
Quinqueloculina cuvieriana, V Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 190, pl. xi, figs. 19-21.
Miliolina cuvreriana, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete. FKA. 1915, p. 571, pl. xli, figs. 33-36.
Station 10.
A single, rather feeble specimen.

43. Miliolina agglutinans (d’Orbigny).

2

Quinqueloculina agglutinans, A Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 195, pl. xu, figs. 11-13.
Miliolina agglutinans, Heron-Allen and EKarland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 575.
Stations 3, 6)(-= Rid. Ji).
Confined entirely to the N.Z. area. At Station 6 the specimens are large
and coarsely agglutinate. The only other record, at Station 8, consists of a
single finely agglutinate small individual.

44. Miliolina fusca (Brady).

Quinqueloculina fusca, Brady, 1870, FTR. p. 286, pl. x, fig. 2.
Miholina fusca, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc. FKA. 1915, p. 576.

Station 6.
A good series of specimens.

45. Miliolina contorta (dOrbigny).

Quinqueloculina contorta, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 298, pl. xx, figs. 4-6.
Miliolina contorta, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc. FKA. 1915, p. 576.

Stations 6, 48, 50.
The best specimens occur at the only N.Z. Station, No. 6, where there is a

70 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

good series, including both the rounded and angular edged types. Otherwise
very rare, the best Antarctic specimen (angular) being at Station 50.

46. Miliolina sclerotica (Narrer).
Quinqueloculina sclerotica, Karrer, 1868, MF KB, p. 152, pl. ii, fig. 5.
Miliolina sclerotica, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete. FKA. 1915, p. 577, pl. xliv, figs. 1-4.
Stations 2, 6.
Very rare. The most typical specimens at Station 2. At Station 6 practi-

cally inseparable from J. contorta.

47. Miliolina ferussaci (da Orbigny).
Quinqueloculina ferussacii, @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 301, no. 18, Modéle no. 32.
Miliolina ferussacii, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete. FKA. 1915, p. 578.

Stavions 1—6, 20) (45 IR. di Je):

Occurs at all the inshore N.Z. Stations, and presents a wide range of varia-
tion. The best specimens at Stations 1 and 6. At the latter a small, neatly
constructed type predominates. Represented in the Antarctic by a single individual
at Station 20.

48. Miliolina polygona (dOrbigny).

Quinqueloculina polygona, @ Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 198, pl. xu, figs. 21-23.
Miliolina polygona, Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 111, pl. xx, fig. 854 a-g; pl. xxi, figs. 859 a-—c.
¥ Chapman, 1909, SNZ. p. 321, pl. xi, fig. 6.

Station 6.
A single typical specimen.

49. Miliolina linnaeana (d’Orbigny).

Triloculina linnevana, d Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 172, pl. ix, figs. 11-13.
Miliolina linneana, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete. FKA. 1915, p. 579.

Stations. 2, 6.
The specimens are feeble. At Station 6 they are compressed and almost
spiroloculine.
50. Miliolina brongniartii (A’Orbigny).

Triloculina brongniartii, W@Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p- 300, no. 23.
Miliolina brongniartii, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc. PKA. 1915, p. 580.

Station 1.
A single specimen.
SuB-GeNnus, SIGMOILINA, Schlumberger.
51. Sigmoilina ovata, Sidebottom.

Sigmoilina ovata, Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1904, Po Ose ple itoss 23: text-fig. 1.
3 » Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 584, pl. xlv, figs. 16-18.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. fil

Stations 1-6, 18-20, 36.

Occurs mm both areas, the best specimens off N.Z. At Station 6 specimens
infiltrated with glauconite occur. The Antarctic specimens are, as rule, smaller
and less typical.

52. Sigmoilina edwardsi, Schlumberger.

Planispirina (Sigmoilina) edwardsi, Schlumberger, 1887, P. p- 483 (115 in the reprint), text-fig. 8,
pl. vii, figs. 15-18.
a oe = Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915. p. 584,
pl. xlv, figs. 19-21.
Station 6.

A single typical specimen.

53. Sigmoilina umbonata, sp. nov. Plate I, Figs. 7, 8.

Stations 27, 31, 45, 47, 48, 53, 55.

Test, free, minute, circular in outline with a raised central boss on each face.
Kdge rounded. Aperture a minute slit. Surface smooth and polished, especially
on the bosses.

Dimensions :-—Breadth *20—-30mm.; thickness, +20 mm.

This obscure little form, which occurs in some numbers at several Antarctic
Stations, presents features analogous to S. sigmordea, but differs in its circular
outline and the raised central bosses. The possibility of its representing the
initial stage of a large Miliolid must not be overlooked, but no specimens repre- .
senting a transition between this and any Miliolid occurring at the same Station
have been observed.

54. Sigmoilina sigmordea (Brady).
Planispirina siqgmoidea, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 197, pl. ii, figs. 1-3, and p. 194, fig. 5c.
35 Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FWS. p. 216, pl. xxxix, figs. 32-34.
Stations 2, 3, 6, 16, 38 (4+ T.d. F.).
One long, narrow specimen at Station 3, and a few, more typical, at Station 16.
At Stations 2, 3, 6, and 38, a few specimens which, though referable to this
species, are characterized by their minute size, and the breadth of shell, which
is almost equal to the length, giving a nearly circular outline.

55. Sigmoilina celata (Costa).
Spiroloculina celata, Costa, 1855, FFMV. p. 126, pl. i, fig. 14; 1853, ete., PRN. 1856, pl. xxvi,
hes 5:
Planispirina celata, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FWS. p. 216.

Stations 5-8, 10-12 (+R. d. J.).

Confined to the N.Z. area and best represented at Station 6. Both the broad
original type of Costa, figured by Schlumberger (S., 1887, P., p. 111, pl. vii, figs. 12-14),
and the long, narrow type figured by Brady and named Sigmoilina schlumbergeri
by Silvestri (S.. 1904, TB. p. 267) occur. At Station 10 the original type occurs
in very broad, outspreading form.

“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

oat |
bo

Sus-Famiry HAUERININAE.
ARTICULINA, dOrbigny.

56. Articulina funalis, Brady.
Articulina funalis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 185, pl. xiii, figs. 6-11.
A s Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., 1915, FKA. p. 587.

Stations 2, 26, 27, 31, 38, 45, 48, 53-55 (4+ K. I.):

Confined to the Antarctic area, excepting for two typical specimens from
the N.Z. area. At a few of the Antarctic Stations near the coastline it is remark-
ably abundant and attains a great length. It is also extraordinarily variable in
the breadth of the oral extremity. At Station 38 individuals not only attain a
great size compared with the normal, but also exhibit a breadth and_ strength
of growth exceeding all other records. They may be compared to Brady’s Fig. 2,
pl. xiii, attributed by him to A. conico-articulata. These individuals are marked at
fairly regular intervals with deep constrictions, suggesting septal divisions, and an
examination of the interior of the shell shows that there is an inner thickening,
constricting the diameter of the tube, at these points, though the apertures
remain practically constant. The bulbous initial extremity exhibits no sign of
the milioline commencement predicated by Brady in his description of the species ;
it is merely an inflated cavity, but it is always set unsymmetrically, the maxi-
mum turgidity extending sometimes on the side of curvature, and sometimes
on the opposite side.

The relationship between this form and Articulina is not very apparent,
except through the mtermediary of such specimens of A. conico-articulata as we
figured from Kerimba (H.-A. & E., 1914, etce., FKA. 1915, p..586, pl. xlv, figs.
32, 33) and there is something to be said for Rhumbler’s action in transferring
the species to a new genus, Tubinella, allied to Nubecularia. We have modified
our views expressed upon this matter, as a result of the examination of this
vast collection of specimens of A. funalis.

57. Articulina funalis, var. mornata, Brady.

Articulina funalis var. inornata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 186, pl. xiii, figs 3-5
Millett, 1898, etc., FM. ae p: OS; pl. xoa, figs Je
Tubinella ead Rigeabled 1906, FLC. p. 27, pl. ii, fig.

Station 3.
A few typical specimens.
OPHTHALMIDIUM, Kibler.
58. Ophthalmadium margaritiferum, sp. nov. Pl. I, Figs. 9-12.

Stations 38, 6.

Test, porcellanous, roughly discoidal, commencing with an inflated primordial
chamber, followed by one or two convolutions rather rapidly increasing in width,
unseptate. The shell then becomes septate, the constrictions bemg, however, of

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

an elementary character. Successive chambers, two or three im number, occupying
more than half. and up to two-thirds of a convolution. Broadest at mid-chamber
length and narrowing towards the aperture, which is furnished with a thickened lip,
and a rudimentary tooth. In the megalospheric form the primordial chamber
projects as a clear button in the middle of the flattened disc. The microspheric
form has not been found.

The nearest ally of the species would be O. tumzdulum, Brady, with which
our form agrees in the rounded shape of the peripheral margin, but differs in
the greater length of the latter chambers, which. by occupying more than half
of the circumference, destroy the spiroloculme plan of Brady’s species. It may
be regarded as a connecting link between Planispirina exigua, Brady, and O.
tumidulum, Brady. The presence of the oral tooth indicates its spiroloculine
affinity. Size:—-30—-40mm. in diameter; *05 mm. in thickness.

Rare and small at Station 3, more numerous and well-developed at Station 6.

(Note-—Rhumbler (R., 1909, etc., FPH. 1909, pl. ix, fig. 18) figures a small
Ophthalmidium, without any specific name being given im the text. which closely
resembles our form.)

PLANISPIRINA, Seguenza.
59. Planispirina cliarensis, Heron-Allen & Karland.

Planispirina charensis, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, CI. p. 35, pl. ui, figs. 7, 8.
Station 6.
Two specimens presenting the characteristic small aperture of the type, but
in one case more convex than the type, and so approaching P. auriculata, Egger.

Susp-Famiry FISCHERININAE.

FISCHERINA, Terquem.
60. Fascherina helix, Heron-Allen and Earland.
Fischerina helix, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FAA. 1915, p. 591, pl. xlvi, figs. 10-14.
Stations 4. 6.
A few specimens, smaller than the original type, but exhibiting all the
characteristic features.
Sus-Famiry PENEROPLIDINAE.
CORNUSPIRA, Schultze.
61. Cornuspira foliacea (Philippi).
Orbis foliaceus, Philippi, 1844, EMS. p. 147, pl. xxiv, fig. 25 (error for 26).
Cornuspira foliacea, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p 592.
Stations 6, 26, 53 (+K. I.).
Occurs in two forms, the original figure of Philippi, im which the final whorl
is not very much broader than its predecessors, and in the thin compressed form

vOL. VI. L

74 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

illustrated by Brady (pl. xi, fig. 5) in which there is an immense increase in the width
of the final convolution. Represented in the N.Z. area by the wide-tubed type
attaining comparatively enormous dimensions; one broken shell probably exceeded
a quarter of an inch in diameter. Only the narrow-tubed type occurs m the
Antarctic material, but at Station 26 this also reaches a very large size.
[Arenaceous isomorph, Ammodiscus tenuis, Brady, Hyaline isomorph, Sporillina

vivipara, Khbg., evolute forms. |

62. Cornuspira selseyensis, Heron-Allen and Harland.
Cornuspira (?) Harland, 1905, FBS. p. 199, pl. xin, figs. 2-4.
selseyensis, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 592.

Stations 4, 6, 26, 31, 38, 45, 46, 48, 53-55.

Occurs in both areas, but much more frequently in the Antarctic. It is
entirely missing at all the deep-water Stations. The specimens even from the
most southerly latitudes differ in no respect from the original Knglish types.
Station 31 (268 fms.) is perhaps distinctive in the exhibition of tests more

stoutly constructed than is usually the case.

63. Cornuspira mvolvens (Reuss).

Operculina involvens, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 370, pl. i (xlvi), fig. 20 (not 30).
Cornuspira < Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 593.

Stations 3, 5, 6, -10, 26, 31, 38, 46, 48, 50) 53-55 (KO 1 De):

Occurs 10 both megalospheric and microspheric forms. both together at
Stations 38 and 48, the microspheric alone at Stations 3, 5, 6 and 31, the
megalospheric alone at Stations 10, 26, 46, 50, 53, 54 and 55, at all of which
Stations specimens attain fine dimensions, the largest at Station 26. For its
remarkable occurrence at Station 10, see our note on Hyperammina ramosa (No. 91).

[Arenaceous isomorph, Ammodiscus incertus (d’Orb.), Hyaline isomorph, Spiril-
lina vivipara, Khbg., closely coiled forms. |

64. Cornuspira diffusa, Heron-Allen & Earland.
Cornuspwa diffusa, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1912, ete., NSG. 1913, No. 3, pp. 272-276,
pl. xii. ; 1913, CI. p. 37; 1916, FWS. p. 217.

Station 6.

This interesting form is quite one of the most typical Foraminifera at this Station,
Where it occurs in abundance and is characterized by the wildest out-growths. No
individuals were found exhibiting any trace of the spiral centre observed in our type
specimens ; some of them, indeed, show a closed extremity to the initial portion,
whilst in others the initial extremity is narrowed down to a cup-like opening
suggestive of a sessile habit. It would thus appear to link Cornuspira with
Nubecularia.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 75

65. Cornuspira striolata, Brady.
Cornuspira striolata, Brady, 1882, FKE. p. 713; 1884, FC. p. 202, pl. exiii, figs 18, 19.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1912, ete., NSG. 1913. No. 3. p. 274, fig. 36.

”?

Station 47.

No specimens were observed in any of the material submitted to us for examina-
tion, but two very large and perfect specimens preserved in spirit on board ship were
submitted to us for identification from official Stations 316 and 339, the latter
being our Station 47. The specimen from the former Station measured 19 by
21 mm., and therefore approximates in size to the enormous specimens observed
originally by Murray, and subsequently by Harland in the cold area of the Faroe
Channel. The specimen from Station 339 (H.-A. & E., Station 47) is much smaller,
being only 8 mm. maximum diameter.

Famity ASTRORHIZIDAE.
Sus-Famiry ASTRORHIZINAE.

ASTRORHIZA, Sandahl.

66. Astrorhiza limicola, Sandahl.
Astrorhiza limicola, Sandahl, 1857, Ofvers. K. Vet. ak. Forh. vol. xiv, p. 299, pl. iii, figs. 5 and 6.
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 231, pl. xix, figs. 1-4

Stations 26, 50.
The records depend upon two specimens from Station 50, and more doubtful

individuals from Stations 26 and 55.

67. Astrorhiza arenaria, Norman.
Astrorhiza avenaria (Carpenter MS.), Norman, 1876, Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. xxv, p. 213.
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 232, pl. xix, figs. 5-10.

Stations 6, 40.

A few individuals from Station 6, characterized by the very large size of
the sand-grains, and the loose manner in which they are agglutinated. In one
sand-grains

specimen the radiating pseudopodia have been preserved with
The

attached as though in the act of gathermg material for addition to its test.
Antarctic record rests on a somewhat doubtful specimen.

TRIDIA, Heron-Allen and Harland.

68. Lridia diaphana, Heron-Allen and Earland.

Thurammina papillata (7) Karland, 1905, FBS. p. 201, pl. x1, figs. 6, 7; pl. xv, figs. 1-3.
Webbina hemispherica, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 325, pl. xv, fig. 14.
Tridia diaphana, Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1914. p. 371,
p. 607.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FSC. p. 37.
(Placopsilina intermedia, Halkyard),- Halkyard, 1919, BMB. p. 26, pl. 1.
fig. 8; (Placopsilina aggregata. Halkyard) Ibid., p. 27, pl. vin, figs. 3, 4.
L 2

pl. xxxvi, 1915,

76 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Stations 3, 4, 6, 26, 38, 47, 48, 50, 53 (+ D.).

To this organism we attach great biological importance, having regard to
the fact that it is probably a representative of the earliest and most elementary
marine Rhizopods. Our views and deductions, so far as they have gone already,
may be found in the works referred to in the above synonymy. We have
suggested that it is of world-wide distribution, and its reappearance in these
southern latitudes adds force to our observations.

It occurs in both areas, the best N.Z., at Station 6, where many large and
typical examples occur. Also abundant specimens of a small hemispherical
chitinous form, very closely resembling the early Selsey examples, originally
referred by us to Webbina hemispherica, but with a pronounced aperture at the
side near the attached edge. These individuals may probably represent a local
form of the initial stage. In the Antarctic the best individuals occurred at
Stations 47, 48, and 53, smaller than the N.Z. specimens, excepting at Station 47,
but quite typical, and exhibiting the chitmous floor admirably. At Station 26
a single example with a test constructed of very fine mud.

VANHOEFFENELLA, Rhumbler.

69. Vanhoeffenella gaussu, Rhumbler. Pl. I, Figs. 14, 15.

Vanhoeffenella gaussvi, Rhumbler, 1905, MP. p. 105, fig. 9.

Rhumbler, 1909, FPH. p. 216, fig. 57.

Heron-Allen and Earland, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1915, p. 296.
5 Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 608.
3 Heron-Allen and Karland, 1916, FSC. p. 37.

In a small jar contammg muddy sand, without any label or identifiable
particulars beyond the unquestionable fact that the material was from the
Antarctic, and, judging by the size of the sand-grains, from comparatively shallow
water, were found two perfect mdividuals of this species. This “find” proved
of exceptional interest to us because a careful examination of the specimens
has removed any lingering doubts which we might have had as to the identity
of Vanhoeffenella with Iridia. They are essentially distinct. Under a_ high
magnification the angular framework supporting the characteristic chitinous
membrane which forms the two faces of Vanhoeffenella is seen to be a hollow
tube with labyrinthic interior, constructed of minute Diatom and mineral débris.
At each angular point of the frame there is an external opening from which the
dried protoplasm is seen in both specimens to be exuded. The large mass of
the protoplasmic body is, however, as in Rhumbler’s figure, collected into a
rounded, or oval, nodule in the centre of the cavity between the chitinous
sides. ,

In the absence of details as to locality this jar of material was not
systematically examined,

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND HARLAND. i7

PELOSINA, Brady.
70. Pelosina variabilis, Brady.
Pelosina variabilis, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 30, pl. iu, figs. 1-3.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FWS. p. 218.

39 29
Stations 2, 55.
A few doubtful, small specimens at Station 2. I

~

1 the Antarctic a very good
example at Station 55.

71. Pelosina rotundatu, Brady.

Pelosina rotundata, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 31, pl. in, figs. 4,5; 1884, FC. p. 236.
pl. xxv, figs. 18-20.

- Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1899, p. 249, pl. iv, fig. 1.

Stations 46, 50, 55.

Confined to the Antarctic. A small mdividual at Station 46, presenting a
tubular chitinous neck; large and more typical at Stations 53 and 55, but oval
im shape and without the produced neck, resembling in shape and_ surface-con-
struction the figures of P. arctica, Awerinzew (Sibirischen Hismeer, 1911, Mém.
Ac Imp: Ser St: Petersburg. Ser. 8, vol. xxix, No. 3, p. 7, pl. 0, figs. 7; 8.)

72. Pelosina cylindrica, Brady.
Pelosina cylindrica, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 236, pl. xxvi, figs. 1-6.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 46, figs. 50, 51.
Stations 38, 48 (+ D.).
Confined to the Antarctic. One good specimen at Station 38, and a very large
one at Station 48.
STORTHOSPHAERA, Schulze.
73. Storthosphaera albida, Schulze.
Storthosphara albida, Schulze, 1874, R. p. 113, pl. u, fig. 9 a—d.

zs » Brady, 1884, FC. p. 241, pl. xxv, figs. 15-17.
Station 6.
The species is represented by a single specimen. In this, the external

corrugations characteristic of the genus are but weakly developed, and _ the
general appearance of the test is strongly suggestive of an affinity with Crithionina
rugosa, Goés (G. 1896, DOA. p. 24, pl. u, figs. 3, 4).

Although S. albida, as seen in Schulze’s figures and in typical specimens from
the deep areas of the North Sea, is a very distmctive form, it differs but very
slightly from the later established genus Crithionina. The principal distinctions are
the comparatively large size of the internal cavity in Storthosphaera, and the thinness
of the investing wall, coupled with the corrugated exterior, but Pearcey’s species,
S. depressa (P., 1900, RCA. p. 37, pl. 1, fig. 1, a-c), appears to us to form a
connecting link between the two genera. Owing to the rarity or absence of
the external corrugations, the rougher construction of the test, and the decrease

78 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

in the size of the internal cavity, it represents a form midway between S. albida

cae z 45 : . are a: eat aoe. :
and Crithionina granum, Gots, and it becomes a question whether Goés’s generic
name should not be abandoned im favour of Schulze’s earlier creation.

DENDRONINA, nov. gen.

Test sessile or free, unseptate, built of fine mud, sand-grains and sponge-
spicules, agglutinated with varying proportions of cement and furnished with an
internal or external chitinous membrane.

Initial portion of sessile specimens either a depressed amoebiform basal pad,
with ramifying passages converging to a central cavity, or a more or less turgid
basal chamber, with simple or labyrinthic cavity. From the basal pad or chamber
rise one or more tubular outgrowths. simple or branching, diminishing in diameter
towards the terminal apertures.

In free-growing specimens the basal portion is bulbous with entire or
labyrinthic cavity, often of large size, from which arise one or more tubular
outgrowths developing as in the sessile form.

Very fragile in the dry condition, but probably more or less flexible in the living
state.

The “‘ Terra Nova” material furnishes representatives of this new genus of
Astrorhizidae, which forms a connecting link between Masonella, Brady, and
Dendrophrya, Strethill Wright. Its affinities with the former are shown by the
labyrinthic structure of the basal pad, and with the latter by its unseptate
tubular extensions and the occurrence of specimens showing only rudimentary
labyrinthic structure.

Two distinct species occur in the New Zealand area, which are replaced in
the Antarctic by two varieties of simpler structure, and less striking develop-
ment. We have fragments of what appears to be a similar organism from
Mauritius, and the genus may prove eventually to have a wide distribution.

74. Dendronina arborescens, sp. nov. Pl. II, figs. 10-12, 14-18.
Stations 2, 3, 4, 6.

Organism usually sessile, but sometimes free; unseptate; arborescent ; com-

oO"
to)

mencing in the sessile form with a basal pad of irregular shape, attached to
stones, sponges and other bodies, and, in the free form, with a more or less bulbous
thin-walled chamber of large dimensions. From the basal pad or bulb arise one
or more hollow unseptate and thick-walled trunks of varying lengths and_pro-
portions, constructed of fine grey mud, sand, and sponge-spicules with a consider-
able proportion of cement. The sponge-spicules are regularly laid with their long
axes parallel to the lme of growth of the trunk, which furcates at irregular
intervals into branches of diminishing size. Surface-walls of basal pad, trunk and
branches smooth, either matt or exhibiting. a glaze due to the presence of a

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 79

thin external chitinous membrane. Apertures terminal, simple or furnished with
a radiating corona of spicules. Very brittle when dry, but probably more or less
flexible in the living state. No perfect specimens were received.

The basal pad (Fig. 124) is normally composed of fine grey mud and acicular
spicules, both entire and broken. The spicules are arranged with some regularity,
converging towards the raised centre of the pad from which the main trunk
arises. When attached to a plane surface the basal pad is amoeboid in outline,
but otherwise it conforms to the contour of the host. It is easily detached,
and when mounted in balsam (Fig. 17) exhibits a number of branchmg tubes,
origmating In one or more central cavities and radiating, as m Masonella,
towards the edges of the pad, but having no visible external apertures.

These basal cavities are sometimes, but not always, visible when the under
surface of a detached pad is examined. It seems probable that the specimens
thus exhibiting the basal cavity have become broken in detachment, leavmg the floor
of the basal pad attached to the host.

From the central cavities of the pad originates the hollow trunk (Fig. 128)
which rises from the pad and varies greatly im appearance. More than one trunk
may rise from the same pad (Fig. 12c). Normally the trunk takes the form of
a thick-walled tube, gradually dimmishing im diameter and furcating at irregular
intervals, each branch again dividimg into smaller branchlets (Fig. 128), but
remaining unseptate throughout (Mig. 18).

The trunk may, however, terminate while still unbranched (Fig. 12c), ending
with a terminal crown of radiating sponge-spicules which no doubt serve as
supports for pseudopodial extensions, as in Marsipella cylindrica, Haliphysema
tumanowicz, and other species. A similar terminal appendage may occur on a side
branch after furcation of the mam trunk (Fig. 12p).

No complete branchmg specimens have been found presenting an unbroken
terminal extremity, and the nature of the orifice at the end of the small branchlets
remains to some extent problematical. They may end in a simple constricted
aperture, but it is more probable that they termmate im a more or less loosely
agglomerated and radiating crown of projecting spicules, as does Marsipella
cylindrica, which is of about the same diameter. There can be no doubt that
the extraordinary terminal fragment (Fig. 12F) reproduced in our plate belonged to
our species, but the proportion of spicules to cement is higher than was observed
in any other fragment, and it must be regarded as abnormal.

A certain number of basal portions have been found which exhibit little
or no evidence of a sessile condition and which show signs of modification of
structure as a result. Whether the organism ever exists im an entirely free
condition is uncertain. Most of the specimens suggest attachment in some form
or other, if only to loose sand. In one instance the test is attached to the free
tube of an Annelid, and probably started its growth later than the worm

80 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

These free or semi-free specimens differ from the fixed type m the shape
of the initial portion which, instead of being an outspreading pad, takes the
form of an irregular bulb with comparatively thin walls and a large internal
cavity (Figs. 11, 16). The cavity is usually undivided, but is sometimes filled with a
labyrinthic agglomeration of large sand-grains, the interspaces of which are probably
homologous with the branching passages in the basal pad of the sessile form.

The external wall of the bulb is often furnished with projecting spicules
(Fig. 16), which may serve the purpose of anchoring the bulb in an upright
position in the mud of the sea-bottom. Occasionally there are accessory simple
orifices on short tubular outgrowths. The proportion of spicules to grey mud and
cement is noticeably less in the early stages of the bulbous form than in the
sessile type.

Following the bulbous initial portion the plan of growth follows the normal
plan, the trunk rapidly dimimishmg in diameter to the first furcation and the
proportion of spicular material simultaneously imcreasmg (Fig. 11).

There can be no doubt as to the affinities of this strikmg species. The unseptate
columnar tube and the branching passages of the basal pad mark it unquestion-
ably as an Astrorhizid, and, except in the existence of this specialised base and
the neat construction of the test, our species is evidently closely allied to Dendro-
phrya erecta, Strethill Wright. The structure of the basal pad so closely resembles
Masonella as to indicate that the genus forms a connecting link between the
genera Astrorhiza, Masonella, and Dendrophrya.

The species occurs only in material from the New Zealand area, but is probably
abundant in suitable localities. A considerable number of fragments have been found,
but no perfect specimens, owing to the character of the material. The largest number
of fragments were obtained at Station 6.

At Station 4 the spicules were abnormally large as compared with the
diameter of the branches into which they were built (Fig. 14). In one fragment, from
Station 6, the spicules are arranged spirally (Fig. 15), as in Marsipella spiralis,
H.-A. & E., thus departing from the normal method of imlaying them parallel
to the axis of the branch.

Size,—The maximum height of a perfect specimen can only be estimated, but
probably it may attain 5 or 6mm. The basal pad of sessile specimens ranges
up to 2mm. in diameter, and the bulbous base of free specimens up to 1:30 mm.
The tubes vary between -10 and -70 mm. external diameter, according to their
proximity to the base.

75. Dendronina arborescens, var. antarctica, nov. Pl. II, fess 135 19:

Basal pad small, labyrinthic, surmounted by a short, stout trunk roughly
constructed of sand-grains, spicules and cement. Surface smoothly finished,
Colour dark grey, due to the minerals incorporated in the cement.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 81

This variety is based on two specimens only, one each from Stations 45
and 55. They are both sessile organisms, but detached from the host and ex-
hibiting a labyrinthic structure of the base, as in D. limosa, var. humilis. Both
are fragmentary, imasmuch as they terminate abruptly at the trunk stage; but
one of the specimens (Fig. 19) exhibits a broadening at the point of fracture,
which probably indicates a branching of the trunk.

In their construction and appearance they appear to be more clearly allied
to the New Zealand form, D. arborescens, than to the Antarctic D. limosa, var.
humilis.

Dimensions of the two specimens are as follows :—

Basal pad, *70 and 1:0mm. diameter. Height of trunk to point of fracture,
1:0 and 2:10mm.; breadth of trunk, °30 and :40 mm.

76. Dendronina limosa, sp. nov. Pl. I, figs. 1-6.

Test sessile or free, consisting of a swollen basal chamber with entire or
labyrinthic cavity. From the basal chamber arise one or more tubular extensions,
unseptate and of gradually diminishing diameter. The tubes are usually simple,
but a single instance of furcation has been observed. Aperture terminal and simple,
formed by the constriction of the terminal end of the tube. Test constructed
of fine mud and sand-grains with little cement, surface rather rough, colour
yellowish grey. Walls of basal chamber and tube rather thin, much thmner than
in D. arborescens, with the result that the bore of the tube is considerably larger
than in that species. No spicules are employed in the construction of the test,
and the organism is in consequence very fragile, though possibly more or less
flexible m the living state. In some apparently free-growmg specimens the basal
chamber is surrounded with a cheval-de-frise of projecting spicules (Figs. 2, 3).
It is possible that these may have been incorporated for anchoring purposes, but it
is more probable that the specimens were loosely attached to a living sponge.

Confined to the New Zealand area, where it occurs im company with D.
arborescens. It may be regarded as a primitive type of the genus. Owing to its
extreme fragility the specimens are in a less perfect condition than the types
of that species, but it is probably equally abundant under suitable conditions.

Size:—The basal chamber in both free and sessile specimens ranges up to
1:°20mm. Maximum height unknown, but probably does not exceed 2 or 3mm.
Thickness of wall varies from -12mm. at the base to ‘03 mm. at the extremities
of the tubes, which average *-30mm. in diameter.

77. Dendronina limosa, var. humilis, nov. Pl. I, figs. 7-9.
Station 26.
Test sessile, composed of fine sand-grains and a little cement, but without
incorporated sponge-spicules. Consisting of a basal portion with labyrinthic

VOL. VI. M

“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

to /4)
bo

interior, surmounted by a single stout columnar trunk or tube, but slightly
smaller in diameter than the basal portion, passing mto a simple tube and ter-
minating abruptly in a constricted nipple-shaped aperture. Colour dark grey.
Walls thin and smooth, but unpolished.

The specimens found were detached but had originally been sessile on some
other body. The labyrinthic structure of the base was in ‘all cases exposed,
and as the specimens showed no signs of wear or disruption, it would appear
that the organism is very loosely attached to its host, and that there is no
pavement-layer separating the protoplasm from the surface of the host, such as
is present in D. arborescens, other than perhaps such a chitmous film as occurs
in [ridia.

The affinities are clearly with D. lumosa, in fact the Antarctic variety closely
resembles young individuals of that species from the New Zealand area, except
in its markedly labyrinthic base, and its more depressed habit and massive
construction.

Size:—The base ranges from *70-l1mm. im diameter, and the maximum
height is about the same. The tube averages *20-"40 mm. in diameter.

Sup-Famity PILULININAE.
BATHYSIPHON, Sars.

78. Bathysiphon filiformis, M. Sars (M.S.).

pes filiformis, G. O. Sars, 1871, Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl., p. 251.
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 248, pl. xxvi, figs. 15-20.
de Folin, 1887, B. p. 279, pl. vi, A 4 ae.

Station 29.
Two fragments referable to this species. It is possible that the two doubtful
specimens referred to B. argenteus should be referred to this species.

79. Bathysvphon rufum, de Folin.
Bathysiphon rufum, de Folin, 1887, B. p- 283, pl. vi, figs. 8 a-c.
Station 40.

A few individuals characterized by a light colouring which deepens into orange
bands at pomts marking slight constrictions in the shell.

80. Bathysvphon argenteus, Heron-Allen and Harland.

Bathysiphon argenteus, Heron-Allen and Farland, 1913, CI. pl. ili, figs. 1-3; 1916, FWS.
p: 218.

Stations 2, 42, 43, 44.
The records depend upon an undoubted specimen from Station 2 (N.Z.), and a

similar one from Station 44. . At Stations 42 and 43 were found fragments which are
less distinctive but are prob ably referable to this species,

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 83

Sup-ramity SACCAMMININAE.
PSAMMOSPHAERA, Schulze.

81. Psammosphaera fusca, Schulze. Pl. I, fig. 18.
Psammosphaera fusca, Schulze, 1874, R. p. 113, pl. ii, fig. 8.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 609.

2 2?

Stations 1-3, 6-10, 16, 18, 21-25, 27, 29-33, 36, 37, 41, 42, 45, 47, 48, 50, 51, 53-
poe (eeked. Bs 0 )!).

Almost universally distributed. The best N.Z., at Station 6, where it is
abundant and presents the entire range of variation described and figured in
our 1913 paper (H.-A. & H., 1912, etc., NSG. 1913, p. 1, pls. ii), from large,
spherical, roughly-built free specimens, down to sessile individuals entirely com-
posed of the finest mud. One individual deserves especial remark, sessile, low-
domed, constructed of coarse sand-grains, but having three radiating tubules
of fine sand, extending to some distance from the edge. At Stations 2 and 3
(N.Z.), and 53 and 55 (Antarctic) the large free spherical forms, in many instances,
have a long sponge-spicule built into the edge of the wall and projectmg, but
not traversing the central cavity as in P. parva. The best Antarctic series were
obtamed at Stations 29 and 50, large and very rough; at Stations 21 and 32,
the only Antarctic sessile specimens.

82. Psammosphaera fusca, var. testacea, Flint.

Psammosphaera fusca, var. testacea, Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 268, pl. vii, fig. 2.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1912, ete., NSG. 1913, p. 18,
yal tel, tailors {8)e

> 22 22

Station 6.
A few typical specimens of this doubtfully separable species.

83. Psammosphaera parva, Flint.

Psammosphaera fusca, de Folin, 1895, SRR. p. 16, pl. O, figs. 4, 5.
parva, Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 268, pl. ix, fig. 1.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1912, etc., NSG. 1913, p. 17, pl. 11, figs. 7,

[o)

” ey

Stations 2, 15, 32, 40.
The records are few, and none of the specimens are very distinctive.

84. Psammosphaera bowmanni, Heron-Allen and Harland.

Psammosphaera bowmanni, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1912, etce., NSG. 1912, p. 385, pl. v,
figs. 5, 6, pl. vi, fig. 5; 1913, CI. p. 39; 1916, FWS. p. 219.
Cushman, 1918, etc., FAO, p. 36, pl. ix, figs. 5, 6; pl. x, fig. 5.
Stations 3, 6.
It is of great interest to us to record the presence of this imteresting form
from a new area. ‘Three specimens occur, one at Station 6, quite typical,
M 2

M4 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

differing only from the British specimens in that the cement is white and cal-
careous, and thus contrasts sharply with the dark mineral flakes composing the
test. In two others, at Station 3, which are less typical, short, broken sponge-
spicules being used to form the rough framework, the ‘‘ windows” being
filled in with flat mineral flakes. They represent a passage-form between

P. rustica and P. bowmanni.

85. Psammosphaera rustica, Heron-Allen and Karland.
Psammosphaera rustica, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1912, ete., NSG. 1912, p. 383, pl. v,
figs. 3, 4; pl. vi, figs. 2-4; H.-A. 1915, RPE. p. 268.
Cushman, 1918, etc., FAO, p. 37, pl. v, figs. 3, 4; pl. vi, figs. 2-4.

Stations 2, 3, 6, 41, 55.

Occurs in both areas. In the N.Z. the most abundant at Station 6. All
the N.Z. specimens are of rougher construction than the British, in many cases sand-
grains are utilised almost as much as spicules, and the projecting “* scaffold ” spicules
are, to a large extent, suppressed, but in a few instances, notably at Station 6,
these projecting spicules are very prominent, and the specimens are typical.
In the Antarctic area the records are few. At Station 41, both sand and spicules
are used, but the formation is otherwise typical. At Station 55 a single very
large example, in which the projecting spicules are very large and numerous,
radiating in all directions. At Station 2 a single large association of
individuals such as is not uncommon in the North Sea, but without pro-
jecting scaffolding. It seems possible that Cushman’s Rhabdammina cornuta,
var. spiculotesta (C., 1918, FAO, p. 18, no fig.), may be founded upon similar
associations, but in the absence of a figure we are not prepared to go further
than this.

SOROSPHAERA, Brady.

86. Sorosphaera confusa, Brady.
Sorosphaera confusa, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 28, pl. iv, figs. 18, 19; 1884, FC.
p. 251, pl. xviii, figs. 9, 10.

Station 26.

The specimen is not satisfactory, but should, we think, be attributed to this
species, if, ideed, the genus be allowed to stand. The records depend upon
Brady's “ Challenger” Report, and a specimen recorded by Cushman from the
Atlantic in 1,467 fms., which he notes as “ very typical” (C., 1918, ete., FAO, p. 39,
pl. xv, figs. 4, 5). Pearcey also records it from the Weddell Sea in the Antarctic.

We have always had some doubts as to the validity of this genus, and an
examination of Brady's type-specimen, apparently the one represented by Fig. 10.
(ut supra), in the British Museum, satisfies us that this specimen at any rate,
is nothing more than an association of individuals of Thurammina papillata,
var. cariosa, Flint, such as we have referred to in our paper on that genus

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 85

(H.-A. & E., 1912, ete., NSG. No. 5, 1917, p. 550, pl. xxix, figs. 1-11). Until all
Brady’s specimens have been found and identified the question of Sorosphaera
must remain in abeyance, but it seems highly probable that it represents merely
agglomerated associations of different varieties of Thurammina, such as we have
figured (loc. cit.) on pl. xxx, under the name 7. papillata, var. canaliculata, Haeusler,
and var. elegantissima, Haeusler.
SACCAMMINA, M. Sars.
87. Saccammina sphaerica, M. Sars. Pl. I, fig. 16
Saccammina sphaerica, M. Sars, 1868, LUHD, p. 248.
; 53 Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1910, p. 39, figs. 33-36.

Stations 2. 7, 26, 29,33, 40, 50; 53, 55:

The records are few, but the specimens are very good, the largest and best at
Station 2. Other large individuals at Stations 29, 40 and 55. At Station 53,
two specimens of the roughly constructed, wide-mouthed and spiculiferous form
figured in our paper (NSG. No. 2, 1913, pl. 1, figs. 15-19), for which Cushman pro-
poses the varietal name anglica (C., 1918, FAO. p. 45). At Station 50, a very
small specimen with neatly constructed tubular mouth resembling Rhumbler’s
S. minuta (R., 1909, etc., FPE. 1909 (1911), pl. i, figs. 8, 9; 1913, p. 375. See
C., 1918, FAO, p. 46, pl. 20, fig. 5.) We figure an abnormal specimen from
Station 2. It apparently represents a malformed and broken Saccamimana, in
the broken cavity of which is a mass of protoplasm and metaplastic bodies
which protrudes through the aperture of the Saccammina and extends m an
unseptate tube constructed of fine mud and cement (C7. Rhumbler, 1884, Zeitschr.
wiss. Zool., vol. lvii, p. 489, pl. xxii, figs. 23-24a). The specimen, including
tube, measures 7 mm.

Sus-Famity RHABDAMMININAE.

JACULELLA, Brady.

88. Jaculella acuta, Brady. Pl. I, figs. 19, 20.
Jaculella acuta, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 35, pl. ii. figs. 12, 13.
33 ». Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 609.

Stations 6, 29.

The records depend on a single Station in each area. At Station 6 a series
of individuals was found ranging up to 10mm. in length, presenting very marked
idiosynerasies in their construction. The outer wall of the test is built up of
a firmly agglutinated crust of relatively small sand-graims, incorporated with
ferruginous cement to form a comparatively smooth wall, dark in colour owing
to the large proportion of heavy minerals built in. At the terminal portion of
the test a mass of very loosely aggregated clear siliceous sand-grains, larger than
those employed in the construction of the wall, is heaped together without any
investing wall. So far as can be judged in the absence of sections, it appears

86 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

that these N.Z. specimens have the interior of the cone filled with this loosely
ageregated mass. It would thus seem that Jaculella, in constructing its test,
utilises the heavy minerals selected from its environmental material, for wall-
building only. Two forms showing this method of construction are found, one
with a pointed base, the other with a bulbous proloculum. No doubt these
represent the megalospheric and microspheric forms.

In the Antarctic the species is represented by a single typical example of
coarse construction, resembling Brady’s fig. 14 (1884, F.C. pl. xx).

89. Jaculella obtusa, Brady.
Jaculella obtusa, Brady, 1882, FKE. p. 714; 1884, FC. p. 256, pls. xxii, fig. 19-22.
Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 20, pl. iv, figs. 87-89; pl. v, figs. 90, 91.
Station 6, 13, 32 (+ D.).
Good and typical specimens, one of great length from Station 32.

HYPERAMMINA, Brady.

90. Hyperammina vagans, Brady.
Hyperammina vagans, Brady, 1879, RRC. ete., 1879, p. 33, pl. v, fig. 3.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 610.

9

Stations 1-3, 6, 16, 25, 26, 29; 32, 37, 38, 49 50; 55:

The best examples at Stations 6 (N.Z.) 29 and 14 (Antarctic). Other good
specimens at Stations 32 and 35. At the remaining Stations the species is
represented by more or less unquestionable fragments.

91. Hyperammina ramosa, Brady. Pl. I, fig. 18.
Hyperammina ramosa, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 33, pl. ii, figs. 14, 15.
Saccorhiza » Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 65, fig. 81.

Stations 3, 6, 7, 9, 10, 25, 28, 29, 32 33) 40; 41, 48" 55.

Usually occurrmg in fragments, but often im considerable abundance. The
method of construction varies according to the nature of the bottom deposit.
Where sponge-spicules are available the species has a marked tendency to
incorporate these, projecting from its test. This habit is well shown at Stations
6 and 29. At other Stations the test is built of sand-grains usually somewhat
roughly. At Station 10 the specimens were entirely constructed of Globigerine
and other Foramimifera, which is startling, regard being had to the depth as
given on the label (see our note on the material). At Station 28, where the
specimens were otherwise normal, one large fragment was found in which the
apertural ends were blocked up with sandy mud incorporating young megalo-
spheric individuals of Cornuspira involvens to the number of at least twenty.
This appears to us to be accounted for only, if the Hyperammina were ingesting

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. - 87

mud for building purposes on the precise spot where a young brood of C. involvens
had just been hatched out. The record of the species at this Station rests
entirely on these imdividuals.

92. Hyperammina arborescens, Norman.
Psammatodendron arborescens (Norman MS8.), Brady, 1881, HNPE. p. 98, No. 13.
Hyperammina a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 262, pl. xxvii, figs: 12, 13 (fig. 10, p. 263).
Station 48.
A single recognisable branching fragment.

93. Hyperammina elongata, Brady. Pl. I, fig. 21.

Hyperammina elongata, Brady, 1878, RRNP. p. 433, pl. xx, fig. 2a, b.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 60, figs. 73, 74.

Stanlons6, 22,26, 27,37, 41), 525 55 (-- W.).

Two distinct types of structure occur among the specimens referable to this
species. The normal, in which the test is built up of sand-grains firmly cemented
together and with more cement than is found in any other species of Hyper-
ammina ; the outer surface is at times quite rough, at others smoothly agglutinated.
The other type utilises spicules, sometimes in part, and sometimes 7 toto, in the
construction of its test, and occasionally these spicules are arranged in two distinct
layers set longitudinally and transversely with a neatness equal to that dis-
played by Technitella (Cf. H.-A. & H., 1912, etc. NSG. 1912, p. 382, pl. v,
figs. 1, 2). At Station 6, where the species is most abundant, both types occur,
and the specimens also fall into two distinct groups in each type—a long, narrow
tube agreemg with Brady's figures, and a short and much more massively built
organism, which at times evidently attains a considerable size. The arenaceous
type occurs alone at Stations 26, 27, 37, and 41, all of the small and_ slender
type. At Stations 52 and 55 the spiculiferous type occurs alone, but using sand-
grains in about equal proportions to the spicules.

This spiculiferous habit, although more predominant among the N.Z. speci-
mens than we have observed elsewhere, is not confined to the N.Z. area; we
have identical specimens from several deep-water Stations round the British
coast, and it may be noted with interest that Brady’s type-shde of the species
in the British Museum contains a similar specimen, although he makes no refer-
ence to the habit m his published description. This spiculiferous habit extends to all
the other species of Hyperammina, notably to H. ramosa, which invariably uses
spicules if they are attamable. H. mestayerv, Cushman (C. 1919, RFNZ. p. 596,
pl. Ixxiv, fig. 3) from the N.Z. area—which the author states is evidently related
to H. friabilis, Brady—no doubt occupies the same position with regard to
that species that our spicular variety of H. elongata does to the normal
type, and the habit is not confined to the N.Z. area, as we have spicular

«THRRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

2)

H. friabilis from the N. Sea (330 m. ‘ Goldseeker” Station 1x, B.). De Folin,
under the name of Hyperamminella venusta (de F. 1881, RRT, p. 140, and
de F. 1887, RR, p. 114, fig. 9) figures the proloculum of a broken specimen from
the Bay of Biscay which might have been drawn from one of the N.Z. examples

of H. elongata.

94. Hyperammina elongata, var. laevigata, Wright.
Hyperammina elongata, var. laevigata, Wright, 1891, SWI. p. 466, pl. xx, fica:
Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1910, p. 61, fig. 75.

Stations 6, 10, 25, 29, 33, 40, 41.

Represented, as a rule, by a few specimens at each Station, generally fragmentary.
At Station 10 the construction is rougher than usual, passmg almost imper-
ceptibly towards the type. At Station 25, in addition to the normal type, which
is perfect but small, a minute specimen was found with a chitious test shewing
adventitious material deposited in a few patches only.

Wright appears to have been anticipated in his discovery of var. laevigata
by Haeusler who, in 1885 (H. 1885, LAI, p. 26, pl. im, fig. 23) figures a broken
individual, and in 1890 (H. 1890, FST, p. 61, pl. ix, fig. 48) a perfect specimen,
both under the name of dAimmodiscus filum, Schmid; but the Serpula filum of
Schmid (8. 1867, ZSW, p. 583, pl. vi, fig. 48) is quite different, obviously Ammo-
discus gordialis, or a variety closely akin. Wright's name, therefore, stands in
spite of Haeusler’s anticipation, unless the fossils described by Howchin (H. 1888,
ACF, p. 535, pl. vii, figs. 1, 2) under the name H. elongata, var. clavatula,
prove to be identical with Wright's organism. The figures certamly bear con-
siderable resemblance, but Howchin, who appears to have been familiar with
recent specimens referable to var. laevigata, to which he refers as ‘smooth
examples of H. elongata, Brady,” differentiates his variety “by their minute
dimensions, the proportionately larger size of its primordial chamber and_ its
shorter contour,” though he suggests that the latter feature may be due to the

broken condition of his fossils.

95. Hyperammina elongata, var. tenuissima, noy. Pl. I, fig. 17.

Station 29.

Test finely arenaceous, smooth, polished, commencing with a bulbous pri-
mordial chamber more than twice the diameter of the tube, which is of practi-
cally even diameter throughout its entire length. Colour, pale brown.

This variety differs from Wright’s var. laevigata (a) in the abnormal length
of the tube, which in the largest fragment observed attamed 1°5mm., and (b)
in the primordial chamber, which is swollen and club-shaped instead of fusiform,
as in Wright’s variety. Owing to its extreme fragility, probably none of the

specimens found are perfect.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 89

The specimens bear considerable resemblance to the starved form of Webbina
clavata, which occurs in some of our North Sea dredgings, but these support the
delicate tubular extension by incorporating a sponge-spicule at intervals in the
side of the tube, whereas the Antarctic specimens which we are describing are
entirely free.

The longest fragment measures 1°50mm. with a maximum breadth -04 mm.
It has no proloculum. Diameter of proloculum in another specimen (broken),
measuring “97 in length, was -09 mm.

96. Hyperammina novae-zealandiae, nom. nov. Pl. ILI, figs. 1-5.

Techmitella mestayert, Cushman, 1919, RENZ. p. 595, pl. Ixxiv, fig. 4.

Station 6.

Test free, elongate, circular im section, slightly tapering, straight tending to
arcuate. Built almost entirely of sponge-spicules in two layers, the outer layer
laid longitudimally, the mner transversely. The outer layer is evidently con-
structed subsequently to the imner layer as the oral end of the shell often
exhibits the inner layer only of the last few courses of spicules laid down.
Surface variable, sometimes smooth and neatly constructed, at others with the
points of the spicules projecting in the direction of the proloculum. Occurring
in two forms, (@) megalospheric, with a bulbous proloculum, followed by a con-
striction, or sometimes by several constrictions at intervals, (b) microspheric, ”
tapering very gradually from the proloculum, which is missing in all the
specimens we have observed, but must be quite small as compared with form (a).
Form (b) attams twice the length of form (a). Interior of the test more or
less sub-divided by constricted rudimentary septation, visible externally in some
cases as a slight depression.

Station 6 in the N.Z. area was characterized by the abundant specimens of
this curious and somewhat abnormal species. We were at first inclined to assign
them to, or near, Technitella raphanus, Brady, but an examination of Brady’s
type-slide in the British Museum shows essential differences. The examination
of specimens im balsam reveals the fact that the cavity of the N.Z. specimens
is not monothalamous but is divided by rudimentary septa ito chamberlets.
This brings the form into close affinity with H. subnodosa, Brady, and the spicu-
liferous habit bemg found in other species of Hyperammana there is less reason
to doubt the assignations of the N.Z. specimens to that genus. We have not
observed the development of the spiculiferous habit in H. subnodosa to an equal
extent with the other species, but specimens from §8.W. Ireland (550 fms.)
exhibit a tendency to mecorporate spicules in large quantities, together with the
sand-grains employed. .

There can be very little doubt that the two small specimens described by
Cushman from N.Z., under the name of Technitella mestayert, represent young

VOL. VI. N

90 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

individuals of our form. We regret our inability to use his specific name, but
Cushman himself having employed the name mestayert for another species of
Hyperammina, the name T. mestayeri must lapse.

The species varies greatly in size, the megalospheric form ranging between
2 and 7mm. in length, and the microspheric between 2 and 5mm.

MARSIPELLA, Norman.

97. Marsipella elongata, Norman. PI. Ul, figs. 10-12.
Marsipella elongata, Norman, 1878, H. p. 281, pl. xvi, fig. 7 (3 on the plate).
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 264, pl. xxiv, figs. 10-19.

Stations 2, 6.

Confined to the N.Z. area. At Station 2 only two specimens were found,
one entirely built of sponge-spicules, the other constructed, as normally, of coarse
sand-grains. At Station 6, where it was common, two very distinct forms occur,
one constructed with great neatness, entirely of spicules, the other with the body
of the test built of coarse sand-grains, but having produced tapering extremities
entirely spicular.

The spiculiferous form is unquestionably the Dioxeia richard’ of de Folin
(de F. 1887, RR. p. 115, fig. 11 and “Sous les Mers,” 1887, p. 130) fen M7):
Trioxeia edwardsi de Folin (“Sous les Mers,” p. 130, fig. 16) appears to be
nothing more than an abnormal form, presenting three apertures. Some of the
N.Z. individuals are almost identical with it, and one, which we figure from

Station 6, is clearly the same organism.

98. Marsipella cylindrica, Brady.
Marsipella cylindrica, Brady, 1882, BKE. p. 714: 1884, FC. p. 265, pl. xxiv, figs. 20-22.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1912, etce., NSG. 1912, p. 388, pl. v, figs. 8, 9;
pl. vi, figs. 8, 9.

2?

Stations 6, 9, 13, 16, 22, 27, 29, 40, 49, 52.

Occurs in both areas most abundantly and the finest specimens at Station 6.
It reaches a considerable length and is almost entirely spiculiferous. At Station 29
the individuals again use the spicular selective construction. At Stations 22, 27
and 40, sand and spicules are employed indifferently, at the remaining Stations

sand only.

99. Marsipella chapmani, nom. nov. Pl. III, figs. 8, 9.
(4) Marstpella cylindrica, Chapman, 1914, FORS. p. 62, pl. ii, fig. 15.
Stations 2, 3, 6.
Test monothalamous, constructed entirely of sponge-spicules, usually unbroken,
arranged with a pronounced sinistral twist. Normally slightly curved, but oceca-
sionally strongly arcuate. Tapering gradually from the initial end, which is closed

FORAMINIFERA—-HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 91

and blunt, to the other extremity, which, in all the specimens found, is more or
less ragged and unfinished. The spicules are cemented neatly side by side with a
very thin layer of colourless cement, the whole test glistening, owing to the exposed
surfaces of the spicules, which are only one layer deep. The aboral extremity of the
test presents no visible aperture, but is probably coarsely perforate, as nearly all the
examples exhibit dried protoplasm projecting upon the surface from the extremity.

Abundant at Station 2, a few specimens at Station 3, and a single individual
at Station 6.

Whether the organism is perfect, or merely a fragment of some larger
growth, we cannot say. The ragged, unfinished ends which characterize all the
specimens would at first suggest that they were broken, but on the other hand,
no trace has been found of a corresponding fragment showing a finished extremity.
The extrusion of protoplasm from the closed extremity exhibited by most of the
specimens may perhaps indicate that the organism anchors itself to some host
without becoming definitely sessile, but only one specimen affords evidence in
support of this theory, where the organism is attached to the branching tube
of a Zoophyte. Chapman, in his Ross Sea Paper, figures and describes (wt supra)
a specimen which appears to us to be identical with our form and which cer-
tainly does not appear to be referable to M. cylindrica. He does not give the
dimensions of his specimens, but unless his paper is misprinted, they must have
been of enormous size, far surpassing anything we have seen—the breadth of
the widest end of one of his specimens is given at 13mm. If this is a mis-
print for 1°3, it brings it roughly into agreement with the size of our specimens,
which we take this opportunity of associating with his name.

The size is very variable. The largest fragment measured 11°20mm. in
length, and was °50mm. broad at the initial end and *80mm. in diameter at
the fractured extremity.

RHABDAMMINA, Brady.

100. Rhabdammina abyssorum, M. Sars.
Rhabdammina abyssorum, M. Sars, 1868, LUHD. p. 248 (nomen nudum).
aa 7 Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1910, p. 24, figs. 8-10.
Stations 6, 8, 16, 21, 22, 29, 31, 32, 34, 38, 42, 43, 52.
Fragments attributable to Rhabdammina, species indeterminate but almost

certainly referable to R. abyssorwm, occur at many Stations.

101. Rhabdammina discreta, Brady.

Rhabdopleura abyssorum, G. M. Dawson, Canad. Nat. 1870, vol. v., p. 177, figs. 6 (7 in plate).
Rhabdammina discreta, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1910, p. 27, fig. 13.

Station 6 (+ D.).
A single very large specimen, utilizing sponge-spicules. The species was

figured by G. M. Dawson in 1870 (ut supra) as Rhabdopleura abyssorum. but the
N 2

92 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

genus Rhabdammina had been founded by Sars in 1868, and the specific name
abyssorum had been already used for a distinct form, and Dawson's generic and
specific names have therefore disappeared.

RHIZAMMINA, Brady.

102. Rhizammina algaeformis, Brady.

Rhizammina algaeformis Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 39, pl. iv., figs. 16, 17.
s a Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 611.

Stations 3, 4, 6, 26, 27-29, 38, 40, 45, 48, 51, 53, 55.

Occurs in both areas. The best Stations are 26, 28, 38 and 55. At the last
Station the best examples were obtained. There is, as usual, a very wide range
in the method of construction. Some of the fragments are merely collapsible
chitinous tubes with a mud coating, at others a considerable amount of rigidity
is attamed by agglutination of sand-grains, and, at Station 6, of minute Fora-
minifera.

Famity LITUOLIDAE.
Sus-Famiry LITUOLINAE.
REOPHAX, Montfort.

103. Reophax difflugiformis, Brady.
Reophax diffugiformis Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 51, pl. iv., fig. 3.
- P Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 612.

Stations 2, 8, 9, 13, 16, 18, 21, 22, 25, 28, 29, 32, 33-35, 40-42, 44-46, 50, 52,
55 (+ D.).

Very generally distributed, but the number of specimens usually small. In
the N.Z. area it is somewhat rare, but at Station 9 a curious and interesting
variety, composed of mica-plates, occurs. The specimens may be roughly differ-
entiated into those constructed of coarse sand-grains without visible cement, and
those built of fine grains with a greater or less quantity of ferrugimous cement.
The coarsely-constructed forms predominate and occur exclusively at the majority
of Stations, but at Stations 32 and 40 both forms occur and run into one
another. At Station 28 a variety occurs in which the neck is very long, some-
times twice the length of the body, constructed of very fine sand and cement.
At Station 29 the same form occurs and is particularly noticeable, the delicately
constructed neck projecting from a body built of larger and coarser sand-grains
than usual. The southernmost specimens are perhaps larger and more robust
than those from northerly Stations, noticeably so at Station 41, where the species
is frequent. A globular type (cf. Haplophragmium scruposum, Berthelin (B. 1880,
HAM. p. 21, pl. 1 (xxiv), fig. 1), occurs. The same form, but rather more ovate,
occurs at Station 50, in company with an isomorph of Lagena laevis, both being

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 93

large and coarsely built. At Station 55 a large broken specimen, largely built up of
spicules, is apparently referable to Cushman’s Proteonina ovata (C. 1910, ete.,
HNP. 1910, p. 43, fig. 43).

[The many varied forms of this species are isomorphic with the hyaline
series Lagena apiculata (Rss.) to L. laevis (Mont.).|

104. Reophax ampullacea, Brady.
Reophax ampullacea Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 49, FC. p. 290, pl. xxx., fig. 6.

Station 40 (+ D.).
A single specimen.
[Hyalme isomorph, Lagena laevigata (Rss.), and associated forms. |

105. Reophax fusiformis (Williamson).

Proteonina fusiformis, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 1, pl. 1., fig. 1.
Reophax fusiformis, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, EWS. P- 222.
_ Hs Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1899, p. 253, pl. iv., fig. 11.

Stations 6-10, 13, 16, 25, 27, 29, 32, 38, 40, 41, 44, 47, 48, 50, 51 (4 D.).

Widely distributed, but as a rule represented by few and imperfect specimens.
This is a species which frequently exhibits a selective tendency, usually for
mica. It is worthy of note that Williamson’s original coloured figure uncon-
sciously records this fact. Micaceous building was observed at Station 8. At’
Station 29, mica and garnets are used indifferently, at Station 44 garnets only.
The best specimens occur at Stations 27, 29, 32 and 40.

106. Reophax scorpiwrus, Montfort.
Reophax scorpiurus, Montfort, 1808, CS. vol. i., p. 530, 83e genre.
A 55 Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910 p. 83, figs. 114-116.

Stations 2, 3, 6, 11, 16, 18, 25, 26, 28, 29, 33, 38, 40, 42-44, 47-54 (4 R.d.J., D.).

Generally distributed, but usually rare, increasing in abundance towards the
south, the best Stations being 44, 47, 48, 50, 53 and 54. At all these Stations
the specimens are very dark in colour, owing to the predominance of basaltic
sand, contrasting strongly with the quartz-built specimens from the northern
Stations.

107. Reophax pilulifera, Brady.
Reophax pilulifera, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 292, pl. xxx., figs. 18-20.
oA an Cushman, 1910, ete., FND. 1910, p. 85, figs. 117, 118.
Station 6 (+ D.).
A single specimen with produced ‘neck, constructed of fine sand-grains.
{Hyaline isomorph, Nodosaria soluta, Rss. |

94 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

108. Reophax advena, Cushman. Pl. III, figs. 6, 7.
Reophax advena, Cushman, 1919, RFNZ. p. 599, pl. Ixxv., fig. 2.

Stations 38, 45, 47, 53, 54, 55.

At a few Antarctic Stations specimens occur of a large, coarsely constructed
form, which we have ventured to refer to Cushman’s species on the ground of
some points of similarity, although our specimens present features which are not
referred to in his description. The specimens commence with a large primordial
chamber, followed by two to four chambers either in a straight lme or in a
curve, suggesting relationship with Haplophragmium. The colour varies. At the
most southerly stations they are very dark owmg to the constituents, but at
northern stations the natural colour is seen, deep brown at the primordial, owmg
to the presence of cement, the colour decreasmg towards the later-formed
chambers.

In most of the specimens the final chamber is seen to be very loosely con-
structed, without much cement, the sand-graims being separated, and when this
loosely constructed layer is broken, the interior of the chamber is found to be
labyrinthic, but the labyrimthic structure seems to be confined to the last formed
chamber whilst in process of construction, for a section through an adult shell
shows that the earlier chambers are non-labyrinthic. Very young specimens
consisting of only two chambers are difficult to identify, except by association
with adults; in external appearance they are practically indistinguishable from
double individuals of Saccammina sphaerica.

109. Reophax dentaliniformis, Brady.

Reophax dentaliniformis, Brady, 1879, etce., RRC. 1881, p. 49; 1884, KC. p. 293. jo xoxere,
figs. 21, 22.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 87, fig. 121.

Stations 29, 38, 40, 45, 46, 49, 50, 52, 53.

Confined to the Antarctic and increasing in development and size as we
proceed further south. The best specimens at Stations 49, 50 and 52, especially
the last. All very dark in colour owmg to the incorporation of basaltic sand.

110. Reophax bacillaris, Brady.
Reophax bacillaris, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 49; 1884, FC. p- 293, pl. xxx, figs. 23, 24.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 86, fig. 120.

Station 45.

A single typical specimen. The septation of the chambers in the earlier
half of the shell is obscure, and there are only four chambers in the latter half.
The aboral end is thick and rounded, and the aperture opens on the face of
the last chamber, and is not produced on a neck, as in the type.

[Hyaline isomorph, Nodosaria pauperata, d’Orb.]

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 95

111. Reophax longiscatiformis, Chapman.

Reophax longiscatiformis, Chapman, 1914, FORS. p. 63, pl. iii, fie. 18.

Stations 32, 47.
Recognisable fragments of this curious isomorph of Nodosaria longiscata, d’Orb.,
at both Stations.

112. Reophax nodulosa, Brady.

Reophax nodulosa, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 52, pl.iv, figs.7,8; 1884, FC. p. 294,
pl. xxxi, figs. 1-9.

35 + Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 87, fig. 122.

oa
g-

Stations 23, 25, 26, 28, 29, 32, 33, 35, 37, 38, 40, 48, 55.(+ T.d.F., D.).

Confined to the Antarctic and represented as a rule by fragments. The best
specimens at Station 28. At Station 29 some good specimens, which probably
represent a dentaline microspheric form, characterized by a large number of
chambers. They suggest R. bacillaris, Brady, but differ im the comparatively
coarse construction of the test. At Station 37 a small specimen, consisting of
three chambers, very thin-walled, almost chitinous, isomorphous with Nodosaria
soluta.

[Hyalime isomorph, Nodosaria farcimen (Sold.), and allied forms. |

113. Reophax spiculifera, Brady.
Reophax spiculifera, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 54, pl. iy, figs. 10, 11.
Cushman, 1910, etce., FNP. 1910, p. 92, figs. 132, 133.

»?

Seaplonsu2 44 OF 27,410, 52:

At a few Stations only m both areas. The Antarctic records rest on three
Stations. At Stations 41 and 53 Brady’s origmal type occurs, very well grown.
The specimens from the N.Z. area present far greater variety and indicate that
they do not represent a true species but are merely spiculiferous isomorphs of
various Nodosariae. They are most abundant at Station 6, where they attain a
large size and range in form between isomorphs of Nodosaria filiformis, communis,
and soluta. At this Station also the species occurs sessile and adapting itself
to the contour of the object to which it is attached, isomorphous with Nubecu-
laria tibia, Jones & Parker. Similar wild growing isomorphs of NV. lucifuga, but free,
occur at Station 2.

At Stations 2, 3 and 6 individuals occur with long separating stolon-tubes,
referable to Cushman’s var. pseudodistans (C. 1919, RFNZ. pl. Ixxv, fig. 1), but in
our opinion these would have been better described as spiculiferous specimens
of R. distans, Brady. At Station 6 one of the mdividuals was sessile.

[Hyaline isomorphs, Nodosaria communis, V@Orb., filiformis (VOrb.) and soluta,
Rss. Porcellanous isomorphs, Nubecularia lucifuga, Defr. and tibia, J. & P.|

96 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

114. Reophax ewneta, Jensen. PI. IIT, figs. 13, 14.
Reophax euneta, Jensen, 1905, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1904, pt. 4, p. 821, pl. xxii,
figs. 5-7 a, b.

Station 6.

One large specimen, 5mm. in length, characterized by abnormal accessory
chambers added at the oral extremity, a smaller specimen, and two primordial
chambers. The extraordinary regularity with which the spicules are laid parallel
with the main axis of the test, and their perfection, renders this a most striking
object. The pale brown colour is due to the cement used, which, however, is
hardly visible, so small is the quantity employed. The parallel spicules give a
striate appearance to the test. Some question might arise whether the spicules
are selected or secreted, owing to their abnormal regularity, but an examination
in balsam shows that the test is composed of two layers of spicules, the mner
layer beg laid transversely to the outer, and that broken spicules are utilized
as well as perfect ones, especially for the inner layer. The swollen primordial
chamber is a very noticeable characteristic, and the test is deeper m colour at
this end. The protoplasm is dark in colour, and exists in considerable quantities
in all the chambers. The general habit of the shell is generally suggestive of
Hormosina, but for reasons stated under that genus we attribute little value to
this generic differentiation.

115. Reophax distans, Brady.
Reophax distans, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 50; 1884, FC. p. 296, pl. xxxi, figs. 18-22.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 85, fig. 119.

Stations 13, 15, 16, 25, 26-29, 32, 33, 35, 38, 43, 44, 45, 55 (+ D:).

Confined to the Antarctic but rangmg over the whole area. Recognizable frag-
ments are all that can be credited to many Stations, but approximately perfect
specimens at Stations 27, 29, 32 and 44, at which Stations, judging from the
abundance of fragments, the species must have been common.

See our note under R. spiculifera (var. pseudodistans, Cush.)

[Porcellanous isomorph, Nubecularia tibia, J. & P. Hyaline isomorph Nodosaria
inflexa, Rss. ]

116. Reophax adunca, Brady.
Reophax adunca, Brady, 1882, BKE. vol. xi., p. 715; 1884, FC. p. 296, pl. xxxi, figs. 23-26.
,, Haeusler, 1890, FST. p. 30, pl. iii, fig. 12.

Stations 3, 6 (+ D.).

At these Stations a number of specimens of a minute Reophax were found. In
their irregular outline and tendency to vary the line of curvature they suggest
a relationship to Brady’s form, to which we assign them, although they differ
in their minute size from the type, which occurs abundantly im some of our
deeper water British material and there attains a large size.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 97

117. Reophax cylindrica, Brady.
Reophax cylindrica, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 299, pl. xxxii, figs. 7-9.
= a Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 274, pl. xviii, fig. 6.

Station 18.

A single perfect and one imperfect typical specimen. This appears to be a
very rare form, but there is a southern record, a fragment having been found
by the “Challenger” (Station 144) between the Cape of Good Hope and
Kerguelen Id. (1,570 fms.). The original specimens were from deep water in
the North Atlantic.

HAPLOPHRAGMIUM, Reuss.

118. Haplophragmium agglutinans (d’Orbigny). Pl. III, fig. 15.
Spirolina agglutinans, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 137, pl. vii, figs. 10-12.
Haplophragmiwm agglutinans, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FEA. 1915, p. 612.

SraionguGunae la Gs W7s, 29. 3l 32335 <35. 40) 5417

In the N.Z. area the species occurs abundantly at Station 6 in a large
rough-surfaced variety closely resembling H. coprolithiforme, Schwager (S. 1867,
ZAS. p. 654, pl. 34 (xi), fig. 3). At Station 7 a single normal specimen
exhibiting the selection of magnetite, to which we have referred elsewhere (H.-A.,
1915, RPF. p. 226, pl. xvii, fig. 62). In the Antarctic area the species exhibits —
a greater range of variation, but the general tendency is towards depauperate
individuals in which the spiral chambers are reduced almost to the point of
disappearance, and are followed by a long series of delicate chambers attaining
frequently the number of 12 to 20, the entire test reaching a maximum length,
55mm. At Station 32 the depauperation is carried to such an extent that
the individual chambers are separated by deep sutural depressions and terminated
by a produced neck. At the same Station one of these specimens was found sessile
on a sponge-spicule. At Stations 16, 33, 385 and 40 a variation occurs in the
direction of H. pseudospirale, the later chambers becoming notably compressed.

[Hyaline isomorphs. The innumerable variations of this species can nearly all
be matched in the equally large number of variations recorded for Marginulina. The
very pauperate form met with m deep water has a hyaline isomorph in the forms
figured by Terquem in his voluminous papers on the Lias of the Moselle (1858-1866).
M. sigma is perhaps the nearest (pl. xxi, fig. 6).]

119. Haplophragmium pseudospirale (Williamson).
Proteonina pseudospiralis, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 2, pl. i, figs. 2, 3.
Haplophragmium pseudospirale, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1899, p. 358.
Stations 6, 33, 36, 40.
Very few specimens in both areas. The best Antarctic specimens at Station 40.

VOL. VI. oO

98 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

120. Haplophragmium calcareum, Brady.
Haplophragmium calcareum, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 302, pl. xxxii, figs. 5-12.

Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 275, pl. xix, fig. 1 (error for 2).

” te

Stations 6, 10.

Only in the N.Z. area. At Station 6 it is abundant and attams a large
size. The test is constructed very roughly of large sand-grains, smaller grains
embedded in cement being used to fill the interstices. ‘The aperture is a narrow
slit situated at the end of a produced neck, constructed of fimer material. At
Station 10 a single specimen utilizing the tests of other Foraminifera as building
material was found.

121. Haplophragmium tenuimargo, Brady.
Haplophragmium tenuimargo, Brady, 1882, BKE. vol. xi, p. 715; 1884, FC. p. 303, pl. xxxin,
figs. 13-16.
Ammobaculites o Cushman, 1910, etce., FNP. 1910, p. 117, figs. 180-183.
Stations 6, 25 (+ T.d. F.).
An admirable specimen from Station 6 and a more doubtful one from
Station 25.

122. Haplophragmium fontinense, Terquem.

Haplophragmium fontinense, Terquem, 1867, ete., FOM. 1870, p. 235 (in series), pl. xxiv,
figs. 29, 30 a, b.
Ammobaculites americanus, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. p. 117, figs. 184, 185.

Stations 8, 40, 44 (4+ D.).

Few records, but the species occurs in both areas. The N.Z. specimens are
very coarsely built. Most abundant and exhibiting considerable variation at
Station 40. ‘Terquem’s species is so well recognised in association with Brady’s
figure that we cannot agree with Cushman’s erection of the well known type
into a separate species under the name of Ammobaculites americanus, on the ground
that Terquem’s species is concavo-convex in section. Although Terquem refers
to this in his text, his figures are clearly the same as Brady’s, and give but the
famtest indication of the convexity, probably not more than is indicated in
Brady’s figure of the species.

123. Haplophragmium emaciatum, Brady.

Haplophragmium emaciatum, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 305, pl. xxxiii, figs. 26-28.
ws - Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 102, figs. 150-152.

Stations 5, 6.

Mba + = an 4 a S, 0

This can only be regarded as a thin-walled variety of H. canariense, but
it exhibits a striking tendency to build largely of sponge-spicules and micaceous

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 99

plates. It is recorded only from Stations 5 and 6, both of which yielded
excellent specimens.

124. Haplophragmium foliaceum, Brady.
Haplophragmium foliaceum, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p.50; 1884, FC. p. 304, pl. xxxiii,
figs. 20-25.
Ammobaculites x Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP, 1910, p. 116, figs. 177-179.
Stations 28, 29, 32, 33, 35.
Few records, but very good specimens at Stations 28, 29, constructed of
rather coarser material than is usually the case.

125. Haplophragmium rotulatum, Brady.
Haplophragmium rotulatum, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p.50; 1884, FC. p. 306, pl. xxxiv,
figs. 5, 6. _
Haplophragmoides a Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1910, p. 104, figs. 156, 157.

Stations 6, 8, 13, 32, 40.

This may be described as a Haplophragmium of the canariense type in which the
umbilici are deeply sunk and the peripheral edge truncate. It occurs at a few Stations
m both areas, the best at Station 6. It has a normal tendency to utilize coarse
material in the construction of its test, and this takes an exaggerated form at
Station 40, where the specimens are very rough.

126. Haplophragmium latidorsatum (Bornemann).

Nomonina latidorsata, Bornemann, 1855, FSH. p. 339, pl. xvi, fig. 4.
Haplophragmium latidorsatum, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1913, CI. p. 46, pl. ii, figs. 15, 16
Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1899, p. 360.

Stations 6-8, 13, 16, 20, 21, 22-25, 28, 29, 32-36, 38, 40, 42, 44, 51 (+ T.d. F.).

Almost universally distributed but most abundant in the deep water to the
S. of N.Z. It presents the usual wide range of variation in size and character
of the shell-structure. At the majority of the Stations a very rough habit of
construction predominates, due to the imcorporation of angular sand-grains, but
a smooth type built of finer material also occurs, and becomes more common as
one goes south. At some Stations—23, 29, and 35—the two forms occur together.

127. Haplophragmium scitulum, Brady.

Haplophragmium scitulum, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 50; 1884, FC. p. 308, pl. xxxiv,
fies. 11-13.
" - Chapman, 1914, FORS. p. 64, pl. 1, fig. 22.
Stations 6, 10, 13, 22, 26, 29, 31, 32, 33, 38, 40, 41 ,43, 44, 51,52(+ K.L, R.d.J.).
Widely distributed and fairly abundant at many Antarctic Stations, but never
particularly typical. The best examples at Stations 26, 29, 38 and 41.

[Hyaline isomorph, Nonionina pompilioides (F. & M.).]

100 «THRRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

128. Haplophragmium glomeratum, Brady.
Lituola glomerata, Brady, 1878, RRNP. p. 433, pl. xx, fig. 1. ‘
Haplophragmium glomeratum, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, CI. p. 46, pl. 11, fig. 14.
* ; Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 104, figs. 158-161.
Stations 16, 27, 29, 32, 33, 36, 40, 44 (+ D.).
Confined to the deeper water between N.Z. and the Antarctic coast line. The
number of specimens found was always small, but they are all larger than the average,
and extremely well developed.

129. Haplophragmium canariense (d Orbigny).
Nonionina canariensis, d Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 128, pl. 11, figs. 33, 34.
Haplophraymium canariense, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 614.

Stations 1-6, 13, 17, 26, 27, 29, 31, 33, 36, 41, 44-47, 49, 50, 52, 53-5 (+ R.d.J., D.).

Almost universally distributed, but there is a strange gap in the records between
Stations 6 and 13. The species is, as everywhere, extraordinarily variable,
ranging in the one direction towards H. emaciatum and H. nanum, and, im the
other, towards H. crassimargo, the transition between these species being so gradual
at some Stations as to defy diagnosis. The tendency to inflation of the chambers
is noticeable, particularly at Stations 13 and 29, where the species shows a
tendency to pass into the species H. sphaeriloculum, Cush. The largest specimens
from the N.Z. area occur at Station 3, but there is a general tendency to increase
of size as we go south, the Antarctic Stations yieldmg not only abundant speci-
mens, but large individuals with thicker tests, passimg imperceptibly at Stations 45
(which is the best Antarctic Station), 47, 50, 53, 54, 55, into H. crassimargo.
At Stations 48, 53, and 54 the convolutions are noticeably excentric, and the
tendency is to pass into H. scitulum. At Stations 26, 45 and 55 specimens pass
imperceptibly by gradual distortion into our var. variabilis. Station 36 is note-
worthy from the fact that though other conditions seem to be favourable, only
a single minute specimen was recorded.

[Hyalme isomorph, Nonionina depressula (W. & J.), to N. wmbilicatula
(Mont.), and allied forms. ]

130. Haplophragmium canariense, var. variabilis, Heron-Allen and Earland.
Haplophragmium canariense (d’Orb.) Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FWS. p. 223, pl. xl;
fos) 12S:
es var. variabilis, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FSC. p. 41, pl. vi,
figs. 1-3.

Stations 26, 38, 45, 46, 47, 48, 53, 54 (+ IDAY.

The records are confined to the southern areas in the Antarctic Circle. At
some of the Stations, noticeably Stations 26 and 38, it attains great profusion
and variety of growth, and also considerable size. Every type of malformation
conceivable is represented, but perhaps the most noticeable lines of variation

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 101

are (a) in the reversal of the spiral of growth after a complete revolution, and
(b) the diversion of the line of growth to a direction at right angles with that
originally adopted.

[Hyaline isomorph, Truncatulina variabilis, d’Orb.]

131. Haplophragmium nanum, Brady.
Haplophragmium nanwm, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 50; 1881, HNPH, p. 99, pl. u,
figs. 1 a—-c; 1884, FC. p. 311, pl. xxxv, figs. 6-8.
Trochammina nana, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1910, p. 123, figs. 190-192.

Stations 3, 6, 13, 26, 29, 33, 45, 46, 53, 54.

This inaequilateral form of the type H. canariense occurs in both areas, but
reaches its best development in the most southerly Stations, especially at
Stations 53 and 54. It passes by imperceptible degrees into the type in one
direction and by irregular growth into our variety H. canariense, var. variabilis,
in the other.

[Hyalme isomorph, Nonionina boueana, var. janiformis, Rupert Jones. ]

132. Haplophragmium crassimargo, Norman.
Haplophragmium crassimargo, Norman, 1892, Museum Normanianum, pt. viii, p. 17 (Note).
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1910, NBF. p. 424, figs. 3, 4; 1913,
BINSS 3p. [30% pls as) figss by 6) LOA vetcs KAN 1911;
p- 614.

Stations 26, 38, 40, 45, 46, 48, 50.

The records are confined to the Antarctic. The general increase in the size
of the type species H. canariense as one goes south is probably connected with
this distribution, H. crassimargo being inseparable by any specific features other
than its comparatively enormous size. It is, however, a convenient taxonomical
name. The best Stations are Nos. 26 and 45, at both of which it attamed a
very large size. The variety appears to be subject to wide abnormalities. Station
26 supplied an individual furnished with accessory chambers, developmg from
the umbilicus. At Station 38 a wild-growing individual isomorphous with H.
canariense, var. variabilis occurs. As in the type species H. canariense, the Antarctic
specimens are usually very dark in colour, owing to the incorporation of black
mineral sand, but at Station 38 specimens of a dark red, owing to the presence of
ferrugmous cement and an absence of the black sand-grains, were found in com-

be

pany with the dark specimens.

133. Haplophragmium sphaeriloculum (Cushman),
' Haplophragmoides sphaeriloculum, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1910, p. 107, fig. 165.
Haplophragmium 55 Sidebottom, 1918, FECA, p. 15, pl. ii, figs. 15, 16.

SeawlonseG.) Lin 18, 22033.
This is merely a variety of H. canariense, characterized by excessive depres-
sion of the sutural lines, thus leading to a spherical inflation of the chambers.

102 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

It is a well-marked form and worth separating. Typical specimens occur im both
areas, but in very limited numbers, the best at Stations 18 and 22. Seven years
later Cushman (C. 1917, NFP. p. 652) uses the same specific name for what
he again describes as a new species, without reference to his former paper. The
description is differently worded, and in the absence of any figure it is not
possible to identify the 1917 species with that of 1910, or mdeed with any other

specimens.

134. Haplophragmium globigeriniforme (Parker and Jones).
Lituola nautiloidea, var. globigeriniformis, Parker and Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 407, pl. xv,
figs. 46, 47; pl. xvu, figs. 96-98.
Trochammina globigeriniformis, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 124, figs. 193-195.
Stations 1, 2, 6, 7, 10, 11, 16, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35, 36, 40, 43, 44, 52, 54 (+ D.).
Generally distributed in both areas. The best and most typical specimens
at Stations 6, 7, 10 (N.Z.) and 16, 29 and 54 (Ant.). At Stations 16 and 54
the specimens were exceptionally fine and large. At Station 40, all very small.
At Station 10 most of the individuals were coarsely built of larger sand-grains
than usual.
[Hyaline isormorphs, Globigerina bulloides, VOrb., through G. dubia, Kgger, to
G. dutertrei, dOrb.]

135. Haplophragmium anceps, Brady.

Haplophragmium anceps, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 313, pl. xxv, figs. 12-15.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 615.

Stations 1, 2, 6, 10, 13, 33, 36, 38, 42, 43.

Common to both areas, but best represented at Station 6, where there were
a great many excellent specimens characterized by an inordinately large number
of chambers. The best Antarctic specimens were at Station 38. At Station 10
a good many specimens characterized by a coarse method of construction as in
H. globigeriniforme from the same Station.

[Hyaline isomorph, the wild-growmg Textularia concava, var. heterostoma,
Forn., referred to in our note on that species and figured in H.-A. & E. 1920,
VP. p- 161) pl. sev, cies 35

136. Haplophragmiwm sphaeroidiniforme, Brady.

Haplophragmium sphaeroidiniforme, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 313.

Amimosphaeroidina in Cushman, 1910, ete., FND. 1910, p. 128, fig. 202. .

Se
Stations 3, 6, 7.9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 22, 33 (+ D.).
A few individuals only from both areas, the largest specimen being the only
one found at Station 6.
[Hyaline isomorph, Sphaeroidina bulloides, dOrb. ]

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 105

NOURIA, Heron-Allen and Earland.

137. Nouria polymorphinoides, Heron-Allen and Earland.

Reophaxz ampullacea, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1899, p. 253, pl. iv, fig. 9.
Nouria polymorphinoides, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1914, p. 376, pl. xxxvii,
figs. 1-15; 1915, p. 615.

‘ * (Reophax polymorphinoides, Halkyard), Halkyard, 1919, BMB.
p: 22, pl. i, figs. 6, 7.
= i Cushman, 1919, RFNZ. p. 601, pl. lxxy, figs. 4, 5.

Station 6.

A few specimens from Station 6, differing from the Kerimba specimens, upon
which the species was, in part, originally diagnosed, in the greater proportion of
sponge-spicules employed in the construction of the test.

[Hyaline isomorph Polymorphina compressa, d’Orb.]

138. Nouria harrisii, Heron-Allen and Earland.
Nouria harrisi, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1914, p. 376, pl. xxxvii. figs.
16-20.
Station 6.
A single typical specimen.
[Hyaline isomorph, Polymorphina oblonga, Will.)

PLACOPSILINA, d’Orbigny.

139. Placopsilina cenomana, d Orbigny.
Placopsilina cenomana, d Orbigny, 1850, etc., PP. vol. 11, 1850, p. 185, no. 758.

Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 615.

Stations 2, 3, 6, 29, 31, 32, 40, 54, 55.

Extends over the whole area, the best at Station 6 (N.Z.), and in the
Antarctic at Stations 29 and 32. At both these Stations the specimens are
sessile upon sponge-spicules, round which the chambers have coiled themselves.
At Station 55 specimens are free and wild-growing.

[Porcellanous isomorph, Nubecularia lucifuga, Def.]

140. Placopsilina kingsleyi, Siddall.
Placopsilina kingsleyi, Siddall, 1886, LMBC. p. 54, pl. i, fig. 1.

Station 48.

At this Station a specimen, attached to a Polyzoon, and constructed of fine
mud, spicules, and diatoms, resembles very closely Siddall’s figure. Beyond this
we are not prepared to go, as the type specimen is not to be found among the
Siddall collection, which is in our possession, the specimen being absent from his

type-slide.

104 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

THOLOSINA, Rhumbler.

141. Tholosina bulla (Brady).
Placopsilina bulla, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 51; 1884, FC. p. 315, pl. xxxv, figs. 16, 17.
Tholosina ,, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1910, p. 49, fig. 55.

Stations 26, 28, 38, 45, 46, 50, 53, 54, 55 (+ K.I., D.).

Attains its maximum development in the Antarctic area, where it is common,
and extremely variable, attached to Zoophytes. There is a wide range in size,
the finest specimens being from Station 55. Other large individuals at Stations
38 and 45. At some of the Stations where the species is abundant there is an
enormous range in the shape of the idividual specimens, from low sessile
growths to high-domed, sub-globular, globular attached, and even (at Station 26),
olobular free. The latter individuals can only be determined by their association
with their congeners; taken apart they would be indistinguishable from specimens
of Thurammina papillata, Brady. The Antarctic specimens are, as a rule, very
dark in colour, owing to the character of the sand-grains, of which the test is
composed. At Station 28, attached to stems of a Campanularian, the branching
outgrowths from which pass right through the test of the Rhizopod, which has
constructed a wall round them.

CRITHIONINA, Goés.

The genus Crihionina, instituted by Goés in 1894, cannot be regarded as
entirely satisfactory. It probably includes several forms which, though closely
related, have no definable connexion with one another. The original diagnosis
of the genus is probably responsible for the resultant uncertainty as to its sys-
tematic position. Goés’ definition was as follows :—‘ Labyrinthic, or cavernous,
or with an undivided central cavity, provided with a sub-cavernous wall, with
scanty or indistinct apertures.” Of the species originally described, C. granum
may be regarded as the simplest type, and forms, in its many varieties, a link
connecting the other species assigned to the genus. C. granum in its external
form may, practically, be of any shape—typically it is a compressed sphere.
C. mamilla is, practically, always sessile, an attached hemispherical body, from
the outer walls of which project spicules or shell-fragments, irregularly disposed.
In both species the walls are thick, and built up of fine sand-grains, held
together with a minimum of cement. In 1896 Goés added three other species to
his genus, C. piswm, C. rugosa, C. lens, and variety C. granum, var. sub-simplex-
C. pisum, which, in its most typical form, as commonly found in North Atlantic
oozes, is a small pea-shaped (pisiform) shell, of smooth exterior, and thick wall,
exhibiting, when laid open, but a small central cavity, but which tends, wherever the
species occurs im any quantity, to vary in a retrograde direction, towards C.
granum, and in a progressive direction towards C. rugosa, which may be regarded as

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 105

a hypertrophied condition, with a rough shell-wall. C. lens, on the other hand,
presents internal features which differentiate it widely from the type. The central
cavity is furnished with radiating extensions, projecting to within a short distance
of the periphery, or—to put it in another form—the peripheral wall extends in
radial flanges almost to the centre of the cavity. This feature appears to us to
connect the genus with Tholosina, which, though normally a thin-walled sub-
spherical shell, tends to form accessory chamberlets round the peripheral edge,
which, though not visible externally, are exhibited when the shell is laid open,
as in the figure given by Goés (G. 1894, ASF. pl. vi, fig. 215).

Like most of the arenaceous Foraminifera, Crithionina, though normally free,
readily adopts a sessile habit. C. mamilla is rarely found in any other condition,
and even the occasional free specimens with which one meets have probably
become detached from a host. Nearly all the other species which occur in the
gathermgs are found in both free and _ sessile condition.

The building material used by Crithionina, is, as already mentioned, usually
fine sand. Ferruginous cement is never employed, but there appears to be a
constant tendency to incorporate sponge-spicules in the test; this tendency
reaches its maximum in the variety of C. piswm, which was described by Flint
(F. 1899, RFA. p. 267, pl. vi, fig. 2) as “var. hispida.” C. rugosa in our Antarctic
material tends in the same direction; at Station 38 the specimens showing this
tendency are very characteristic. At Station 55 this form occurs both free and
attached.

The genus is not represented in the deep water between North Cape, N.Z.,
and the Antarctic Continent, but is generally distributed im the shallow water
gatherings of both areas.

142. Crithionina granum, Goes.

Crithionina granwn, Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 15, pl. 1, figs. 28-33.

Rhumbler, 1903, ZRR. p. 231, fig. 58.
Cushman, 1918, ete., FAO. p. 69, pl. xxvi, figs. 6, 7.

Stations 3, 5, 6, 26, 38, 43, 47, 50.
Free and attached at Station 6. Large and typical at Station 38, where the
specimens are of dark colour owing to the incorporation of volcanic sand.

143. Crithionina mamalla, Goés.
Crithionina mamilla, Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 15, pl. in, figs. 34-36.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 616.

Stations 2, 6, 26, 29, 38, 48, 50, 55 (+ D.).

The distribution is similar to that of the other species of the genus. At
Station 6 it occurs in abundance, and with considerable variety. Some of the
specimens are built round large sponge-spicules traversing the mass of the shell,

VOL, VI. P

106 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

others are as truly hispid as Flint’s variety of C. piswm. In the Antarctic area
specimens are not so highly developed—they are smaller and in several cases
attached to large sand-grains instead of to the normal habitat of Zoophytes or
At Station 48 the only specimen was very compressed, and without
The best Antarctic specimens were from

Mollusea.
incorporated fragments or spicules.
Station 38.

144. Crithionina pisum, Goes.

Crithionina pisum, Goés, 1896, DOA. p. 24, pl. 11, figs. 1, 2.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1909, TNS. p. 410, pl. xxxiv, figs. 6, a.
Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1910, p. 55.

Stations 2, 3, 6, 25, 26, 38, 41, 45, 47, 48, 50, 53, 54, 55.
Occurs both free and attached. At Station 38, large, and at Station 55 very
large. Largest of all, sessile on sponges from Station 25, and from Official

Station 294. (No material to hand.)

145. Orithionina pisum, var. hispida, Flint.

| Technitella melo, Norman, fide de Folin, 1895. SRR. p. 13, pl. 0, fig. 3.]

Crithionina pisum, var. hispida, Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 267, pl. vi, fig. 2.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1909, TNS. p. 410, pl. xxxiy, fig. 7.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 56, fig. 63.

” 45 or)

2? 2»? 23 22

Stations 2, 6, 46.
Very fine specimens at Stations 2 and 6 (N.Z.). In the Antarctic area a

single specimen.

146. Crithionina rugosa, Goés. Pl. IV, fig. 5
Crithionina rugosa, Goés, 1896, DOA, p. 24, pl. 11, figs. 3, 4.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 53, fig. 59.

Stations 6, 38, 45, 50, 53, 55.

Much more abundant in the Antarctic than in the N.Z. area. Often attains
considerable size. The colour varies; at Station 38, very dark, owing to the
incorporation of volcanic sand. Both free and sessile at Stations 45 and 55. Hispid
varieties isomorphous with Flint’s C. piswm, var. hispida, are generally distributed,
we figure one from Station 38. Others were found at Station 55. The sessile
specimens, especially of the hispid form, can hardly be separated from C. mamaiila.
Goés, in his description of the species, refers to the fact that C. rugosa appears to
be closely allied to C. mamalla, and it appears to us to be doubtful whether there
is any valid reason for the separation of the forms. The main distinctions appear
to be the smaller size and generally sessile habit of C. mamulla.

C. rotundata, Cushman (C. 1910, etc., FNP. 1910, p. 56, figs 64, 65), appears,
to be nothing more than C. rugosa attaining super-normal dimensions and having
a labyrinthic interior, thus connecting C. rugosa with C. lens.

oho

me

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 107

147. Crithionina lens, Goés. Pl. IV, figs 1, 2.
Crithionina lens, Goés, 1896, DOA, p. 24, pl. ii, figs. 5-8.
», Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 54, figs. 60-62.

Stations 2, 6, 46.

The finest specimens were from Stations 6 (N.Z.), where it occurs both free and
attached. The sessile specimens, which were attached to sponges, are with difficulty
distinguishable from Tholosina bulla (Brady), excepting by their comparatively
large dimensions (2mm. or more). A fine specimen sessile upon one of the stones
from Station 2.

Sus-Famiry TROCHAMMININAE.

THURAMMINA, Brady.

148. Thurammina papillata, Brady.
Thurammina papillata, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 45, pl. v, figs. 4-8.
P Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 617.

Stations 6, 8, 32, 40.

Beyond a few doubtful individuals the records stand by one typical specimen
at Station 6, a small normal specimen and a sub-chitinous example, devoid of
papillae, at Station 40.

[Hyaline isomorph, Orbulina universa, d’ Orb. |

149. Thurammina papillata, var. castanea, Heron-Allen and Karland.
Thurammina papillata, var. castanea, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1912, ete., NSG. 1917, p. 545,
pl. xxvi, figs. 14-18; pl. xxix, fig. 17.
Stations 2,. 13.
One large specimen at Station 13, and a compressed form at Station 2.

150. Thurammina papillata, var. favosa, Flint.
Thuwrammina favosa, Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 278, pl. xxi, fig. 2.
papillata, var. favosa, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1912, ete., NSG. 1917, p. 549,
pl. xxvin, fig. 17.

”

Station 50.
The record rests on a compressed but typical specimen at Station 50.

151. Thurammina papillata, var. haeusleri, Heron-Allen and Earland.

Thurammina papillata, Haeusler, 1883, ALB. (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.), p. 27, pl. viii, figs. 5-8,

11, 13-24; 1890, FST. pp. 46 et seq., pl. vi, figs. 14, 18.
var. haeusleri, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1912, etc., NSG. 1917, p. 547.

pl. xxviii, figs. 1-12; pl. xxix, fig. 16; pl. xxx, fig. 8.

Stations 3, 6, 45-47, 53-55.

Frequent at Station 6, rarer, but well developed at the southern Stations. At
Station 47 the specimens are curiously angular in shape, approaching our var.

P 2)

108 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

parallela (loc. cit. supra, p. 546, pl. xxvii, figs. 14-17). At Station 53 aggregated
individuals near 7. tuberosa, Haeusler (H. 1890, FST. p. 46, pl. vi, fig. 24;
pl. vii, figs. 6-9. H.-A. & EH. ut supra, p. 548, pl. xxvii, figs. 13-16). At Stations

46 and 53 specimens were built round sponge-spicules.

152. Thurammina papillata, var. albicans, Brady.
Thurammina albicans, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 46; 1884, FC. p. 323, pl. xxxvu,
figs. 2-7.
papillata, var. albicans, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1912, ete., NSG. 1917, p. 550,
pl. xxix, figs. 12-15.

Stations 2, 6, 13, 21, 38.

Many very large and typical examples at Station 6, some of them covered
with minute perforations between the projecting papillae, which are very pro-
minent. At Station 21 a specimen was found, the imterior containing a com-
pact mass of dark minerals such as we have recorded in our 1917 paper (ud
supra), p. 551.

HORMOSINA, Bradv.

153. Hormosina globulifera, Brady.
Hormosina globulifera, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 60, pl. iv, figs. 4, 5.
Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 617, pl. xlvi, fig. 25.

Stations 6, 25, 28, 32, 33, 41.

It appears to us that, having regard to our widened range of knowledge of
the constructive variability of the arenaceous Foraminifera, the separation of
Hormosina from Reophax is entirely supererogatory. There are many recognised
species of Reophax which adopt the thin, smoothly-constructed wall upon which
Brady appears solely to have erected this new genus, whilst on the other hand,
any zoologist who has worked over material in which Hormosina is abundant is
bound to recognise that the neat, thin-walled method of construction is frequently
departed from, and that individuals have no hesitation in incorporating large
mineral fragments and other Foramimifera into the walls of their shells. This is
especially noticeable in many of our deep-water dredgings off the West coast
of Scotland and Ireland, m which the so-called H. globulifera is abundant. In
view of the widely-accepted status of the genus, however, we confine ourselves
for the present to this expression of opinion by way of protest.

The records of H. globulifera rest upon an abundant and typical series from
Station 6 in the N.Z. area, and a number of recognisable fragments and one perfect
monothalamous test, similar to Brady’s fig. 1 (FC. pl. xxxix), from the Antarctic area.

The N.Z. specimens call for further description. Two types occur which are
clearly the megalospheric and microspheric types. The megalospheric type con-
sists of two, or at most three, chambers of approximately equal diameter. The
microspheric form runs to five, or more, chambers with a regular tapering. All

FORAMINIFERA--HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 109

the individuals are constructed of large angular sand-grains, cemented with
ferruginous cement, and usually so embedded as to present a relatively. smooth
contour, although im many specimens single isolated grains of larger size than
usual project. The aperture is situated at the end of a produced neck con-
structed of very fine sand-grains with a maximum of cement, but owing to its
fragility is often wanting, though its traces can always be found upon examina-
tion. There can be no doubt that Pearcey’s Reophax robustus is referable to this
species (P. 1914, SNA, p. 1006, pl. 1, figs. 6-10), indeed, his figures represent the
megalospheric and microspheric forms, and the produced neck, perfectly. It
appears not improbable that Cushman’s R. advena represents a closely-allied
species, described from specimens in which the produced neck is lacking.

AMMODISCUS, Reuss.
154. Ammodiscus incertus (dOrbigny).
Operculina incerta, d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 49, pl. vi, figs. 16, 17.

]
Ammodiscus incertus, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1910, p. 75, fig. 95.

Stations 2, 6, 7, 26-29, 33, 40, 41, 47, 53, 55 (+ D.).

All the specimens are small except at Station 2 (N.Z.), where they are
gigantic. Attached specimens at Station 6. At Station 29 the species is common
and characterized by extremely neat, many-coiled individuals built with a maxi-
mum of cement. At Station 53, the largest Antarctic individual represents the
species and is abnormal in the presence of a wild outgrowth on the last convolu-
tion.

[Porcellanous isomorph Cornuspira involvens, Rss.; Hyaline isomorph, Spzril-
lina vivipara, Ehbg., closely-coiled forms. Cf. Spirillina arenacea in W. 1858,

REGB. p. 93.]

155. Ammodiscus tenuis, Brady.
Ammodiscus tenwis, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 51; 1884, FC. p. 332, pl. xxxvini, figs. 4-6.

incertus (pars), Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 75, fig. 96.

Stations 2, 5, 6, 29.

A few specimens only. The best N.Z. mdividuals, very large, at Station 6.
One Antarctic specimen at Station 29.

[Porcellanous isomorph, Cornuspira foliacea (Phil.). Hyaline isomorph, Spirillina
vivipara, Khbg., evolute forms. |

156. Ammodiscus mestayert, Cushman.
Ammodiscus mestayert, Cushman, 1919, RFNZ. p. 597, pl. Ixxiv, figs. 1, 2.
Stations 2, 5, 6.
As noted by Cushman, this form appears to be confined to the N.Z. area. It
attains a very large size at Stations 2, 5, 6, especially at the last. Both the

110 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

megalospheric and microspheric forms occur. The test is constructed of coarser
sand-grains than are usually employed by the genus, but its chief distinction hes
in the fairly uniform diameter of the tube and its roughly circular outline, as

contrasted with the compressed section of A. tenuis.

157. Ammodiscus gordialis (Jones and Parker).
Trochammina squamata gordialis, Jones and Parker, 1860, RFM. p. 304.
Ammodiscus gordialis, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FRA. 1915, p. 618, pl. xlvi, fig. 26.

Stations 2, 4, 6, 18, 22, 26, 27, 29, 38, 40, 45-48, 50, 54, 55 (+ K. L., D.).

More generally distributed in the Antarctic than in the N.Z. area. The best
N.Z. Station was Station 6, where it occurs both free and attached. The best
Antarctic Station was No. 26, where it is very common, large, free and
attached. Sessile individuals were observed at Station 46 (growing on a living
Pyenogonid), and at Station 55. At Stations 18 and 22 (single specimens) the test
was smoothly constructed with a maximum of cement, an unusual characteristic
in this species. At Station 29 a specimen occurred presenting all the charac-
teristics of Déderlein’s Psammonyx vulcanicus (Déderlein, 1892, Verh. Deutsch.
geol. Ges. p. 145. See R. 1903, ZRR. p. 279, fig. 127 a, 6), but the size is that
of the normal A. gordialis, and does not reach the gigantic proportions recorded
by Rhumbler from Japan.

158. Ammodiscus charoides (Jones and Parker).

Trochammina squamata charoides, Jones and Parker, 1860, RFM. p. 304.
Ammodiscus charoides, Heron-Allen and Karland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 618.

Stations 16, 18, 20-23, 27-29, 32, 35, 36, 40, 42 (+ T.d. F.).

Exclusively confined to the Antarctic, and almost exclusively to the deepest
water Stations. The best development at Station 22. Occasional large and well-
developed specimens at other Stations, but on the average the individuals are
much smaller than usual. This is particularly noticeable at Station 40, where the
species was very common, and to a less extent at Station 29.

[Porcellanous isomorph Cornuspira charoides, H.-A. & KE. 1914, ete.
1915, po: 598, pl exiva, fie. 159]

, EKA.

159. Ammodiscus shoneanus (Siddall). Plate I, fig. 22.
Trochammina shoneana, Siddall, 1878, FRD. p. 46, figs. 1, 2.
Ammodiscus megaspira, Berthelin, 1878, FBP. p. 223 (p. 23 in reprint).
Twrritella shoneana, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 79, figs. 107-109.
Stations 2, 26, 27, 29, 38, 40, 48, 55.
A single specimen, typical, from the N.Z. area. The Antarctic records are few
in number and the specimens rare, but they are, generally speaking, exception-
ally well developed, particularly at Station 48. The Antarctic specimens are

ee

RENCE Rink eo

awe

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 111

more coarsely constructed and with a smaller proportion of cement than is
usually the case.

It may be observed (ut supra) that mm the same year—1878—that Siddall
published this species it was very accurately described, but without a figure, by
Berthelin, under the name A. megaspira. But in 1858 Terquem described and
figured under the name Terebralina reqularis an organism which unquestionably
bears a striking resemblance to Siddall’s form (T., 1858, etc., FLM. 1866 (pt. vi),
p. 473, pl. xix, fig. 3). He describes his species ‘‘ Coquille reguliére, droite,
a spire turriculée, formée de 7 tours, sensiblement égaux.” As regards the rival
claims of Siddall and Berthelin we give the preference to the former, his descrip-
tion bemg accompanied by a figure, and his name universally adopted by later
writers. In the absence of any reference to the nature of the shell-wall by
Terquem, his name, which would otherwise have considerable priority, should,
we think, be disregarded.

TROCHAMMINA, Parker and Jones.

160. Trochammina squamata, Jones and Parker.

Trochammina squamata, Jones and Parker, 1860, RFM. p. 304, and Table.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 619.

Stations 1, 5, 6, 13, 26, 27, 31, 33, 35, 38, 40, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49, 52, 53-55 (+ T.d.F.,
Red. J. ):

Very generally distributed, the finest and longest series of specimens at
Station 6 in the N.Z. area. Both free, and (rarely) sessile. The sessile specimens
exhibit extrusions of white cement, as is the habit in Valvulina fusca (Will.)
Very common at many of the Antarctic Stations, notably so at Station 53.
Stations 27, 38 and 46 also yielded good series of tests. At Station 48 a
specimen was found in which the inferior umbilical recess was filled with a mass
of light-coloured cement, showing, however, no indication of any polythalamous
development. This may represent the accumulation of material preparatory
to the formation of a budding-off- individual. At many of the Stations there
is practically an imperceptible passage through this form to 7. rotaliformis.

[Hyaline isomorph, Discorbina vilardeboana (WOrb.) (¢), and Valoulina fusca

(Will.).]

161. Trochammina ochracea (Williamson).
Rotalina ochracea, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 55, pl. iv, fig. 112, pl. v, fig. 113.
Trochammina ochracea, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 619, pl. xlvi,
figs. 27, 28.
Stations 2, 5, 6, 7, 27, 29, 40, 41, 44-47, 50, 52, 47 (+ D.).
Common at many Stations, well developed at Stations 27 and 41. At Stations 2
and 6 it occurs in two forms, (a) the normal, and (b) the widely keeled variety,

112 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

which we figured from Kerimba (ut supra). As one gets further south the
specimens increase 1n numbers and size. Very fine at Station 50. At Station
46 the only sessile specimen found was attached to a living Pycnogonid.

162. Trochammina plicata (‘Terquem).

Patellina plicata, Terquem, 1875, ete., APD. 1876, p. 72, pl. viii, fig. 9.
Trochammina plicata, Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, ete., FKA, 1915, p. 619.

Station 8.
One extremely pauperate individual.

163. Trochammina inflata (Montagu).
Nautilus inflatus, Montagu, 1808, TB. Suppl. p. 81, pl. xviii, fig. 3.
Trochammina inflata, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 620.
Stations 6, 16, 18, 29, 36, 40 (+ D.).
Neither numerous nor typical, but the best at Stations 6 and 40. Good speci-
mens also at Station 16.
[Hyaline isomorph, Discorbina rugosa (COrb.).]

164. Trochammina mitida, Brady.
Trochammina nitida, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 52; 1884, FC. p. 339, pl. xh, figs. 5, 6.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA, 1915, p. 620.

or)

Stations 2, 6, 8, 9, 33.
A few excellent specimens at Stations 2 and 6. Very small at Stations 8 and 9.

165. Trochammina moniliformis, sp. nov. Pl. IIT, figs. 18-23.

Station 6.

Test free, finely arenaceous, consisting of a number of swollen chambers
loosely coiled in an elliptical spiral, and communicating with one another by
a broad neck more than half the width of the individual chambers. Aperture
large, circular, situated at the end of the tapermg extremity of the chamber.

This species, based upon one or two perfect specimens and a number of frag-
ments, probably represents one of the simplest of the Arenaceous Foraminifera.
Its nearest congener would appear to be 7. proteus, Karrer, or something between
that form and the pauperate 7. coronata, Brady. In the largest specimen which
we figure it will be seen that the arrangement of the chambers is a very
primitive spiral with gaps wherever the two adjacent chambers do not fit into
one another. The septation is of the most primitive character, being merely
strictures at intervals in what would otherwise have been merely a broad thin-
walled tube. Kven this rudimentary septation is not always present, for among
the fragments which are unquestionably referable to this organism, is one, which
we figure, exhibitimg no trace of segmentation. In other specimens the chambers
are more or less irregularly heaped together, although a spiral arrangement of

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 115

a rudimentary kind may still be traced, as though a bead-necklace had been
dropped in an irregular heap.

The wall is constructed of the very finest mud, deeply stained with ferru-
ginous cement, matt on the exterior surface, but smooth and polished within.
The size is very variable; perfect individuals range between *3—°6 mm. maximum
diameter. Fragments only of many larger specimens. Chambers, width of tube
and aperture also vary greatly in size. Some fragmentary chambers reach *3 mm.
in diameter.

166. Trochammina wviformis, Grzybowski. Pl. HI, figs 16, 17.
Trochammina wiformis, Graybowski, 1901, OWI. p. 65, pl. vin, figs. 1, 2. Abstract (in German)
pp. 221-226 (same pl. and figs.).

Station 6.

Test free, consisting of a number of oval chambers built up of very fine
sand and ferruginous cement, irregularly agglomerated, communicating by a
simple aperture between successive chambers. The earliest chambers in the series
are more or less spirally arranged, the later chambers show no signs of co-
ordinated plan. Size variable, ranging between -44mm. and Imm. in diameter
of specimens.

A few individuals only, which we have referred to Grzybowski’s species, occur
at this Station. They agree more or less with his figures of this species, and of
his 7. mitrata (loc. cit., fig. 3), which appears to be identical, but owing to
the fact that the description is written in Polish, no precise confirmation can be
derived by us from his text. It would appear, however, that he compares his
species in some respects with TZ. coronata, Brady. Such specimens may be
regarded as arenaceous isomorphs of Gypsina inhaerens. The specimen Fig. 7,
attributed by Karrer (K., 1865, FWS. p. 294, pl. 0, fig. 7) to T. proteus,
apparently represents the form subsequently described by Grzybowski (wt supra)
it differs considerably from all Karrer’s other figures of the variable type 7’. proteus:
At the same Station several specimens which are zoologically identical, but
present certain differences. Instead of the regularly-shaped oval chambers, and
the compact agglomeration, the chambers are irregular in shape, size and arrange-
ment, and heaped together without any regular plan. They represent the wildest
development of Gypsina inhaerens, 1 an arenaceous form.

167. Trochammina trullissata, Brady.
Trochammina trullissata, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 56, pl. v, figs. 10 a, 6, 11; 1884
KC. p. 342, pl. xl, figs. 13-16.
Haplophragmium. ., Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP, 1910, p. 100, fig. 148.
Stations 6, 11, 13, 25, 27, 29, 32, 41, 44 (+ D).
Never more than a single specimen. A considerable range in colour, from
deep ochraceous to almost white. A very large (broken) specimen at Station 25.

VoL. VI. Q,

114 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

168. Trochammina ringens, Brady.
Trochammina ringens, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC, 1879, p.57, pl. v. figs. 12 a, b; 1884, FC. p. 343,
pl. xl, figs. 17, 18.
Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1899, p. 365, pl. v, fig. 14.

Station 6.
Two very fine examples.

169. Trochammina pauciloculata, Brady.

Trochammina pauciloculata, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 58, pl. v, figs. 13, 14; 1884,
FC. p. 344, pl. xh, figs. 1, 2.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 126, figs. 197.

Ammochilostoma
Stations 7, 8, 10, 11, 29, 32, 35, 40, 55.
Most frequent and best at Station 10. At Station 29 specimens were of
a curiously elongate narrow-chambered form, evidently pauperate.

170. Trochammina galeata, Brady.

Trochammina galeata, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 52; 1884, FC. p. 344, pl. xl, figs. 19-23.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 127, figs. 198-201.

Stations 29, 40. ,
One unquestionable, and two not so satisfactory, examples at these Stations.

171. Trochammina robertsoni, Brady.

Trochammina robertson, Brady, 1876, CPF. p. 80, pl. 1, figs. 6, 7.
Wright, 1891, SWI. p. 469, pl. xx, figs. 4, a, b.
Goés, 1894, ASF. p. 30, pl. vi, figs. 231-234.

Stations 13, 29, 34, 35.

The specimens, though few in number, present considerable variation. At
Station 29 they are very large and the shell has not the smooth finish due to
excessive cement which usually marks the species. At Station 34 a single very
thin-walled and pauperate individual; at Station 35 it was quite typical.

172. Trochammina rotaliformis, Wright.
Trochammina inflata (Montagu), var., Balkwill and Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 331, pl. xiii, figs.
ld, 12.
rotaliformis, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 620.

Stations 2, 4, 6-8, 10, 11, 13, 15, 16, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, 35,138, 40, 42-44 46-50;
52-55 (+ T.d. F., D.).

Almost universally distributed and extremely common in the Antarctic area,
especially at Stations 38 and 54. Besides the usual range of specimens running
back towards T. squamata, a few specimens are to be met with at most Stations
where it is abundant, ranging towards 7’. vesicularis, Goés (G. 1894, ASF. Dp. ak.
pl. vi, figs. 235-237), which has more whorls, and more segments to the whorl,
and generally speaking a more pronounced rotalian contour than Wright's

ORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. L15

original species, hut is hardly worth separation. At Station 6 a sessile individual,
embedded in white cement, was observed.
[|Hyalme isomorph, Discorbina globularis (d’Orb.).|

‘ WEBBINA, dOrbigny.
173. Webbina clavata (Jones and Parker).
Trochammina irregularis clavata, Jones and Parker, 1860, RFM. p. 304.
Webbina (Ammolagena) clavata, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1910, p. 68, figs. 86-89.

Stanions 6,.1G4-23,, 25, 29, 36, 39 (+ T.d. E.):

Sparingly represented at all the Stations and presenting no special features
excepting at Station 6 (N.Z.). Here the type occurs, but less abundantly than
the moniliform variety originally described by @’Orbigny from a figure of Cornuel’s as
Webbina irregularis (q.v. post). The difference in the shape of the chambers makes
“it worth while recording this as a separate form, though there can be little doubt
as to the zoological identity of the specimens.

174. Webbina irregularis, dOrbigny. Pl. III, fig. 24.
Oeufs dautres Mollusques, Cornuel, 1848, NFM, p. 259, pl. iv, fig. 37.
Webbina irregularis, d’ Orbigny, 1850, ete., PP. vol. 1, p. 111, No. 785.
laevigata, Costa, 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, 187, pl. xvi, fig. 14

Station 6.

Attached to stones and differmg from W. clavata im the smaller size of the.
chambers, their pyriform shape, and the arrangement in a continuous chain of
three or more segments, often variable im shape, adaptmg themselves. to the
contour of the host. Constructed like W. clavata, of fine sand with a maximum
of reddish cement, colour varying as in that species, from pale yellowish-grey to
deep brown.

It is extremely interesting to find this form, hitherto exclusively known as
a fossil, from the Lias upwards, in the recent condition. The N.Z. specimens
differ from Cornuel’s original figure, and subsequent figures, in the length of the
stolon-tubes between the successive chambers. In some instances the stolon is
as long as the chamber itself. The nearest approach perhaps, is the specimen

figured by Costa, ut swpra.
Sup-Famity LOFTUSINAE.
CYCLAMMINA, Brady.

175. Cyclammina pusilla, Brady.
Cyclammina pusilla, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 535 1884, FC. p. 353, pl. xxxvii,
figs. 20-23.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 111, fig. 172.

Stations 13, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 28, 32, 38-36, 39, 40, 42.
This is perhaps the most typical Foraminifer of all the deep-water Stations
Q 2

116 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

between the N.Z. area and the Antarctic coast-line, extendmg between Stations
13 and 42. which latter is the most southerly record. The finest series at Station
40. Other good examples at Stations 32, 33. 34. At Station 39 all the individuals

were notably small.

176. Cyclammina cancellata, Brady.
Cyclammina cancellata, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 62 (Nautiloid litucla) ; 1884, FC. p. 351,
pl. xxxvu, figs. 8-16.
Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1910, p. 110, figs. 168-171.
Stations 18, 23, 29 (+ D.). .
A single imperfect but undoubted specimen at Station 18, small ones at

Stations 23 and 29.

177. Cyclammina orbicularis, Brady.
Cyclammina orbicularis, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 53; 1884, FC. p. 353, pl. xxxvu,
figs. 17-19.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1910, p. 113, fig. 173.
Semone (, Wh, Bs CO), SP sia
One large and typical specimen from Station 8. Similar specimens from
Stations 23, 29, and 32. A doubtful specimen from Station 35.

Famity TEXTULARIIDAE.
Sus-Famity TEXTULARIINAE.

TEXTULARIA, Defrance.

178. Texrtularia inconspicua, Brady.
Textularia inconspicua, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 357, pl. xin, fig. 6.
“a i. Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 623, pl. xlvii,
figs. 1-4.

Stations 2, 3, 5, 6 (+ R.d.J.).

Very fine and typical specimens attaining considerable size at Stations 5 and
6. All the examples are much nearer to Brady’s figure than to Millett’s, and
they are all characterized by thick bands of clear shell-substance, marking the
sutural lines and originating in a thick striated ring, which forms the basal out-
line of the successive chambers, as shown in Brady’s fig. 66. This thick band
gives an appearance of limbation, but when seen im side view none of the speci-
mens are truly limbate, and thus referable to the var. jugosa.

Cushman (C. 1919, RFNZ. p. 626) refers this form to the Rotaliidae, under
the name of Discorbis imconspicua, Brady, referrmg to Millett and Brady and
his own previous remarks (C. 1910, etc., FNP. 1911, p. 11). He states that from
six N.Z. specimens he has been able to determine definitely that the form should
be placed among the Rotaliidae, “im some of its markings it resembles Patellina

FORAMINIFERA—HBERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 117

it seems to be a species in which the chambers each make a half-coil as
added, and its resemblance to Textularia is only superficial.” We -are quite
unable to agree with this. An examination of a very great number of specimens
from many localities show that beyond an apical “ multiformity ~ limited to the
first three or four chambers, the shell is a true Textularian. The genus Textu-
laria is particularly subject to multiformity in its early stages. In 7. inconspicua
the early growth appears to be the normal spiroplectine coil observable m most
species, but set at a different angle to the subsequent axis of growth. Millett’s
specimens, which are now in our collection, and which are very numerous, give
no support to Cushman’s theory, and the “‘ minute rotalian,” to which Millett
refers as occurring in association with T. inconspicua, does not appear on_ his
slides, nor is it otherwise referred to in his papers among the Discorbinae. — It
appears probable, therefore, that in the intervenig years between 1899 and 1903
he obtained no further evidence inducing him to alter his views in assigning the
form to Textularia.

179. Textularia concava (IKarrer).
Plecanium concavum, Karrer, 1868, MFKB. p. 129, pl. 1, fig. 3.
Textularia concava, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA, 1915, p. 624.
Stations 2-6, 9.
Confined to the N.Z. area, the best at Stations 3 and 6, where it attains
a large size and is very typical and neatly constructed. At the same Stations’
occasional specimens are strongly limbate. This variation appears to be the 7.
crassisepta of Cushman (C. 1910, etc., FNP. 1911, p. 24, fig. 41). At Station 6,
intermediate forms linking Karrer’s very well-marked type with the wildly
growing var. heterostoma occur. At Station 9 the record stands on a single small
individual with a hyaline shell.

180. Textularia concava, var. heterostoma, Fornasini.
Sagraina affinis, Fornasini, 1883, FPS. p. 189, pl. 11, fig. 10.
Textularia concava, var. heterostoma., Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FWS. p. 229, pl. xl,
figs. 22, 23.

Sraonseoe 46s Sil. 16, 18. 19, 99.36 (ald ., D.):

The specimens from Stations 3, 4 and 6, especially the latter, are large and
typical, exactly representing Fornasini’s figures. They are linked up with the
type by a few intermediate specimens. The individuals from the remaining
Stations present a very different appearance, and, generally speaking, can only
be relegated to Fornasini’s variety by association with a long series of specimens.
They are small, rough in surface-texture, and the aperture is often produced
upon a phialine neck instead of being a prominent crescentiform slit. The figure
of Sagraina affinis, Fornasini (ut supra) very well represents the prevalent type :
this is the 7. catenata of Cushman (C. 1910, etc. F.N.P. 1911, p. 23, figs. 39-40)

118 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

At Station 6 two extremely abnormal individuals, one, fossil, which we have
described and figured elsewhere (H.-A. & E. 1920, VP. p. 161, pl. xvi, fig. 3).
This is the Globotextularia anceps (Brady) of Kimer and Fickert (1899, Artbildung
und Verwandtschaft, pp. 559 and 563, figs. 6 and 10; and Cushman, 1910, ete.
FNP. 1910, p. 125, fig. 25). The other, to all appearance recent. The latter specimen
is broken, but when perfect the oral extremity appears to have terminated im a
series of large globular chambers irregularly disposed round the textularian
aperture on the last normal chamber.

[Arenaceous isomorph of the abnormal form, Haplophragmium anceps, Brady. |

181. Textularia sagittula, Defrance.
Textularia sagittula, Defrance, 1824, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. xxxii, p. 177; vol. liti. p. 344: Atlas
Conch. pl. xi, fig. 5.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 625.
and
Spiroplecta wright, Silvestri.
Spiroplecta sagittula (Defrance), Wright, 1891, SWI. p. 471.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 634.

Stations 2, 3, 5, 6.

These two forms occur, as usual, in company, and we have less hesitation than
ever as to their specific identity. Both are characterized whenever they occur
by fistulose development. The best range occurs at Station 6, where 7. sagittula
attams a very fine development in pectinate forms such as 7. mariae, d’Orb. (d’O.,
1846, FFV. p. 246, pl. xiv, figs. 29-31), and T. pectinata, Reuss (R., 1849-50, FOT.
p. 381, pl. xlix, figs. 2, 3). Ina few instances the pectination is even more strongly
developed than in either of these forms, developing into pronounced fistulose tubules.
These individuals are, perhaps, racially distinct from 7. sagittula, as no spiroplectine
individuals having the glistenmg, smoothly agglutimated, external shell-layer,
which characterizes the pectinate imdividuals were observed. The typical
T. sagutula and the typical S. wrightii have a characteristically matt surface.

18la. Textularia milletti, Cushman.
Teatularia malletti, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1911, p. 13, figs. 18, 19.
Station 11.
Very rare but typical. They resemble Cushman’s figures much more closely
than the figure of Millett of 7. sagittula, var. jugosa, T. R. Jones (M., 1898, etc.,
FM, 1899, p. 561, pl. vu, fig. 8), on which Cushman’s new specific name is founded.

182. Textularia rugosa (Reuss).

Plecanium rugosum, Reuss, 1869, FOG. p. 453, pl. i, fig. 3.
Textularia rugosa, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p- 625, pl. xlvii, figs. 7-9.

Stations 2, 6.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 119

Frequent at Station 2, where it attains considerable development, including
fistulosity in a minor degree. Many specimens have obviously grown attached
to Zoophytes.

183. Textularia agglutinans, d Orbigny.

Textularia agglutinans, C@Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 144, pl. i Pelimuliguo2—o4s
. 5,

Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ne “PKA. 1915, p. 626.

Stations 1-4, 6, 8.

Abundant and variable. At most of the Stations there is a marked tendency
to limbation, running the specimens into 7. rugosa. At Station 6, in addition
to the type and rugose forms, there is a smooth-walled variety running imper-
ceptibly imto the swollen chambered 7. candevana. At Station 2, an abnormal
specimen in which the last four chambers were set with the axis at right angles
to the earlier growth. At Station 6 individuals living attached to Polyzoa,
similar to the 7. sagittula recorded by us from the West of Scotland (H.-A. & K., 1916,
FWS. p. 229.)

184. Textularia candeiana, d Orbigny.
Textularia canderana, @Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 148, pl. 1, figs. nee 27.
pelos

2 . Heron-Allen and Faclanal 1914, ete., FK/ p- 627, pl. xlvu, figs. 10-16.

Stations 6, 11.

A few remarkably fine and typical specimens from Station 6 characterized by the
thinness and even texture of the finely agglutinated walls. One small specimen from
Station 11.

185. Textularia porrecta, Brady. Pl. IV, figs. 6, 7
Textularia agglutinans, var. porrecta, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 364, pl. xl, fig. 4.
3 porrecta, Egger, 1893, FG. p. 269, pl. vi, AS INifes Mer.

sagittula, var. fistulosa, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 362, pl. xli, fig. 19 (only).

Spiroplecta sagittula, and var. fistulosa, Chapman, 1905, GBI. esis pl. ill, fig. 4.
stphonifera, Chapman, 1909-10, SBL. p. 272, pl. in, Be Il

Textularia stricta, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1911, p. 11, fig. 13.

Textularioides inflata, Cushman, ibid., p. 26, fig. 45.

Stations 2, 6.

Frequent only at Stations 2 and 6, but well known to us from many dredgings
in adjacent areas. It is a large and strikmg Textularian characterized by several
features rarely seen in other forms. So far as we have been able to trace, all
the specimens are spiroplectine in the early stages, but this is rapidly followed
by a long series of chambers, wedge-shaped at first, im the manner of 7. sagittula,
but rapidly becoming inflated, so that the terminal-portion of the shell is almost
circular in cross-section. The number of chambers in the finest specimens reaches
as many as twenty pairs.

The test is coarsely constructed of sand-grams, the whole plastered over with

120 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

a fine superficial layer of cement composed of the finest mud, and apparently
highly perforate. This thin superficial layer is, m nearly all instances, produced
out at the edge into fistulose extensions. In the most typical examples this
fistulosity extends the entire length of the shell; in others it is confined to the
initial half. In a few instances it extends backwards from the fistulose tubes
as a ridge along the middle of each chamber towards the median line, and when
broken away leaves a very characteristic scar across the chamber, hardly dis-
tinguishable from the lmbation of 7. rugosa, though due to quite another
cause.

These N.Z. specimens appear to link up two widely differentiated species, 7. sagittula
and 7. agglutinans. In their compressed cuneiform outline, spiroplectine initial chambers,
and fistulosity, they closely indicate a relationship to 7. sagittula, Defr., whereas the
inflated later chambers and the oval, or nearly circular, cross-section of the later plan
are characteristic of 7. agglutinans. Brady’s Fig. 19, T. sagittula, var. fistulosa, differs
from the other three figures in the swollen character of the later chambers and pro-
bably represents the N.Z. form. Chapman, in his Batesford Limestone paper, assigns
Brady's form to Spiroplecta, and, m his Barrier Island paper, describes both the
plam and the fistulose types under S. sagittula. We have already published our
views on this question of the separation of the spiroplectine forms (H.-A. & E., 1913,
CI, p. 57). Cushman’s 7. stricta appears without question to be the same as our form.
No mention is made by him of the nature of the initial chambers, but the
rounded extremity of his figure strongly suggests a spiroplectine beginning.
Under the name Textularioides inflata (gen. nov., sp. nov.) he figures a single
attached specimen which appears to be inseparable from this form. Incidentally
it may be noted that at both the “Terra Nova” Stations specimens occur which
have been attached to Polyzoa, and sessile individuals are recorded in many
species of Textularia.

186. Textularia fungiformis, Fornasini.

Textularia fungiformis, Fornasini, 1887, ITI. p. 396, pl. x, figs. 1, 1 a,b; 1896, TC. p. 2, et seq.
pl. 0, figs. 1-5.

Stations 1, 3.

The tendency to variation by expansion of the later-formed chambers in 7.
agglutinans reaches its extreme development at Stations 1 and 3, resulting in typical
specimens of this species.

187. Textularia abbreviata. d’Orbigny.

Textularia abbreviata, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 249, pl. xv, figs. 7 (not 9)-12.
Cushman, 1910, ete, FNP, 1911, p. 14, fig. 20.

Station 6.

A few good specimens at this single Station.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. Le

Lo
—

188. Textularia gramen, d Orbigny.
Textularia gramen, VOrbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 248, pl. xv, figs. 4-6.
* f Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 627.
Stations 2-7 (+ R.d.J.).
Frequent and very variable, running through abnormal specimens into 7. conica,
agglutinans, and abbreviata. At several Stations specimens showing marked limbation,
and in a few instances rudimentary fistulosity. Most variable at Station 6.

189. Textularva conica, A Orbigny.
Textularia conica, d@Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 143, pl. i, figs. 19, 20.
a oF Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 629.
Stations 1-3, 6 (+ R.d.J.).
Typical specimens, fairly abundant at Station 6.

190. Textularia conica, var. horrida, Kgger. Pl. IV, figs. 3, 4.
Textularia horrida, Egger, 1893, FG. p. 270, pl. vi, figs. 11, 12.
ra * Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1911, p. 10, fig. 12.

Stations 1-3, 6.

Strongly fistulose specimens occur in company with the type, 7. conica, at
the N.Z. Stations. Their nearest congener is 7. horrida, Egger, but the N.Z. speci-
mens are much more neatly and regularly fistulose than is indicated by either Egger’s
or Cushman’s figures. Many of the specimens show limbation somewhat similar —
to our variety corrugata (H.-A. & H., 1914, etc., FKA., 1915, p. 629, pl. xlvn,
figs. 24-27), which is very probably a passage-form between the smooth edged
type T. conica and its fistulose form, var. horrida. Size varies between *30-
‘50mm. in length and *40—-°55 mm. in breadth.

191. Textularia trochus, V Orbigny.
Textularia trochus, d@ Orbigny, 1840, CBP. p. 45, pl. iv, figs. 25, 26.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 630, pl. xlvu, fig. 28.

oF) 2?

Stations 1-3, 6.
Rare except at Station 6, very fine specimens there, and at Station 2. One sessile
specimen at Station 6.

SPIROPLECTA, Ehrenberg.

192. Spiroplecta annectens (Parker and Jones).

Textularia annectens, Parker and Jones, etc., 1859, etc., NF. No. 8, 1863, p. 92, fig. 1.
Spiroplecta ,, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 8, pl. 1, fig. 7.

Stations 6, 29, 33.
One megalospheric individual from Station 6, closely resembling Millett’s figure,
and two small microspheric at the Antarctic Stations, very long and narrow.

>

you. VI. R

122 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

193. Spiroplecta biformis (Parker and Jones).
Textularia agglutinans, var. biformis, Parker and Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 370, pl. xv, figs. 25, 24.
Spiroplecta biformis, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 634.
Stations 9, 17, 40 (+ T.d. F.).
One specimen at Station 9, a few of the long type at Station 17, and common at
Station 40, where all the specimens were of a small and rather coarsely constructed

variety.
GAUDRYINA, dOrbigny.

194. Gaudryina pupordes, dOrhigny.
Gaudryina pupoides, d’Orbigny, 1840, CBP. p. 44, pl. iv, figs. 22-24.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 634.
Stations 6, 7, 10, 12.
Few in number, the best at Station 7.

195. Gaudryina subrotundata, Schwager.

Gaudryina subrotundata, Schwager, 1866, FKN. p. 198, pl. iv, figs. 9 a-e.
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 380, pl. xlvi, figs. 13 a-c.
Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 287, pl. xxxiu, fig. 1.

22

Stations 6, 10, 16.
Very rare and poorly developed, except at Station 6, where a few very
large individuals were found.

196. Gaudryina filiformis, Berthelin.
Gaudryina filiformis, Berthelin, 1880, EAM. p. 25, pl. xxiv, fig. 8.
iy ce Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, CI. p. 57, pl. iv, figs. 7-9 ; 1914, ete., FKA.
1915, p. 634.

Stations 10, 11, 13, 27-29, 31, 32, 38, 40, 48, 52, 55 (+ D.).

Almost confined to the Antarctic area. All the specimens are of the minute,
many-chambered type commonly found round the Scotch and Irish Coasts. The
best at Stations 27, 28, and 29. At the more southerly Stations the individuals
do not attain such fine development. We see no reason for modifying Brady’s
acceptance of Berthelim’s species for the recent forms.

197. Gaudryina rugosa, VOrbigny. Pl. IV, figs. 16, 7
Gaudryina rugosa, d Orbigny, 1840, CBP. p. 44, pl. iv, figs. 20, 21.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 635.
Stations 1-6.
Confined to the N.Z. area, where it attaims fine development, notably at
Station 2. At all the Stations it occurs in two distinct forms, the type repre-

EEE a,

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 12:

(SU)

sented by (a) short, comparatively few-chambered, stoutly-built individuals, and (b) a
very long, narrow, sharply angular type, ranging up to 1°10mm. in length,
characterized by an abnormally large number of gaudryine (triserial) chambers.
The two may possibly represent the megalo- and micro-spheric conditions. The
short form is found living sessile upon Polyzoa at Station 6.

198. Gaudryina scabra, Brady.
Gaudryina pupoides, Brady, 1870, FTR. p. 300, pl. xii, fig. 5.
of scabra, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 635, pl. xviii, figs. 7-14.
Station 23.
One typical specimen.

199. Gaudryina siphonella, Reuss.

Gaudryina siphonella, Reuss, 1851, FSUB. p. 78, pl. v, figs. 40-42.
Bs A Brady, 1884, FC. p. 382, pl. xlvi, figs. 17-19.
ne oe Sidebottom, 1918, FECA. p. 23, pl. ii, figs. 24, 25.

Stanonsmia los ls:

A few typical specimens at Station 7, a sounding for which no depth is given,
and one typical example from Station 13 (3,603 fms.).

200. Gaudryina ferruginea, sp. nov. Pl. IV, figs. 13-15.

Station 6.

Test free, multiform, the earlier portion consisting of closely-adherent. triserial
chambers about seven in number, followed by two or three pairs of compressed
biserial chambers, with angular edges, the compressed portion sometimes having
a lateral twist. Constructed of large, flat sand-grains and ferruginous cement, very
dark brown at the initial portion of*the shell, becoming brighter in colour at the
oral extremity. Septation very obscure, especially in the earlier chambers.
Aperture, a normal loop on the inner face of the terminal chamber.

Dimensions :—Length, -30—-40mm.; breadth, +20 mm.

This distinctive little form is confined to Station 6, where a fair number of
specimens were observed. It cannot easily be mistaken for any other species, but
apparently belongs to the same group as G. wrightiana, Millett (M. 1898, ete.,
FM. 1900, p. 10, pl. i, figs 11, 12) G. jonesiana, Wright (W. 1885-6, KH. p. 329,
pl. xxvu, figs 1, 2) and G. pariana, Guppy (G. 1894, FMDT. p. 651, pl. xli,
figs. 21, 22). Characterized by the small initial triserial development, and the
compressed biserial subsequent chambers. It bears some superficial resemblance
in the colour and rough construction of the shell to Vernewilina polystropha (Reuss’.
but is readily distinguished by the compressed biserial chambers. The colour is

very distinctive.
R 2

124 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

VERNEUILINA, d’Orbigny.
201. Vernewilina spinulosa, Reuss.
Verneuilina spinulosa, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 374, pl. ii (xlvi), fig. 12.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 630
Station 2.

A single spineless individual.

202. Verneuilina triquetra (Munster).

Teatularia triquetra, Roemer, 1838, CNTM. p. 384, pl. ii, fig. 19.
Vernewlina ,, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 383, pl. xlvii, figs. 18-20.
Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1900, p. 10.

Stations 1-6.
Common at some Stations in the N.Z. area, the specimens as a rule small,
excepting at Station 6.

ae é
203. Vernewilina turris, sp. nov. Pl. IV, figs 8-12.

Stations 3, 4, 5, 6 (+ R.d. J.).

Test free, consisting of a triserial arrangement of chambers forming a cylinder
with a bluntly conical apex, and an abruptly truncate base, containing the
aperture, which is a verneuiline loop on the imner edge of the final chamber.
Surface coarsely punctate. Sutural Imes, thick, sometimes limbate, not perforate
on the sutural lines. Usually pale brown in colour at the apex and becoming
colourless in the later chambers.

Size :—Length, -15--25mm.; breadth, -12—-15 mm.

Common at Station 6, and less frequent at Stations 3 and 5.

We have long been familiar with this little form, which occurs in many
shallow-water gathermgs from N.Z. The plan of the arrangement of the early
chambers is very difficult to determine, but it appears to be spiral, as in the
initial chambers of Textularia inconspicua (q.v.), but the triserial arrangement is
immediately assumed, and retained during the remainder of the life of the animal
and the whole aspect of the shell is distinctively verneuiline.

204. Verneuilina polystropha (Reuss).

Bulimina polystropha, Reuss, 1845-6, VBK. pl. ii, p. 109, pl. xxiv, fig. 53.
Vernewlina - Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 631; 1920, VP.
(passim), pl. xvi-xviii.
Stations 7, 29 (+ D.).

Kixtremely rare.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 125

205. Verneuilina pusilla, Goes.
Vernewilina pygmaea, Goés, 1894 ASF. p. 33, pl. vu, figs. 262-3.
3 pusilla, Goés, 1896, DOA. p. 39, pl. v, figs. 6-8.
polystropha, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1915, CI. p. 55, pl. iv, figs. 3-5,
pusilla, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1920, VP. (passim) pl. xvi, fi
hes: 12; 13.
Stations 27, 29, 52, 55.
Confined to the Antarctic. Rare, but very typical, the best at “* Farthest
South ” (Station 55), both megalo- and micro-spheric.

206. Verneuilina pygmaea (Kgger).
Bulimina pygmaea, Eeger, 1857, MSO. p. 284, pl. vin (xii), figs. 10, 11.
Vernewilina ,, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 631.

Stations 7, 11, 12, 16, 18-20, 22, 25, 28, 32-36, 40, 55 (+ D.).

Oceurs in both areas and in some numbers as far as Station 20, after which
the records are of single specimens at the Stations down to Station 36, where it
reappears plentifully. It then disappears until Station 55, where a single large
specimen was found. There are two types, megalospheric, which is very short and
few-chambered, and the microspheric, a larger, longer shell with many chambers.
The two, as a rule, occur together where the species is abundant, but at Station
36, where it was plentiful, only the megalospheric type occurs.

207. Verneuilina propinqua, Brady.
Verneuilina propinqua, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 387, pl. xlvii, figs. 8-14.
Burrows, Sherborn and Bailey, 1890, RC. p. 553, pl. viii, fig. 18 a, b.
Grzybowski, 1901, OWI. p. 224, pl. ix, fig. 18.

Stations 16, 22, 40 (+ D.).

Except at Station 16, where several specimens, and many more fragments
of what must have been very large specimens, were found, the species is very
rare. It should, in our opinion, be recorded merely as an arenaceous variety of
V. pygmaea.

VALVULINA, d’Orbigny.
208. Valvulina fusca (Williamson).
Rotalina fusca, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 55, pl. v, figs. 114, 115.
Valvulina ,, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1911, p. 59, figs. 94, 95.
Station 6.
Both free and sessile individuals.

209. Valvulina conica, Parker and Jones.
Valvulina triangularis, Parker and Jones, 1857, FCN. p. 295, pl. mi, figs. 15, 16.
conica, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915, p. 635.

2”

Station 6.
A few examples both sessile and free.

126 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

CLAVULINA, d’Orbigny.

210. Clavulina communis, dOrbigny.
Clavulina communis, @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 268, no. 4.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 636, pl. xlvii,
figs. 15-17. :

Stations 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 10-12, 16-18, 22, 28, 33-35, 42.

A series of specimens of this species offer an interesting illustration of the
influence of environment on external form. No tyro, confronted with specimens
from Station 3 and any of the deep-water Stations to the south, would imagine
that the same organism was responsible for both: In the shallow water of the
N.Z. area as far as Station 6, where the sand is comparatively coarse, the animal
constructs a stout, short cylindrical test, broad in proportion to its length. As
the water deepens and the size of the mimeral grains becomes smaller, the test
becomes longer, narrower, smoother in construction, until in the deepest water
Stations, where it occurs, the test is practically cylindrical without external sign
of the clavuline initial chambers; perfectly smooth owing to the fineness of the
constituent material, and only recognizable externally by the projecting tubular
aperture. Some of these deep-water specimens attam a great size, unbroken
specimens 4-5 nim. long were found at Stations 10 and 11, and at Station 16
fragments indicatmg specimens which must have been three times that size.

211. Clavulina obscura, Chaster.
Vernewlina polystropha (Reuss), * dimorphous form,” Wright, 1885-6, BLP. p. 320, pl. xxvi,
fig. 2.
Clavulina obscura, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 636.
Stations 6, 55.
A single specimen at each Station referable to this obscure species.

212. Clavulina parisiensis, dOrbigny.
Clavulina parisiensis, @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 268, no. 3, Modéle no. 66.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1911, p. 75, figs. 123, 124.
Station 53 (+ R.d.J.).
One very small but typical specimen. Its occurrence in such a southern
latitude is noteworthy.

213. Clavulina cylindrica, Hantken.
Clavulina cylindrica, Hantken, 1875, CSS. p. 18, pl. i, fig. 8.
Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 636, pl. xlviii,
figs. 18, 19.
Stations 3, 6, 10, 11 (+ R.d.J.).
Confined to the N.Z. area and reaching its maximum development at Station
6, where it occurs m every conceivable variety, from almost spherical to cylin-

So |

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 12

drical with almost parallel sides. The method of construction varies equally widely,
some of the specimens are smoothly, but loosely, constructed, sponge-spicules
being largely employed, and have a rough-cast appearance. In others, although
the constituent materials are very much larger, other Foraminifera affording
favourite material, the interstices are so carefully plastered up with finer material
and mud as to give an unbroken outline to the test. The aperture is usually
at the end of a short produced neck with the clavulme tooth, but in many
specimens is flush with the wall and difficult to distinguish.

Sus-Faminry BULIMININAE.
BULIMINA, dOrbigny.

214. Bulimina pupordes, d Orbigny.
Bulimina pupoides, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 185, pl. xi, figs. 11, 12.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 637.

9 oe)

Stations 3, 6, 16, 24.
Fairly good specimens, but uncommon.

215. Bulimina elegans, @Orbigny.
Bulimina elegans, d Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 270, no. 10, Modeéle no. 9.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 638.

oh] ”

Stations 3, 6, 29.
Neither common nor very typical. The best at Station 29.

216. Bulimina elegans, var. evilis, Brady.
Bulimina elegans, var. ewilis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 399, pl. 1, figs. 5, 6.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1916, FWS. p. 234, pl. xh, figs. 4-9.

” oe) 3)

Station 7.
Fairly typical, but hardly aslong as the type demands.

217. Bulimina fusiformis, Williamson.
Bulimina pupoides, var. fusiformis, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 63, pl. v, figs. 129, 130.
fusiformis, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 638.

Stations 3, 7-9, 16, 27, 36.
Excellent specimens at Stations 7, 8, 16 and at Station 27, but curiously
rare considering the abundance with which this species generally occurs where it

is found at all.

218. Bulimina pyrula, VOrbigny.
Bulimina pyrula, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 184, pl. xi, figs. 9, 10.
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 399, pl. L, figs. 7-10.

CE) ey)

Station 6.
Two typical specimens.

128 “<THRRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.
219. Bulimina ovata, dOrbigny.

Bulimina ovata, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 185, pl. xi, figs. 15, 14.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 638.

Station 6, 7, 28.
One record only in the Antarctic. Very fine specimens at Stations 6 and 17.
At Station 6 many have apical spines, a not uncommon variation in this species.

as in B. pyrula.

220. Bulimina affinis, dOrbigny.
Bulimina affinis, @Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 105, pl. 11, figs. 25, 26.
f Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 638.
Stations 6, 7 (+ T.d. F.).
A fine typical example at Station 6, poor at Station 7.

221. Bulimina marginata, d Orbigny.
Bulimina marginata, @Orbigny, 1826, TMC? p. 269, no. 4, pl. xii, figs. 10-12.
x Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 640.
Stations 2-4, 6, 8, 13, 14, 41, 49 (4+ R.d.J.).
Never very abundant, excepting at Station 6, where a fine series, running

into B. aculeata, was found.

222. Bulimina aculeata, d Orbigny.
Bulimina aculeata, d Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 269, no. 7.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1911, p. 86, fig. 139.
Stations 3, 6-12, 14, 27, 29, 31, 32,41 (+ R.d.J.). '
Best in the N.Z. area, especially Stations 9, 10, and 11. At Station 10 a
double specimen with two apertures. The spines are most pronounced in the
deep-water Stations, reachmg a maximum at Station 27 where, however, the

species Was uncommon.

223. Bulimina echinata, d Orbieny.
Bulimina echinata, @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 269, no. 5.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. p. 640; 1916, FWS. p. 235,
pl. xh, fig. 5. ‘
Stations 10-12, 31.
This species differs from 6B. aculeata by being finely hispid all over the
surface of the chambers imstead of having the spimes confined to their margins.
It is very rare, but well marked specimens occur, the best at Station 11.

224. Bulimina imflata, Seguenza.
Bulimina inflata, Seguenza, 1862, RFC. p. 109 (p. 25 in the reprint), pl. i, fig. 10.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etce., FKA. 1915, p. 641.
Stations 6, 7.
Extremely rare, but very typical.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 129

225. Bulimina buchiana, dOrbieny.
? One

Bulimina buchiana, d Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 186, pl. xi, figs. 15-18.
Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1911, p. 85, fig. 138.

Stations 6, 7, 9.
Very good and fairly numerous at Station 7. Typical at Station 6, typical
but very small at Station 9.

226. Bulimina rostrata, Brady.

on

Bulimina rostrata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 408, pl. li, figs. 14, 1
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1911, p. 87, fig. 140.

> ”

Station 7.
A good many typical specimens.

227. Bulimina elegantissima, d Orbigny.

Bulimina elegantissima, @Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 51, pl. vii, figs. 13, 14.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIKA. 1915, p. 639.

Stations 2, 3, 6, 8, 38.
Rare, the best at Station 6. One large specimen at Station 38.

228, Bulimina eleqantissima, var. seminuda, Terquem.
i] |

Bulimina seminuda, Terquem, 1882, FEP. p. 117, pl. xii (xx), fig. 21.
af ] ] g

elegantissima, var. semrnuda, Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, etc., FIA. 1915, p- 639.

Stations’ 1) 2,5, 6, 27.

Abundant and very variable. A single. specimen only, in the Antarctic. Two
distinct types, megalospheric and microspheric, occur together at all the N.Z.
Stations, and the shape of the shell is mainly influenced by this character of
the primordial chamber, the microspheric specimens bemg acutely pointed and
increasing in width gradually to the oral extremity, whereas the megalospheric
are bluntly rounded at the apex and show very little merease in width with the
growth of the shell. At Station 6, where a very fine series of all sizes and types
occurred, a pair was found in association (not budding, as described by us
elsewhere (H.-A. 1915, RPF. p. 248, pl. xv, figs. 28 a-)), but specimens were
found here and at other Stations with absorbed terminal wails, suggesting
this condition. Many of the microspheric specimens approach Sidebottom’s var.
fusiformis (S. 1918, FECA. p. 123, pl. i, figs. 8-10), but rarely show the exag-
gerated tapering towards the oral extremity from the mid-growth of the shell,
which characterizes his variety. In the same way, many of these specimens
are furnished with a blunt spine at the apex, but only one example bearing a
terminal spine and referable to Chapman’s var. apiculata was found, at Station 6
(ee OOT LEE p: ol, pl iv, fie. 775 and 3: 1918, HECA. p. 123, pl. im, fig. 11).

VOL. VI. Ss

150 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

229. Bulimina subteres, Brady.
Bulimina subteres, Brady, 1879, cte., RRC., 1881, p. 55; 1884, FC. p. 403, pl. 1, figs. 17, 18.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, CI. p. 62, pl. iv, figs. 138, 14.

2?

Stations, 3,6, 27, dll, 50:

Rare but very typical, and all equally good.

230. Bulimina dechivis, Reuss.
Bulimina declivis, Reuss, 1863-4, KT. p. 55, pl. vi, figs. 70a, 6; pl vi, fe. 71.
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 404, pl. 1, 19 a, 0b.

ory 39

“tation 6.
An excellent and typical series of this rare form at this single Station.

231. Bulimina williamsoniana, Brady.

Bulimina williamsoniana, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p- 56; 1884, FC. p. 408, pl. hy, figs.
Griie
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 641.

Stations 5, 6.
A good many typical specimens. Some show an absorbed final chamber which
may indicate viviparity, not hitherto recorded in this species.

232. Bulimina convoluta, Williamson.
Bulimina pupoides, var. convoluta, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 63, pl. v, figs. 132, 133.
_ convoluta, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 641.
Station 6.
A single specimen, of Williamson’s original type, not Millett’s Malay type.

233. Bulimina chapman, sp. nov. Pl. IV, figs. 18-20.

Bulimina seminuda, Chapman, 1914, FORS. p. 29, pl. 11, fig. 9 a, b.

Stations 26, 27, 31, 38, 45-47, 48, 53, 55.

Test free, perforate, helicoid. Consisting of a double series of chambers, arranged
in a rapidly increasing spiral, the outer series bemg largely predominant and increas-
ing in size much more rapidly than the inner series. Sutural Imes flush, but often
thick, and showing as bands of clear shell-substance. The oral face of the
final chamber flat, contaming the aperture, which is a well-marked cleft running
half-way across the septal face.

Size (across oral face) :—Length up to -80mm.; breadth up to ‘60 mm. ;
thickness up to °50 mm.

The specimen figured by Chapman as B. seminuda (ut supra) bears
practically no resemblance to Terquem’s species, but is identical with our form.
The nearest relation of the species appears to be the Ataxophragmiwn humile of
Karrer (K., 1878, FTTL. p. 85, pl. v., fig. 3), but Karrer’s figure gives us no

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 131

suggestion of the double series of chambers, and the test is arenaceous in
texture. B. contraria (Reuss) (R., 1851, FSUB. p. 76, pl. v, fig. 37) is closely
related, but im this species also, none of the published figures or descriptions give
any clue to the biserial arrangement, and in addition, B. contraria has a turgid
and rounded final chamber instead of the abruptly truncate face of B. chapmanc.
The species is typical of the Antarctic area, occurrmg at many stations from
Nos. 26 to 55, but appears to be confined to the shallower waters, no specimens
being observed in the deep-water Stations, the deepest specimen being recorded
from 300 fms. (Station 55).

The shell is apparently built in layers, as dead specimens give indications

of exfoliation.

234. Bulimina squammagera, A Orbigny.
Bulimina squammagera, dOrbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 137, pl. i, figs. 22-24. _
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etce., FKA. 1915, p. 642, pl. xlvu,
fies. 31-35.

29 2

Stations 4, 7.
The specimens are poor.

VIRGULINA, dOrbigny.

235. Virgulina schrerbersiana, Czjzek.

Virgulina schreibersiana, Czjzek, 1848, FWB. p. 147, pl. xiii, figs. 18-21. :
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 642, pl. xlix,
figs. 1-12.
sub-depressa, Fauré-Fremiet, 1914, FMAF. p. 6, pl. 0, fig. 8.

Stations 6-11, 16, 18-20, 22, 23, 27, 29, 31, 36 (+ MorGly JeS5, Tete Glo Vag IDs).
Occurs at most Stations frequent and typical, but disappearmg at Station 36.
The best at Stations 10, 16, 18, 27. At Stations 7 and 36, specimens with apical

spines.

236. Virgulina subsquamosa, Keger.
Virgulina subsquamosa, Egger, 1857, MSO. p. 295, pl. vin, figs. 19-21.
oe Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1911, p. 92, fig. 145.
Stations 6, 10, 16, 26, 27, 30, 31 (+ R.d. J.).
The best series at Station 6. Good and typical specimens at most of the other

Stations where it is recorded.

237. Virqulina sub-depressa, Brady.
Virgulina sub-depressa, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 416, pl. lu, figs. 14-17.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1911. p. 93. fig. 147.

2

Stations 7, 22.
Very rare at the two Stations.

132 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDIMION.

238. Virgulina pauciloculata, Brady.
Virgulina pauciloculata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 414, pl. li, figs. 4, 5.
Liebus, 1902, EOM. p. 81, pl. v, figs. 4 a, b.
Station 6.
A single typical specimen.

BIFARINA, Parker and Jones.

239. Bifarina porrecta (Brady). Pl. IV, figs. 23-26.
Bolivina porrecta, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 57; 1884, FC. p. 418, pl. lii, fig. 22.
Bifarina 55 Heron-Allen and Harland, 1915, FIA. p. 643.

bo

Station 48.
One very large individual characterized by a great number of chambers, sixteen
pairs, and the fact that, in growing, the long axis of the shell traverses almost

an entire revolution is noteworthy.

240. Bifarina porrecta, var. arenacea, nov. PI. IV, figs. 23-26.

Station 6.

At Station 6 some half dozen examples were obtained of an extremely
interesting variety referable to this species, which has hitherto only been known
in the hyaline condition. The test is regularly bolivine up to half its length, the
chambers then become gradually elongate, the last pair of chambers being produced
and terminating in a final oral extremity characteristic of Bfarina as opposed to its
relative Bolivina. The test is composed of fine sand-grams agglutmated with
ferruginous cement to form a neat matt surface.

The only form with which these N.Z. specimens could be confused is Textu-
laria fusiformis, Chaster (C. 1892, FS. p. 58, pl. i, fig. 3), from which they differ
in their rounded edge and oval section. The aperture at the end of a produced
extension of the chamber resembles Chaster’s form, which occupies a somewhat
anomalous position in the genus Textularia, and might, perhaps with advantage,
be transferred to Bifarina. The structure of the test is different, Chaster’s
species Invariably using flakes of mica and other minerals.

Size:—Length -40--45 mm.; maximum breadth -10--14 mm.;_ thickness
“OS mm.

BOLIVINA, d’Orbigny.
241. Bolivina punctata, A Orbigny.
Bolivina punctata, d’Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 63, pl. viii, figs. 10-12.
5 b Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 644.

Stations 2-11, 14, 16, 19, 27, 31, 55 (+ R.d. Je):

At most Stations between 2 and 19 fairly common. At most Stations a
long, narrow microspheric form was the only representative. At Stations 16 and

FORA MINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

19 a shorter, stouter, megalospheric type only occurs. At Stations 6, 8 and 9
both forms are represented, the megalospheric bemg as a rule very scarce. The
best specimens at Stations 4 and 6. At Stations 27 and 381 a very slender
hyaline form only occurs.

242. Bolivina punctata, var. arenacea noy. Pl. IV, figs: 21, 22:

Stations 27, 29, 41, 44, 45, 50, 52, 53, 55 (+ D.).

Between Stations 19 and 27 there are no records of Bb. punctata. At
Station 27 the form recurs both in the type and with an arenaceous isomorph
which is found at intervals as far south as Station 55. All the specimens are
practically identical, constructed somewhat coarsely of fine sand-grains without
much cement, so that the surface is rough. They are rather broad at their
maximum width, as if it were a passage-form between B. punctata and B. dilatata,
the aperture is very obscure, but im the best specimens is a short) compressed
tube (bifarine) at the extremity of the final chamber. All the specimens appear to
be microspheric.

Size :—Length, °35mm.; maximum breadth, °13 mm.; thickness, -08 mm.

243. Bolivina textilarioides, Reuss.
Bolivina textilarioides, Reuss, 1862, NHG. p. 81, pl. x, fig. 1.
35 5 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 419, pl. ln, fig. 23 (only).

Stations 9, 27 (+ R.d. J.).
A few specimens at Station 9, and one at Station 27, of the smooth type originally
figured by Reuss.

244. Bolivina textilarioides, var. spinescens, Cushman.

Bolivina textilarioides, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 419, pl. li, figs. 24, 25.
s A Brady, Parker and Jones, 1888, AB. p. 221, pl. xliui, fig. 1.
Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1900, p. 542, pl. iv, fig. 5.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 316, pl. x, figs. 10-12.
in Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FWS. p. 238, pl. xli, figs. 10-14.
spinescens, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1911, p. 46, fig. 76.

oy
2 ”
ey

29

Stations 2, 5, 6, 8-11, 55 (4+ D.).

Cushman founds his variety upon two of Brady's figures of B. textilarioides,
Rss. The figures differ from the true Reuss type in the roughness of the
sutural depressions. There is no doubt that this rough type is much more widely
distributed and abundant than the true B. textilarioides, and there would be
great difficulty im identifying past records of Reuss’s species. But it seems
desirable that two forms should be distinguished in future, although we consider
them to be very closely allied and not exhibitmg greater variation than is
recognised in many other species. The N.Z. area furnishes an excellent series
of var. spinescens, especially at Stations 9, 10, and 11, where the sutural

134 “«THRRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

depressions on the first half of the shell are distinctly granular and the apex

and margin often spinous.

245. Bolivina lobata, Brady.
Bolivina lobata, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 58; 1884, FC. p. 425, pl. lin, figs. 22, 23.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 647.

2 +)

Stations 4, 6, 7, 8.
Very well developed at Station 6.

246. Bolwina dilatata, Reuss.
Bolivina dilatata, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 381, pl. 1 (xlviii), fig. 15.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 645.
Stations 2, 6, 8, 11, 31 (4+ R. d. J.).
Curiously rare. The best specimen a solitary Antarctic individual from
Station 31; the others far from typicai.
[Arenaceous isomorph, Bolivina arenosa, Chap. 1895, FAS. p. 24, pl. 1, fig. 3.]

247. Bolivina beyrichi, Reuss.
Bolivina beyrichi, Reuss, 1851, FSUB. p. 83, pl. vi, fig. 51.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FWS. p. 239, pl. xli, fig. 15.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1911, p. 34, fig. 56.
Stations 8, 9.
Extremely rare, but typical.

248. Bolivina beyrichi, var. alata (Seguenza).
Vulvulina alata, Seguenza, 1862, RFC. p. 115, pl. ii, figs. 5, 5a.
Bolivina beyrichi, var. alata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 422, pl. liii, figs. 2-4.
* - “a Bagg, 1912, PFC. p. 40, pl. x, figs. 7-9.
Stations 3, 8.
One large specimen at Station 3, and several very fine examples at Station 8.

249. Bolivina aenariensis (Costa).
Brizalina aenariensis, Costa, 1853, ete., PRN. 1856, p. 297, pl. xv, figs. 1, 2.
Bolivina aenariensis, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1911, p. 44, fig. 71.
Station 6.
The specimens are all very weak.

250. Bolivina decussata, Brady.
Bolivina decussata, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 58; 1884, FC. p. 423. pl. liii, figs. 12, 18.
6 Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1911, p. 47, fig. 77.

Stations 22.
An unquestionable example.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 135

251. Bolivina difformis (Williamson).
Textularia variabilis, var. difformis, Wiliamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 77, pl. vi, figs. 166, 167.
Bolivina pygmaea, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 421, pl. lui, figs. 5, 6.
» difformis, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915, p. 645.
Stations 8, 9.
A few very good specimens.

252. Bolivina variabilis (Williamson).
Teatularia variabilis (typica), Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p..76, pl. vi, figs. 162, 163 (incorrectly
numbered 161, 162 on the plate).
Bolivina 2 Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 647.
Stations’ 2, 5, 7, 8
Rare. The best at Stations 2 and 8, quite typical.

253. Bolivina inflata, Heron-Allen and Harland.
Bolivina inflata, Heron-Allen and Karland, 1913, CL. p. 68, pl. iv, figs. 16-19; 1915, FKA.
p- 648; 1916, FSC. p. 43; 1916, FWS. p. 240.
Stations 4, 5, 6, 9.
Very rare, a few small but typical specimens in the N.Z. area only.

254. Bolivina inflata, var. arenacea, nov. Pl. IV, figs. 31-33.

At Stations 2 and 6 (N.Z.) and at Station 55 (Ant.) a few minute arenaceous
isormorphs were found. They are slightly larger than the hyaline form, but
otherwise correspond, except in the constitution of the test, which is built up
almost entirely of ferrugmous cement im which hardly any trace of mineral
grains can be seen under a fairly high power. The shell-wall is extremely thin
and delicate.

Size :—Length, -15 mm.; breadth,-12 mm. ; thickness,*08 mm.

255. Bolivina plicata, dOrbigny.
Bolivina plicata, @Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 62, pl. viii, figs. 4-7.
rt cm Heron-Allen and Karland, 1914, etce., FKA. 1915, p. 648.
Stations 2, 3, 5, 6, 8-10.
Fairly plentiful, very good and typical specimens at Stations 5 and 6.

256. Bolivina reticulata, Hantken.
Bolivina reticulata, Hantken, 1875, CSS. p. 65, pl. xv, fig. 6.
Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1900, p. 547.

i :
Stations 6, 7, 9-11.
The records are few and the specimens are nearer Hantken’s original figure

than Brady’s. With a few exceptions they all represent a variety with a sharply

truncate marginal edge, and practically parallel faces. This gives the test a very
compressed appearance.

156 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

257. Bolivina karreriana, Brady.
Bolivina karreriana, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 58; 1884, FC. p. 424, pl. lin, figs. 19-21.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1911, p. 40, fig. 65.
Stations 4, 6, 8.
Very rare, except at Station 6, where it is abundant and beautifully developed.
the apical spine often attainmg great length.

258. Bolivina obsoleta (Kley).
Textularia obsoleta, Bley; 1859, Geology in the Garden, p. 202, pl. vi, fig. le.
quadrilatera, Schwager, 1886, FKN. p. 253, pl. vii, fig. 103.
5 Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1899, p. 559; pl. vu, fig. 3.
Bolivina obsoleta, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1908, ete., SB. 1910, p. 409.

Station 6.

A very fine series of specimens, all megalospheric. Some of them show a strong
tendency to a spiral twist. We see no reason to depart from the opimion we
expressed in 1910. Reuss used the name Textularia obsoleta (R. 1845-46, FBK.
pt. 1, p. 39, pl. xili, fig. 79) for a species which he admits is probably the same
as T’. laevis, Roemer (R. 1841, VNK. p. 97, pl. xv, fig. 17). They appear to us
to be identical, and Reuss’s name must therefore lapse.

259. Bolivina tortuosa, var. arenacea, nov. Pl. IV, figs 34, 35.

Station 2 (+ D.).

A single specimen exhibitmg the characteristic flexure of this form, but with
a test constructed of very fine sand-grains and ferruginous cement. But for the
curve in the axis of growth this form would be inseparable from our B. inflata,
var. arenacea, and raises once more the question of the specific value of B.—
tortuosa, to which we referred under that species m 1916 (H.-A. & EH. 1916,
FWS. p. 240). The aperture is a small compressed tube (bifarme) at the
extremity of the final chamber.

Size :—Length, -25mm.; breadth, -13 mm.

260. Bolivina robusta, Brady.
Bolivina robusta, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 57; 1884, FC. p. 421, vol. li, figs. 7, 9.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 646.

Stations 1-3, 6-8, 10, 11, 32 (+ R.d.J.).

Abundant in the N.Z. area, but represented by a single typical specimen
only in the Antarctic. At most of the Stations the prevalent type is a very
decorative variety with strongly limbate sutural lines which are coarsely perforate,
the walls of the chambers themselves being clear and free from perforation.
Brady's type without limbation occurs at Stations 6, 10, and 11, with the
limbate variety. A very fine series of specimens were obtained at Station 6, 10
and 11, representing both megalospheric and microspheric specimens. At Stations

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 13

10 and 11 all the typical non-limbate specimens bear a spine at the initial
extremity. At Station 10 the species appears to be subject to great abnormalities.
Among the “freaks ”’ observed were many instances of marked depauperation at
half growth, succeeded by recovery, giving a lyriform outlme to the test. Other
instances of spiral twists in the axis, reversed axes, and fracture and repay of
the shell, the best instance of which was found at Station 6.

261. Bolivina limbata, Brady.
Bolivina limbata, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 57; 1884, FC. p. 419, pl. lin, figs. 26-28.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 646, pl. L, figs. 1-4.

: bP) bP)
Station 2.

A good specimen.

Sus-Faminry CASSIDULININAE.
CASSIDULINA, dOrbigny.

262. Cassidulina laevigata, A Orbigny.
Cassidulina laevigata, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 282, No. 1, pl. xv, figs. 4, 5.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 652.

Sramonsl-o Wie peas 49.955) (Kl, Reds J.D.)

Generally distributed, but never very abundant. The best Stations were
No. 6 in the N.Z. area, and Nos. 27, 31 in the Antarctic. The predominant
type at all Stations, except Stations 2 and 3, is a sharply-keeled form, Brady's
fig. 3 (FC. pl. liv). At Stations 2 and 3 the original form figured im the
“Tableau Méthodique” appears in company with the carmate form. At Station
6 a double specimen, due to what, at present, we regard as fusion of

primordial chambers.

263. Cassidulina laevigata, var. twnida, nov. Pl. V, figs 8-10.

Stations 1, 2, 3.

Chambers arranged as in the type, but differing in the structure of the shell,
which is strongly biconvex and very thick walled. Sutures obscure but, when visible,
strongly limbate. Surface of the shell often slightly rough. Peripheral edge rounded ;
never keeled.

This variety, which is very distinctive, can hardly be mistaken for the type
or any of the many figured forms attributed to C. laevigata. The outstanding
feature is the extraordinary thickness of the shell-wall, which has the appearance
of being deposited in layers, as the latest formed chambers are usually thinner
walled and clearly distinguishable in outline, whilst all the earlier ones m the
same individual have become almost indistinguishable from one another. It
is very local, occurring only at Stations 1, 2 and 3, where, however, it is perhaps
more abundant than the typical C. laevigata, which also occurs at these Stations.

Size :—Breadth, -30-°40 mm.; thickness, *20—°25 mm,

VOL. VI.

158 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

264. Cassidulina crassa, d Orbigny.
Cassidulina crassa, @’Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 56, pl. vii, figs. 18-20.
~ A Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 652.

Stations 1-3, 5-11, 19, 20, 26, 27, 31, 35, 38, 45-50; 53-55 (+ K.L., R.d. J., D-)-

Almost universally distributed, and increasing in size and abundance to the
South. At the most southerly Stations it reaches an almost unprecedented
development in size and thickness of shell, the substance being evidently deposited
in layers, as dead specimens show exfoliation of the surface. At Station 3 a double
specimen.

265. Cassidulina oblonga, Reuss.
Cassidulina oblonga, Reuss (non d’Orbigny), 1849-50, FOT. p. 376, pl. 11 (xlvin), figs. 5, 6.
crassa (pars), Brady, 1884, FC. p. 429, pl. liv, fig. 4 (only).

Stations 3, 6, 26, 27, 38, 45, 46, 47, 48, 50, 53, 54 (4+ D).

This can only be regarded as a modification of the C. crassa type, but it
possesses an individuality of its own in the tendency to inflation of chambers
and the oblong outline of the whole test. It occurs in company with C.
crassa at many Stations and passage-forms are common. As with C. crassa it
reaches a maximum development in size at the southerly Stations, the best
being at Stations 38, 45 and 54.

266. Cassidulina subglobosa, Brady.
Cassidulina subglobosa, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 60; 1884, FC. p. 430, pl. liv, fig. 17.
; ‘ Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915, p. 652.

Stations 1-8, 10, 11, 16, 18-20, 22, 26, 27, 29-31, 36, 38, 45-50, 52-55 (+ T.d. F.,
Kee Roe: se.)

Almost universally distributed, but, unlike C. crassa and oblonga, the form
does not show that marked tendency to increase in development to the South.
There are a few exceptions at Stations 38, 48 and 54, where individuals of very
large size occur, but otherwise the Antarctic C. subglobosa is in no way different
from the N.Z., and as a general rule the specimens are not so well developed
as at the best N.Z. Station 6. Passage-forms into C. crassa and oblonga are
frequent. [Arenaceous isomorph. Cassidulina devonica, Chap., J.R.M.S. 1922,
p. 334, pl. vin, fig. 8.]

267. Cassidulina subglobosa, var. tuberculata, nov. PI. IV, figs. 36-38.

Stations 30, 31 (+ D.). :

At these Stations a variety of C. subglobosa, characterized by the ornamentation
of all but the last formed chambers, with minute tubercles of shell-matter, occurred.
Decoration of any kind is so rare among the Cassidulinae that this variation, which
would pass unnoticed in many other genera, seems worthy of a varietal name in this
place. It may be compared with Sidebottom’s C. decorata (JQMC, Ser. 2, vol. xi,

FORA MINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 139

p. 107, pl. iv, fig. 2), which is merely C. subglobosa covered with a reticulate ornament
of shell-substance, but much more pronounced than in this tuberculate variety.
Size :—Length, -40--50 mm.; breadth, -35-:40 mm.

268. Cassidulina calabra (Seguenza).
Burseolina calabra, Seguenza, 1879-80, FTR. p. 138, pl. xiii, figs. 7 a, b.
Cassidulina —,, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 431, pl. exii, figs. 8, a—c.
Bagg, 1912, PFC. p. 42, pl. xu, figs. 1, a-c.

Stations, 2, 3,06, 18; 22.

The records are few, and the Antarctic ones depend on single specimens at
Stations 18 and 22, both deep water. The N.Z. examples are all from the sub-
fossilized foraminiferal rock (see Description of Material), from Stations 2, 3 and 6.
This seems to be conclusive that these sub-fossilized deposits were not laid down
under the same conditions as the recent material from the same Stations.

269. Cassidulina bradyi, Norman.
Cassidulina bradyi (Norman MS.), Wright, 1880, NEL. p. 152.
22 Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 653.

Stations 1-8 (+ R. d. J.).

Confined to the N.Z. area and fairly plentiful at the Stations where it is found.
All the examples belong to the sharp edged, broad type figured by Brady (fig. 10),
and, except at Station 6, nearly all the specimens observed show but the feeblest signs .
of the rectilmear series of chambers; in fact but for the very characteristic
appearance of the wall of the test, as compared with C. laevigata, the specimens
might have been regarded as a mere variation of that type. At Station 6 the
rectilmear series was frequently developed to a much greater length than Brady’s
figures would indicate, and there is an increasing tendency in the latest formed
chambers to lose the sharp marginal edge and to approach the rounded cross-
section of Brady’s fig. 7. (FC. pl. liv.)

270. Cassidulina bradyi, Norman, var. elongata, Sidebottom.

Cassidulina bradyi, var. elongata, Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1905, p. 17, pl. in, fig. 11.
Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 653,
pl. u, fig. 20.

” 29 2? EB)

Station 55.

A single small but typical specimen from this most southerly point. It is
a most interesting “find,” m view of the fact that the very few recorded
observations now cover the North Sea, the Mediterranean, tropical Hast Africa
and ‘‘ Farthest South,” the only four records in existence.

271. Cassidulina parkeriana, Brady.
Cassidulina parkeriana, Brady, 1879, ‘etc., RRC. 1881, p- 59; 1884, FC. p. 432, pl. liv,
figs. 11-16.
Tus

140 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Stations 5, 6, 27, 31, 38, 45-48, 50, 54 (+ D.).

Very rare in the N.Z. area (only Stations 5 and 6), where the specimens were few
and small. At Station 6 the single specimen, though small, had a greater development
of the rectilinear series of chambers than was observed anywhere else. In the
Antarctic the species is much more abundant, attainmg a large size and consider-
able thickness of shell-wall, but the rectilinear chambers are, as a rule, but short,
the specimens being of a stout inflated type similar to Brady’s fig. 14. The
best individuals at Stations 38, 45, 48 and 50.

272. Cassidulina nitidula (Chaster).
Pulvinulina nitidula, Chaster, 1892, FS. p. 66, pl. 1, fig. 17.
Cassidulina a Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 653.
Station 27.

A single typical specimen.

EHRENBERGINA, Reuss.

273. Ehrenbergina serrata, Reuss.
Ehrenbergina serrata, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 377, pl. iii (xviii), figs. 7, a-c.
Pe Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1911, p. 101, fig. 155.

Stations 1-3, 6, 8, 17, 18.

This is one of the most typical Foraminifera in the N.Z. area, and at those
Stations where it occurs is both abundant and varied, the variation being
principally im the development of the spmous margin. The single specimen
from the Antarctic is differentiated by the marked development of the spines
on the central line, which are generally entirely suppressed in the N.Z. area.
ixcellent glauconitic casts from Station 6.

274. Ehrenbergina hystrix, Brady.
Ehrenbergina hystrix, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 60; 1884, FG. p. 434, pl. lv, figs. 8-11.

eS A Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1911, p. 102, fig. 156.
Station 18.
The only individuals which agree entirely with Brady’s description and figure
were found at Station 18; they present the characteristic thickening of the shell
with spinulation over the whole of the early chambers.

275. Ehrenbergina hystrix, var. glabra, nov. PI. V, figs. 1-6, 11.

Stations 2, 6, 11, 26, 27, 31, 38, 45-48, 50, 53-55 (+ D.).

One of the most typical and abundant forms in the Antarctic is the variety for
which we propose this name, on account of its smooth and highly polished surface-
texture, and the entire absence of the superficial spines which characterize the early
chambers of Brady's type. The variety otherwise bears a strong resemblance

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 141

to Brady’s figures of FE. hystrix, notably in the convexity of the dorsal side and
the involution of the earlier chambers. The oral face, however, is more flattened
than in the type, the aperture is situated nearer to the marginal edge, and the
striations round the aperture are often entirely absent and never very marked.
The marginal spines vary enormously in development, but, as a rule, are rela-
tively most prominent in small individuals, whereas in the comparatively large
specimens which occur at the most southerly Stations they are inconspicuous
and. in some cases almost or entirely lacking.

Double mdividuals occur at Station 48. Practically, if not absolutely, all the
specimens are very distinctly megalospheric. This brings the form directly into
contrast with H. serrata. Out of an enormous number of specimens of that
species which we have examined, practically all were microspheric ; the possibility
that our var. may be the megalospheric type of H. serrata must not be lost sight of,
but against this suggestion may be set the fact that its distribution is markedly
Antarctic, the variety bemg represented by single specimens only at Stations 2,
6 and 11, whereas #. serrata, so abundant in the N.Z. area, does not occur in
company with var. glabra, except at Stations 2, 6, 11 and 18, which latter alone
is outside the N.Z. area, and is our most southerly record.

Size :—Length, -35--60 mm.; breadth, with spines, up to ‘60 mm. ; thick-
ness up to °30 mm.

Famity CHILOSTOMELLIDAK.

SEABROOKIA, Brady.
276. Seabrookia earlandi, Wright.

Seabrookia earlandi, Wright, 1891, SWI. p. 477, pl. xx, figs. 6, 7.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, CI. p. 72, pl. v, figs. 10-12.

Stations 6, 8-11, 16, 17, 27, 31, 55 (+ D.).

Occurs in both areas down to the southernmost limit. A good many specimens,
the best at Station 10. In the Antarctic, especially at Stations 16 and 27, the
type is longer and more milioline than usual, the final chamber in some cases only
partially covering its predecessor. In a few imstances, in fact, the specimens
were practically isomorphs of Muliolina cultrata.

277. Seabrookia pellucida, Brady.
Seabrookia pellucida, Brady, 1890, JRMS. p. 570, text-figs. 60, la-c, 2.
Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 3, pl. 1, fig. 4.

Stations 2, 6. ;

A few specimens of the type figured by Millett without the serrated aboral
end. Their occurrence outside the Malay area, to which all previous records refer,
is remarkable, if, as seems probable, Brady’s reference to its discovery at
“ Challenger ” Station 33 (Bermuda, 435 fms.), is a mistake for the commoner type
S. earlandi, which he failed to differentiate from his own species.

142 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

CHILOSTOMELLA, Reuss.

278. Chilostomella ovoidea, Reuss.

Chilostomella ovoidea, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 380, pl. iii (xlvini), fig. 12.

Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 66, pl. vin, figs. 11, 12; 1884, FC.
p. 436, pl. lv, figs. 12-23.

Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1901, p. 2, pl. i, figs. 2, 3.

Stations 6, 7.

A good many specimens at each Station, attaming a large size. Two forms
occur at both Stations, representing the two distinct types figured and recorded
by Millett, wf swpra.

Famity LAGENIDAE.
Sup-Famity LAGENINAE.
LAGENA, Walker and Boys.

279. Lagena globosa (Montagu).
Serpula (Lagena) laevis globosa, Walker and Boys, 1784, TMR. p. 3, pl. i, fig. 8.
Lagena globosa, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 654.

Stations 2, 3, 6-10, 11, 14, 16-18, 20, 22, 23, 26, 27, 31, 36, 38, 45, 46, 48)
50, 68-55 (2 Dod Eo Rad. Je ea)

Almost universally distributed, as usual, very variable both in size and,
within limits, m shape. The finest specimens at Stations 18, 38, 50, 53 and 54.
Specimens having an entosolenian tube occur at many Stations, especially
Stations 6, 18, 38, 45 and 48, the best at Station 45, where an exceptionally
large individual, furnished with a short produced neck at each pole and a straight
internal tube running almost across the shell, was found. A gigantic specimen
at Station 54. At Station 50 a very large abnormal specimen with a produced
neck, similar to fig. 11k, m Brady, FC, p. 441. Compressed idividuals at
many Stations. Double specimens at Stations 7, 9, 10. At Station 7 a pair
jomed by the apex, at Station 9 a pair joined by the base, and at Station 10
a pair joined base to side. The Antarctic specimens are, as usual, larger than
normal, and the surface is marked with excessively fine striae.

280. Lagena globosa, var. lineato-punctata, nov. Pl. V, figs. 12-14.

Stations 6, 11.

Test globose to pyriform, with slightly protruding neck, and a clear spot
of shell-substance in the middle of the base. Surface glassy, but “ frosted ”
in appearance. Under a high magnification this is seen to be due to fine depres-
sions set in close regular lines extending from base to neck. There is no indica-
tion that these depressions are perforate.

Several specimens at Station 6. Very rare at Station 11.

Dimensions :—Length, +20-:27 mm.; breadth, -17—:20 mm.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

281. Lagena apiculata (Reuss).
Oolina apiculata, Reuss, 1851, FKL. p. 22, pl. i, fig. 1.
Lagena Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 654.
Stations 1, 2.607, 23. 97) si; 38 (+ T.-d. F.,, D:).
This pointed variety of L. globosa is much rarer than the type. Very fine
specimens at Stations 23, 27 and 31.
[Arenaceous isomorph, Reophax difflugiformis, Brady (pars), = R. ovulum.
Grzbw., 1895, OWI., and Haplophragmiwn lagenarium, Berthelin (B., 1880,

HAM p. 221; pl. 1: fig. »2).]

282. Lagena longispina, Brady.
Lagena longispina, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC, 1881, p. 61; 1884, FC. p. 454, pl. Ivi, figs. 33, 36,

pl. lix, figs. 13, 14.
3 Sidebottom, 1912, etc., LSP. 1913, p. 165, pl. xv, figs. 5, 6.
Stations 17, 20, 36.
Very rare, and, excepting at Station 20, small. The spines range between two

and three in number and are very long.

283. Lagena ovum (Khrenberg).
Miliola ovum, Ehrenberg, 1843, MMO. p. 166; 1854, M. pl. xxii, fig. 2, pl. xxix, fig. 45,
pl. xxxi, fig. 4.
Lagena ,, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, CI. p. 75, pl. vi, fig. 1.
Station 36.
Several typical individuals.

284. Lagena botelliformis, Brady.
Lagena botelliformis, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 60; 1884, FC. p. 454, pl. lvi, fig. 6.
Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1901, p. 492, pl. vin, fig. 15.

Stations 6, 9-11, 16-18, 20, 22, 27, 31, 36 (+ T.d. F., D)).
Widely distributed, especially in the deep-water Stations, the best at Stations
Those from the N.Z. area are less distinctive, but good at

22

Gs WG enavel SX
Station 11. An apiculate form occurs at Station 9.

285. Lagena laevis (Montagu).

Vermiculum laeve, Montagu, 1803, TB. p. 524.

Lagena laevis, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 657.
Stations 2, 6-8, 10, 11, 16-18, 22, 26, 36 (+ K. I. D.).
Generally distributed as far south as Station 36, often frequent.

enormous range of variations, the usual tendency to the production of a very
The best of this latter type, in which

There is an

long neck m deep water being observable.
the body ranges from nearly globular to oval or cylindrical, are at Stations 16,
17 and 22. At Stations 16 and 22 the specimens are very delicately spinous

144 “«<TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

round the neck, and show evidence of the same ornament sometimes on the body.

These specimens might, perhaps, be equally well referred to L. hispida, representing

a maximum stage of denudation, as referred to in our note on that species

(see H.-A. & E., 1916, FWS. p. 248, pl. xli, fig. 16, L. hispida), but only these

vestigial traces would suggest that they were anything but typical L. laevis.
[Arenaceous isomorph, Reophax difflugiformis, Brady. ]

286. Lagena sphaerula, Silvestri.
Lagena sphaerula, Silvestri, 1902, LMT. p. 162, figs. 68-70.

Stations 2, 6. :

Many excellent examples at Station 6, and one at Station 2. This form ot
Silvestri’s with oral and basal produced apertures is isomorphous with Seguenza’s
L. lyellii, and occupies the same varietal position towards L. laevis that L. lyelli
does to L. sulcata.

287. Lagena gracillima (Seguenza).
Amphorina gracilis, Costa, 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, p. 121, pl. x1, fig. 11.
Lagena gracillima, Heron-Allen and Karland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 660.
Stations 2, 6, 9, 10, 16, 18, 20, 22, 29, 36 (+ K. 1).
Widely distributed but never abundant. The best specimens at Station 6, very
large, and Station 36 medium in size, but with extraordinarily produced neck.

288. Lagena elongata (Khrenberg).
Miliola elongata, Ehrenberg, 1844, Ber. k. preuss, Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 274; 1845, p .371;
1854, M. pl. xxv, fig. 1, A, 1.
Lagena ¥ Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 5.
Stations 6, 11, 17, 36.
Typical at Station 11, though small ; less characteristic and nearer L. gracillima
at the other Stations.

289. Lagena aspera, Reuss.
Lagena aspera, Reuss, 1861, FKM. p. 305, pl. i, fig. 5.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIKA. 1915, p. 655.

Stations 6, 10, 16-18, 22. 98.

Sparingly distributed, and only occasional specimens, but very representative.
At Station 6 long-necked specimens of all degrees of coarseness of ornament. At
Station 7 a globular specimen almost identical with Reuss’s L. rudis (R. 1862,
FFL. p. 336, pl. vi, fig. 82). At Stations 16, 17 and 22, the specimens are of
the type usually associated with deep water, having a globular body and a short,
thick neck ornamented with rings.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Haplophragmium scruposum, Berthelin (B. 1880, EAM.
10s, othe iSite, na TN))54

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 145

290. Lagena anpulla-distoma, Rymer Jones.
Lagena vulgaris, var. ampulla-distoma, Rymer Jones, 1872, LJS. p. 63, pl. xix, fig. 52.
ampulla-distoma, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 655.
Station 6.
Typical, but very rare.

291. Lagena hispida, Reuss.
Lagena lispida, Reuss, 1858, FP. p. 434; 1862, FFL. p. 335, pl. vi, figs. 77-79.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1916, FWS. p. 243, pl. xl, fig. 16.

Stations 7, 8, 10, 11, 16, 18-20, 22, 23, 31, 36.

More widely distributed and abundant than L. aspera, and characterised by
considerable variation, chiefly m the length of the neck which, in the deep-water
Stations 16, 18, 19, 20, is very pronounced. Specimens with a complete armature
of long fine spines, such as we find in the North Sea, do not occur. - The spines
as a rule are very short, sometimes amounting to nothing more than a matt
surface to the test. At Station 16 some abnormal individuals isomorphous with
L. apiculata and finely hispid were found.

292. Lagena clavulus, sp. nov. Pl. V, fig. 7.

Station 29.

Test elongate, pyriform, without a produced neck. The entire surface closely
covered with bolt-like projections of uniform length, set in close parallel rows in
the direction of the long axis of the test. Every protuberance has a_ slightly
swollen extremity like the head of a nail, flat upon the outer surface.

Dimensions :—Length, *25mm.; breadth, *12 mm.

The species is based on a single individual which is, however, so characteristic
in appearance as to deserve special notice. It may be merely a highly distinctive
variation of L. hispida, or it may represent a form in process of transition into
the group of double-walled Lagenae of the ZL. foveolata group. There are faint
indications of a delicate pellicle between some of the “ studs’? which give support
to the latter theory.

293. Lagena striata (d’Orbigny).

Oolina striata, A’ Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 21, pl. v, fig. 12.
Lagena ,, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 460, pl. lvii, figs. 22, 24, 28, 29, ete.
Millett, 1898, etce., FM. 1901, p. 487.

3)

Stations 2, 6-8, 11, 17, 22, 48, 55 (+ R.d.J.).

Ranges over the entire series of Stations. The best at Stations 6 and 7.
Kxamples with a spinous base at Station 17. Very small at Station 55. At
Station 48 a variety occurs m which certain of the costae are developed to a
greater extent than the imtervenmg ones, so as to separate the shell into a

VOL. VI. U

146 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

septangular striate figure comparable with Sidebottom’s figure (S. 1912, ete., LSP. 1912,
p. 386, pl. xv, fig. 7), which has, however, only five prominent costae.

294. Lagena lineata (Williamson).
Entosolenia lineata, Williamson, 1848, BSGL. p. 18, pl. 11, fig. 18.
Lagena 55 Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FIKA. 1915, p. 656.
Stations 27, 38, 54.
Few records, best and most typical at Station 38. Coarsely striate at Station

27, and feebly so at Station 54.

295. Lagena sulcata (Walker and Jacob).
Serpula (Lagena) striata sulcata rotundata, Walker and Boys, 1784, TMR. p. 2, pl. i, fig. 6.
Lagena sulcata, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 659.
Stations 2-4, 6-11, 16-19, 22, 27, 28, 36, 45 (4+ K.1., R.d. J., Day
Widely distributed, the best at Stations 2, 6 and 45. At the deep-water
Stations the form has a tendency to narrow, and to merge into L. gracilis.
Spinous-based individuals occur at Stations 18, 19 and 36, at the last of which
the spine is almost as long as the neck. At Station 16 the costae are developed
very highly, standing out as wings. At Station 10 the examples have a very long
neck, and at Station 45 this neck bears a spiral band of shell-substance. William-
son’s variety interrupta occurs at Stations 7 and 22.

296. Lagena lyellii (Seguenza).
Amphorina lyellii, Seguenza, 1862, FMMM. p. 52, pl. i, fig. 40.
Lagena », Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 659.
Stations 2, 5, 6, 20 (+R. d. J.).
Frequent and typical but confined to few Stations, only one of which is
Antaretic.

297. Lagena acuticosta, Reuss.

Lagena acuticosta, Reuss, 1862, FFL. p. 331, pl. v. fig. 63.
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 464, pl. lvii, figs. 31, 32, pl. lviii, figs. 20, 21.
Millett, 1898, etc , FM. 1901, p. 8.
Stations 6, 7, 10, 11, 16-19, 22, 23, 26, 31, 36, 38, 52, 5d.
Widely distributed. Typical and fairly plentiful where it occurs, the best
at Stations 10 and 11.

298. Lagena williamsoni (Alcock).
Entosolenia williamsoni, Aleock, 1865, NHC. p. 195.
Lagena 2 Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 659.
Stations 2, 3, 8, 10 (+ K. 1).
Very rare. and except at Stations 8 and 10 the specimens are not very
typical

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 147

299. Lagena costata (Williamson).
Entosolenia costata, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 9, pl. i, fig. 18.
Lagena . Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, FKA. 1915, p. 656.
SHanioney Onl on Tem lOblee M75, 185.20, 297 93596. 27, 30, 36, 38, 45, 53)
Dome ebed. i.):
Widely distributed and fairly common. The best N.Z. at Station 6. Weak
and small at Stations 17, 26, and 36. Increasing in size at the southerly Stations.

Very fine specimens at Stations 38, 45, 53 and 55.

300. Lagena gracilis, Williamson.

Lagena gracilis, Williamson, 1848, BSGL. p. 13, pl. i, fi
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 464, pl. lviu, figs. 7-10, 19, 22-24.
Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 492, pl. viii, figs. 12-14.

o
g.
2,

5.
> 3,

”

Stabionse dy 9, lO) ds G18) 20) 225 2370975 31, 36, 55. (4+ Tad-F,,..D)).

Generally distributed, but does not occur after Station 36 till we reach the
extreme south at Station 55. Usually abundant and often very variable. The
coarsely ‘costate type, on the whole, predominates, but at the most representative
Stations 16, 18 and 36, both coarsely and finely marked types occur in company.
In the deep-water Stations the coarsely costate form often acquires extensive

wing-like development of the costae.

301. Lagena plumigera, Brady.

Lagena plumigera, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 62; 1884, FC. p. 465, pl. lviii, figs. 25, 27.
Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 490, pl. vill, fig. 8.

Stations 11, 14, 16.

Very rare except at Station 16, where a number of magnificent specimens
were found rivallmg even Haeckel’s remarkable figure in beauty (Kunstformen
der Natur, Leipzig, 1899. Pl. Ixxxi, fig. 10). The spaces between the tubulated

wings are sometimes smooth, but at others more or less strongly sulcate.

302. Lagena semistriata, Williamson.

Lagena striata, var. semistriata, Williamson, 1848, BSGL. p. 14, pl. 1, figs. 9, 10.
semistriata, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 658.

Stations 6, 7, 11, 31.

Few records and the specimens rare, but varying greatly m the development
of the ornament. At Station 6 the individuals are large, but the ornament
is confined to a small radiating star on the rounded base. At Station 7 the
specimens have very long necks but weak costae, at Station 11 the costae are
raised almost into wings and the neck, which is very long, is strengthened with
a spiral band of shell-substance. At Station 31 a single neckless specimen,

globular, and covered as to its lower half with innumerable fine costae.
uU 2

a

148 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

303. Lagena multicosta (I<arrer).
Fissurina multicosta, Karrer, 1877, HW. p. 379, pl. xvi, fig. 20.
bouei, Ibid. p. 378, pl. xvi, fig. 19.
Lagena multicosta, Brady. 1884, FC., p. 466, pl. 1x1, fig. 4.
; Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 495, pl. viii, fig. 17.
Station 36.
Some fine individuals of the “ fissurme~ form with abnormally developed

costae on the basal half, the superior half of the shell being smooth.

304. Lagena stelligera, Brady.

Lagena stelligera, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 60; 1884, FC. p. 466, pl. lvi, figs. 35, 36

Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1912, p. 391, pl. xv, figs. 28, 29; pl. xvi, figs.
1-4; 1913, p. 174.
Stations 10, 16-19, 23, 36 (+ T. d. F., K. L., D.).

Presenting great variation, both m length of neck, development of the basal
cup, rotundity and compression, smoothness and striation, and coarseness of

sulecae. The best at Station 36, where practically every development occurs.

305. Lagena stelligera, var. excentrica, Sidebottom.
Lagena stelligera, var. excentrica, Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1912, p. 392, pl. xvi, figs. 5, 6;
1913, p. 175, pl. xv, figs. 30, 31.

Stations 11, 36 (+ T. d. F.).

Two very fine and typical specimens of the round form at Station 36. At
Station 11, two specimens of the compressed form; at this Station it occurs in
company with our new var. L. danica var. pendulum, to which it bears consider-
able resemblance, but differs im the character of the aperture. Sidebottom’s
variety has a short, thick neck tapermg into the body of the shell, whereas
L. danica var. pendulum has a thm neck attached to a globular body, with a
thin flange running from the top of the neck to the widest part of the shell.

306. Lagena stelligera, var. nelsoni, nov. Pl. V, figs. 20-22.

Stations 27, 45, 47, 48, 53.

Test, an irregular compressed oval, with prominent basal ring extending to, and
enclosing, a considerable area. At the oral end, and set to one side of the
middle axis of the shell, a solid bead of shell-substance projects like a beak and
includes the aperture, from which a very long and curving entosolenian tube
extends backwards and then downwards almost to the base of the shell. Shell-
wall in living specimens extremely glassy and transparent, becoming opalescent
in dead shells. The mass of orange-yellow protoplasm is large and often occupies,
in the dried state, about a third of the internal cavity.

Dimensions :—Length, -20--35 mm., breadth, -18—:32 mm.

This is a very distinctive and excentric type, occurring at several of the
Antarctic Stations, usually one or two specimens at each, but more abundantly

TORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 149

at Station 53. It is difficult to describe, on account of its abnormal features,
but may best be compared to the head of a short-billed aquatic bird. We have
pleasure in associating the variety with the name of Mr. Nelson, by whom the
material was collected.

307. Lagena crenata, Parker and Jones.

Lagena crenata, Parker and Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 420, pl. xviii, fig. 4.
™ Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 658.
Station 6.
Three quite typical individuals of the small, thick-walled form.

308. Lagena exsculpta, Brady.
Lagena exsculpta, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 61; 1884, FC. p. 467, pl. lvin, fig. 1; pl. 1sxi,
fig. 5.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 28, pl. xin, fig. 5.

“ ”

Stations 16-18, 31 (+ T. d. F.).

Occurs only at the three deep-water Stations, and at one other. With one
exception all are of the compressed form figured by Brady, and having a slight
median keel round the base. This keel, in the specimen from Station 17, 1s
bifid in the centre of the base, and then curves up slightly at diverging angles.
At Station 18 a slightly hispid specimen, and at this Station the only non-com-
pressed specimen, which is much longer and narrower than Brady's figure.

309. Lagena striato-punctata, Parker and Jones. Pl. VI, figs. 5, 19.
Lagena suleata, var. striato-punctata, Parker and Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 350, pl. xiii, figs. 25-27.

striato-punctata, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915p. 660.

Stations 6-10, 16, 17, 36, 38.

Generally distributed but never very abundant. Usually of a long-necked
type. At Station 38 the species attains a gigantic size with corresponding develop-
ment of markings. It becomes obvious that the ribs are solid structures with
cells sunk in them at regular intervals throughout their length, the surface being
covered with a very delicate outer shell. The structure bears considerable
resemblance to that described in our new species, L. scofti. At Station 6 an
individual was found in which the raised costae were broad and flat and decorated
with a double row of pores. At the same Station a Lagena was found with
a glassy fusiform body, showing bands of denser shell-substances, each band
consisting of two parallel rows of dots; it seems probable that this may be an
abnormal L. striato-punctata, in which the costae have never been developed.

310. Lagena desmophora, Rymer Jones.
Lagena vulgaris, var. desmophora, Rymer Jones, 1872, LIS. p. 54, pl. xix, figs. 23, 24.
desmophora, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 468, pl. Ivii, figs. 42. 43.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 27, pl. xu, fig. 5; pl. xii, fig. 3.

2

Station 18.

150 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

A single large thick-walled specimen with basal spme. Between each of the
primary tubulated costae is a series of three irregularly anastomosing costae.
Cushman’s 1913 figure (pl. xii, fig. 3) comes nearer to our specimen than any

other published figure.

311. Lagena foveolata, Reuss.
Lagena foveolata, Reuss, 1862, FFL. p. 332, pl. v, fig. 65.
Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 11, pl. i, fig. 15.

Stations 8, 11, 17, 36 (+ D.).

A single specimen at each Station. Typical at Station 36; very coarsely
marked at Station 8, each internal chamberlet being recognisable as a distinct
square, sealed by the delicate outer shell. The specimen at Station 17 is very
weak, the cross bars between the longitudinal ribs forming the internal shell-
wall, being almost non-existent. At Stations 8 and 11 specimens with a single
spine at the base exactly resembling Sidebottom’s fig. 16 (1912, LSP. pl. xvi).

312. Lagena foveolata, var. spinipes, Sidebottom.
Lagena foveolata, var. spinipes, Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1912, p. 395, pl. xvi, figs. 18-21 ;
1913, p. 177.

Stations 17, 18, 36.

Very few individuals, all very much decayed, the double shell-wall having almost
entirely disappeared, leaving only the longitudimal ribs, which project round the
produced neck as sharp knife-like flanges. They are clearly referable to Sidebottom’s
fig. 18.

313. Lagena foveolata, var. paradora, Sidebottom.
Lagena foveolata, var. paradoxa, Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1912, p. 395, pl. xvi, figs. 22,
235 UNS ps Wits ple xv, fie. 32:
Station 20.
A single typical specimen. The outer layer of the shell-wall is eroded in places,
and indicates that the imner spongy layer is of great thickness. The central
cavity cannot occupy more than a half of the bulk of the shell.

314. Lagena spumosa, Millett.

Lagena spumosa, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, jo (8), Tall ns wanes, ©).
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1916, FWS. p. 245, pl. xli, figs. 19, 20.

Stations 16-18, 36 (+ D.).
Confined to the deepest waters; a few good specimens at each Station.

315. Lagena scott, sp. nov. Pl. VI, figs. 3, 4.

Station 45.

Test pyriform, with short stout produced neck, furnished with spiral groovings.
Shell-wall, double. The appearance of the outer surface is that of a highly

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 151

polished glass bottle, with a fine white netting lining the inner surface. Covered
with closely set incisions disposed in a more or less spiral direction down the
shell, each incision lying transversely across one of the meshes of the net. This
is probably an optical effect only. Seen under a moderately high power the double
wall is seen to consist of irregularly hexagonal chambers, lying between the outer
and inner shell-walls, and apparently each chamberlet contains a separate vesicle
of extremely delicate membrane. We suppose that the reflection and refraction
of the light between these different layers is responsible for the appearance of
the incisions, for we have been unable to demonstrate any opening in the outer
membrane of the wall.

This is a large and very striking organism, differing entirely from any of
the other double-walled Lagenae. Unfortunately only two specimens were found.

Dimensions :—Length, *80--83 mm.; breadth, *40—°45 mm.

We have two fossils from Cape Otway (Australia), reported as being Kocene,
which probably are referable to this species. The individuals are smaller than
the recent type, and have lost the glassy characteristic of the “Terra Nova”
specimens, the surface being dull, but the double wall, the hexagonal internal
mesh, and the delicate transparency of the outer wall remain obvious. The
internal vesicles cannot be demonstrated in these specimens, but there is some

tendency to show the *incision”’ markings of the decoration.

316. Lagena squamosa (Montagu). Pl. VI, figs. 1, 2.
Vermiculum squamosum, Montagu, 1803-8, TB. p. 526, pl. xiv, fig. 2.
Lagena squamosa, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 16, pl. vi, fig. 1.

Stawons! 1.2.46, 8,1), 16, 19; 27: 38,48 (+ Koh, Rd. J):

The majority of records are from the N.Z. area, where it is common. In
addition to the typical form which occurs at Stations 2, 5, 6 and 8, there is a
strongly costate thick-shelled form occurring at most of the N.Z. Stations, m
which the squamose markings between the costae are variable in position, number
and strength; indeed, the most frequent form in the N.Z. area is a costate Lagena,
which, by the presence of more or less frequent cross markings between the costae,
indicates its close relationship to L. squamosa. Outside the N.Z. area the records
are few and the specimens far from satisfactory. At Station 27 they approach
L. catenulata, at Station 38 they are typical but weak. At Station 48, however, a
single typical individual was found.

317. Lagena squamoso-sulcata, sp. nov. Pl. V, figs. 15, 19.

=]
—
—_
K
foun
a
fo
bo
Or

Lagena melo (intermediate var.), Brady, Parker and Jones, 1888, AB. p. 237,

Stations 27, 38, 48, 50.
Brady, Parker and Jones (wf supra) figure a specimen which may be described
roughly as L. squamosa so far as the oral half of the shell is concerned, and

152 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

L. costata as regards the basal half. They do not refer to it in their text, and
in the description of the plate it is merely referred to as an intermediate variety
of L. melo, d’Orb. Identical specimens occur in the Antarctic area, and in these
circumstances Brady's figure can no longer be regarded as a freak, but must be
given a definite name. The best specimens were from Stations 48 and 50.

Size :— Length, -45mm.; breadth, -30 mm.

318. Lagena melo (d’Orbigny).
Oolina melo, A Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 20, pl. v, fi E
Entosolenia squamosa, var. catenulata, Williamson 1848, BSGL. p. 19, pl. ii, fig. 20.
Lagena melo, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 8.
Station 6.
A few fairly representative specimens and one typical.

319. Lagena catenulata, Reuss. Pl. V, figs. 16-18.
[Not Lntosolenia squamosa, var. catenulata, Williamson, 1848, BSGL. p. 19, pl. ii, fig. 20.]
Lagena catenulata, Reuss, 1862, FFL. p. 332, pl. vi, fig. 75 (only).
Cushman, 1910, etce., FNP. 1915, p. 18, pl. vii, figs. 1, 2.

Stations 16, 18, 31, 36.

Williamson's variety of L. squamosa, var. catenulata—and his figure, agree
with L. melo, d Orbigny. His authorship therefore lapses in favour of Reuss, whose
fig. 75 of L. catenulata, Williamson, represents a different test, which is the one
now before us. Reuss’s figure represents a shell with a limited number of costae
(12-14 in number) between which are a limited number of depressed cross-bars.

teuss’'s form is quite distinctive ; it differs from ZL. melo in the depression of
the cross-bars and their fewness, and from L. squamosa in the rectangular spaces
thus produced. Judging by the * Terra Nova” material, L. catenulata replaces
L. squamosa in deep-water. Very fine and typical specimens occur at Stations 16
and 18, less strongly marked individuals at Stations 31 and 36.

320. Lagena reticulata (Macgillivray).

Lagenula reticulata, Macgillivray, 1843, HMAA. p. 38.
Lagena a Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, etc., FIKA. 1915, p. 656.

Stations 6, 16, 31.

DA ger a ee ee oe eee ae 2 : a
Rare everywhere, fine and typical at Station 6. Large and weak at the

a
other stations.
321. Lagena hexagona (Williamson).
Entosolenia sqguamosa, var. hexagona, Williamson, 1848, BSGL. p. 20, pl. il, fig. 23.
Lagena hexagona, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 656.
Stations 2, 6, 9, 10, 11, 16, 18,20, 22, 93, 27, 31, 36 (+R. d.J., D):

Generally distributed, but not observed south of Station 36. There is the
usual wide range of variation, both in form of test, prolongation of neck, and

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 155

the size and regularity of the hexagonal markmgs. It reaches its finest develop-
ment in the deep-water Stations, between Stations 16 and 22, where if attains
considerable size, and the hexagonal reticulation is large and strongly developed.
The best mdividuals occur at Stations 23, 27 and 31.

322. Lagena seninuda, Brady.
Lagena seminuda, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 472, pl. lwin, fig. 34.
53 %) Jones, Parker and Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1895, p. 194, pl. vi, fig. 8.
Station 17.
Two very fine specimens.

323. Lagena protea, Chaster.
Lagena protea, Chaster, 1892, FS. p. 62, pl. i, fig. 14.
Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD, 1906, p. 15, pl. 1i, fig. 18; 1912, ete., LSP. 1912,
p- 427; 1913, p. 203. :
Heron-Allen and Karland, 1913, CI. p. 74, pl. vii, figs. 19, 20.
hispidipholus, Pearcey, 1914, SNA. p. 1,020, pl. 1, figs. 11-13.

Station 53.

Two large specimens from almost farthest South, one presenting a single
aperture, the other several, surface comparatively smooth. While generally agreeing
with Chaster’s opmion quoted by Sidebottom, uf swpra (1912, p. 427), we believe
that ZL. protea, like many other Lagenae, has a tendency to produce a secondary
aperture or apertures. The species was referred to Ramulina by Jones and
Chapman (J. & C. 1896-8, FPR. 1898, p. 342, fig. 11), but its referability
to Lagena was fully discussed in the letter of Chaster to Sidebottom, cited in
his paper (wl supra). We have no hesitation in ascribing Pearcey’s L. hispidi-
pholus to this form.

324. Lagena laevigata (Reuss).
Fissurina laevigata, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 366, pl. i (xlvi), fig.
Lagena 53 Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 661.
Stations 2, 3, 5, 6-12, 14, 16-20, 23, 26, 27, 29, 31, 36-38, 46-48, 53-55
(eeu dake Radi J, 1.):

Almost universally distributed, but attainmg its best development at the

deep-water Stations. In addition to the usual type, two punctate or coarsely
perforate, and finely perforate forms occur. The coarsely punctate form is most
typical in the N.Z. area (Stations 2 and 3), but it occurs also at Station 53. The
finely punctate form is more abundant m the deep-water Stations, but also occurs
in the cireum-polar Stations, especially Station 53. There is the usual wide
variation in the comparative length and breadth of the shell, exceptionally long
specimens at Station 26.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Reophaxr ampullacea, Brady (pars) = R. lageniformis,
Chap, (C2 189i, ete., GH: 1892, p: 1, pl. v, fig. 1).]

VOL. Vi. x

154 eTARRA NOVA? EXPE DEETON:

325. Lagena ventricosa, Silvestri.
Lagena ventricosa, Silvestri, 1903, PM. p. 10, figs. 6, a-c.
Chapman, 1910, FOF. p. 410, pl. liv, fig. 9.

”

Stations 20, 27.
This hooded and swollen form of L. laevigata occurs at these Stations. It

may possibly have been overlooked at other Stations.

326. Lagena acuta (Reuss).
Fissurina acuta, Reuss, 1858, FP. p. 434; and Reuss, 1862, FFL. p. 340, pl. vii, figs. 90, 91.
Lagena acuta, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete.» FRA. 1915, p. 661.
Stations 6, 9) 16, 18) 19) 225235 36,955) (-- ws):
Rare, but extending over all the areas. As a rule quite typical, the best
specimens at Station 36. At Station 23 the type is long, at Station 16, in addi-
tion to typical forms, a thick-walled, coarsely punctate form occurs.

327. Lagena staphyllearia (Schwager).
Fissurina staphyllearia, Schwager, 1866, FKN. p. 209, pl. v, fig. 24.
Lagena 55 Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 664.

Stations 8; 11, 17, 19, 23-26, 27, 315 36 (-p Re, ):):

Occurs in all three areas, but in all sparingly, and not south of Station 36.
The spmous development is rather poor and as a rule rarely exceeding three
spines, situated at equal spaces at the aboral edge. At Station 8 the specimens
are two-spined, and also at Station 23, where the spines are very long. At
Station 36 the spines are long and the surface of the test shows fine striation.

L. staphyllearia does not appear to be more than a spinous form of several
closely-allied Lagenae, viz., laevigata, marginata and quadricostulata. All the
specimens might be so described.

328. Lagena unguiculata, Brady.
Lagena unjwiculata, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 61; 1884, FC. p. 474, pl. lix, fig. 12.
“6 3 Sidebottom, 1912, etce., LSP 1912, p. 404, pl. xvii, fig. 25; 1913, p. 185.
Station 27.

Two good and typical specimens.

329. Lagena lucida (Williamson).
Entosolenia marginata, var. lucida, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 10, pl. i, figs. 22, 23.
Lagena lucida, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 661.
Stations 6,8, 10, 11; 27, 47 (Gein dele)
Very sparingly distributed and, with the exception of two Stations, confined
to the N.Z. area, where it is frequent and very typical, especially at Station 6.
The Antarctic specimens are smaller, less distinctive and very thin walled.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND BARLAND.

330. Lagena annectens, Burrows and Holland.
Lagena annectens, Burrows and Holland, in Jones, Parker and Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1895,
p- 203, pl. vu, fig. 11.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIKA. 1915, p. 662.

Stations 1-3, 6, 8, 10-12, 31, 47 (+ D.).
Occurs in the N.Z. and Antarctic areas, but nowhere in deep water, or in
The best at Station 6, where a variety with clouded spaces in

any abundance.
A pedunculate specimen at Station 10. Good

the clear shell-substance occurs.
individuals at Station 31 in the Antarctic.

“ye , ne )\ x >,
331. Lagena fasciata (Keger).
Oolina fasciata, Egger, 1857, MSO. p. 270, pl. i (v), figs. 12-15.

Lagena = Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 662.

Stations 6, 10.
Rare, but good specimens at Station 10.

332. Lagena fasciata, var. faba, Balkwill and Millett.
Lagena faba, Balkwill and Millett, 1884, FG. p. 81, pl. 11, fig. 10.
Lagena fasciata, var. faba, Heron-Allen and Karland, 1913, Cl. p. 84.

Stations 2, 6, 27.

Ses See:

Sparingly represented but typical. At Station 6 a large and abnormal speci-
men characterized by the broad and turgid aboral extremity sloping away towards

the aperture, suggesting a hand-bag.

333. Lagena reniformis, Sidebottom.

Lagena reniformis, Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1913, p. 204,

pl. xviii, figs. 14, 15.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1916, FWS. p. 255, pl. xh, figs. 30-34.

2

Stations 8, 38.
A single typical specimen at Station 8 and a very large and fine one at

Station 38.

334. Lagena malcomsonin, Wright.

Lagena laevigata, var. malcomsonii, Wright, 1910-11, BONT. p. 4, pl. i, figs. |
Lagena maleomsonii, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FA, 1915, p. 662.

»)

> a.

Siemioms, 2, 8, G, GW, ti, ite
With the exception of one typical specimen from deep water at Station 17,

all the specimens are from the N.Z. area, where they are typical but never
frequent.
335. Lagena quadrata (Williamson).

Entosolenia marginata, var. quadrata, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 11, pl. i, fig. 27.
Lagena quadrata, Heron-Allen and Karland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 662.

Stations 2, 3) 6, 8.

A
bo

156 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Confined to the N.Z. area. Frequent and typical, the best at Station 6.
The marginal keel is very often thick. At Station 8, in addition to the type, a
variety occurs in which the central area is raised abruptly so that the marginal
edge projects as a sharp flange round an oblong box. It is very near the form
recorded by Millett from the Malay Archipelago (FM. 1901, pl. vii, fig. 18). At
Station 6 the very long parallel-sided type figured by Sidebottom (8. 1910, RFBP.
p. 18, pl. ii, fig. 8), from Palermo was found.

336. Lagena forficula, Heron-Allen and Karland.
Lagena forficula, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, CI>p. 87, pl. vi, fig. 11.

Station 36.
Two specimens from this Station. The remarkable depth (2,216 fms.) con-
trasts strongly with the shallow water British record.

337. Lagena schlichti (Silvestri).
Fissurina carinata (pars), Reuss, 1870, FSP. p. 469. (See Schlicht, 1870, FSP. pl. v, figs. 1-3.)
Fissurina schlichti, Silvestri, 1902, LMT. p. 143. Text-figs. 9-11.
Lagena a Chapman, 1909, SNZ. p. 337, pl. xv, figs. 7, a, 0.

.

Stations 6, 9, 10, 12, 16-18, 20.
Typical and often abundant in the N.Z. and deep-water areas, especially at
Stations 6, 10, 12 and 17.

338. Lagena marginata (Walker and Boys). Pl. V, fig. 23.

Serpula (Lagena) marginata, Walker and Boys, 1784, TMR. p. 2, pl. i, fig. 7.
Lagena marginata, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIKA. 1915, p. 663.

Stations 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, W0-12, 17-19, 22) 23526) 27) 3; SGnosetoneeo:
bo, oo (42K D:):

Universally distributed. In the N.Z. area most abundant at Station 6, where
every variation in the rotundity of the test and the breadth of the keel occurs.
In the deep-water area, best at Station 17, characterized by both broad and
medium keels, but very good at all the deep-water Stations. In the Antarctic,
best at Station 27, where the specimens are abundant and varied, including
large individuals, without keel; these are also noted from Kerguelen Island in our
Appendix B. Trigonal and quadrigonal specimens at Station 27. At Station 31
very good specimens, but many showing clearly parasitic borings. At Station 36
one broken specimen of enormous size; at Station 38 the specimens are all very
large with narrow keels. In the cireum-polar Stations all the individuals are
comparatively small but typical.

At Station 36 a specimen -12mm. long is recorded (pl. v, fig. 23) exhibiting
a broad keel broken up into a serrate edge extending over the basal half of the

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 157

shell only, the rest of the edge being rounded. We figured a rather similar
specimen from the West of Scotland, but in that case the keel extended unbroken
round the remainder of the shell (H.-A. & EK. 1916, FWS. p. 251, pl. xli, fig. 26).

[Arenaceous isomorph of keel-less variety, Reophax ampullacea, Brady (pars)
= R. lenticularis, Gryzb. 1895, R. grandis, Gryzb. 1897 and R. placenta, Gryzb. 1897.|

339. Lagena marginata, var. fissa, nov. Pl. V, figs. 24, 2:

g D.

Stations 27, 31.

This is an interesting variety in which the keel, rapidly increasing in breadth
over the basal quadrant of the shell, is deflected just before reaching the aboral
extremity and as rapidly decreases in breadth and vanishes, with the result that
the extreme aboral end of the shell shows two keels somewhat widely separated.
The figure will explain the structure.

Size :—Length, -45mm.; breadth -40mm.; thickness, -22 mm.

340. Lagena margimata, var. raricostata, Sidebottom.
Lagena marginata, var. raricostata, Sidebottom, 1912, etc., LSP. 1912, p. 408, pl. xviii, figs. 8, 9.

Station 29.

A single typical specimen.

341. Lagena marginata, var. semimarginata, Reuss.

Lagena marginata, var. semimarginata, Reuss, 1870, FSP. p. 468; Schlicht, 1870, FSP. p. 11,
pl. iv, figs. 4-6, 10-12.
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 477, pl. lix, figs. 17-19.
Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1901, p. 619, pl. xiv, fig. 1.
Stations WielGy NON 27.
Very rare but quite typical, the best at Station 19 in deep water, almost
equally good at Station 11 (N.Z.).

342. Lagena marginata, var. inaequilateralis, Wright.

Lagena marginata, var. inaequailateralis, Wright, 1885-6, BLP. p. 321, pl. xxvi, fig. 10.
Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1906, p. 10, pl. ui,
fio. 6.
Station 6.

Three typical specimens.

343. Lagena unguis, Heron-Allen and Earland.
Lagena ungus, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, CI. p. 86, pl. vii, figs. 1-3; 1915, FNS. p. 185 ;
1916, FSC. p. 46.
Station 2.

A single specimen, typical.

158 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

344. Lagena marginato-perforata, Seguenza. Pl. VI, figs. 8, 9.
Lagena marginato-perforata, Seguenza, 1879-80, FTR. p. 332, pl. xvu, fig. 34.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 663, pl. 1,
figs. 24-30.

Stations 6. LO, Mb 27s:

Not infrequent in the N.Z. area, and very typical at Station 6. Less common,
but typical, in the deep-water and Antarctic. At Station 10, the type is super-
seded by a large and striking variety characterized by a thick oral extremity
with faint costal markings which die out over the surface of the shell but re-
appear at the base, where there is a raised semilunar ridge running concentrically
with the basal edge. This form also occurs at Station 11, but is less strikingly

developed, and is accompanied by the type.

345. Lagena seminiformis, Schwager.
Lagena seminiformis, Schwager, 1866, FILN. p. 208, pl. v, fig. 21.
Brady, 1854, FC. p. 478, pl. lix, figs. 28-30.
marginata, var. seminiformis, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 620, pl. xiv, fig. 3.
Station 6.

One rather weak specimen.

346. Lagena lagenoides (Williamson).

Entosolena marginata, var. lagenoides, Williamson, 1858, RFEGB. p. 11, pl. 1, figs. 25, 26.
Lagena lagenoides, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915, p. 665.
Stations. 5, 6. 105 16. Wiz. ie:
Confined to the N.Z. area and deep water. Very rare but typical at Stations
5, 6 and 10. At Stations 16 and 18 specimens are very large and beautifully
develaped. At Station 16 a trigonal specimen, and a single individual of a very
fine delicate type. At Station 17 all are small and delicate and pass iniper-
ceptibly into the var. fenwistriata. At this Station a single small specimen showing
a raised ridge forming a horseshoe at the aboral end of the shell.

347. Lagena lagenoides, var. tenuistriata, Brady.
Lagena tubulifera, var. tenuistriata, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 61.
lagenoides ,, x Brady, 1884, FC. p. 479, pl. lx, figs. 11, 15, 16.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 39, pl. xvi, fig. 3.

Stations 8, 10, 17, 22.

The distribution is similar to that of the type but it does not always occur
at the same Stations. All the specimens are small, except at Stations 22 and 23,
where they are large, but are otherwise dissimilar, the markings being very coarse
at Station 22 and typically delicate at Station 23. At Station 10 a small
trigonal specimen.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 159

At Station 8 a few specimens exhibiting a lateral twist in the long axis of
the shell, combmed with a certain duphcation and overlapping of the wing at
the middle of the base, comparable with our L. marginata, var. fissa m its most
extreme development. The specimens may be compared with Silvestri’s figure of
Fissurina radiata, Seg. (S. 1902, LMT. p. 145, figs. 20-22), but Silvestri’s figure has
little or no resemblance to Seguenza’s original (S. 1862, FMMM. p. 70, pl. i,
figs. 42, 43) which represents L. lagenoides of a normal type. Much more closely
allied to our specimens, and perhaps identical, is the form figured by Rymer
Jones (J. 1872, LJS. p. 59, pl. xix, fig. 42) under the name L. vulgaris,
sub-var. spinoso-marginata. is figure is drawn froma broken specimen, but the
shading appears to indicate the twist of the shell and the duplication of the
basal keel, although he makes no reference to either feature in the text.

348. Lagena lagenoides. var. nuda, Chapman.
Lagena lagenoides, var. nuda, Chapman, 1909, SNZ. p. 338, pl. xv, fig. 9.

Stations 16, 18, 20.

Excellent representative specimens from each Station. The shell-substance
in all cases is white and opaque, but indicates no corrosion. The relationship
to L. lagenoides does not appear to be very clear except as regards the general
similarity of outline; we should have been inclined to regard it as more nearly
allied to L. bicarinata. Some of the specimens are feebly pedunculate.

349. Lagena ornata (Williamson).

Entosolenia marginata, var. ornata, Williamson 1858 RFGB. p. 11, pl. i, fig. 24.

Lagena ornata, Heron-Allen and Farland, 1913, CI, p. 88, pl. vi, fig. 8.
Station 2.

A single coarse, thick-shelled specimen.

350. Lagena formosa, Schwager. PI. VI, figs. 24, 25.
Lagena formosa, Schwager, 1866, FKN. p. 206, pl. iv, figs. 19, a-d, pl. vii, fig. 1.
Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1901, p. 624, pl. xiv, figs. 10-12.
Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1912, p. 414, pl. xix, figs. 6-9; 1913, p. 191,
pl. xvii, figs. 3-8.

Stations 27, 36.

Very rare. Nearly all the specimens resemble the type figured by Sidebottom
(1912, pl. xix, fig. 6), but at Station 27 there is a specimen (PI. VI, figs. 24, 25), which
probably represents his later figure (1913, pl. xvi, fig. 6) in the perfect condition.
The neck is very long, nearly equal to the length of the shell, with an everted
lip. The central area is marked, as in Sidebottom’s figure, and here the shell-
wall is apparently thickened. The tubules shown round the edge of Sidebottom’s
figure are not indicated in our specimen, but the whole of the thick marginal edge,
which projects more than in Sidebottom’s figure, is filled with dense, sponge-like

shell-structure.

160 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

351. Lagena formosa, var. comata, Brady.
Lagena formosa, var. comata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 480, pl. Ix, fig. 22.
Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 42, pl. xi, fig. 8.
Stations 22, 23, 53.
Represented by many magnificent specimens at each Station, that from
Station 53 being smaller than the deep-water specimens.

352. Lagena formosa, var. favosa, Brady.
Lagena formosa, var. favosa, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 480, pl. lx, fig. 21.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. p. 41, pl. xi, fig. 7.
Station 16.
Represented by the oral portions only of what must have been very large
and finely marked individuals, clearly identifiable by the characteristic markings
of the wing.

353. Lagena quadrangularis, Brady.

Lagena quadrangularis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 483, pl. exiv, fig. 11.
3 Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 625, pl. xiv, fig. 17.

Stations 18, 36.

One specimen, characterized by extreme length and uarrowness of the shell,
which is acutely pomted at both ends, at Station 18, and several smaller ones
of the same type at Station 36. The cross section of our specimens is a square
with hollowed sides, instead of an oblong as in Brady’s type.

354. Lagena quinquelatera, Brady.

Lagena quinquelatera, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 60; 1884, FG. p. 484, pl. Ixi, figs. 15, 16.
5 Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1901, p. 493, pl. viii, fig. 11.

Stations 18, 20, 22.

Excellent and typical specimens.

355. Lagena rizzae (Seguenza).

Fisswrina rizzae, Seguenza, 1862, FMMM. p. 72, pl. ii, fig. 50.
Lagena », Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 666.

Stations 2, 6.
Very rare.
356. Lagena bicarinata (‘Terquem).

Pissurina bicarinata, Terquem, 1882, FEP. p. dl, pl. i (ix), fig. 24.
Lagena - Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 665.

Stations 2, 3, 6, 9, 11, 16, 18, 22, 23, 27, 29, 36.

Widely but sparingly distributed, presenting a great range within its specific
character. The best at Stations 6, 11, 22, 23. At Station 3 a very long type
with parallel sides occurs.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 161

At Station 2 a remarkable specimen was found, heart-shaped, with an ento-
solenian aperture at cach extremity. The surfaces plane, slightly sloping from
the thickest extremity or point of the heart to the base. The principal aperture
appears to be at the poimted end.

357. Lagena bicarinata, var. villosa, nov. Pl. VL., figs. 10-12.

Stations 2, 3, 6.

Characters similar to the type, but the margmal edges are thickened with shell-
substance, granular in structure, giving the appearance of a fur trimming round
aclear test. Confined to the N.Z. area and rare. The best specimens at Station 6.

Size :—Length, -23 mm.; breadth, -20mm.; thickness, -12 mm.

358. Lagena bicarinata, var. spinigera, nov. Pl. VI, figs. 6, 7.
Lagena bicarinata, Sidebottom, 1912, etc., LSP. 1912, p. 419, pl. xix, fig. 27.

Stations 17, 23.

One specimen at each Station- referable to Sidebottom’s form as referred
to above, characterized by the weakly developed and widely separated carinae
and the presence of a single conspicuous basal spine, to which no reference is made
in his text, though it is clearly indicated in the drawing. The spine in’ our
specimens are very much more developed than is shown in his figure.

Size :—Total length, -27 mm. (including spine, ‘03 mm.) ; breadth, *09 mm.

359. Lagena enderbiensis, Chapman.

Lagena enderbiensis, Chapman, 1909, SNZ. p. 339, pl. xvi, figs. 1, a, 6.

Stations 2, 6.
Fairly frequent. This appears to be one of the typical N.Z. Foraminifera.

360. Lagena orbignyana (Seguenza.)
Fissurina orbignyana, Seguenza, 1862, FMMM. p. 66, pl. 11, figs. 25, 26.
Lagena = Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 666.

Stations 2, 3, 5-8, 10, 11, 16-18, 22; 27, 36, 45, 48.

Universally distributed, most frequent in the N.Z. area, where two distinct types
occur at most of the Stations, one bemg much longer than the other, and usually with
poorly developed keels, forming a variety intermediate between Chapman's
L. enderbyensis and the type. At Station 6 im the N.Z. area specimens occur of a
quadrate circular type, with spinous base, referable to Millett’s variety, calcar (M.,
1885, ete., St. E. 1898, p. 175, pl. 0), but differing from his specimens in the absence
of the produced neck, as figured in the original drawing, and in the more quadrate
outline of the test, as figured in his Malay paper (M., 1898, etc., F.M. 1901,
p. 626, pl. xiv, fig. 18), and figured by Sidebottom, without a varietal name,
from the Pacific (S., 1912, etce., LSP., 1912, p. 416, pl. xix, fig. 14). The finest
development is attained in the deep-water Stations, notably Stations 16-18, where

VOL. VI. Ye

162 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

they are large, ofien furnished with very wide median carinee, and at Stations 17
and 18, passing imperceptibly into var. coronata, Sidebottom. Excellent examples
with wide carinae occur as far south as Stations 45 and 48.

361. Lagena orbignyana, var. selseyensis, Heron-Allen and Harland.

Lagena orbignyana, var. selseyensis, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 426,
pl. xvii, figs. 1, 2.
Halkyard, 1919, BMB. p. 63.

Stations 3, 6.
The elongate type referred to in our note-on L. orbignyana reaches its
final development in specimens occurring at these Stations, and referable to our

variety ut supra.

362. Lagena orbignyana, var. walleriana, Wright.

Lagena orbignyana, var. walleriana, Wright, 1886, SWI. p. 611; and 1891, SWI. p. 481,
pl. xx, fig. 8.

Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 666,
pl. L, figs. 31-36.

Stations 3, 6, 7, 32.
Very rare, single individuals only at each Station. Excellent at Stations 7

and 32.

363. Lagena orbignyana, var. baccata, nov. Pl. VI, figs. 15, 16.

Stations 4, 5, 6, 8.

Test ‘circular in outline, consisting of a circular chamber with short pro-
duced neck, flush with the extremity of which the median carina extends without
variation in width right round the shell. The superior and inferior faces of the
chamber are either parallel or but slightly convex, and its edge is furnished
with a thickened margin forming the outer carina of the test, this carina
being broken up at regular intervals all round by constrictions which give a
beaded outlme to a complete ring concentric with the centre of the test.

Dimensions :—*20 mm. in diameter; *07 mm. in thickness.

This very characteristic and pretty little form is confined to the N.Z. area,
where it occurs sparingly at the Stations.

364. Lagena orbignyana, var. concentrica, Sidebottom.

Lagena orbignyana, var. concentrica, Sidebottom, 1912, etc., LSP. 1912, p- 417, pl. xix, fig. 23.
i: * e z Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 44, pl. xix, fig. 2.

Station 36.
A few good specimens. The median carina is wider and better developed
than in Sidebottom’s figure.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 163

365. Lagena orbignyana, var. coronata, Sidebottom.
Lagena orbignyana, var. coronata, Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1912, p. 416, pl. xix, fig. 15.
bs + 5 > Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 43, pl. xx, fig. 3.

Stations 16, 17, 36.

Confined to deep-water Stations. Frequent and typical at Station 16. At
Station 36 the variety is 1epresented by a single very fine individual, in which
the carinae are interrupted in the middle of the base, and replaced by a tuft
of fine spines.

366. Lagena orbignyana, var. unicostata, Sidebottom.

Lagena orbignyana, var. wnicostata, Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1912, p. 417, pl. xix, fig. 22.

Stations 17, 29.

A number of specimens with very variable minor features can, perhaps, be
best referred to this variety. The basal notch in the carina indicated in Side-
bottom’s figure is generally extremely strong; m fact, all three keels are thus
cut away in some specimens at the actual base of the shell. The central costa
which gives it the varie‘al name is represented in different specimens by one,
two, or three bars. Occasionally it is reduced almost to the clear bead of var.
walleriana, indicating a transition stage between many forms of the orbignyana
type.

367. Lagena orbignyana, var. yokoyamae, Millett. Pl. VI, figs. 17, 18.

Lagena yokoyamae, Millett, 1885, etc., St. KE. 1894, p. 657 (no fig.).

Stations 1-3, 6.

Differing from the normal L. orbignyana in the thick, ill-developed median
carina, in the development on the surfaces of the shell, of a series of ridges extending
from the margin of the clear convex faces to the imner surface of the raised
outer carimae. The marginal fringe of the chamber is by this means cut up into
a series of radiating depressed chamberlets, which, in the majority of specimens,
take the form of sunken pits separated by narrow high ridges. At Station 3,
however, a number of specimens show these radial chamberlets to be covered
with a superficial enclosing wall continuous with the outer test of the chamber,
so that each becomes a sealed cavity, and this may be, possibly is, the normal
type, the enclosing surface-membrane being sufficiently thin to become easily
absorbed or destroyed during the life-time of the animal, and so forming the
sunken “trenches” or pits.

Dimensions :—Length, *30-°35mm.; breadth, *22-:23 mm.

This very striking form is confined to the N.Z. area, where it is comparatively
frequent at Stations 2 and 3.

These specimens appear to be closely allied to, if not identical with, the

Van

164 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

form referred to by Millett in his third St. Erth paper (ut supra). He then ex-
pressed the intention of describmg and figuring it under the specific name L.
yokoyamae in a forthcoming paper on the Foraminifera of the shore-sands of
Misaki, Japan. Millett’s collection of specimens and papers passed into our hands
on his death. We have been unable to locate any specimens, and the notes are of
a fragmentary nature, that on this variety being merely the paragraph published
in the St. Erth paper (ut supra). But there is a drawing of the species among
his papers which identifies it with our N.Z. specimens, to which we give Millett’s
specific name, reducing it to a varietal form of L. orbignyana.

368. Lagena scarabaeus, sp. nov. Pl. VI, figs. 20-23.

Siinoas! Py 3 By

Test oblong with rounded off corners; entosolenian. Median carina but
slightly developed. The two faces of the test, which are flattened and approxi-
mately parallel, are marked by a series of concentric ridges conforming to the
outline of the test. The number of these ridges varies, but im the best-marked
individuals there are three or more confocal rigs, fairly widely separated, the
inner ring being divided in its long axis by a raised bar. In other specimens,
although the number of rmgs is no greater, they are set much closer together
so as to present a considerable central space which, instead of having the trans-
verse bar, is more or less roughly granular with upstanding shell-substance.

Dimensions :—Length, *30-"45 mm. ; breadth, -22--30 mm. ; thickness, -12 mm.

Confmed to the N.Z. area and comparatively common at the Stations. The
best series from Station 5. The species is very distinctive, and is remarkably
suggestive of an Hgyptian Scarab. The general appearance is very like Side
bottom’s figure of his var. L. auriculata, var. clypeata (S. 1912, ete., LSP. 1913,
p- 199, pl. xvii, fig. 5) but none of the N.Z. specimens exhibits any trace of the
basal loops distmguishing L. auriculata.

Nearly all the specimens are fossils.

369. Lagena lacunata, Burrows and Holland.
Lagena castrensis, Brady (non Schwager), Brady, 1884, FC. p. 485, pl. lx, figs. 1, 2 and (2) 3
», lacunata, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 668.
Stations 5, 6.
Very few typical specimens. In the majority of cases the lacunze in the
shell-wall are represented by opaque inclusions of a milky-white shell-substance
contrasting with the hyaline surface of the test.

370. Lagena castrensis, Schwager.

Lagena castrensis, Schwager, 1866, FKN. p. 208, pl. v, fig. 22.
i i. Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p- 667.

Stations, 2, 6, 10.
A few specimens only from the N.Z. area, the best from Station 6.

—_————

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 165

371. Lagena pulchella, Brady.

Lagena pulchella, Brady, a Rep. Brit. Ass. (1867), p. 70
ar rf Brady, 870, FTR. p. 294, pl. xii, fig. 1, a, b.
ie and Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 342, pl. xii, fig. 19.

Stations 2, 3, 6.
Like L. clathrata, from which it differs by its branching costae, this form
is confined to the N.Z. area, where it is rare. The best specimens at Station 6.

372. Lagena pulchella, var. hexagona, Heron-Allen and Earland.

Lagena pulchella, var. hecagona, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FWS. p. 254, pl. xli, fig. 27.

Station 6.
At this Station several specimens of this very ornate variety.

373. Lagena clathrata, Brady.

Lagena clathrata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 485, pl. lx, fig. 4
A Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 668.

Stations 2, 3, 5-8, 10-12, 36.

This is one of the most characteristic N.Z. Foraminifera, and, with the
exception of a single specimen, all our records are confined to that area. It is,
moreover, very variable, the lmes of variation developing in the direction of the
suppression of the keel, and the number of costae on the faces of the test.
Individuals with weak development of the keel have as a rule an _ excessive
number of costae on the face of the shell, while those with a strongly-developed
median carina are usually furnished with a very limited number of strong costae.
Specimens of this type have been noticed with as few as three prominent costae,
and the number rarely exceeds seven when the costae are strong. At Station 5
a specimen with a long produced neck, the only one found in N.Z., and closely
resembling the only specimen recorded outside the N.Z. area, which was from
Station 36 (2,216 fms.), the surface of which is very finely costate. The best
N.Z. Stations are Stations 6, 7, and 10.

374. Lagena clypeato-marginata, var. crassa, Sidebottom.

Lagena vulgaris, var. clypeato-marginata, Rymer Jones, 1872, LJS. p. 58, pl. xix, fig. 37.
elypeato-marginata, Sidebottom, 1912, etc., LSP. 1912, p. 425, pl. xxi, fig. 6.

”

Stations 10, 11.

Moderately abundant at both Stations. Many of the specimens agree entirely
with Sidebottom’s description and figure, in others the markings, which he says
“are sometimes arranged as lines,’ have developed into feeble costae. The species
is referable to the ZL. auriculata group, some of the specimens showing well-
developed loops at the basal edges.

166 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

375. Lagena danica, Madsen.

Lagena danica, Madsen, 1895, FDH. p. 196, pl. 0, fig. 4.
Goés, 1896, DOA. p. 53, pl. v, figs. 11, 12.

Stations 6, 8, 17, 18.
Very good and typical specimens from deep water Stations 17, 18; less
distinctive from Stations 6 and 8 in the N.Z. area.

376. Lagena danica, var. pendulum, nov. Pl. VI, figs. 18, 14.

Stations 10, 11.

Differs from the type by the presence of a comparatively long neck jomed
to the body of the shell by a broad wing. The body of the test increases in
thickness towards the aboral extremity. At the widest point in its diameter, the
carma starting from the neck divides into a thickened rim, surrounding a wide
area at the base of the shell as in the type. The shape suggests the “bob” of
a pendulum. Not uncommon at the Stations where it occurs, but at these Stations
the type is absent.

Size :—Leneth, -30-°35mm.; breadth, °20mm.; maximum thickness, °18
mm.; thickness at base, +10 mm.

377. Lagena fimbriata, Brady.
Lagena fimbriata, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 61; 1884, FC. p. 486, pl. Ix, figs. 26-28.
orbignyana,? Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1912, p. 418, pl. xxi, fig. 15.
Stations 10, 16, 27, 36.
Singularly rare, represented as a rule by one specimen at each Station. At
Station 27 were two large typical mdividuals. At Station 36 a number of ex-
ceedingly delicate spines protrude from the enclosed basal portion.

378. Lagena fimbriata, var. occlusa, Sidebottom.
Lagena fimbriata, var. occlusa, Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1912, p. 423, pl. xx, figs. 27, 28 ;
1913, p. 202.
». Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, CI. p. 90, pl. vii, fig. 15.
Stations 15, 18.
A single specimen at each Station.

379. Lagena auriculata, Brady. Pl. VI, fig. 26.
Lagena auriculata, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 61; 1884, FC. p. 487, pl. 1x, figs. 29, ete.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 669.
Stations’ 9, 110, 11, 16, 17, 26° (+ Kae):
Confined to N.Z. and deep water, and the specimens are, as arule, small,
but distinctive. At Station 9 a single individual (-16 mm. long), marked by the
pressure of distinct tubular loops at the four corners of a somewhat quadrate

a

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 167

test. The aperture appears to occupy the whole of the space between the oral
loops.

380. Lagena auriculata, var. quadri-auriculata, nov. Pl. VI, fig. 27.

Station 16.

"A single specimen, resembling Sidebottom’s figure (LSP. 1912, ete., 1912, p.
422, pl. xx, fig. 21) of var. costata, except for the fact that there are two
separate pairs of loops on each side of the base, connected by the extended wing.
This. clearly proves that it is more closely related to L. awriculata (characterized
by two loops only) than to L. alveolata, which normally has four loops divided
into two pairs by a keel. At the upper edge of the sheil, below the base of the
neck, a pair of tubules similar to the basal tubes also occurs.

Size :—Length (without neck), -18 mm.; maximum breadth, *12 mm.

381. Lagena alveolata, Brady.
Stabons) 16, 18. 20) 22° 23° 36 (+ I. d, E.):
Lagena alveolata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 487, pl. Ix, figs. 30, 32.
Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 33, pl. xviul, fig. 1.

” ”

Confined to deep-water Stations. Very good and typical at Stations 20 and 36.

382. Lagena alveolata, var. substriata, Brady.

Lagena alveolata, var. substriata, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 61; 1884, FC. p. 488,
pl. Ix, fig. 34.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 34, pl. xvi, fig, 5.

2” ” ” ”

Stations 18, 19, 20; 92 (+ T.d.F.).
Similar distribution. The best at Station 18.
Sus-Famtry NODOSARIINAE.
NODOSARIA, Lamarck.
383. Nodosaria rotundata (Reuss).
Glandulina rotundata, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 366, pl. xlvi (1), fig. 2.

(
Nodosaria (G.) rotundata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 491, pl. xi, figs. 17-19.

Suenos, 2, Bh, Wil, ets.
Very good specimens at Stations 2 and 38; poor at the others.

384. Nodosaria laevigata, dOrbigny.

Nodosaria (G.) laevigata, dV Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 252, no. 1, pl. x, figs. 1-3.
Brady, 1884, FC. pp. 490, 493, pl. lxi, figs. 17-22, 32.
Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1902, p. 509, pl. xi, fig. 1.

2 ”

Stations 2s OG, ll6. 2 oll 45) bbs
Occurs in all the areas, rare, but large and typical. Exceptionally good at
Stations 2 and 54.

168 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

385. Nodosaria radicula (Linné).
Nautilus radicula, Linné, 1767, etc., SN. Ed. xu, p. 1,164.
Nodosaria ., Brady, 1884, FC. p. 495, pl. xi, figs. 28-31.
Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1902, p. 513.
Stations 2, 6, 10 11.
Confined to the N.Z. area and inconspicuous, except at Station 6, where
very fine examples of both the megalo- and micro-spheric forms occur.

386. Nodosaria simplex, Silvestri.
Nodosaria simplex, Silvestri, 1872, NFVI. p. 95, pl. xi, figs. 268-272.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, CI. p. 91, pl. viii, fig. 1.

or

Stations 6, 7.
Good typical specimens.

387. Nodosaria calomorpha, Reuss.
Nodosaria calomorpha, Reuss, 1865-6, FABS. p. 129, pl. 1, figs. 15-19.
Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1902, p. 513.

Stations 6, 10, 17, 18, 27, 31, 36 (+ D.).

Generally distributed, but as a rule feebly developed, the number of chambers
seldom exceeding three. At Station 18, however, one large and typical mdividual
with five chambers occurs.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Reophax membranacea, Brady.]

388. Nodosaria pyrula, dOrbigny.
Nodosaria pyrula, @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 253, no. 13.
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 497, pl. lxi, figs. 10-12.

Summons; @, 77, IO), iil.

Recognizable fragments only, except at Station 6, where many large specimens
(as usual, broken) occur. Several of these show the long-pomted primordial
chamber typical of the species, and from their length must, when perfect, have
attained a size of at least half an inch.

[Arenaceous isomorphs, Reophax guttifera, Brady, and Hormosina ovicula,
Brady. ]

389. Nodosarva farcimen (Soldani).
Orthoceras farcimen, Soldani, 1791, Testaceographia, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 98, pl. 105, fig. 0.
Nodosaria - Brady, 1884, FC. p. 498, pl. Ixii, figs. 17, 18; and p. 499, figs. 13, a-c.
5 Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1902, p. 523.
Stations 3, 9, 11.
The only really good specimen, recent but broken, at Station 11. At Stations
3 and 9 less typical examples.
{Arenaceous isomorph, Reophax nodulosa, Brady.]

SS

FORAMINIFERA— HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 169

390. Nodosaria soluta (Reuss).

Dentalina soluta, Reuss, 1851, FSUB. p. 60, pl. iii, fig. 4.
Nodosaria ,, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 503, pl. Ixii, figs. 13-16 ; pl. lxiy, fig. 28.

Stations 6, 7, 16.

Typical fragments from Stations 7 and 16, and at Station 6 a perfect speci-
men intermediate between this species and L. subtertenuata.

[Arenaceous isomorphs, Reophax pilulifera and spiculifera, Brady.]

391. Nodosaria gracilis, Neugeboren.

Nodosarva gracilis, Neugeboren, 1850, etc., FOL. 1852, p. 51, pl. i, figs. 27-29.

Station 6.
One large fragment, consisting of three chambers only, but measuring 4 mm.,

which we have no hesitation in attributing to this extremely elongated type of
N. filiformis. As Neugeboren’s name had been anticipated for a different
form by dOrbigny we might have ascribed this specimen to JN. filiformis,
d’Orb.

392. Nodosaria filiformis, A Orbigny.
Nodosaria filiforms, VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 253, no. 14.
Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 55, pl. xxvii, figs. 1-4.

”

Stations 6-8, 10, 16.

Confined to the N.Z. area and the deep water to the immediate south.
Nothing noteworthy about the specimens except at Station 6, where recent
specimens attain a remarkable size. At the same Station fossil remains occur of
very much smaller dimensions. This would appear to show a change of
conditions at the locality im the intervening period.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Reophax spiculifera, Brady.|

393. Nodosaria communis, A Orbigny.
Nodosaria (Dentalina) communis, VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 254, no. 35.

communis, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 670.

”

Stations 3-6, 8, 10, 11, 17, 18, 38 (4+ R.d.J.).

Generally distributed down to Station 38. Best in the N.Z. area, where very
fine and large examples occur at Stations 5 and 6. Outside this area best at
Station 18. At Stations 10 and 11, where the type issmall and inconspicuous, a
compressed vaginuline variety occurs and is rather better developed. They closely
resembled the specimens described and figured by us from the West of Scotland.
H.-A. & EH. 1916, FWS. p. 256, pl. xlii, figs. 1, 2.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Reophax spiculifera, Brady. |

VOL, VI.

170 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

394. Nodosaria mucronata (Neugeboren).
Dentalina mucronata, Neugeboren, 1856, OLS. p. 83, pl. 111, figs. 8-11.
Nodosaria 5 Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1918, p. 56, pl. xxiv, fig. 3; pl. xxv, fig. 2 ;
pl. xxvii, figs. 5-7; pl. xxxv, fig. 6.
Stations 6, 16, 36.
Fine and typical specimens at Station 6, smaller at the others.

395. Nodosaria roemeri (Neugeboren).
Dentalina roemeri, Neugeboren, 1856, OLS. p. 82, pl. 11, figs. 13-17.
Nodosaria (D.) roemeri, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 55, pl. xxiv, figs. 4-6.
Stations 6, 10.
Very rare; best at Station 6.

396. Nodosaria consobrina, d Orbigny.

Nodosaria (D.) consobrina, @Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 46, pl. ii, figs. 1-3.
5 ee Brady 1884, FC. p. 501, pl. lxii, figs. 23, 24.
Halkyard, 1919, BMB. p. 67, pl. iv, fig. 7.

Station 6.
Large and typical.

397. Nodosaria consobrina, var. emaciata, Reuss.
Dentalina emaciata, Reuss, 1851, FSUB. p. 63, pl. 11, fig. 9.
Nodosaria consobrina, var. emaciata, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 56, pl. xxvii, fig. 9.
Station 6.
Magnificent specimens.

398. Nodosaria pauperata (d’Orbigny).
Dentalina pauperata, A Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 46, pl. i, figs. 57, 58.
Nodosaria y Cushman, 1910, ete. FNP. 1913, p. 51, pl. xxv, fig. 7.

Stations 1-3, 5-8, 10, 12, 16, 54.

Frequent in the N.Z. area, and also occurs in two deep-water Stations to the
immediate south. Not recorded beyond this point till we reach the extreme south,
at Station 54, where a single very large example was found, spimous at the
base. The N.Z. specimens attain very fine dimensions at Stations 1 and
2 (recent). At the other N.Z. Stations the individuals are mostly small—both
fossil and recent. At Station 2 an abnormal recent specimen in which the
chambers are arranged in a zig-zag line.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Reophax bacillaris, Brady.]

399. Nodosaria subtertenuata. Schwager.

Nodosaria subtertenuata, Schwager, 1866, FKN. p. 235, pl. vi, fig. 74.
» 59 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 507, pl. Lxii, figs. 7, 8.
Station 6.

; a cae eae
Good specimens, both recent and fossil.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 171

400. Nodosaria hispida, Ad Orbigny.

Nodosaria hispida, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 35, pl. i, figs. 24, 25.
e hirsuta, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 60, pl. xxviii, fig.

oo

Stations 6) 7, 10; Wile (-2 R.d. J.).

Confined to the N.Z. area, and all recent specimens. Frequent, and attaining
very fine dimensions at Station 6, as many as five separate chambers, separated
by long stolon tubes. Smaller and less developed at the other Stations.

At Station 7 the species is represented by the comparatively smooth nodo-
sarian type without separate stolon tubes, of which Schwager’s N. setosa may
be taken as an example (S. 1866, FKN. p. 218, pl. xv, fig. 40).

[Arenaceous isomorph, Reophax polyeides, Deecke (1884, Abh. geol. Sp. K.

Elsass Loth. vol. iv, p. 19, pl. i, fig. 2, and 1886, Mém. Soc. Emul. Montbeliard,
vol. xvi, p. 14 (reprint) pl. u, fig. 204).]

401. Nodosaria comata (Batsch).

Nautilus (Orthoceras) comatus, Batsch, 1791, CS. p. 2, pl. i, fig. 2.
Nodosaria comata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 509, pl. Ixiy, figs. 1-5.
Millett, 1898, ete., FM. 1902, p. 512, pl. xi, fig. 2.
Stations 3, 6.
One specimen at each Station, neither. very typical.

402. Nodosaria scalaris (Batsch).
Nautilus (Orthoceras) scalaris, Batsch, 1791, CS. p. 2, pl. ii, fig. 4.
Nodosaria scalaris, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 58, pl. xxiv, fig. 7.

Stations 3, 6, 10, 11 (+ R. d. J.).

Confined to the N.Z. area. There is the usual range of variation in the
character of the markings, but coarsely sulcate specimens predominate, the best
at Station 3. At Stations 10 and 11 the tendency is to fine striation, the
markings practically disappearing in some of the latter specimens.

403. Nodosaria raphanistrum (Linné).

Nautilus raphanistrum, Linné, 1767, ete., SN. 1788, p. 3,572

Nodosarva 5; Jones, Parker and Brady, 1866, etc., MFC. 1866, p. 50, pl. i, figs. 6-8.
Stations 1, 23, 27, 36.

Very rare and very small, except at Station 1, where a bilocular specimen
of a large size was found.

404. Nodosaria obliqua (Linné).
Nautilus obliquus, Linné, 1767, SN. p. 1,163, no. 281; 1788, SN. p. 3,372
Nodosaria obliqua, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 59, pl. xxv, fig. 5.

Stations 6, 16 (+ D.).
Very fine specimens at Station 6, the largest 8 mm. in length. One of

Yh Pe

172 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

these large examples is characterized by the formation of a very thin terminal
chamber less than half the size of the penultimate chamber, evidence of senility
or of a moribund condition. At Station 16 a recognizable fragment only.

405. Nodosaria vertebralis (Batsch).

Nautilus (Orthoceras) vertebralis, Batsch, 1791, CS. p. 3, No. 6, pl. ii, figs. 6, a, b.
Nodosaria vertebralis, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 60, pl. xxxii, fig. 1.

Station 6.

Excellent and typical examples at Station 6. Also one very large specimen
(54 mm.) in which the longitudmal costae, which begin strong and normal,
eradually die away in later chambers, becoming smooth and sub-globular until,
towards the oral extremity, the costae are mostly represented by weak bridges

across the sunken sutural lines.

406. Nodosaria catenulata, Brady.
Nodosaria catenuata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 515, pl. Ixin, figs. 82-34.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 57, pl. xxv, fig. 3.

oe) 3

Station 11.
Two very weak but clearly identifiable specimens.

407. Nodosaria adolphina (dOrbigny).

Dentalina adolphina, VOrbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 51, pl. 1, figs. 18-20.
Nodosaria “ Schwager, 1866, FKN. p. 235, pl. vi, figs. 72, 73.
monilis, O. Silvestri, 1872, NFVI, p. 71, pl. viii, fig. 173-189.

”

SuALlONSEOse en Onmde

Limited to the N.Z. area, and all the specimens have a more or less eroded
surface; probably some are of recent origin, but others are derived from beds of
submarine fossil orig (See Introductory Note, p. 27). Except at Station 7, where
the microspheric type occurs, the specimens being small and prominently spinous.
all the specimens are megalospheric and the spinous development is scant. The
best and largest are from Station 6.

D’Orbigny’s species represent a well marked type, subject to great variation
in the number of spmes and the method of their arrangement in one or more
bands round the base of the chambers. Many species have been created on the
strength of these mimor variations. O. Silvestri (wt supra) proposed to abandon
d’Orbigny’s specific name in favour of the name given to certain figures by
Soldani, but his reasons appear to be entirely insufficient (Soldani, Testaceo-
graphia, 1789, etc., 1798, vol. i, p. 15, pl. ui, fig. N, Orthoceras arthrocena sive
globulifera ; vol. 1, p. 35, pl. x, fig. a, Orthoceras monile ; see P. & J., etc., 1859, etc.,
NF. 1871, p. 155, pl. ix, fig. 37). The Soldanian figures represent a smooth
moniliform test, and have been identified by Brady, Parker and Jones, and others,

= 4%er

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. lie

with d’Orbigny’s Nodosaria pyrula, and we have no hesitation in accepting this
identification.

408. Nodosaria pellita, sp. nov. PI. VI, figs. 28, 29.

Station 11.

Test consisting of two chambers only, furnished with a produced neck
covered with thickened bands. Basal chamber bearmg in some cases a_ short
spme. he shell-wall consists of two layers, an inner vitreous layer covered
with exceedingly fine papillae, which are usually broken off, giving a granular
appearance to the clear shell-substance. The outer layer consists of dense,
opaque, somewhat glistening shell-substance, covering the whole of the shell and
extending on to the neck. The shell, when perfect, is of a glistening white
appearance owing to this external layer, which is evidently of a very fragile
nature, as im many specimens it is denuded in parts, leaving the delicate
hyalme imner shell unbroken.

Dimensions :—Length, *40-°45 mm.:; breadth, +15 mm.

Confined to Station 11, where several individuals were found, in all stages

of denudation.
LINGULINA, dOrbigny.

409. Lingulina carinata, @Orbigny.
Lingulina carinata, @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 257, no. 1, Modéle no. 26.
Heron-Allen and Karland, 1914, ete., FIKA. 1915, p. 670.

32 2?

Stations 1, 2, 6.

A single exceptionally large and fine specimen at each. And at Station 6, two
specimens much smaller in size and with rounded edges, comparable with L.
dentaliniformis, Terquem (T., 1869, ete., FOM., 1870, p. 339 (p. 237 in the
reprints) pl. xxv, figs, 1-3; pl. xxui, figs. 1-7). The extent and development
of the keel in this species has led to the creation of a large number of species.
D’Orbigny’s species is found primarily on a figure of Soldani (Testaceographia,
1798, vol. ii, p. 37, pl. xii, fig. Pp, etc.), which shows no trace of carination.
D’Orbigny’s figure (1839, FIC. pl. i, figs. 5, 6) also gives no indication of a sharp
edge, but the “ Modéle” (wt swpra) has a sharp edge probably indicating a keel,
and is in other respects identical with the type specimen in Paris, which we have
examined. We do not attribute much, if any, importance to the carination, which,
even in the most extreme examples of the species, only represents the difference
between a rounded and a sharp edge, and every intermediate stage between these
two may be observed in any extended series of specimens. Still less can we agree
with Cuchi in forming a new species, L. grandis, on the score of size only
(C., 1917, NFP. p. 656; and 1919, RFNZ. p. 614). L. carinata is one of these
species which vary enormously in size.

174 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

At Station 2. the large specimen shows spiral arrangement of the early
portion of the shell and is referable, under extreme taxonomical stress, to Lingu-
linopsis carlofortensis, Bornemann (B., 1883, L. p. 26, pl. vi). As we have already
indicated elsewhere (H., 1919, BMB. p. 81), we regard the subgenus Lingulinopsis as
unworthy of retention, and we record this specimen merely as a biological variation
from the type.

410. Lingulina biloculi, Wright.

Lingulina carinata, var. biloculi, Wright, 1910-11, ECM. p. 13, pl. ii, fig. 10.
biloculi, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, CI. p. 94, pl. viii, figs. 5-7.

Station 55.
A single typical example from the southernmost Station. This species has only
o>

been recorded hitherto from the West of Ireland, Scotland (several ‘‘ Goldseeker
dredgings), and the Hstuarme Clays of Magheramorne.

FRONDICULARIA, Defrance.

411. Frondicularia spathulata, Brady.

Frondicularia spathulata, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 270, pl. viii, fig. 5.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FRA. 1915, p. 671.

Stations 2, 6, 27, 31.
Very rare, recent in the N.Z. area at Station 2, fossil at Station 6, very
small but typical examples at Station 31.

412. Frondicularia pygmaea, Sidebottom. Pl. VI, fig. 33.

Frondicularia pygmaea, Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1907, p. 5, pl. i, fig. 27.
Heron-Allen and Karland, 1913, CI. p. 96, pl. vin, fig. 14.

Station 27.

A single specimen which, to obviate the erection of a new species on such
insufficient evidence, we attribute to Sidebottom’s species, although it is not in
strict agreement with that, or with F. denticulo-carinata, Chapman, another species
to which it bears some features of resemblance (C., 1891, etc., GF. 1894, p. 155,
pl. in, fig. 4). The specimen is perfect, -31 mm. long, hyaline, consisting of four
chambers only, exhibiting little merease in size. The primordial chamber is
carinate. The second is carmate in the lower portion and furnished with pro-
jecting recurved hooks which extend from the limbate marginal edge of the
chamber. In the third and fourth chambers, although the marginal edges are
limbate and projecting, they do not form hooks. The sutural lines are depressed
and only slightly curved, and the specimen might be referred to either Lingulina
or Frondicularia.

——————

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 175

413. Frondicularia inaequalis, Costa.

Frondicularia inaequalis, Costa, 1855, FMMV. p. 372, pl. in, fig. 3.

5 “ Brady, 1884, FC. p. 521, pl. Ixvi, figs. 8-12.
Heron-Allen and Karland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 427; 1910, pl. vii,
fie. 15,

Station 11.
A broken but recognizable specimen.

414. Frondicularia annularis, A Orbigny.
Frondicularia annularis, @Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 59, pl. 1, figs. 44-47.
< Biitschli, 1880, in Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen, p. 198, pl. viii,
fig. 15.

Station 6.

A single large recent specimen, presenting characters intermediate between
F. annularis, @Orb., and F. reussi, Karrer (K., 1861, FWB. p. 441, pl. 1, fig. 1).
The first six chambers are coarsely sulcate, the seventh faintly so, the eighth
and subsequent chambers devoid of markings.

415. Frondicularia scotttii, sp. nov. Pl. VI, figs. 30-32.

Station 2.

Test free, tongue-shaped, flattened, and with thick edges. Scored longitudin-
ally with deep irregular grooves. Shell-wall very thick and massive, givg an
opaque appearance to the shell and concealing all segmentation. When wetted
the chambers are seen to be saddle-shaped, the whole of the space between the
overlapping edges of the chamber-cavities being filled in with solid shell-matter
through which broad tubules extend to the surface of the shell on the marginal
edge. Number of chambers, up to nine.

Dimensions :—Leneth, -95-1:0mm.:; breadth, “40 mm.; thickness -10 mm.

This is an altogether abnormal form and does not appear to be very nearly
allied to any described species. The massive character of the shell-wall, enclosing
and masking all segmentation, is a most distinguishing feature.

The presence of a single specimen of F. scottiz in our collection from ‘ Chal-
lenger ’ Station 185, off Raine Id., Torres Straits, 155 fms. possibly indicates a
wide area of distribution for this species. The ‘‘ Challenger’ specimen is smaller
and poorly developed, but its identity is unquestionable.

RHABDOGONIUM, Reuss.

416. Rhabdogonium tricarinatum (dOrbigny).
Vaginulina tricarinata, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 258, no. 4, Modéle no. 4.
Rhabdogonium tricarinatum, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1902, p. 525.
Stations 2, 6, 7.

Frequent at Stations 6 and 7; and most typical at Station 6.

176 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

MARGINULINA, dOrbigny.

417. Marginulina glabra, dOrbigny.
Marginulina glabra, d Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 259, no. 6, Modéle uo. 55.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 79, pl. xxiii, fig. 3.
Simos) DS , Blo
Some very fine specimens at Station 6 and a large one at Station 27. Other-
wise small and poorly developed.

418. Marginulina costata (Batsch).
Nautilus costatus, Batsch, 1791, CS. p. 2, pl. i, fig. te
Marginulina costata, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1902, p. 526, pl. xi, fig. 20.

Stations 2, 6.

Moderately frequent. All the specimens are small, with many swollen monili-
form chambers following the spiral portion, separated by deep sutures. The
surface is finely sulcate. They closely resemble Cushman’s new species M. striatula
(G. 1910; ete:, FNP. 1913, p. 79, pl xx; fig 4) am! the formation of their
chambers, but differ in the coarseness of their markings. In Cushman’s species
these are so fine as hardly to be indicated m his figure.

VAGINULINA, d’Orbigny.

419. Vaginulina leqguinen, (Linné).
Nautilus legumen, Linné, 1788, SN. (Ed. xi), p. 3,373, no. 22.
Vaginulina —,, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 671.
Stations 3, 5-7, 10, 31.
Very fine at Stations 5 and 6, especially the latter. Large fossils at Station 6,
smaller at Station 3. Small and recent at the remaining Stations.

420. Vaginulina bruckenthalh, Neugeboren.
Vaginulina bruckenthali, Neugeboren, 1856, OLS. p. 98, pl. v, fig. 10.
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 532, pl. xvi, figs. 18, 19.
Silvestri, 1896, etc., FPS. 1899, p. 161, pl. vii, fig. 3.
Station 2.
Fine specimens, but broad in proportion to their length, and devoid of the
initial spiral.

421. Vaginulina recta, var. parallela, Halkyard.
Vaginulina recta, var. parallela, Halkyard, 1919, BMB. p. 82, pl. v, figs. 5, 6.
Station 6.
A single specimen, agreeing with Halkyard’s variety, which, having been
created, must be recognized although our views (wt swpra) remain unaltered.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

-~I

bs |

CRISTELLARIA, Lamarck.

422. Cristellaria tenwis (Bornemann).
Marginulina tenuis, Bornemann, 1855, FSH. p. 326, pl. xiii, fig. 14.
Cristellaria ra Brady, 1884, FC. p. 535, pl. Lxvi, figs. 21-23.
Stations 3, 6.
Remarkably fine, long specimens at Station 6.

423. Cristellaria schloenbachi, Reuss.
Cristellaria schloenbachi, Reuss, 1862, NHG. p. 65, pl. vi, figs. 14, 15.
53 aa Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 77, pl. xxxvi, fig. 6.
Stations 2, 6.
Rare, but typical, best at Station 6.

424. Cristellaria tricarinella, Reuss.
Cristellaria tricarinella, Reuss, 1862, NHG. p. 68, pl. vii, fig. 9; pl. xu, figs. 2-4.
5 re Brady, 1884, FC. p. 540, pl. Ixviii, figs. 3, 4.

Stations 2, 6.

A small fossil specimen at Station 2. At Station 6 frequent and finely
developed individuals. Some of these have one or more spines at the aboral end
of the shell. The edge is thickened and rounded in all the individuals, some of
them showing the rudimentary median keel from which the species derives its
name. At Station 6 an abnormal specimen was found in which the young. shell,
after making six chambers, turned suddenly back and added another six in the
same axis but directly opposite to the origmal line of growth.

425. Cristellaria variabilis, Reuss.
Cristellaria variabilis, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 369, pl. xlvi (1), figs. 15, 16.
” e Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 70, pl. xxxvi, figs. 1-3.
Stations 3, 6 (+ R. d. J.).
Excellent recent specimens at both Stations. Fossil also at Station 3.

426. Cristellaria crepidula (Fichtel and Moll).
Nautilus crepidula, Fichtel and Moll, 1798, TM. p. 107, pl. xix, figs. g-?.
Cristellaria 5, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 70, pl. xxix, figs. 5, 6; pl. xxx1,
figs. 2-5.

Stations 2, 3, 6, 8, 11, 36 (+R.d.J.).

Very good specimens, often very large at Stations 2 and 6. Very small at
the others, excepting at Station 3, where they are normal. Fossil specimens at
Stations 2, 3 and 6.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Haplophragmium cassis, Parker.|

VOL. VI. 2 KX

178 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

427. Cristellaria cymboides, dOrbigny.

Cristellaria cymboides, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 85, pl. iui, figs. 30, 31.
Burrows, Sherborn and Bailey, 1890, RC. p. 560, pl. xi, fig. 6.
Chapman, 1891, etc., GF. 1894, p. 647, pl. ix, fig. 6.

+e) ”?

) 5B)

Stations 6, 7.
Good specimens.

428. Cristellaria acutauricularis (Fichtel and Moll).
Nautilus acutauricularis, Fichtel and Moll, 1798, p. 102, pl. xvii, figs g—7.
Cristellaria Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p- 69, pl. xxxv, fig. 2.
Stations 2, 6, 7, 36.
Frequent and very typical at Station 6. Less typical at the other N.Z.
Stations. Very small, but typical at Station 36.

429. Cristellaria paucisepta, Reuss.
Cristellaria paucisepta, Reuss, 1852, SFL. p. 17, figs. a, 6.

Station 18.

A single specimen which appears to represent Reuss’s figure. The species
named C. paucisepta by Seguenza (S. 1879-80, FTR. p. 141, pl. x [error for xiii],
fig. 13) is an entirely different form, allied to C. crassa. Reuss’s paper is probably
unknown to most workers in the group.

430. Cristellaria latifrons, Brady.
Cristellaria latifrons, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 544, pl. Ixviii, fig. 19; pl. exiii, figs. 11, a, b.
te x Chapman, 1891, ete., GF. 1894, p. 652, pl. x, figs. 8, a, b.
Station 6.
Frequent and splendidly developed. Some of the specimens attain a great
length, the spiral portion representmg a quite inconspicuous part of the shell,
which becomes rapidly evolute.

431. Cristellaria italica (Defrance).
Saracenaria italica, Defrance, Dict. Sci. Nat., 1824, vol. xxxii, p. 177; 1827, vol. xlvii, p. 344.
Cristellaria » Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 78, pl. xxxiii, fig. 3.
Station 6.
Confined to this Station, where it frequently attains a very large size.

432. Cristellarva convergens, Bornemann.

Cristellaria convergens, Bornemann, 1855, FSH. p- 327, pl. xiii, figs. 16, 17.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FWS. p. 262, pl. xlii, figs. 11-14.

Stations 2, 3, 8, 16, 36.
Rare, fossil at Station 3, and the best, though small, at Station 36.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 179

433. Cristellaria gibba, Ad Orbigny.
Cristellaria gibba, V@Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 40, pl. vii, figs. 20, 21.
_ » Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 69, pl. xxxv, fig. 1.
Stations 1-3, 6-8, 16, 19, 20.
Excepting at Station 6, where it is frequent and typical and large, the specimens
are not noteworthy.

434. Cristellaria articulata (Reuss).
Robulina articulata, Reuss, 1863-4, KTF. p. 53, pl. v, fig. 62; pl. vi, fig. 63.
Cristellaria » Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 65, pl. xxxi, fig. 1.
Stations I, 253; 6, 27.
Confined to the N.Z. area, except for one compressed individual at Station 27.
In the N.Z. area it is very large and typical, and also fossil and typical at Station 6.
At Stations 1 and 3 not conspicuous. Station 2 is marked by a profusion of
wild-growing specimens in every stage of development, from a single fistulose
chamber on a normal shell, to larger and more complex and protean examples
than those figured by Brady. Incidentally these confirm Brady's judgment in
attributmg his specimens to Cristellaria and disprove Schlumberger’s contention
that these wild growths are an Amphicoryne related to his A. parasitica (S., 1892,
FAM. p. 197, pl. vin, figs. 10-12). Whatever Schlumberger’s form may be (and
we suspect that it is identical with Brady’s) there is no doubt that Brady’s
specimens and our own are developments of C. articulata.

435. Cristellaria rotulata (Lamarck).
Lenticulites rotulata, Lamarck, 1804, AM. p. 188, no. 3; 1816, TEM. pl. 466, fig. 5.
Cristellarva - Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 671.
Stations 1-7, 10-12, 18, 36.
Generally distributed down to Station 18, and a broken specimen at Station 36.
It often attains considerable size at the N.Z. Stations, especially at Stations 2 and 6.
Fossils at Stations 2, 3 and 6.

436. Cristellaria vortex (Fichtel and Moll).
Nautilus vortex, Fichtel and Moll, 1798, TM. p. 33, pl. u, figs. d-v.
Cristellaria ,, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 68, pl. xxxu, fig. 3.

Stations 1, 2, 3, 6.
Confined to the N.Z. area. Very fine and typical at Station 6.

437. Cristellaria orbicularis (A Orbigny).
Robulina orbicularis, A’ Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 288, no. 2, pl. xv, figs. 8, 9.
Cristellaria ie Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 67, pl. xxxvi, figs. 4, 5.

Stations 1, 2, 6.
Confined to the N.Z. area and rare, except at Station 6, where the specimens are

very good.

Lo
e
to

180 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

438. Cristellaria cultrata (Montfort).
Robulus cultratus, Montfort, 1808-10, CS. vol. 1, p. 214, 54° genre.
Cristellaria cultrata, Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, ete., FKA, 1915, p. 672.
Stations 13.96, LO. Jan WG soo.ssia( or avenceme)s
Extremely fine and large, and often with splendid development of the keel at
Station 6; good also at Station 11, and one enormous broken specimen at
Station 16. Otherwise not very frequent or typical.

439. Cristellaria calcar (Linné).
Nautilus calcar, Linné, 1767, etce., SN. 1788, p. 3,370, no. 2.
Cristellaria calcar, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 72, pl. xxxii, fig. 4.
Stations 11, 12.
Small specimens only, with the spines weakly developed.

440. Cristellaria costata (Fichtel and Moll). Pl. VI, fig. 34.
Nautilus costatus, Fichtel and Moll, 1798, TM. p. 47, pl. iv, figs. g-7.
Cristellaria costata, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 75, pl. xxxiv, fig. 4.

Stations 2, 6.

Occurs as recent and finely developed specimens, especially at Station 6. At
Station 2, in addition to the type, a thin compressed evolute variety, which
we figure, occurs, with sunken sutures, and the limbation running parallel with
the outer margin of the test. (Length, 1°50 mm.) This appears to be inter-
mediate between C. paucicostata, Cushman, and C. dorsocostata, Cushman, but does
not exactly conform to any of the many variations of C. costata figured by
him in his latest monograph on “ Foraminifera of the Philippine and Adjacent
Seas’ (1921, U.S. National Museum, Bulletin 100).

Sus-Famiry POLYMORPHININAE.
POLYMORPHINA, dOrbigny.
441. Polymorphina lactea (Walker and Jacob).

Serpula lactea, Walker and Jacob, 1798, AEM. p. 634, pl. xiv, fig. 4.
Polymorphina lactea, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 672.

Stations 2, 3, 5.

The best at Stations 2 and 5. Fossils at Stations 2 and 3.

442. Polymorphina oblonga, Williamson. PI. VU, fig. 2.

Polymorphina lactea, var. oblonga, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 71, pl. vi, fig. 149.
~ oblonga, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 672.

Stations 2, 3, 5, 6.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 181

Very fine fossil specimens, but none recent. At
‘70 mm. long, covered entirely with short, stout spies. This, from its appear-
ance, may be either a very well preserved fossil, or a recent specimen. In view

of the distinctly fossil character of the other specimens we incline to the former
conclusion.

Station 5 a specimen,

443. Polymorphina gibba, AV Orbigny.

Polymorphina (Globulina) gibba, dOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 266, no. 20, Modéle no. 63.
5 gibba, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 85, pl. xh, fig. 4.

Stations 2; 3, 5, 6, 16; 53.
The best specimens in the N.Z. area at Station 5. At the other N.Z. Stations

fistulose examples are almost as common as the normal. Fossils at Stations 2,

3 and 6, both normal and fistulose. Outside this area the records depend on single
specimens at Stations 16 and 53.

444. Polymorphina sororia, Reuss. Pl. VII, fig. 1.

Polymorphina (Guttulina) sororia, Reuss, 1863, FCA. p. 151, pl. il, figs. 25-29.
ae sororia, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FIA. 1915,

Stations) 2565 95 NOW 18) 22. 265 27, 55.

As a rule the specimens are small, but good at Station 22, and in the N.Z.
area, at Stations 2 and 6, both recent and fossil. An mteresting recent specimen
-60 mm. long, at Station 6, fistulose and hispid all over.
445. Polymorphina angusta, Kgger.

Polymorphina angusta, Heger, 1857, MSO. p. 290, pl. xin, figs. 13-15.
a Brady, 1884, FC. p. 563, pl. Ixxii, figs. 1-3.
Station 6, 9, 11, 16, 18, 22 (+ T. d. F.).
Very rare, the best at Stations 16 and 18.

446. Polymorphina lanceolata, Reuss.

Polymorphina lanceolata, Reuss, 1851, FSUB. p. 83, pl. vi, fig. 50.
4 os Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 86, pl. xl. fig. 2.
Stations 17, 18.

A good and typical specimen at each Station.

447. Polymorphina ovata, VOrbigny.

. 233, pl. xin, figs. 1-3.

Polymorphina ovata, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 25
e es Cushman, 1910, FNP. 1913, p. 87, pl. xxx, fig 2

Station 2, 18.

One fossil specimen at Station 2, and a small recent example at Station 18.

182 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

448. Polymorphina compressa, A Orbigny.
Polymorphina compressa, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 233, pl. xii, figs. 32-34.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 672.

Stations 2, 3, 6, 27.

Fine specimens in the N.Z. area, especially at Station 6. Fistulose at
Station 2. Fossils at all the N.Z. Stations. At Station 6 a large abnormal
individual intermediate between P. compressa and P. ovata in the arrangement of the
chambers. Outside the N.Z. area the record depends on a single specimen at
Station 27. Pearcey’s P. inflata appears to be merely a pauperate form of this
species. P. 1914, SNA. p. 1023, pl. ui, figs. 14-16.

449. Polymorphina elegantissima, Parker and Jones.

Polymorphina elegantissima, Parker and Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 438.
- Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 90, pl. xxxviii, fig. 1.

te)

Shablonsy led Deo:

This handsome species is the most typical N.Z. representative of the genus.
Specimens are abundant and attain large size, especially at Stations 2 and 6.
Fossils at Stations 1, 2,3 and 6. The species does not appear to be subject to

fistulose variation.

450. Polymorphina problema, d Orbigny.
Polymorphina problema, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. (Guttulina), p. 266, no. 14; Modéle (Poly-
morphina) no. 61.
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 568, pl. Lxxu, fig. 20; pl. Ixxiii, fig. 1.
Millett, 1898, etc., FM, 1902, p. 264.

Stations 6, 45, 55.

A good series, extending from P. communis to the most elongate type of
dOrbigny’s P. oblonga at Station 6, all recent. A single specimen at Station 45,
and two fairly large specimens at Station 55, farthest 8.

451. Polymorphina communis, d’Orbigny.

Polymorphina (Guttulina) communis and problema, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 266, nos. 14
and 15, pl. xii, figs. 1-4; Modéles nos. 61, 62.
a communis, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA, 1915, p. 673.

Stations 1-3, 5, 6, 48.
Confined to the N.Z. area except for one very small specimen at Station 48,

Common at Station 6, where fistulose examples occurred. The largest, perhaps,
at Station 1. Fossils at Stations 2, 3 and_6.

452. Polymorphina rotundata (Bornemann). ,

Guttulina rotundata, Bornemann, 1855, FSH. p. 346, pl. xviii, fig. 3.
Polymorphina rotundata, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 88, pl. xl, fig. 1.

FORA MINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 183

Stations 3, 6, 36. /
Very rare, and the specimens are not typical.

453. Polymorphina longicollis, Brady.
Polymorphina lanceolata, Reuss, 1870, FSP. p. 487 (8. 1870, FSP. pl. xxxi, figs. 25-28).
longicollis, Cushman, 1910, etc. FNP. 1913, p. 90, pl. xli, figs. 1-3.
Station 16.
Two large dividuals, less pointed at the aboral end than Brady’s type suggests,
and one pointed specimen hispid all over.

UVIGERINA, d’Orbigny.

454. Uvigerina canariensis, d Orbigny.
Uvigerina canariensis, @Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 138, pl. i, figs. 25-27. F
Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 92, pl. xlii, fig. 6.

” ”

Stations 2, 6, 18, 31 (+ K. I).
A single good specimen at Station 31. Intermediate forms at the other Stations.

455. Uvigerina pygmaea, VOrbigny.
Uvigerina pygmaea, da’ Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 269, pl. xii, figs. 8,9; Modéle no. 67.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 675.

oF) oT)

Stations 3, 4, 6-12, 14, 16, 32, 49, 55 (+ K.1., R.d.J., D.).

Generally distributed, especially good in the N.Z. area, particularly at
Stations 10-12, where it attaims a great size and is very variable, passing imper-
ceptibly into U. angulosa and aculeata. At Stations 11 and 12 both long and
short forms occur, and at Station 12 the long forms are spinous on the pri-
mordial chambers. In the deep water, good specimens at Station 16, short
type only at Station 32. It passes into U. angulosa at Station 49. At Station 55,
farthest South, the specimens are small. .

456. Uvigerina angulosa, Williamson.
Uvigerina angulosa, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 67, pl. v, fig. 140.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 676.

Stations 1-3, 5-9, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 22, 26, 27, 29-32, 38, 41, 45-50,
53-55 (+ R.d.J., D.).

Common’and almost universally distributed. As might be expected with such
an enormous range of latitude and depth, the specimens include variations of
every nature. The finest in the N.Z. area are at Stations 2 and 6. Im the deep-
water area the species is less abundant and less variable, but with shallow gather-
ings (Stations 26 and 27) it resumes its predominance and its wild tendency
to variation, both in length and nature of markings; finely striate and sulcate,

184 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

hispid at Station 27, where specimens passing imperceptibly into U. aculeata and
U. pygmaea occur, as also at Stations 38, 45, 53, and 54. At the southernmost
Stations it is one of the most common and best developed Foraminifera. Fossil
specimens at Stations 2, 3 and 6.

457. Uvigerina brunnensis, Warrer.
Uvigerina brunnensis, Karrer, 1877, HW. p. 385, pl. xvi, (0), fig. 49.
. ti Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 97, pl. xhii, fig. 2.
Station 11.
A few fairly distinctive specimens.

458. Uvigerina aculeata, dOrbigny.
Uvigerina aculeata, @Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 191, pl. xi, figs. 27, 28.
2 55 Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 100, pl. xlin, fig. 4.

Stations 6, 10, Tl, 16, 18; 22 (-— Di:

This species has its headquarters at Station 6, where it reaches an enormous
size and very fine development of the spines, which often extend all over the
shell. At the other Stations the specimens are less abundant and less strongly
developed, but very good at Station 18. There is the usual tendency to run
imperceptibly into U. pygmaea, angulosa, and asperula.

459. Uvigerina asperula, Czjzek.
Uvigerina asperula, Czjzek, 1848, FWB. p. 146, pl. xii, figs. 14, 15.
i. - Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 101, pl. xl, fig. 1.

Stations 6-8, 10-12, 14, 22, 93, 97, 31, 36 (+ D)).

Occurs in the N.Z. area and northerly Antarctic. In the N.Z. area best at
Stations 6, 7 and 10 and passes into var. ampullacea. In the deep water the
best Station is 22, where very fine specimens occur. At Station 23 the surface
is covered with very long delicate spines (setose); at Station 27 it is hardly
separable from U. angulosa, which at this Station becomes spmous.

460. Uvigerina asperula, var. ampullacea, Brady. 1

Uvigerina asperula, var. ampullacea, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 579, pl. Ixxy, figs. 10, 11.
33 Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 102, pl. xlu, fig. 3.

Stations 6, 7, 10 (+ R.d. J.).
Good examples at each Station.

461. Uvigerina auberiana, dOrbigny.
Uvigerina auberiana, d’Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 106, pl. ii, figs. 23, 24.
56 3 Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 102, pl. xxxvii, fig. 5.
Station 7.

A single specimen.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 185

462. Uvigerina auberiana, var. glabra, Millett.
Uvigerina auberiana, A Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 106, pl. ii, figs. 23, 24. ;
var. glabra, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 674.

22

Station 6.
A few typical specimens.

463. Uvigerina interrupta, Brady.

Uvigerina interrupta, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC, 1879, p. 274, pl. viii, figs. 17, 18; 1884, FC.
p- 580, pl. xxv, figs. 12-14.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 103, pl. xliv, fig. 1.

” 29

Station 6.
Very fine and elongate, delicately spimous specimens.

SAGRINA, dOrbigny, emend. Parker and Jones.

The genus Sagrina makes its first appearance in d’Orbigny’s monograph on
the Cuban Foraminifera (1839), and was named by him after de la Sagra, of
whose work on the Island it formed an integral part. Bronn in 1851, Reuss in
1865 (models), Marsson in 1878 and others subsequently, have adopted the name
Sagraina, which is obviously more correct m the circumstances. We prefer,
however, to adhere to the original spelling.

The name Siphogenerina was coined by Schlumberger in 1883 to include all
those Foraminifera in which the aperture extended in the form of a siphon, or
tube, through the successive chambers of growth. This method of classification,
though perhaps taxonomically convenient, is false zoologically, because species,
widely separated generically, present this feature in common, whereas individuals
of the same genus in some species possess a siphon and in others lack it. Even
within the limits of a species the presence or absence of a siphon may be
observed, as in Sagrina raphanus, which has sometimes an external neck and no
siphon, and in others has no neck, but has the internal tube. Considerable
confusion has thus been introduced imto synonymies, and we think that
Schlumberger’s generic name should be abandoned and the species be redistributed

among the genera to which they undoubtedly belong.

464. Sagrina columellaris, Brady.

Sagrina columellaris, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 64; 1884, FC. p. 581, vol. Ixxv,
figs. 15-17.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FK A. 1915, p. 676.

Stations 5, 6.
Very rare, recent specimens.

VOL, VI.

186 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

465. Sagrina bifrons, Brady.
Sagrina bifrons, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 64; 1884, FC. p. 582, pl. lxxv, figs. 18-20.
Siphogenerina bifrons, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP, 1913, p. 105, pl. xlvy, figs. 1, 2, 5-7.

Stations 2, 3, 6.

All the specimens are fossils, and exhibit every possible variation ‘of multi-
formity. Sometimes the biserial or triserial chambers occupy a large portion of
the test, in others they are merely indicated at the aboral end. Many of the
specimens are feebly striate, passing into S. striata.

466. Sagrina dimorpha, Parker and Jones.
Uvigerina (Sagrina) dimorpha, Parker and Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 364, pl. xvin, fig. 18.
Sagrina dimorpha, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FWS. p. 266, pl. xli, figs. 17, 18.
Stations 3, 6, 7, 10, 11.
Confined to the N.Z. area; very rare, but quite typical.

467. Sagrina virgula, Brady.
Sagrina virgula, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 275, pl. viii, figs. 19-21.
= Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 676, pl. li, figs. 4, 5.
Station 16.
A single specimen of the deep-water type with large cup-shaped orifice.

468. Sagrina striata (Schwager).
Dimorphina striata, Schwager, 1866, FIKN. p. 251, pl. vii, fig. 99 and text-fig. 2.
Sagrina 3 Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIKA. 1915, p. 676, pl. hy, figs. 6-8.
Stations 2 and 3.
Rare, all fossils.

469. Sagrina raphanus, Parker and Jones.
Uvigerina (Sagrina) raphanus, Parker and Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 364, pl. xvin, figs. 16-17.
Sagrina raphanus, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 677.

Stations 1, 2.

At Station 1 strongly marked, thick-shelled, entosolenian, and recent. At
Station 2 a single small, and rather uncertain, fossil example with a produced
neck.

Sup-Faminy RAMULININAE.
RAMULINA, Rupert Jones.
470. Ramulina globulifera, Brady.
Ramulina globulifera, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 272, pl. viii, figs. 32, 33; 1884, FC.

p- 587, pl. Ixxyi, figs. 22-28.
Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 110, pl. xxxix, fig. 1.

Stations 3, 6, 11.

Fragments of tubes at Stations 3 and 11; at Station 6 a good series of
specimens, often of considerable size, showing the branching arms diverging from
the globular chambers.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 187

471. Ramulina (?), Text-figure.

Station 2.

A single example of a very large abnormal organism, the precise nature of
which can only be amatter of speculation. It can best be compared with the
fistulose outgrowths of the racemosa type figured by Jones
and Chapman (J. & C. 1896-8, FPR. p. 504, figs. 17-19),
but it differs from anything of this nature that can be
imagined in its enormous size. It is difficult to imagine
any single individual Polymorphina extruding sufficient
protoplasm to form such a mass of labyrinthic tubes.
Many of the extensions are broken, but here and there
nipple-like apertures may be traced on the projecting
tubes. Perhaps the nearest organism hitherto figured
with which it may be compared is the R. grimaldi,

Schlumberger (Note sur le R. grimaldii, Mém. Soc.
Zool., Krance, vol. iv, 1891, pp. 509-511 (151-153 in
reprint), pl. v), but this abnormal form differs considerably and is of a_ less
complicated structure. Our organism measures 5 by 3 mm. and has a depth
of 2mm.

Famity GLOBIGERINIDAK.

GLOBIGERINA, d’Orbigny.

472. Globigerina bulloides, dOrbigny.
Globigerina bulloides, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 277, no. 1; Modéles nos. 17 and 76.
if

Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915, p. 678.

Pr

~

Stanons sl 1Omi4 6, 19, 23, 26-29" 31-932) 38. 41, 48-50, 53) (+ To dy B,
Re De):

Universally distributed, and in the N.Z. area splendidly developed and
characteristic, especially at Stations 2, 3 and 6, where a large number of specimens
were of pelagic origin. At Stations 10, 11, 12 large benthic individuals. There is
a considerable range of variation in the direction of G. dubia at Station 6, and
of G. dutertrei at Stations 5, 6 and 7, also at Station 16, and from Station 27.
To the south the typical G. bulloides gradually dies out and the specimens found
might equally be referred to G. dutertred.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Haplophragmium globigeriniforme (P. & J.).]

473. Globigerina triloba, Reuss.
Globigerina triloba, Reuss, 1849-50, FOT. p. 374, pl. ii (xlvii), fig. 11.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 678.
Stations 1-3, 5-7, 9,11 (+ K.I., R.d. J.).
Confined to the N.Z. area, the best at Stations 2 and 6. The size of the

188 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

hexagonal pits surrounding the tubuli is noticeably larger in this species than

in G. bulloides.

474. Globigerina dubia, Kgger.
Globigerina dubia, Egger, 1857, MSO. p. 281, pl. v (ix), figs. 7-9.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 678.

Stations 2: 3. 6, % 8, 11, 12-277 GS dee needa ees):

Very large and characteristic specimens at Stations 2, 3 and 6. Outside
these Stations the specimens are few in number and smaller and much less
characteristic. .

[Arenaceous isomorph, Haplophragmium globigeriniforme, (P. & J.) (pars) =
Trochammina subturbinata, Cush. (C., 1920, FAO. p. 81, pl. xvi, figs. 7, 8).]

475. Globigerina cretacea, dOrbigny.
Globigerina cretacea, a’ Orbigny, 1840, CBP. p. 34, pl. i, figs. 12-14.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etce., FKA. 1915, p. 678, pl. li, figs. 10-13.
Stations 18, 20, 26 (+ T. d. F.).
Very rare. The best examples at Station 18.

476. Globigerina cretacea, var. eggeri, nov. Pl. VII, figs. 6-8.
Globigerina aequilateralis, Reger, 1899, KOA. p. 169, pl. xxi, figs. 11, 21-25 ; 1910, FKR, p. 36,
pl. iv, figs. 17-19.

Station 6.

A single delicate specimen, *22 mm. in diameter, exhibitimmg seven chambers on
the inferior side, and two complete whorls of chambers on the upper or rotaline sur-
face. It is clearly allied to the G. cretacea group, but does not agree with either the
type or the species sub-cretacea instituted by Chapman for the recent forms of
G. cretacea figured by Brady (C., 1901, FFA. p. 410, pl. xxxvi, fig. 16). On
the other hand the N.Z. specimen does very closely resemble a little form which
has been figured by several authors under the name G. aequilateralis, Brady,
disregarding the fact that G. aequilateralis should, as its name suggests, be
aequilateral, presenting a similar appearance on both faces. We have associated
our variety with the name of Kgger, who is responsible for the original mis-
application of the name G. aequilateralis.

These small, compressed rotaline Globigerinae are very rare, but we have
observed them before in several tropical and sub-tropical gatherings.

477. Globigerina inflata, VOrbigny.

Globiyerina inflata, d’Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 134, pl. u1, figs. 7-9.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete. FKA. 1915, p. 679.

Stations 1-12, 31, 32, 52 (4+ T. d. F., D2):
Universal in the N.Z. area, often abundant, and remarkably well developed,

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 189

especially at Stations 2, 3 and 6. Fossils at Stations 2 and 8. Outside the
N.Z. area the records are few and the specimens poor.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Haplophragmium globigeriniforme (P. & J.) (pars) =
Trochammina globulosa, Cush. (C., 1920, FAO. p. 77, pl. xvi, figs. 3, 4).]

478. Globigerina dutertrei, @Orbigny.
Globigerina dutertrei, VOrbigny, 1839, FC. p. 84, pl. iv, figs. 19-21.
3 Brady, 1884, FC. p. 601, pl. Ixxxi, figs. 1, ae.
bulloides, Murray and Renard, 1891, Chall. Rep. Deep Sea Deposits, pp. 163, 165,
214, 261, pl. xv, fig. 1 (38).
dutertret, Chapman, 1909, SNZ. p. 350; 1914, FORS. p- 69, pl. v, fig. 36.
Pearcey, 1914, SNA. p. 1,024.

bulloides, Fauré Fremiet, 1913, etc., FMAF. 1913, p. 264; 1914, p. 6, pl. 0, fig. 10.
dutertrer, Sidebottom, 1918, FECA. p. 150, pl. v, figs. 25-27.

”

Stations 1-3, 5, 6, 8-11, 13-20, 22-24, 26-38, 41, 42, 45-48, 50, 53-55 (+ T. d.F.,
Kea edd... D.).

Note.—In 1839 d’Orbigny figured this species as a somewhat high, inflated,
rotaliform type, having a single small-looped aperture visible only on the under-
side, and confined to the last chamber. His specimen was evidently drawn from
a thin-walled surface-, or shallow-water, specimen. It represents a very dis-
tinctive type, differing considerably from G. bulloides (which it closely resembles
as seen from the superior side), in having this single aperture to the final chamber,
instead of each chamber opening, as in G@. bulloides, into the umbilical recess.
After the Cuba monograph the species seems to have been entirely ignored, and
although it occurs commonly in company with G. bulloides, and much work
was done with the Globigerina oozes, it was not separated again until Brady dealt
with the ‘ Challenger ” Collections, when he re-figured the species, using a_thick-
walled benthic specimen as his type, his figure thus differimg slightly from
dOrbigny’s. But he fully recognized the distmetness and importance of the type,
though curiously enough it is not represented in his table of Globigerinae found
in the various types of deep-sea deposits, including Globigerina ooze, although
it does figure in his table of characteristic Foraminifera from high latitudes north
and south. Even there it figures from one Station only in the Antarctic, and
from none of the Arctic gathermgs. It is probable that these records of material
were not worked out by Brady himself, but by assistants, who failed to dis-
tinguish the type, with the result that Brady in his Report (p. 601), commits
himself to a statement that “G. dutertrec takes the place of the typical G.
bulloides in the Antarctic Seas, just as G. pachyderma represents the type in
Arctic latitudes.”

This is not the case; our own examination of material from the northern
North Sea had long ago proved to us. that G. dutertret gradually replaces G. bul-
loides as we go north, and now our work on the “Terra Nova” material proves

190 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

that it extends equally far to the south, and that in the most southerly latitudes it
is more or less replaced by G. pachyderma, as in the Arctic Seas.

Dr. Harvey Pirie, in his Memoir on “The Deep Sea Deposits of the Scottish
National Antarctic Expedition” (P., 1913, SNA.), records the presence of the two
forms together in many of the deposits examined by him.

G. dutertrei becomes the dominant type at Station 16, where the Foramii-
fera in the material consisted of 95 per cent. of this species; and at Stations 17, 18
and 20 at least 99 per cent. of the whole material as dredged. South of these
Stations the nature of the material becomes normally varied, with a correspond-
ing decrease in the number of the Globigerinae.

Universally distributed, but in the N.Z. area rare, except at Station 9, where
many very good examples were found. In the deep water those soundings,
which were Globigerina oozes, consisted almost entirely of this species, as recorded
above. In the Antarctic coastal area the Globigerimae naturally form a smaller
percentage. but G. dutertre: retains its dominant position among the Globigerinae,
becoming more thick-shelled, starved and approximating by imperceptible degrees
to G. pachyderma, until at many Stations it is difficult to draw a line by which
the specimens of the species can be separated from the other. Well-marked indi-
viduals of G. dutertrec, however, occur everywhere and particularly at Stations 36,
38 and 53. At the dominant Stations large numbers of abnormal and_ wild-
growing specimens occur, ranging between double individuals inseparable from
G. helicina, to “ sports” in which individual chambers are malformed and tubular,
in fact the species seems more subject to these biological malformations than
any other. Globigerinae. Many of the benthic specimens also exhibit excessive
thickening of the shell-wall by the deposition of concentric layers of calcium
carbonate. Such thickening, by obliterating the sutural depressions, brings the
smaller specimens imto practical identity with G. pachyderma when the oral
aperture is of a depressed character.

Kiaer (K., 1899, NNAE, pl. i, fig. 7) figures similar specimens with tubular out-
growths as “* Globigerina sp.” from the Arctic Seas.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Haplophragmium globigeriniforme, P. & J.]

479. Globigerina pachyderma (Ehrenberg).

Aristerospira pachyderma, Ehrenberg, 1873, LMT. p. 386, pl. i, fig. 4.
crassa, Ehrenberg, 2bid, p. 388, pl. iii, fig. 9
Glneaeniia omphalotetras, Ehrenberg, ibid, p. 388, pl. iii, fig. 11.
bulloides, Brady, 1878, RRNP (‘‘ Arctic variety ’) p. 435, pl. xxi, fig. 10.
var. borealis, Brady, 1882, FKE. p. 716, 717.
pachyderma, Brady, 1884, p. 600, pl. exiv, figs. 19, 20.
Murray and Renard, 1891, Chall. Rep. ““ Deep Sea Deposits,” p. 260,
pl. xxv, fig. 12.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1908, etc.,SB 1909, p- 438, pl. xvin, figs. 4, 5.
Pearcey, 1914, SNA. p. 1,024 (c).

ee ee

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 191

Stations 2, 3, 5, 11, 13, 15, 18, 20, 26-31, 33, 35-38, 42, 45-48, 50, 52-55
(SEG Sab

Notre.—The early Bibliography of this species has been fully dealt with by
Brady (ut swpra). He appears to have been convinced that it was a purely Arctic
form, and failed to record it in the Antarctic gathermgs of the “ Challenger.”
Pearcey, dealmg with the “Scotia” material, and having practical knowledge of
northern gatherings in which G. pachyderma occurs, recognized the form in the
south, and recorded it from the Antarctic. It does not occur in Chapman’s
Antarctic records. We are still uncertain as to the specific value of the species.
The evidence, m our opinion, rather tends in the direction that it is a varietal
form due to the suppression of the comparatively large single aperture of the
typical G. dutertrei, combmed with a reduction of the general dimensions, and
particularly with a massive thickening of the shell-wall. In any large assemblage
of specimens of G. dutertrei it is not difficult to find a series m which the aper-
ture ranges from a high arch to a narrow slit, and when this last form assumes
a thick shell-wall obliteratmg the sutural lines, we reach a specimen which is
practically indistmguishable from typical G. pachyderma.

In the N.Z. area the specimens are few in number. At Stations 2 and 3
their nature is more or less uncertain; they may possibly be excessively thick-
walled and starved individuals of G. iflata. At Stations 5 and 11, however, the
few individuals are typical. South of N.Z. the form increases im frequency ; very
good specimens occur at Station 28, and as one approaches the South Pole the
proportion of typical specimens as compared with thick-walled transition-stages
of G. dutertrec mereases. The only Station at which G. pachyderma is recorded
and not G. dutertret, 1s Station 52.

480. Globigerina rubra, dOrbigny.
Globigerina rubra, @Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 82, pl. iv, figs. 12, 14.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FRA. 1915, p. 679.
Stations 1-3, 6, 7, 54 (+ R.d. J.).
Never common, but good typical specimens at Stations 2, 3, and 6, and a
single good one at Station 54. Only two specimens were found showing the
characteristic red colour (Stations 2 and 6).

481. Globigerina rubra, var. elevata, dOrbigny.

Globigerina elevata, d’Orbigny, 1840, CBP. p. 34, pl. in, figs. 15, 16.

trochoides, Reuss, 1845-6, VBK. (1), p. 36, pl. xu, fig. 22.

sp. (4) rubra, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 603, pl. Ixxxn, figs. 8, 9.

rubra (?), Chaster, 1892, FS, p. 64.

- ,, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, CI. p. 105; 1913, FNS. p. 131, pl. x,

figs. 13, 15.

Stations 8-11, 14, 31, 36.

192 «THBRRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Abundant and very finely developed at Station 10. The occurrence of this
little form as a predominant type in an area so far removed from the British
coasts, where it has been consistently recorded as G. rubra, renders it necessary
to revive the d’Orbignyan name. It is probably one of the universally distributed
Foraminifera, but, by reason of its minute size, it escapes observation or is

regarded as an immature test.

482. Globigerina conglobata, Brady.
Globigerina conglobata, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p. 286; 1884, F.C. p. 603, pl. lxxx,
figs. 1-5.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 680.
Stations 2, 6, 7, 12, 48.
Large and very typical at Stations 2 and 6, less typical at the others. Small
fossil specimens at Station 2.

483. Globigerina sacculifera, Brady.
Globigerina sacculifera, Brady, 1877, FNB. p. 535; 1884, FC. p. 604, pl. boxx, figs. 11-17.
Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1903, p. 688.
Stations 6, 7.
The best specimens at Station 6.

484. Globigerina helicina, A Orbigny.
Globigerina helicina, d Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 277, no. 5.
Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1914, p. 12, pl. iu, figs. 1, 2.

Stations 6, 16, 18-20, 22, 23, 27, 36 (+ D.).

The specimens at Station 6 are poor, at the others much more distinctive,
especially at Station 18. Brady has already questioned the specific value of this
species, which he was inclmed to regard as merely a monstrous variety of other
species. The evidence from this material strongly supports this. At Stations
where G. helicina occurs G. dutertrei is a predommant form, and nearly all our
specimens of G. helicina show at least one character characteristic of G. dutertrei.
Brady's figures, on the other hand, suggest a G. conglobata origin.

485. Globigerina aequilateralis, Brady.
Globigerina aequilateralis, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 285; 1884, FC. p. 605, pl. Ixxx,
figs. 18-21.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915, p. 680.

Stations 2, 3, 6, 7, 12 (+ R. d. J.).

N.Z. area only. Magnificent specimens at Stations 2, 3 and 6, including a
spinous pelagic specimen at the latter. Less well developed at Stations 7 and 12.
Fossils at Stations 2, 3 and 6 also. (See our note under G. cretacea, var. eggeri,
no, 476.)

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 193

ORBULINA, dOrbigny.
486. Orbulina universa, dOrbigny.
Orbulina universa, A Orbigny, 1839, FC. p. 3, pl. i, fig. 1.
Heron-Allen and Karland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915, p. 681.
Stations 1-12, 38 (+ R. d. J.).
Universal in the N.Z. area. A single thick-walled bottom specimen at Station
38. The N.Z. series is very complete and exhibits practically every recorded
variation, as regards size, thin-walled pelagic, thick-walled benthic. | Double
specimens (=O. bilobata, d Orb.) occur at Stations 2, 3, 6. Triple individuals at
Stations 3 and 6. At Stations 2, 3, 6, 8 and 11, specimens occur in which the
orbuline sphere does not entirely enclose the inner globigerine shell, which projects
from the outer surface. In those at Station 2 the globigerine chambers are
very coarsely pitted, so that the specimens were at first referred to O. porosa,
Terquem, which probably owes its creation to such abnormal types as_ these
(IT. 1858, etc., FLM. 1858, p. 633, pl. iv, fig. 16).
[Arenaceous isomorph, Thurammina papillata, Brady.]

-HASTIGERINA, Wyville Thomson.

487. Hastigerina pelagica (dA Orbigny).
Nonionina pelagica, @Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 27, pl. i, figs. 13, 14 (1, 2, in text).
Hastigerina ,, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1914, p. 15, pl. vii, figs. 1-8.
Stations 3, 6.
A single specimen at Station 3 and many excellent ones at Station 6, all
presumably fossils, judging by their appearance.

PULLENIA, Parker and Jones.

488. Pullenia obliquiloculata, Parker and Jones.
Pullenia obliquiloculata, Parker and Jones, 1865, NAAF. pp. 368, 421, pl. xix, fig. 4.

Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 681.

or

Stations 1-3, 6-12, 16 (+ T.d. F.).

Generally distributed in the N.Z area. Very fine specimens at Stations 1, 2
and 6, thin-walled and hyaline. Very thick benthic specimens at Station 7.
Benthic specimens sometimes attaining a large size, especially at Stations 10 and

12. Outside the N.Z. area recorded only as benthic at Station 16.

489. Pullenia quinqueloba (Reuss).

Nonionina quinqueloba, Reuss, 1851, FSUB. p. 71, pl. y, figs. 3la, b.
Pullenva a Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1914, p. 21, pl. xin, fig. 2.

yoL, VI.

194 <THRRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Stations. 2, 3, 6=8, 10-12, 16-18, 20, 22, 23, 27, 31, 32, 36, 38, 45, 46,
48-50, 52-54 (+ R.d. J.).

Universally distributed and showimg no signs of decrease in size or
development as we go south. The number of chambers varies between four
and seven; in fact at some Stations six-chambered specimens are almost as
abundant as the normal type. Best im the N.Z. area at Stations 6, 10, 11 and
12: at the last two Stations there is a tendency to inflation, brmgimg them
very near to P. sphaeroides, indeed the four-chambered specimens at these
two Stations may be regarded either as compressed P. sphaeroides or inflated
P. quinqueloba. Similar inflated specimens, sometimes with lobulate edge, at
Stations 18 and 22. The species attains its best dimensions at Antarctic Stations
36, 38, 45, 48 and 50. Six-chambered specimens at Station 45, 48 and others,
and seven-chambered at Stations 38 and 50. Fossil specimens only at Stations
2 and 3, also at Station 6 with excellent recent ones.

490. Pullenia sphaeroides (dV Orbigny).
Nononina sphaeroides, d Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 293, no. 1, Modéle no. 43.
Pullenia 5 Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1914, p. 20, pl. xi, fig. 2.

Stations 3, 6-8, 10-12, 16-20, 22, 23, 29, 36 (+ 7. d. F)).

Best in the N.Z. area at Stations 7 and 11, where it is very fine. Outside
this area best at Station 16, where it is very large, and at Station 22, where
five-chambered specimens occur. Small at most of the other southerly Stations.
Compressed individuals at Stations 7, 11, 16, 19, 29 and 36.

SPHAEROIDINA, dOrbigny.

491. Sphaeroiina bulloides, VOrbigny.
Sphaeroidina bulloides, dOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 267, no. 1, Modéle no. 65.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1914, p. 18, pl. x, fig. 7; pl. xii, fig. 1.

Stations 1, 3, 6-12, 14, 16, 17, 19, 31, 32, 36, 41, 45,55.

Generally distributed, but nowhere abundant, except at Station 17, where it
is common, but the specimens are small. Stations 10 and 11 are the best, where
it is frequent, finely-developed and large. At the remaining Stations the records
mostly depend upon a single specimen.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Haplophragmium sphaeroidiniforme, Brady. |

492. Sphaeroidina dehiscens, Parker and Jones.

Sphaeroidina dehiscens, Parker and Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 369, pl. xix, fig. 5.
Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1914, p. 19, pl. x, fig. 2; pl. xii, fig. 1.

Stations 6, 7.

Extremely rare, but typical.

—

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN. AND EARLAND, 195

Famity ROTALIIDAE.
Sus-Faminy SPIRILLININAE.

SPIRILLINA, Ehrenberg.

493. Spirillina vivipara, Ehrenberg. Pl. VIT, Fig. 4.
Spirillina vivipara, Ehrenberg, 1841, SNA. p. 442. pl. ii, fig. 41.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 683, pl li, figs. 19-23.

Stavions) 2, 456, 31,38, 45, 47, 53, 55 (+ R.d.J., D)):

Absent from all deep-water Stations, but otherwise generally distributed. At
Station 2 specimens attached to stones, and also examples of a curious and pretty
variety characterized by a dome-shell with a single row of perforations (?)
followmg the middle line of the tube, giving a decorate appearance to the shell,
but otherwise typically S. ovwipara. This compares in some respects with Chap-
man’s S. decorata, var. unilatera (C., 1901, etc., FFA. 1902, p. 410, pl. xxxvi,
fig. 17). At Station 6 in addition to the best series of the normal type, Rhumbler’s
var. revertens occurs (R., 1906, FLC. p. 32, pl. ii, figs. 8-10), in which the oral end
of the tube is imperceptibly turned in and fused with the preceding whorl, so
as to show no demonstrable aperture. At the S. Polar Stations 45, 53 and 55,
all the specimens represent a convex and dome-like type. At Station 53 one speci-
men is attached to a Zoophyte, and another free specimen of this type has
three young individuals inside the concave base of the shell, each of the young
showing a primordial chamber and one complete spiral.

[Porcellanous isomorph, Cornuspira involvens, Reuss, and foliacea (Phil.), Arena-

ceous isomorph, Ammodiscus incertus, COrb., and tenwis, Brady. |

494. Spirillina obconica, Brady.

Spiillina obconica, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 279, pl. vin, fig. 27; 1884, FC. p. 630,
pl. Ixxxv, figs. 6, 7.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIKA. 1915, p. 683.

Stations 2, -6; 26, 31, 53, 55.

Widely scattered records. Remarkably good at Stations 26 and 31, a very
fine attached specimen of very decorate appearance, owing to the regular spacing
of the perforations along the tube at Station 2. The remaining specimens small.

[Porcellanous isomorph, Cornuspira polygyra. Reuss, fide Hantken (H., 1875,
CSS. 7p: 19; pl: u, fig: 1).]

495. Spirillina obconica, var. carinata, Hallkyard.
Spirillina vivipara, var. carinata, Halkyard, 1889, RFJ. p. 69, pl. 1, fig. 6.
obconica, — ,, % Heron-Allen and Harland, 1916, FWS. p. 269.
Stations 53, 55.
Several fine examples at our southernmost limit.
o {
D |

196 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

496. Spirillina lucida, Sidebottom.
Spirillina lucida, Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1908, p. 9, pl. 11, fig. 9.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1908, etc., SB. 1911, p. 327; 1913, CI. p. 108,
pl. ix, figs. 4, 5. ;
Station 6.
A single typical specimen

497. Spirillina ornata, Sidebottom.

Spirillina ornata, Sidebottom, 1904, etc., RFD. 1908, p. 9, pl. 11, figs. 7, 8.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 684, pl. li, figs. 24, 25.

2

Station 6.
A single typical specimen.

498.- Spirillina inaequalis, Brady.
Spirillina inaequalis, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 278, pl. viii, fig. 25.
- Ba Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 634.
Stations 2, 6.

Very rare, but typical.

499. Spirillina tuberculata, Brady.

Spirillina tuberculata, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 279, pl. viii, fig. 28 (see also Siddall,
1878, FRD. p. 49).
as Brady, 1884, FC. p. 631, pl. Ixxxv, figs. 12-16.

Stations 31, 38, 48.
Large and strongly marked specimens at Stations 31 and 38 ; weaker at Station 48.

500. Spirillina novae-zealandiae, Chapman.

~

Spirillina nova-zealandiae, Chapman, 1909, SNZ. p. 352, pl. xvii, figs. 4, 5.

Stations 1-3, 5.

Very fine examples, especially at Station 1.

501. Spirillina limbata, Brady.

Spirillina limbata, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1879, p. 278, pl. viii, fig. 26.
53 Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 684.
Stations 2, 3, 26.
A very fine series of recent specimens at Station 2. Less typical at Station 3.
A single large individual attached to a Zoophyte at Station 26.
[Porcellanous isomorph, Cornuspira oligogyra, Hantken (H., 1875, CSS. p. 20, pl. i,
fig. 10).|

o
>

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 197

502. Spirillina limbata, var. denticulata, Brady.
Spirillina limbata, var. denticulata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 632, pl. Ixxxy, fig. 17.
5 A Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 685.
Station 2.
Among the fine series of S. limbata, at Station 2, are forms intermediate

between that species and Brady's variety ; every stage in the transition is represented.

503. Spirillina margariifera, Williamson.
Spirillina margaritifera, Williamson, 1858, RFEGB. p. 93, pl. vil, fig. 204.
5 is Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915, p. 685.
Stations 2, 4, 6.

Very fine examples at Station 2, almost equally good at Station 6.

504. Spirillina decorata, Brady.
Spirillina decorata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 633, pl. Ixxxv, figs. 22-25.
x »» Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FA, 1915, p. 685.

Stauions 2, 3, 5, 26, 31, 48.

A very handsome set of specimens, but nowhere strictly typical, except at
Station 31, where they are very strong. At Stations 2, 3 and 5 the specimens
follow Brady's type, but the convolutions are more embracing on the upper surface,
and, when worn away, they exhibit strong crossbars which suggest a sub-division of
part of the tube into chamberlets. At Stations 26 and 48 some very large speci-
mens, which represent an intermediate form between S. decorata and SS. tuber-
culata, the upper surface being more or less normal but tuberculate, and the
under surface bemg so strongly tuberculate that the convolutions are masked. In a
few of the examples the markings are almost equally strong on the upper surface.

505. Spirillina selseyensis. Heron-Allen and Earland. Pl. VII, fig. 3.

Spirillina selseyensis, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1908, ete., SB. 1909, p. 440, pl. xviii, figs. 6, 7
f (=restis Halkyard) Halkyard. 1919, BMB. p. 105, pl. vi, fig. 6; pl. vii,
fig. 8.

Station 2.

A single damaged specimen at Station 2, which we refer to the above species in
preference to creating a new one, although it differs in some respects from the Selsey
specimens. The upper surface resembles S. limbata, var. denticulata, and the under
surface, a closely coiled spiral of rope. In the typical S. selseyensis the marginal
edge is furnished with a keel which cuts off the spiral marking from the outer
circumference of the organism. In the N.Z. specimen there is no marginal keel,
and the peripheral edge, as may be seen from our figure, is deeply and regularly

grooved.

198 “TBRRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Susp-Famity ROTALIINAE.
PATELLINA,. Williamson. :

506. Patellina corrugata, Williamson. Pl. VII, fig. 5.
Patellina corrugata, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 46, pl. i, figs. 86-89.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete.. FKA. 1915, p. 686.

Stations 2-6, 26, 27, 31, 38, 45-48, 50, 53-55 (+ D.).

Universally distributed except in the deep-water area. Typical, and often
abundant, the finest series in the Antarctic area, particularly at Stations 31,
38, 45 and 53. The Antarctic specimens are, as a rule, free from any very
high conical forms, such as occur in the N.Z. area, notably at Stations 2, 3
and 6. At Station 6 a simgle fossil specimen.

At Station 47 a very interesting specimen exhibiting the formation of young
shells. The parent is of normal megalospheric type. Viewed from underneath,
it is seen that the whole of the chambers except the outer annular ring of
chamberlets have been absorbed, and the cavity is occupied by a_ sub-globular
mass consisting of a large number of minute individuals, probably thirty or
forty at least, each consisting of part of the imitial spiral of the adult shell.
This mass of young projects considerably beyond the flat base. There is no sign
of any other adult shell having been attached (“ plastogamy”’) as figured by
Schaudinn (S., 1895, PF., p. 181, fig. O, p. 185).

507. Patellina corrugata, var. annularis (Parker and Jones).
Orlitolina annularis, Parker and Jones, 1859, etc., NF. 1860 (vol. vi.), pp. 30, 31.
Patellina corrugata, Carpenter, Parker and Jones, 1862, ISF. p. 230, pl. xiii, figs. 16, 17.
Chapman, 1907. RFV. p. 154, pl. x, fig. 7.

Stations 2, 3.

At these N.Z. Stations a few individuals referable to the very distinctive multi-
annular form which is such a prominent feature of the §S. Australian shore-
sands. In its most advanced development, as found in such sands, the variety
is very striking and hardly identifiable with the normal P. corrugata. The N.Z. speci-
mens are smaller and much less distinctive, and at the same Stations other specimens,
representing transition-stages between this variety and the depressed scale-like
form of the type, occur.

CYMBALOPORA, Hagenow.
508. Cymbalopora poeyi (d Orbigny).

Rotalia squammosa, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 272, No. 8.
Cymbalopora poeyi, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 687.

Stations 2, 5, 6.

A single very high-domed specimen of the original type of Rotalia squammosa,

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 199

dOrb., at Station 2, but with only three visible chambers at the base, instead of six,
as in d’Orbigny’s figure. At Stations 5 and 6 a few individuals of the depressed
C. poeyi type, rather pauperate.

509. Cymbalopora bulloides (d’Orbigny).
Rosalina bulloides, @Orbieny, 1839, FC. p. 98, pl. ii, figs. 2-5.
Cymbalopora bullowdes, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete. FIKA. 1915, p. 688
Stations 5, 6.
A single specimen at Station 5, and two at Station 6, all large and belonging to
the type with depressed acervuline chambers.

DISCORBINA, Parker and Jones.

510. Discorbina cora (d Orbigny).
Rosalina cora, @Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 45, pl. vi, figs. 19-21.
Discorbina ,, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 690.
Station 2.
Fine fossil specimens only.

511. Discorbina nitida (Williamson).
Rotalina nitida, Wilhamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 54, pl. iv, figs. LOG—LOS.
Discorbina mtida, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FRA, 1915, p. 691.
Stations 2-9, 11 (+ R.d. J.).
Very good examples at Stations 3, 5, 6. Budding specimens at Station 6. Fossils
at Stations 2 and 6.

512. Discorbina millettii, Wright.
~ Discorbina millettii, Wright, 1910-11, ECM. p. 15, pl. ii, figs. 14-17.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FWS. p. 270.

2

Station 9.
A single typical specimen.

513. Discorbina praegert, Heron-Allen and Harland.

pl. x, figs. 8-10; 1914, etc.,

Discorbina pracgert, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1915, Cl. p. 122,
0; 1916, FSC. p. 50.

EKA. 1915, p. 692; 1916, FWS. p. 271
Stations 2-6, 11, 32, 40.

Sparingly distributed, but fairly frequent and typical at Station 6.

514. Discorbina isabelleana (d’Orbigny).

Rosalina isabelleana, d’Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 43, pl. vi, figs. 10-12.
Discorbina ,, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete. FIKA. 1915, p. 692.

Stations 2. 4-6.

200 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Rare, best at Stations 5 and 6. A budding (** plastogamic ”) specimen at the latter
Station.

515. Discorbina vilardeboana (dA Orbigny).
Rosalina vilardeboana, d’Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 44, pl. vi, figs. 13-15.
Discorbina 23 Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc. FIA. 1915, p. 692.
Stations 4-6, 27 (+ R.d.J.).
Poor specimens, hardly typical, the best at Station 6.
[Arenaceous isomorph, Trochammina squamata, J. & P. (2), and Valvulina fusca,

(Will.).]

516. Discorbina peruviana (d Orbigny).
Rosalina peruviana, @Orbigny, 1839, FAM, p. 41, pl. i, figs. 12-14.
Discorbina - Heron-Allen and Karland, 1913, CI. p. 122, pl. xi, figs. 1-3.
Stations 6, 27 (+ R.d. J.).
The best at Station 27, where it is fairly frequent.

517. Discorbina rosacea (dOrbigny).
Rotalina rosacea, VOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 273, no. 15, Modéle no. 39.
Discorbina ,, | Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915, p. 692.
Stations 1-6, 8, 10, 11, 16, 26, 45, 50, 538, 55 (+ R-d. J., D.):
Universally distributed, the best at Stations 4, 6, and 26. A sessile specimen
at Station 6. At Stations 45 and 50 a tendency to the formation of chitinous shells.

518. Discorbina baccata, Heron-Allen and Earland.

Discorbina baccata, Heron-Allen and Karland, 1913, CL. p. 124, pl. xii, figs. 1-3; 1916, FWS.
p. 271; 1916, FSC. p. 50.
Stations 2, 3, 5.

tecent at Station 5, fossils at Stations 2 and 3. Rare.

519. Discorbina turbo (d’Orbigny).
Rotalia (Trochulina) turbo, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 274, no. 39, Modéle no. 73.
Discorbina turbo, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 693.
Stations’ 2) 355,76, 26,53 (-ekaceda):
The best at Stations 5 and 6. A budding specimen at Station 6. Fossils at
Stations 2 and 3. The most southerly specimen is rather depressed, being
intermediate between D. turbo and D. rosacea.

520. Discorbina orbicularis (Terquem).

Rosalina orbicularis, Terquem, 1875, ete., APD. 1876, p- 5: pl. IIs, fig. 4.
Discorbina ., Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915 p. 693.

Stations 2, 3, 5. 6.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 201

Confined to the N.Z. area, the best at Station 6. At Stations 1 and 2 the
specimens are all strongly limbate.

521. Discorbina mediterranensis (d Orbigny).
Rosalina mediterranensis, A Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 271, no. 2.
Discorbina ~ Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIKA. 1915, p. 6953.
Stations 2-6, 38 (4+ K.1I.).
Rare in the N.Z. area, but good specimens at Stations 5 and 6, less typical
elsewhere. Fossils at Stations 3 and 6. Excellent, and fairly frequent at Station 38.

522. Discorbina irregularis, Rhumbler.
Discorbina irreqularis, Rhumbler, 1906, FLC, p. 70, pl. v, figs. 57, 58.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1915, CI. p. 120, pl. x, figs. 2-4.

22

Station 6.
A single specimen of this wild-growing D. globularis.

523. Discorbina globularis (dOrbigny).
Rosalina globularis, d Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 271, pl. xi, figs. 1-4, Modéle no. 69.
Discorbina _,, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 694, pl. li, figs. 36-39.

Stations 2-8, 13, 26, 31, 38, 45-48, 53-55 (+R.d.J., D.).

Universally distributed, but most abundantly and best developed in the
extreme south. The specimens from the Stations south of Station 38 are all
large, usually of the high-domed irregular type. Abundant both in the free and
sessile conditions. At Station 46 a specimen was found living sessile on a small
Pycnogonid. Most of the Antarctic specimens are thin-walled, with a tendency
to depauperation and chitimous growth. The most noticeable record is that of
a single small, thin-walled but quite typical, individual at Station 13 im a depth
of 3,003 fms.; with the exception of a few starved Muiliolids, it represents the
only benthic calcareous organisms found in that gathering, and the depth is
enormously beyond any previous record for the species. In the N.Z. area the
specimens are less abundant and generally poorly developed, except at Stations
5 and 6. Fossil specimens at several N.Z. Stations and, as with many other
species, the fossils are noticeably larger and more strongly developed than the

recent individuals.

524. Discorbina polyrraphes (Reuss).
Rotalina polyrraphes, Reuss, 1845-6, VBK. pt. 1, p. 35, pl. xii, fig. 18.
Discorbina _,, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FWS. p. 272.
Wright, 1910-11, BCNI. p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 3.

Ge 3 :

Station 6.

A few typical specimens. This is a species liable to be overlooked on account
of its minute size.

>
VOL. VI. az D

202 “THRRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

525. Discorbina obtusa (d Orbigny).
Rosalina obtusa, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 179, pl. x, figs. 4-6.
Discorbis ,, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 13, fig. 12.
Station 6 (+ R.d. J.).
A few small specimens.

526. Discorbina valvulata (d Orbigny).
Rosalina valvulata, @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 271, no. 4.
Discorbina ,, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIKA. 1915, p. 695.

Station 6.
A far from typical specimen.

527. Discorbina sauleu (dOrbigny).

Rosalina saulcii, d’Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 42, pl. ii, figs. 9-11.
Discorbina ,, Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 696; 1908, etc., SB.
1909, p. 444.

Station 6.
One small and doubtful specimen.

528. Discorbina chasteri, Heron-Allen and Harland.
Discorbina minutissima, Chaster, 1892, FS. p. 65, pl. i, fig. 15.
chastert, Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915, p. 697.

Stations 27, 36, 38, 53, 55.

Confined to the Antarctic area and reaching exceptional development at
Station 38. Several typical specimens at Station 36 (2,216 fms.). The occurrence
of this curious but distinctive little form, so far away from its original locality in
British seas, and in such deep water, is noteworthy. No spimous examples (our
var. bispinosa, H.-A. & EH. 1913, CI. p. 129, pl. xiii, fig. 4) occur, although the
variety is recorded by Sidebottom from the East Coast of Australia, m 465 fms.
(S. 1918, FECA. p. 256, pl. vi, figs. 18, 19), the type being absent im that locality.

529. Discorbina rugosa (d’Orbigny).
Rosalina rugosa, dOrbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 42, pl. ii, figs. 12-14.
Discorbina ,, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FRA. 1915, p. 697.
Station 6 (+ R.d.J.).
A few specimens of a rather compressed type.
[Arenaceous isomorph, Trochammina inflata, (Mont.).]

530. Discorbina bertheloti (VOrbigny).

Rosalina bertheloti, d Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 135, pl. i, figs. 28-30.
Discorbis * Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 20, pl. vii, fig. 3.

Stations 3, 4, 6, 8, 31 (+ R.d. J.).

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 203

Confined to the N.Z. area, save for a single weak example at Station 31.
Very fine series of specimens at Station 6, including both sessile and ** plastogamic ”’
or budding individuals. Fossil at Station 3.

531. Discorbina bertheloli, var. baconica, Hantken.

eae

Discorbina baconica, Hantken, 1875, CSS. p. 76, pl. x, figs. 3a, b.
Discorbina bertheloti, var. baconica, Heron-Allen and Karland, 1916, FSC. p. 50, pl. viii, figs. 10-12.
Stations 2-6 (+ R.d. J.).
Confined to the N.Z. area. The best examples at Station 6, including sessile
individuals, and specimens characterized by excessive limbation of the sutural
lines. Similar specimens at Station 5.° Fossils at Station 6.

532. Discorbina rarescens, Brady.
Discorbina rarescens, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 651, pl. xe, figs. 2, 3, and ? 4.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 700.
Station 6.
Specimens exhibiting wide variation in the development of the carina, and in the
degree of inflation of the chambers. Sometimes so flat as to be almost scale-like.

A sessile individual also observed.

533. Discorbina pustulata, Heron-Allen and Karland.

914, ete.

Discorbina pustulata, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, CI. p. 129, pl. xu, figs. 5-7; 1
73. 1916,

FKA. 1915, p. 701, pl. lit, figs. 24-26; 1916, EWS. p. 2
FSC. p. 50.

Stations 2, 6.

Excellent examples at Station 2. Those from Station 6 apparently fossil.

534. Discorbina parisiensis (d Orbigny).
vosalina parisiensis, d Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 271, Modole no. 58.
Discorbina é Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 915, p. 701.

Stations 2, 38, 47, 50, 55 (+ K.I.).

Except for a somewhat doubtful fossil at Station 2 the species is confined
to the Antarctic area, where it is fairly frequent at some Stations, but never
attains the enormous dimensions that it does at some Arctic Stations which we
have examined, or in the Kerguelen Island material referred to im our Appendix B.

535. Discorbina opercularis (dOrbigny).
Rosalina opercularis, @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 271, no. 7.
Discorbis A) Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 18, pl. xi, fig. 3.
Stations 2-6, 7.
Very fine examples at Stations 5 and 6. Fossils at Stations 2 and 6 and
“plastogamic ” at Station 3.

94 30).

204 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

536. Discorbina pileolus (d Orbigny).
Valeulina pileolus, @Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 47, pl. 1, figs. 15-17.
Discorbina ,, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 649, pl. Ixxxix, figs. 2-4.

Stations 1-6.

Common everywhere, fossils at Stations 2, 3. and 6. This is perhaps the
species of Discorbina in which buddimg (or plastogamy) occurs most abundantly.
At every Station except Station 4, such pairs occur in profusion, and m every
condition from the actual paired shells to disunited specimens in which the whole
of the internal septa have been absorbed. There is, in such series, a complete
gradation of size in the budded shell from very elementary individuals, to fully-
formed tests, and there is a corresponding difference in the proportions of the
individuals, a low-domed specimen being often budded from an abnormally high-
domed one. (See H.-A. 1915, RPF. p. 246, pl. xv, fig. 27.)

537. Discorbina patelliformis, Brady.
Discorbina patelliformis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 647, pl. Ixxxvii, fig. 3, pl. lexxix, fig, 1.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 703, pl. lii, fig. 32.
Stations 1-8, 5, 6.
The best at Station 1. Fossils at Stations 2, 3 and 6. Rare everywhere.

538. Discorbina calcarata, sp. nov. Pl. VII, figs. 12-16.

Srahions 225) 3. b. Ge

Test circular, dome-shaped, consisting of two to three convolutions of
chambers, six to eight chambers in each convolution. Sutural lines thick, but
not limbate, curving. From the extremity of each sutural line extends a_ solid
spine of very variable dimensions; sometimes a mere papillation on the marginal
edge of the shell, occasionally strong and markedly projecting. Base flat,
excavated in the centre, beaded in radiating lies. Surface matt to rough. Apical
chamber usually smooth and polished.

Dimensions :—Width, *20-°30mm.; height, -20 mm.

Resembles D. imperatoria (d’Orb.), as figured by Sidebottom (8. 1904, ete.,
RFD. 1908, p. 13, pl. v, figs. 1, 2) but is less pointed at the apex, flat instead
of concave at the base, and more variable in the character of its spines. The
Delos specimens have straight sutural lines.

Confined to the N.Z. area. At Stations 2 and 3 the spmous development is
much more marked than at Stations 5 and 6. Many fossils, but, owing to the
nature of the shell-surface, these are not easy to discriminate.

539. Discorbina harmeri, sp. noy. Pl. VII, figs. 9-11.
Stations 2-6, 8.

Test circular, more or less highly domed, rounded at the apex. Very thick-

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 205

walled, very finely striate, with les running radially from the apex to the periphery.
Marginal edge acute, with a tendency at Stations 5 and 6 to become carinate. Base,
flat with a small central umbilicus studded with beads. About four convolutions
of long curving chambers, six to eight im the last convolution. Viewed as an opaque
object the dome-shaped glassy shell has a white spiral running round it from
apex to base, which, under higher magnification, becomes resolved into a line
of tubules extendmg through the thick wall of the chambers.

Dimensions :—Width, -32--37 mm.; height, -15 mm.

This is one of the most distinctive N.Z. species, and is frequent at several
Stations, especially Stations 5 and 6. Budding (“ plastogamic”’), and a few fossil
individuals at Stations 5 and 6. It appears to be most nearly allied to D. pileolus,
but has many distinctive characteristics.

540. Discorbina tabernacularis, Brady.

Discorbina tabernacularis, Brady, 1879, ete., RRC. 1881, p. 65; 1884, FC. p. 648, pl. Ixxxix,
fies. 5—T.

Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 704.

23

Stations 2, 3, 6.
All fossils.

541. Discorbina disparilis, sp. nov. Pl. VII, figs. 20-22.

Station 2.

Test compressed, consisting of about two convolutions, eight chambers in the final
convolution rapidly increasing in size. Surface coarsely tuberculate. Sutures
strongly limbate on the superior side, the sutures and the tuberculation rendering
the septation very indistmet. Marginal edge produced into a thick rounded
carma. Inferior surface slightly concave, smooth. Sutural lines very indistinct.

Dimensions :—Length, -38—-42 mm.; maximum breadth, *30 mm.

The above description is the best possible for a very obscure form repre-
sented by two specimens at Station 2. It is difficult to diagnose, owing to the
obscuration of all the earlier structure by the tuberculation of the superior sur-
face, and by the fact that the imferior surface, which is plane, is thick-walled
and opaque. The number and shape of the internal chambers can, however,
be made out by wetting the inferior surface. Its affinities are rather obscure;
it may belong to the D. biconcava group, but its nearest ally is clearly D. involuta,
Sidebottom (S., 1918, FECA. p. 255, pl. vi, 15-17), which it closely resembles
in its superior and inferior aspects, but from which it differs in the absence of
the subsidiary septa which in Sidebottom’s specimens subdivide the internal
cavity of each chamber. These, however, may be merely structural develop-
ments due to the deeper water from which his specimens were obtained.

206 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

542. Discorbina biconcava, Parker and Jones.
Discorbina biconcava, Carpenter, Parker and Jones, 1862, ISF. p. 201, fig. 32 9.
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 653, pl. xci, figs. 2, 3.
Stations 2-6.
Very rare and far from typical. Fossils at Stations 3 and 6.

543. Discorbina wilsoni, sp. nov. Pl. VII, figs. 17-19.

Stations 23, 38, 48.

Test free, oval in outline, highly convex on the superior, flat on the inferior
surface, but slopmg inwards to the umbilical apertural opening. Consisting of
about two convolutions of chambers, rapidly mereasing in size, slightly swollen,
separated by limbate sutures rising into sharp ridges, and forming a sharp narrow
edge to the shell. Surface of the chambers between the sutural ridges rough, with
beads, forming in some instances transverse costae. Colour opaque dull yellowish-
white on the superior side, clear and glassy on the inferior, where the sutural lines are
obscure. Aperture, a depression on the inferior face of the terminal chamber,
bordered by radiating lines, leading down to a depression furnished with the
normal discorbine tooth.

Dimensions :—Length, *32-°37 mm.; breadth, *27--32 mm.; height, -13 mm.

A few specimens only at each Station. They have considerable resemblance
as regards the superior face to Brady's D. ventricosa (B., 1884, FC. p. 654,
pl. xci, fig. 7), but differ entirely from that species in the character of the under-
side, and of their decoration. Karrer’s Pulvinulina erinacea (Karrer, 1868,
MFKB. p: 187, pl. v. fig. 6), which is an isomorph of D. ventricosa, has also
a certam resemblance to our species, which may probably be regarded as an

isomorph of P. lateralis.

544. Discorbina pulvinoides, Cushman.

Discorbis pulvinoides, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 23, pl. vi, fig. 3.

Stations 1, 2, 6, 27.

We attribute our specimens to Cushman’s species, but with some reservation.
His figure is unsatisfactory as it shows no edge-view ; he appears to have founded
the species upon a single specimen, and does not refer to the peculiar secondary
chambers which are indicated in our specimens, especially in the large and
typical example from Station 6. These secondary chambers clearly indicate the
close relationship of our specimens to D. lingulata.

545. Discorbina lingulata, Burrows and Holland.

Discorbina lingulata, Burrows and Holland in J. P. & B., 1866, ete., MFC. 1896, p. 297, pl. vii,
figs. 33, a-c.

Stations 1, 2, 8, 11.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 207

Very fine examples at Stations 1 aud 2, but extremely rare. In the deeper water
the specimens become depauperate, but retain their characteristic structure.

546. Discorbina lingulata, var. unguiculata, Sidebottom.

Discorbina lingulata, var. ungiieculata, Sidebottom, 1918. FECA. p. 255, pl. vi, figs. 12-14.

Stations 2, 3.

At Station 2 a good many examples of this strongly limbate variety. At
Station 3 a few which are almost certainly fossils. The only previous record
is from the KH. coast of Australia (465 fms.).

PLANORBULINA, d’Orbigny.

547. Planorbulina mediterranensis, d Orbigny.
Planorbulina mediterranensis, @Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 280, pl. xiv, figs. 4-6, Modéle no. 79.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 705.
Stations 3, 21.
A doubtful specimen at Station 3, and a small but unquestionable specimen
from Station 21, in 1,714 fms., probably the deepest record hitherto.

548. Planorbulina acervalis, Brady.
Planorbulina acervalis, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 657, pl. xeii, fig. 4.
= - Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 705.
Station 6.

A single good specimen.

TRUNCATULINA, dOrbigny.

549. Truncatulina refulgens (Montfort). Pl. VII, figs. 23, 28.
Cibicides refulgens, Montfort, 1808-10, CS. vol. i, p. 122, 31”° genre.
Truncatulina refulgens, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 70%
Stations 1-6, 12, 18, 26-28, 30, 36, 38, 45-50, 58-55 (+ K.I., R. d.J., D.).
Universally distributed, reachmg its maximum development in the extreme
S., where it attaches itself to every solid organic and inorganic object. The
Polyzoa notable at Station 50 are covered with sessile individuals. These sessile
specimens are, as a rule, surrounded by a thin layer of mud, from which extend
tubes at irregular intervals all round the shell, the object evidently being to
convey the protoplasm, under protection, to some distance from the shell. Such
tube-bearing specimens are also found in quantity at Station 27. Here, as at
many other Stations, where the type is abundant, many of the specimens are
seen to be riddled with small circular holes, especially as to the terminal
chambers. Whether these are the borings of a parasite, or m the nature of

208 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

subsidiary apertures, there is no evidence to show—probably the former. In
the NZ. area the species is much less abundant and less strongly developed than
in the Antarctic, but good specimens are found at several Stations, notably
Station 6, where also a very handsome cultrate, high-domed type occurs with a
thick, glassy shell. At Station 48 occurred a large specimen, *80 mm. in diameter,
which we figure (pl. VII, fig. 24), with the terminal chamber broken and revealing

a number of viviparous young in the cavity.

550. Truncatulina lobatula (Walker and Jacob).
Nautilus lobatulus, Walker and Jacob, 1798, AEM. p. 642, pl. xiv, fig. 36.
Truncatulina lobatula, Heron-Allen and Karland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 706.
Stations 1-6, 8-12, 16-19, 23, 26, 27, 29, 31, 38, 45, 47, 48, 50, 53 (4+ K.L.,
Inte Clo din, ID).

. Universally distributed, and, except in the deep water, abundant. Every
possible variation, including sessile and encrusted specimens at Station 6, one
small individual having become encrusted within the arms of a large Tetractinellid
sponge-spicule. At a few Stations (8, 9, 26, 29, 31 and 38) the species is character-
ized by its minute size, for no apparent reason, otherwise the species is constant
in maximum size to the farthest South. Some of the best and most strongly
built specimens are from Stations between 45 and 50. At Station 11 a specimen
with an extremely minute individual encrusted upon the centre of the flat side.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Nubecularia lucifuga, Defr., see note to No. 4.]

551. Truncatulina lobatula, var. arenacea, nov. Pl. VII, figs. 32-35. -

Stations 26, 45.

At Station 26 small neat arenaceous isomorphs, comparable in size and
development with the hyaline type, as occurring at this Station. One sessile,
and one free individual. The test is neatly constructed of fine sand-grains and
ferruginous cement. One less typical example at Station 45.

The size is very variable; a typical specimen was -40 mm. long and 30 mm.
broad.

552. Truncatulina variabilis, d Orbigny.

Truncatulina variabilis, A Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 279, no. 8.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FIKA. 1915, p. 706.

Stations 2-4; 6, 12; 16, 18, 19, 50,055 (+= Ra dade Die

Abundant down to Station 6. At the other Stations represented, as a rule,
by single individuals presenting no particular features. At Station 19 very thin
and outspread, at Station 50 an individual of a very massive and_ thick-walled
type, probably derived from 7. refulgens rather than from T. lobatula. The N.Z.
specimens are more noteworthy; it occurs both recent and fossil at Stations 2, 3
and 6, and the fossil specimens are perhaps the most interesting series; they

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. Z09

include every conceivable monstrosity, and a number of specimens simulating the
structure of widely-separated genera. Many individuals with regularly textularian
chambers, others proceeding from textularian to bigenerine, others with acervuline
masses. At Stations 2 and 3, in addition to the type of usual truncatuline
texture, a form occurs abundantly, both sessile and attached, in which the shell-
wall is very finely tubulate, thick and glistening. This type does not occur else-
where in the gatherings.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Haplophragmium canariense, var. variabilis, H.-A. & Ki.

553. Truncatulina tenuimarao, Brady.
Truncatulina tenwimargo, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 662, pl. xciii, figs. 2, 3.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 707.
Stations, 2, 3; 6, 8, 12:
A few typical specimens of the keeled type represented by Brady's fig. 3

occur. Fossil specimens at Stations 2, 3, and 6.
554. Truncatulina tenuimargo, var. alto-camerata, nov. Pl. VII, fig.
Truncatulina tenuimargo, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 662, pl. xeiii, fig. 2.
% a Sidebottom, 1918, FECA. p. 257, pl. vi, figs. 20, 21.

Duamonseeens: Ov Ll. 12:

The extraordinary variety adumbrated by Brady in his Fig. 2, and figured
by Sidebottom (ué supra) occurs generally over the N.Z. area, though specimens
are rare. Brady's figure represents a transition form between carinate 7’. lobatula
and the high conical-chambered Sidebottom figure, and such intermediate speci-
mens, representing all stages of transition, occur at Stations 3 and 6. The
variety reaches its maximum development at Station 2, with individuals having
as many as eight bigh conical chambers to the whorl. At Station 6, where it
was most frequent, the specimens are much smaller and the cone is less elevated.
Beyond Station 6 it gradually dies out, becoming very rare and smaller in the
deeper water, and at Station 12 the cone is hardly more prominent than in
Brady’s figure. All the specimens at Station 7 were dead and discoloured shells.
At Station 3 an individual, intermediate between the extreme types, occurs with
pustules of solid shell-matter on the low cones of the chambers. Fossil and
recent at Stations 3 and 6; the fossil specimens and the recent are identical.
Seguenza figures and describes a form as Discorbina plano-convexa, having some-
what similar characteristics, but referable by its aperture to Diéscorbina, and it
may be regarded as an isomorph (S. 1882, CMIM. p. 199, pl. xxi, fig. 2a, b).
A somewhat similar form is described and figured by Schwager (S. 1883, HLW.
p. 126, pl. xxix, fig. 14) under the name Truncatulina colligera, but the chambers
are less dome-shaped and prominent.

The size varies greatly, attainmg a length of ~70mm. and a_ breadth of
-50mm., with a maximum height of *30mm. in the final chamber.

2 m7

a4

VOL. VI.

“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

555. Truncatulina wuelterstorfi (Schwager).
Anomalina wuellerstorfi, Schwager, 1866, FIN. p. 258, pl. vii, fig. 105.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 34, pl xu, fig.

Co

Stations 2093) 6=125 7-20-2203 2eo

Generally distributed as far as Station
10, 11. At Station 8 the specimens are very complanate, with
sinuous chambers. At Stations 17 and 18, where they are small, the type is high-

32. Very abundant at Stations °3,
a tendency to

domed.

556. Truncatulina haidingeria (da Orbigny).
Rotalina haidingerii, dOrbigny, 1846, FFV. p 154, pl. viii, figs. 7-9.
Truncatulina haidingerii, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915, p. 708.

Stations 1-6, 8, 10-12, 50, 55.
Generally distributed in the N.Z. area, and presenting the usual wide range

Cultrate forms at Stations 2, 3 and 6. Glauconitic casts at Station

of variation.
2 Outside the N.Z. area the form only occurs

6. Fossils at Stations 2 and 6.
farthest South, where they are fairly normal and moderately thick-shelled.

Truncatulina aknervana (dOrbigny).

Rosalina akneriana, VOrbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 156, pl. viii, figs. 13-15.
Truncatulina akneriana, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915, p. 709.

Stations 1-3, 6-8, 17, 20, 26, 36, 38.
Generally distributed as far as Station 88, where the finest specimens were

found.
[Arenaceous isomorph,

PAS; sp: 06; ple i, tise -2)s]

Haplophraqnium truncatuliniforme. Chap. (C. 1895,

558. Truncatulina ungeriana (dOrbigny).
Rotalina ungeriana, d Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 157, pl. viii, figs. 16-18.
Truncatulina ungervana, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIKA. 1915, p. 708.
16-18, 22, 31, 32, 36, 38, 49) 50:

Stations 1-3, 5-12,
Almost universally distributed, the best in the N.Z. area at Stations 3 and
6, very small at Stations 9 and 10. The Antarctic specimens do not present any

special features. At Station 2 a broken specimen exhibiting the chitinous lining

to the chambers.
559. Truncatulina robertsoniana, Brady.

Lruncatulina robertsoniana, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 65; 1884, FC. p. 664, pl. xev, fig. 4.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 708.

Stations 2:5°3)05. (65 8. On lameeeoGs
In the N.Z. area good and typical specimens at Stations 2, 3, and 6,

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 211

especially at the last. At Stations 8, 9, and 11 the specimens are extremely
minute, hyaline and colourless, but preserving the characteristic configuration of
the type. At Station 27 the normal type occurs, but very small, and at Station
29 it becomes even more pauperate and semi-chitinous.

560. Truncatulina tenera, Brady.
Truncatulina tenera, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 665, pl. xev, fig. 11 a-c.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FWS. p. 275, pl. xl, figs. 31-35.
Stations 7, 8, 10-12, 14, 17-19, 23, 41 (+ T.d.F.).
Sparingly represented, but very good and typical.

561. Truncatulina dutempler (dOrbigny).

Rotalina dutemplei, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 157, pl. viii, figs. 19-21.
Truncatulina ,, Cushman, 1910 etc., FNP. 1915, p. 37, pl. xv, fig. 2.

Station 22 (+ T.d.F., D.).
A single specimen.

562. Truncatulina tumidula, Brady.
Truncatulina tumidula, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 666, pl. xev, figs. 8, a-d.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 38, pl. xv, fig. 3.
Stations 2G. 10, Ml 16, 17, 18.20, 29-31, 36 (Ep D:):
Generally distributed as far as Station 36. The number of specimens few,
but the form is very apt to be overlooked. Most prominent at Stations 10 and
31: chitinous pauperate specimens at the latter Station.

563. Truncatulina pygmaea (Hantken).

Pulvinulina pygmaea, Hantken, 1875, CSS. p. 78, pl. x, fig. 8 (Lruncatulina in plate).
Truncatulina 53 Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1915, p. 38, fig. 41.

Stations 7,9. 10; 18, 20 96, 27, 31 (+ Td. E.):
The best at Station 18. The specimens are all typical.

564. Truncatulina praecincta (Xarrer).

Rotalia praecincta, Karrer, 1868, MFKB. p. 189, pl. v, fig. 7.
Truncatulina praecincta, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FA. 1915, p. 709.
.
Stations 2, 3, 6.

Few in number and not very typical.

565. Truncatulina culter (Parker and Jones).

Planorbulina culter, Parker and Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 421, pl. xix. fig. 1.
Truncatulina — ,, Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 709.

Stations 2, 3, 6, 7.
Rare but very good specimens, the best at Stations 2 and 3. Fossils at
Station 6.

212 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION,

566. Truncatulina reticulata (Czjzek).

Rotalina reticulata, Czjzek, 1848, FWB. p. 145, pl. xiii, figs. 7-9.
Truncatulina reticulata, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 710.

Stations 1, 6 (+ R.d.J.).
Very rare at Station 1; exceptionally fme and large specimens at Station 6.

ANOMALINA, Parker and Jones.

567. Anomalina polymorpha, Costa.

Anomalina polymorpha, Costa, 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, p. 252, pl. xxi, figs. 7-9.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1915, FKA. p. 712, pl. lini, figs. 2-5.

Stations 2, 3, 6.

Abundant at Stations 2 and 3, and rare at Station 6. As its name implies,
this species is exceedingly variable, and the series from Stations 2 and 3 cover
practically the whole gamut of variations. The specimens range between thin
regular spineless forms, thicker spimeless forms practically mseparable from A.
coronala, normal spimous individuals in which the regular development of the
shell is not lost, and wild-growing specimens with abnormal development of the
spines and sometimes with accessory chambers. Even the development of
the spies does not follow any fixed line, for, in some instances, they are developed
from the ends of the strongly limbate sutures and are formed of solid shell-
matter, while in others they are developed from the wall of the chambers,
occasionally with an aperture at the tip. The development of these particular
forms may be observed in the case of shells which have lived sessile upon large
sponge-spicules. The surface available for attachment being small, relatively to
the size of the organism, an extension of the chamber is seen to be launched
out m each direction in the axis of the spicule. Similar specimens have been
admirably figured by Chapman (C. 1901, FLC. p. 392, pl. 1).

568. Anomalina coronata, Parker and Jones.
Anomalina coronata, Parker and Jones, 1857, FCN. p. 294, pl. x, figs. 15, 16.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 47, pl. xvin, fig. 5.
Stations 3, 6.
Kixtremely rare. The scarcity of this species, as compared with the abundance
of A. polymorpha occurrmg at the same Stations, is very noticeable.

569. Anomalina ariminensis, A Orbieny.
Anomalina ariminensis, A Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 282. no. 2, pl. xiv, figs. 1-3.

Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 44, pl. xix, fig. 1 (text fig. 49).

”

Stations 2, 3, 6, 10, 11.
Confined to the N.Z. area. Frequent and variable at Station 6. Rare else-

to
—

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

where. At Station 6 some of the specimens closely approach Sidebottom’s
A. sinuosa, owing to the strong limbation of the sutural lines on the upper
surface, but they are altogether more strongly built, and show little indication
of the carinate periphery characterizing Sidebottom’s species (S., 1918, FECA,
p. 258, pl. vi, figs. 22-25). Some of these limbate specimens are granular on
the surface between the limbations; there is a tendency in the later chambers
to thm out. The limbate form occurs also at Station 10, but the specimens
are very small. Fossil examples occur at Stations 2, 3 and 6, exclusively fossil
at Station 3, all large and typical.

570. Anomalina sinuosa, Sidebottom.

Anomalina sinuosa, Sidebottom, 1918, FECA. p. 258, pl. vi, figs. 22-25.

Stations 11, 12.
Extremely rare. The specimens from Station 11 typical, but’ weak; at
Station 12, limbation strongly developed, but with weak peripheral edge.

CARPENTERIA, Gray.

571. Carpenteria protecformis, Goes.
Carpenteria balaniformis, var. proteiformis, Gots, 1882, RRCS. p. 94, pl. vi, figs. 208-214,
pl. vu, figs. 215-219.
proteiformis, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915 p. 49, pl. xx, fig. 2; pl. xxi, fig. 1.
Station 6.
Several specimens of a thick-walled type, studded with solid beads of clear
shell-matter similar to Chapman’s figure. (Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. xxvi. 1913,

pleexval fig. 7.)

PULVINULINA, Parker and Jones.

572. Pulvinulina repanda (Fichtel and Moll).

Nautilus repandus, Fichtel and Moll, 1798, TM. p. 35, pl. ii, figs. a-d.
Pulvinulina repanda, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIKA. 1915, p. 715.
Stations 1, 2, 5-7, 26, 27.
Sparingly represented and small, except at Station 2, where it is very large

and typical. Fossil only at Station 6.

573. Pulvinulina repanda, var. concamerata (Montagu).
Serpula concamerata, Montagu, 1803-8, TB. Suppl. p. 160 (fide Williamson, 1858, REGB).
Pulvinulina (repanda, var.) concamerata, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 52, pl. xxv, fig. 1,
Stations 2, 3, 6.
Fossils are frequent; the only recent example occurs at Station 6.

214 ¢THRRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

574. Pulvinulina punctulata (dOrbigny).
Rotalia punctulata, d Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 273, no. 25, Modéle no. 12.
Pulvinulina punctulata, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, CI. p. 134, pl. iv, figs. 20, 21.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 52, pl. xxiv, fig. 1, text fig. 54.
Stations 6, 9.
One sessile specimen at Station 6, and a few small free individuals at Station 9.

575. Pulvinulina concentrica, Parker and Jones.
Pulvinulina concentrica, Parker and Jones (MS.), Brady, 1864, RFS. p. 470, pl. xlvii, fig. 14.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIKA. 1915, p. 714.

Stations 1-6.

This handsome species is abundant and very variable at the Stations. The
largest individuals at Stations 1 and 2. At most of the Stations two distinct
types occur, one depressed, with strongly limbate sutural lines, the other a high
form with rather swollen chambers, so that the limbate sutures are sunk in
sutural depressions. This swollen form is usually smaller than the others, and
is covered all over with the characteristic orange-brown tint, which in the normal
type is confined to a band round the edge of the chambers. This band may be
wholly or partly missmg. In a specimen at Station 6 the clear surface of the
chambers was mottled with patches identical with the band-coloration, in
another the marginal band is so strongly developed that the chamber-surface
is reduced to a small square sunk in the middle. Fossils occur at Stations 2,
3 and 6, recognizable by the band-structure, the colour being destroyed.

576. Pulvinulina auricula (Fichtel and Moll).

Nautilus auricula, var. a, Fichtel and Moll, 1798, TM. p. 108, pl. xx, figs. a, b, ¢.
Pulvoinulina auricula, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 714.

Stations 6 (+ R.d.J., D.).
A good many very fine specimens.

577. Pulvinulina oblonga (Williamson).
Nautilus auricula, var. B., Fichtel and Moll, 1798, TM. p. 108, pl. xx, figs d, e, f.
Pulvinulina oblonga, Heron-Allen and Karland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 714.
Stations 2, 6, 8, 9,.11, 16, 48, 53 (+ D.).
Not uneommon, the majority of the specimens small and thin-walled.
Practically no difference between the specimens.

578. Pulvinulina hauerii (dV Orbigny).

Rotalina hauerii, VOrbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 151, pl. vii, figs. 22-24.
Pulvinulina hauervi, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p- 715.

Stations 2, 7, 23.

Very rare. Single specimens at each Station.

FORAMINIFERA —HERON-ALLEN AND- EARLAND., 215

579. Pulvinulina brongniartic (A Orbigny).
Rotalia brongniarti, A Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 275, no. 27.
Pulvinulina brongniartii, Weron-Allen and EBarland, 1914, ete., FINA. 1915, p. 715.
Simos B, @ WL, We, Sil.
tare, and far from typical, the best specimens, and also sessile examples, at

Station 6.

580. Pulvinulina haliotidea, Heron-Allen and Warland.
Pulvinulina haliotidea, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1908, etc., 8B. 1911, p. 358, pl. x1, figs. 6-11 ;
1913, CI. p. 136; 1916, FWS. p. 276.
Stations 2, 3, 6, 16.
One specimen from Station 16, recent and typical. The species occurs abundantly
as a fossil at Stations 2, 3 and 6, and all the specimens are of much greater size
than that from Station 16, or any of the Kuropean recent examples. —

581. Pulvinulina tumida, Brady.
Pulvinulina menardit, var. tunada, Brady, 1877, FNB. p. 535.
twmida, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 715.
Stations) 3, 6 (-- K. 1):
Typical fossil examples at the N.Z. Stations.

582. Pulvinulina canariensis (d Orbigny).
Rotalina canariensis, A Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 130, pl. 1, figs. 34-36.
Pulvinulina canariensis, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 56, pl. xxiu, fig. 1.
Stations 1-3, 6-8, 10.
Confined to the N.Z. area, frequent and well developed.

583. Pulvinulina patagonica (dOrbigny).
Rotalina patagonica, A Orbigny, 1839, FAM. p. 36, pl. ii, figs. 6-8.

Pulvinulina patagonica, Heron-Allen and Farland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 716.

Stations 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 11 (+ R. d. J.).
Frequent in the N.Z. area. The specimens differ considerably in thickness of

shell-wall.

584. Pulvinulina patagonica, var. scitula, Brady.
Pulvinulina scitula, Brady, 1882, FKE. p. 716.
; Balkwill and Millett, 1884, FG. p. 85, pl. iv, fig. 12 (revision, p. 4)
patagonica, var. scitula, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1916, FSC. p. 51, pl. ix, figs. 2-5.
Stations 3, 6, 8.
The best at Stations 3; very rare. The tangled history of this variety has been

fully dealt with by us as above.

216 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

585. Pulvinulina crassa (dA Orbigny).
Rotalina crassa, @Orbigny, 1840, CBP. p. 32, pl. i, figs. 7, 8.
Pulvinulina crassa, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 58, pl. xxvuy, fig. 1.
Stations 1-10, 32, 50 (+ T. d. F.).

Universally distributed in the N.Z. area, frequent and well-developed. Fossils
at Stations 2 and 6. At the remaining Stations rare and small.

586. Pulvinulina truncatulinoides (A Orbigny).

Rotalina truncatulinoides, @Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 132, pl. 11, figs. 25-27.
micheliniana, A Orbigny, 1840, CBP. p. 31, pl. i, figs. 1-3.
Pulvinulina truncatulinoides, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915, p. 716.

Stations» 1—3; 5-12) 14 (<b Pedi he ke le):

The confusion arising between d’Orbigny’s two species has been treated from
the bibliographical aspect by Millett (M., 1898, etc., F'M., 1904, p. 500), but there
is also a zoological side which, although a pomt of minor importance, may
be worth referrmg to. The two species, although unquestionably zoologically
identical, represent two different forms of divergent structure. P. truncatulinordes,
described as a recent type, represents the thin-walled specimens with deeply
sunk sutures and umbilical cavity. Such imdividuals are to be found im shallow-
water gatherings wherever the species is recorded; the texture of the shell is
always more or less hyaline, and the surface highly papillate under a_ high
magnification. At greater depths the shell-wall thickens, the sutural depressions
and the umbilical recess become filled with secondary shell-growth, and the
test assumes the more rounded and smoother aspect of the fossil P. micheliniana.
The difference between the two is a question of shell-thickening, and no doubt
individuals of the one type pass in the process of advancing age into the
other.

Our specimens illustrate this progress very well. In the shallower N.Z.
Stations the open truncatulinoides type predominates, the specimens are large, hand-
some, thin-walled, and typical truncatulinoides. With the deeper water, especially
at Stations 7-9, thick-walled specimens of the mcheliniana type predominate.
In many of them the sutural depressions and umbilical recess are entirely obliterated.

The best of the truncatulinoides type are at Stations 1-3 and 6, the best of the
michelinmana type at 7-9, 12 and 14.

587. Pulvinulina umbonata (Reuss).

Rotalina umbonata, Reuss, 1851, FSUB. p. 75, pl. v, figs. 35, a-c.
Pulvinulina — ,, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 60, pl. xxvii, fig. 2.

Stations 8-12, 116, 17, 36.
Rare; the best at Stations 10-12 and 17.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

bo
~J

588. Pulvinulina exiqua, Brady.
Pulvinulina exiqua, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 696, pl. cil, figs. 15, 14.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 60, pl. xxiii, fig. 5.

cy)

Stations 6210) 16-18, 22) 23, 26-28, 31, 36, 45-48, 52, 53 (+ T. d. F., D).

Common, and universally distributed, the best and largest examples at
Stations 8, 9, 16, and 36. This curious little form with a looped aperture is one
of the distinctive forms of the ‘Terra Nova” gatherings, many of the
specimens agreeing definitely with Brady's type, others with the starved thin-walled
specimens which have so long been associated in British records with P. karsteni.
Brady, who was first responsible for the addition of P. karsteni to the British
records (B. 1864, RFS. p. 470, pl. xlviii, fig. 15), must have been quite familiar
with these British individuals, and it is extraordinary that he should have copied
Reuss’s figure of the thick-walled true karsteni type to illustrate the compara-
tively minute British form. The records of the two are probably ‘inextricably
mixed. Brady, in recording his new form P. exigua, makes no reference to its
occurrence elsewhere than in the North and South Atlantic, the Southern Ocean
and Pacific, and treats it as an essentially deep-water form.

589. Pulvinulina pauperata, Parker and Jones.
Pulvinulina pauperata, Parker and Jones, 1865, NAAF. p. 395, pl. xvi, figs. 50, 51, a, 6.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 61, pl. xxiii, figs. 2, 5, and fig. 58
in text.

ey) oF)

Stations 7, 16-19, 22, 23.
With the exception of Station 7, confined to deep-water Stations. Specimens
rare except at Stations 16 and 22. At Station 16 it attains a very large size,

but the specimens are dead and eroded shells.

590. Pulvinulina schreibersii (d Orbigny).
Rotalina schreibersii, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 154, pl. vil, figs. 4-6.
Pulvinulina schreibersii, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 716.
Stations 23,/6 (+ RB. d. J.).
* Very rare, but large and typical at Station 6.

591. Pulvinulina procera, Brady.
Pulvinulina procera, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1881, p. 66 ; 1884, FC. p. 698, pl. ev, fig. 7.
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 717.
Station 1.
A single small but typical individual.

VOL. VI.

218 “«THRRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

592. Pulvinulina karsteni (Reuss).

Rotalia karsteni, Reuss, 1855, KKM. p. 273, pl. ix, fig. 6.
o
g.

Pulvinulina karsteni, Brady, 1864, RES. p. 470, pl. xlviii, fig. 15 (after Reuss) ; 1884, FC. p. 698,

pl. ev, figs. 8, 9. -
Heron-Allen and Harland, 1916, FWS. p. 276, pl. xlu, figs. 34-37.

3) 2?

Stations 1-6) 11, 16, 18; 19,23, 936, (4- US dike):

Strong, thick-walled individuals of the Reuss-Brady type. Common. The
only noteworthy point is the occurrence of typical individuals at the shallow
water N.Z. Stations, though there are records m lesser depths. (See note to

P. exigua.)

593. Pulvinulina elegans (dOrbigny).

Rotalia (LTurbinulina) elegans, dOrbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 276, no. 54.
Pulvinulina elegans, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 717.

Gtations 13, “6-8, 10) Ji 23.336" (Eee dasha).

Frequent, and well developed at most of the N.Z. Stations, especially Stations
1, 2 and 6. Most of the specimens are of a hyaline texture, even when the walls
are thick. Pauperate, thin-walled, compressed specimens at Stations 2 and 3.
A thick-walled deep-water specimen at Station 7. At Station 10a considerable
number of very small and very thin-walled individuals. A specimen sessile on a
Hydroid stem at Station 2.

594. Pulvinulina partschiana (dOrbigny).
Rotalina partschiana, @Orbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 153, pl. vii, figs. 28-30, pl. viii, figs. 1-3.
Pulvinulina partschiana, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 717; pl. liii,
figs. 12-14.
Suenos @, 7, WO, iil, w, Wo Bi
This species is biologically mseparable from P. elegans. The name has been
reserved for the very thick benthic forms of that species. Such imdividuals occur,
typical and well-developed, at Station 7, an interesting series of specimens
showing the decomposition of the shell-wall by the separation of the laminae
of which it is composed. Similar specimens at Station 11, but less advanced in
lamination. A monstrous or double individual at Station 36.

595. Pulvinulina berthelotiana (dOrbigny).

Rotalina berthelotiana, d’Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 130, pl. i, figs. 31-33.
Pulvinulina = Brady, 1884, FC. p. 701, pl. evi, figs. 1 ae.

de Amicis, 1893, CFP. p. 455, pl. iii, figs. 12, a-c.

Stations 1 and 2.

Fine and large specimens. Some very limbate, others almost smooth.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

596. Pulvinulina favus, Brady.

Pulvinulina favus, Brady, 1877, FNB. p. 534; 1884, FC. p. 701, pl. civ, figs. 12-16.
Chapman, 1910, FOF. p. 423, pl. lv, fig. 15.

Station 3.
One fossil, not typical.

ROTALIA, Lamarck.
597. Rotalia beccarii (Linné).
Nautilus beccarii, Linné, 1767, SN. (ed. xii), p. 1,162, no. 276.
Rotalia a Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 717.
Stations 2, 4-6, 25, 27, 47 (+ K.1.).
The extraordinary rarity of this dominant species is astonishing. At most

Stations it is represented by one or two feeble specimens, the best at Station 5.

598. Rotalia perlucida, Heron-Allen and Earland.
Rotalia becearii (pars), Balkwill and Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 351.
perlucida, Heron-Allen and, Earland, 1913, CI. p. 139, pl. xiii, figs. 7-9; 1914, ete.,
FKA. 1915, p. 718; 1916, FWS. p. 277.

Stations 6, 8, 36.

A few typical examples. The description by Reuss of his species Rotalina
mtida seems to indicate that his form had something im common with ours
(R. 1844, KWB. p. 214) but he gives no figure, and the figures published in his
later paper (R. 1845-6, VBK. p. 35, pl. vin, fig. 52; pl. xii, figs. 8, 20) are quite
unidentifiable.

599. Rotalia orbicularis (ad Orbigny).
Gyroidina orbicularis, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 278, no. 1, Modéle no. 15.
Rotalia = Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915, p. 718.
Stavionso, lO; bi (-— Rod. J., D:.):
Many excellent examples at each Station. Brady's figure (pl. evi, fig. 5) is
very misleading, it has nothing in common with d’Orbigny’s Model and is clearly
a pauperate form of R. beccarii, very near R. perlucida.

600. Rotalia soldann, dOrbigny.
Rotalia (Gyroidina) soldanii, d Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 278, no. 5, Modeéle no. 36.
,. soldanii, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 719.
Stations 2, 3, 5-9, 12, 16-19, 22, 27, 29, 32 (4 7. d. F., R. d. J.).
Universally distributed, and frequent as far as Station 16. From thence it
becomes smaller and rarer, and at the most southerly Stations the examples
become very small and pauperate. Its maximum development in size at Station

2 RED

220 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

6, where it is common, almost equally good at Stations 8 and 12. In the N.Z.
area, especially at Stations 2, 3 and 6, a variety occurs in which the mvolution
of the earlier whorls is carried to such an extent that the final chamber overlaps
and gives a nonionine appearance to the test. Fossils of the type occur at
Stations 2, 3 and 6.

601. Rotalia soldanvi, var. arenacea, nov. Pl. VII, figs, 29-31.

At Station 28 a specimen, which we figure, built up of fine sand-grams with
ferruginous cement. The aperture is large and gaping. Surface-texture neat and
smooth, but without excess of cement. Its nearest ally, in the Lituolidae, would
probably be Haplophragmium glomeratum, with which it agrees m the number
and method of arrangement of chambers, but differs in the dissimilarity of the
axial extremities, one being drawn out as in H. glomeratum, the other being flattened
and depressed as in the rotalian type. Brady, in his description of H. glomera-
tum, appears to have met with similar specimens, as he refers to asymmetrical
specimens, having one end broader than the other, and with excavated umbilici.

We have similar specimens from Annam.

Size :—Breadth, *40mm.; height, -30 mm.

602. Rotalia papillosa, var. compressiuscula, Brady.
Rotalia papillosa, var. compressiuscula, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 708, pl. evii, fig. 1; pl. evin,
fig. 1.
Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1915, p. 70, pl. xxx, fig. 1.
Station 2.

A few fossil specimens.

603. Rotalia craticulate, Parker and Jones.

Rotalia craticulata, Parker and Jones, 1865, NAAF. pp. 387, 422, pl. xix, fig. 12.

Station 6.

A few specimens, mostly fossil, which are referable to this species, which,
judgmg from its markings and their occurrence at the Station where R. clathrata
reaches its maximum development, is probably a pauperate form of that species.

604. Rotalia clathrata, Brady. :
Rotalia clathrata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 709, pl. evii, figs. 8, 9.
; 3 Jones and Chapman, 1900, MCI. p. 232, pl. xx, fig. 2.

Stations 2-8, 10, 11.

Common in the N.Z. area and reaching its maximum development and varia-
tion at Station 6. The species varies enormously in the relative convexity of the
two faces, and the degree of strength of the costae traversing the walls of the
chambers. In its most compressed form the superior face is absolutely flat and
the inferior but slightly convex. Such specimens are only separable externally

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 2°

bo

from Polystomella verriculata by the character of their markings, and when the
costae become intricate or labyrinthic, as they sometimes do, the only distinction
observable is the apertural edge and the nature of the orifice. South of Station 6
the species dies out, becomimg less abundant and characteristic. At its final
Station, 11, it has lost all regularity of costation, and the few weak individuals
are covered with a reticulate mesh. Many natural glauconitic casts at Station 6.
These reveal the presence of an intricate secondary canal-system.

Susp-Famiry TINOPORINAE.
GYPSINA, Carter.
605. Gypsina inhaerens (Schultze).
Acervulina inhaerens, Schultze, 1854, OP. p. 68, pl. vi, fig. 12.
Gypsina inhaerens, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 724.

Stations 1-3, 6, 10.

Confined to the N.Z. area. Abundant and extremely variable, both in size of
specimens and of the constituent chambers. The best series covering all possible
variations, both free and sessile at Station 6. Almost equally good at Stations 1
and 2. The species incrusts stones and organisms of every description.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Trochammina uviformis, Grzyb., and allied forms. |

606. Gypsina vesicularis (Parker and Jones).
Orbitolina vesicularis, Parker and Jones, 1859, etc., NF. 1860, p. 31, no. 5.
Gypsina % Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 726.
Stations 1-3, 5, 6.
Much more abundant than G. globulus, and often very nearly passing into that
form. The best at Stations 1 and 5, attached specimens at Station 2.

607. Gypsina globulus (Reuss).

Ceriopora globulus, Reuss, 1847, Haidinger’s Naturw. Abh., vol. ii, p. 33. pl. v, fig. 7.
Gypsina ». Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, etc., PKA. 1915, p. 727.

Stations 1, 5, 6.

Rare, but good. One very large specimen at Station 6.

POLYTREMA, Risso.
608. Polytrema miniaceum (Pallas). Pl. VIII, figs. 1-31.

Millepora miniacea, Pallas. Elenchus Zoophytorum. (Hague, 1766), p. 251.
Linné, 1788, SN. p. 3,784, no. 6.
Defrance, 1824, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. xxxi, p. 82.
es AS Blainville, 1834, Manuel d’Actinologie, p. 410.
Polytrema _,, Carpenter, Parker and Jones, 1862, ISF. pp. 228, 235, pl. xiii, figs. 18-20.
miniaceum, Carter, 1870, HR. pp. 389-392; 1876, P. p. 185, pl. xin, figs. 1-6 ;
1879, NF. p. 411.

32

2? 3)

22

«<TRHRRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Polytrema miniaceum. Moédbius, 1880, FM. p. 85, pl. vii.
Brady, 1884, FC. p. 721, pl. c, figs. 5-9, pl. i, fig. 1.
Schlumberger, 1892, FAM. p. 196, fig. 5.
Chapman, 1899 FFA. p. 16, pl. iy, fig. 7.
Merkel, 1900, Beitriige zur Kentniss des Baues von Polytrema

miniaceum, Zeitschr., f. wiss. Zool. Bd. lxvii, pp. 291-322, pls.

Xvi, XV.
Sidebottom, 1904, ete., RFD. 1909, p. 11, pl: iv, fig. 7.
Hickson, 1911, P. (entire paper), pls. Xxx—xxxil.
Heron-Allen and Karland, q.v. re Risso. 1914. ete., FIA. 1915, p. 728.
Cushman, 1919, RFNZ. p. 632.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1920, V.P., p. 165; 1922, Bull. Soe. Sci. Hist.
and Nat. Corse. (Bastia, Corsica). In the press.

Stations 1-6.

The abundance of this species in the N.Z. area, and especially at Station 2,
where practically every solid organism is more or less covered with it, has
enabled us to make a noteworthy contribution to the large body of facts which have
already been recorded about this genus, and our observations have been amplified
by the examination of an unlimited supply of material from the “ sables rouges ”
of Ajaccio (Corsica) which seemed to us to promise so much light upon the sub-
ject that we proceeded thither for the purpose of collecting and studying the
organism. Our journey was amply repaid.

Harty “Free” Srace.—Carter, m 1876 (P., p. 196), im referring to “one
mounted, rounded, embryonic specimen from Mauritius,’ appears to have antici-
pated Schlumberger in the discovery of the free stage in the life-history of this
organism, but, beyond this brief statement, does not seem to have followed the
matter up. Schlumberger (wt supra) describes, and figures a transverse section
of, the free organism; he states that “it shows three spherical chambers with
their walls traversed by a few perforations, and arranged like the embryonal
chambers of a Globigerina, except that one cannot demonstrate any special
opening between one chamber and another. Around these three chambers it forms,
irregularly, a covering layer of chambers of all shapes and sizes. They have
thick walls traversed by strong perforations which mcrease in diameter from the
interior to the exterior. The succeeding (outer) chambers are often drawn out
into points, incorporating sand-grains in their walls, and end by fixing the
embryo to some submarme body.” In our experience the feature of the drawn-
out chambers is rare, but we have admirable examples from Ajaccio. This free
stage was described and figured again by Sidebottom from Delos (ué swpra.).

The abundant supply of free individuals placed at our command enables us
to make some additions and corrections to the foregoing. The smallest specimens
observed in the free state (Figs. 1-3) are flattened and consist of four chambers,
two of them of comparatively large size, apparently connected with one another
by an intermediate neck, and having two smaller chambers filling up the curves
(equitant) between the neck and the two larger chambers. The whole organism

FTORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 2%

is thus cruciform in shape, with the angles rounded off. No external aperture
is, as a rule, visible at this stage, but at Station 3 a four-chambered individual
with a slit-like aperture was found. The peripheral walls are rather thick, but
are thinner on the flattened faces. In the next stage a fifth chamber is added
between two of the chambers of the “‘ cross,’ and the shell now attains a dis-
tinctly rotaline appearance, and has a characteristic rotaline slit-like aperture.
Successive chambers are added, at first in a regular spiral (as figured by Merkel)
and subsequently irregularly, so as to surround the whole test, which becomes
roughly globular with projecting spherules—hke a raspberry (Figs. 4-7); and, if
this stage of growth continues, tends to become more or less tregular and
Gypsina-like in form. How long this free stage of existence may continue, in
the event of the creature not attaining a congenial host, we cannot say, but
some of our specimens—especially from Ajaccio—are considerably larger than
the normal size of the individuals passing into the next, or attached, stage.

So far as we are aware, no one has yet described or illustrated the actual
method of attachment. Our large series of N.Z. and Corsican specimens has
made this quite clear. The free organism settles upon some suitable object ;
from its under surface it projects protoplasm and forms a thin layer of incrusting
chambers connecting it with its host. At this stage (Figs. 8, 9) the method
of attachment is not visible round the edges of the young shell, but is easily
verified by detaching the individual, or it may be demonstrated in the cases
of specimens which have become attached by these delicate connecting chamberlets,
and have subsequently broken away again. From these earliest basal chambers
the protoplasm then streams out round the spherical embryo, and commences
to build an investing wall of chamberlets rising round the edges and sides and
finally creeping over and enveloping the young individual, as a dome—or nipple
shaped—“ house” (Figs. 11-18) from which the development of further chambers
proceeds, ultimately extending into those branching arms which complete the
type (Figs. 19, 21, 22). All stages in this process have been observed in the
material at our command.

It must not be understood from. the foregoing that we regard this as the
only, or possibly even the most usual, development of Polytrema. In our material
the species occurs literally by millions; and under such conditions young, free
specimens would be expected to occur in similar abundance, but in poimt of
fact, while in the Corsican material the free stage is extremely common, in
the N.Z. material, though a large quantity was very carefully examimed, the total
number of specimens of this free form was probably under 150. On the other
hand, if a series of detached adult individuals is examined, many specimens will
be found exhibiting a few central rotaline chambers exposed on the flat base.
Our observations of the attachment of the free form show that a layer of small
chamberlets is interposed between the “raspberry” stage and the point of

224 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

attachment, and these, coupled with the outer chamberlets of the free form,
constitute a basal layer sufficiently thick to mask entirely the rotalie arrange-
ment of the free form. It seems probable that an alternative method of growth
is for the young individual to settle direct as a primordial chamber on its host,
and then to construct a minute rotaline test, which, until masked by the super-
imposition of chamberlets, would be indistinguishable from a young sessile speci-
men of Truncatulina or Discorbina (Fig. 29).

AbuLt “SkEssite”’ Srace.—Throughout these early stages the shell-wall is
very thin and delicate, exhibiting the characteristic tubulation of Polytrema very
distinctly. With advancing growth many of the specimens become very ‘thick-
walled, owmg to the deposition of shell-matter m solid layers, or as tubular
outgrowths from the surface. These outgrowths of shell-substance are usually of
a much deeper tint than the surrounding test. The continual formation of thin
investing layers of chambers leads to the formation of deeply sunken pits, more or
less circular in outline (Fig. 26). In many of these pits or “ craters” the circular
floors are seen to be finely tubulated, suggestmg, at first sight, an attribution
to Homotrema, Hickson, instead of to Polytrema, but the persistent tubulation
of the high ridges surrounding these craters is characteristic of Polytrema, and
there can be no doubt but that these sunken circular patches represent the iitial
stages of development of the “ pillar-pores”’ marking the genus, and that their
origin is due to the spreading of a new stratum of protoplasm over the previously
formed shell in an alveolar layer instead of in a solid film. We have observed
similar specimens from other localities. No specimens of Homotrema were found
in either the “Terra Nova” or the Corsican material, and its distinctive characters
are such that it could not be overlooked.

The occurrence of siliceous spicules inside the chambers has furnished material
for many controversies mm the past. Carter (1870 and 1876) who had a highly
critical mind, and was also a Sponge specialist, and Schultze before him had no
doubt whatever in attributmg their occurrence to the inception of the spicules
by the organism, either as food or as “ingesta,”’ which by accident have been
drawn in by the pseudopodia and have accumulated like the hairs forming the
“hair-ball” im an ox’s stomach. The N.Z. specimens are not so spiculiferous as
those from other localities which we have examined, but an amount of this
material was worked out which satisfies us that the adventitious character’ of
the spicules is beyond question. They are usually confined to the apertural arms
and the external layer of chamberlets, and they represent forms characteristic
of widely separated groups of Sponges, usually Monaxonid, but occasionally
Tetractinellid. The curious sickle-shaped flesh-spicules characteristic of some
sponges have been identified. When the spicules are small they are often quite
perfect, but larger spicules are usually more or less broken. Diatoms, Radio-
laria, and other minute organisms are also found ingested in the chambers.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 225

Whether there is any true symbiosis between Polytrema and Sponges we are
unable to say, but specimens have been found in which the whole of the outer
surface was furry with minute projecting spicules. The Sponge, if incrusting the
Polytrema, must have been in an infinitely thin layer; it seems possible therefore
that the sponge-tissue and the protoplasm of the Polytrema may have been
intermingled under the outer shell-surface. Other specimens were seen in which
a Sponge with large, strong, projecting spicules was living in association with
Polytrema, at any rate to the extent that the two organisms were close together
and approximately the same size (Fig. 31). With such a rapidly-growing organism
as Polytrema it is fairly evident that at the next stage the spreading chambers
would envelop the Sponge. If symbiosis did not then occur, the large number of
strong spicules enclosed in the Polytrema would be analogous to those highly-
spiculiferous specimens which have occasioned so much controversy in the past.

Several specimens exhibit evidence that the greater part of the internal
structure has been eaten out by another organism, leaving a more or less spherical
cavity. Of the nature of this enemy we have no evidence, but, starting from the
surface of the trunk it apparently tunnels into the thickest part of the shell,
often hollowing out the interior of the trunk right down to the base (Figs. 23, 24).

Polytrema, like most, if not all, other Foraminifera, has a chitinous membrane
lining the shell-wall. This is exceptionally thick in the earliest (Figs. 27, 28, 30),
and consequently the oldest, chambers, becoming very delicate in the extended arms.

The general form of the N.Z. specimens is erect and branching, but de-
pressed and squamous forms, so common in the Mediterranean, also occur. The
colour is pale; no highly-coloured individuals were observed. It varies from pale
pink to very faint flesh-colour, practically mdistinguishable from the var. alba
(Carter). The nature of the preservatives employed may be partially responsible
for this.

As above indicated, the exhaustive examination of the Corsican material has
served to confirm all the poimts upon which we have laid stress in discussing
the “Terra Nova” material, mcluding the normal occurrence of a microspheric
type commencing its existence as a minute sessile truncatuline individual. The
Corsican material presents several minor points of distinction as compared with
the “Terra Nova” gatherings.

1. The early free stage is much more abundant and the individual specimens
attam amuch larger size and more advanced development than in N.Z.

2. The colour variation is much wider, ranging between the most vivid
blood-red and pure white. This may be partly due to the freshness of the
Corsican material, as the colourmg matter of Polytrema is unquestionably more
or less fugitive.

3. The Corsican specimens are of a more massive type than those from N.Z.,
and delicately branching individuals are comparatively rare. This is probably

VOL. VI. 2G

226 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

due to the greater depth of water in the N.Z. area. We were interested to
observe that the Corsican specimens suffered from the depredations of an identical
or similar enemy, many of them being completely riddled with holes and tubular
borings. They are probably the work of minute Annelids or Crustacea, which
live on the protoplasm of the Polytrema. As to the colouring-matter characteristic
of the genus, see page 247.

609. Polytrema miniaceum, var. alba, Carter.
Polytrema miniaceum, var. album, Carter, 1877, CB. p. 213, pl. xin, figs. 14, 15.
alba, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 728.

te) 2” 2?

Station 2.

At Station 2 unquestionable examples, finely branching and in perfect con-
dition, were found. At nearly all the other Stations individuals which in the
ordinary course would have been ascribed to this variety, owing to their pale
colour, occur. At Station 2 a branching specimen of the variety was found, on the
broken terminal of one branch of which a young individual of typical red P. minia-
ceum had settled down to commence its sessile life, encrusting the var. alba. At
Station 6 a small individual of typical var. alba as regards the base, passed mto
pale P. miniaceum in the branching arms; this appears to us to show that the
colour is more or less adventitious.

Famiry NUMMULINIDAE.
Sup-Famity POLYSTOMELLINAE.
NONIONINA, d’Orbigny.

610. Nonionina depressula (Walker and Jacob).
Nautilus depressulus, Walker and Jacob, 1798, AEM. p. 641, pl. xiv, fig. 33.
Nonionina depressula, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 730.

Stations 1-8, 5, 6, 8-ll, 16, 17, 28, 26, 27, 29-31, 38, 36, 38, 45, 47, 48,
50, 52, 54, 55 (+ RB. d. J., D.).

Universally distributed and presenting little variation throughout the area,
excepting in the deep-water Stations, where the specimens are, as a rule, smaller
and more pauperate. At the most southerly Stations, 45-54, the best and most
typical series occur. At Station 6, the best in the N.Z area, there is a tendency
in many of the specimens to stellate limbation at the umbilicus, giving a super-
ficial resemblance to N. stelligera. Fossil examples at Stations 2, 3 and 6.

[Arenaceous isomorph, Haplophragmiwn canariense (d’Orb.) pars, = H. nonionin-
odes, Rss. (R. 1862, NHG. p. 30, pl. i, fig. 8).]

611. Nonionina asterizans (Fichtel and Moll).

Nautilus asterizans, Fichtel and Moll, 1798, TM. p- 37, pl. iii, figs. e-h.
Nonionina ,, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 730.

Stations 4-8, 10, 54.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 227

Very rare, but good specimens at the early N.Z. Stations. Very minute at
Stations 8 and 10. A single individual at Station 54.

*

612. Nonionina stelligera, A Orbigny.
Nomonina stelligera, d’Orbigny, 1839, FIC. p. 128 pl. ii, figs. 1, 2.
Bs a Heron-Allen and Harland, 1916, FWS. p. 280, pl. xliii, figs. 8-10.

Stations 3, 6, 7, 9-Il, 26, 27, 31, 38, 45, 46, 48, 50, 53-55 (+ D.).

Universally distributed, except at the deep-water Stations. Best at Stations
7 and 10 in the N.Z. area, and at Stations 27, 31, 38 and 50 in the Antarctic.
This is a typically Arctic species so far as records go, and its occurrence in
similarly high Antarctic latitudes is noteworthy. It is probably the most abundant
representative of the genus in the Antarctic, and a similar prevalence occurs in
Arctic dredgings from Iceland which we have examined. Extremely rare in
temperate tropical seas.

613. Nonionina umbilicatula (Montagu).
Nautilus wmbilicatulus, Montagu, 1803-8, TB. p. 191; Suppl. p. 78, pl. xviii, fig. 1.
Nonionina umbilicatula, Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 730.
Stations 2, 3, 6-12, 16, 18, 19, 22, 23, 29, 49, 50 (4+ T.d. F., D.).
Generally distributed; exceptionally good at Stations 6, 7, and 16. At
Station 18 the examples are very thick, approaching N. pompilioides. Fossils at
Stations 3 and 6.
[Arenaceous isomorph, Haplophragmium canariense (d’Orb.).]

614. Nonionina pompilioides (Fichtel and Moll).
Nautilus pompilioides, Fichtel and Moll, 1798, TM, p. 31, pl. u, figs. a-e.
Nonionina 3 Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1914, p. 25, pl. xvii, fig. 2.
SEAONSM ON lO wlan 20s 23
Good specimens at all the Stations. Its occurrence in such shallow water
at Station 6, where excellent recent examples were found, is noteworthy, this
being essentially a deep-water form.
[Arenaceous isomorph, Haplophragmium scitulum, Brady.]

615. Nonionina boueana, Ad’ Orbigny.
Nonionina boueana, dOrbigny, 1846, FFV. p. 108, pl. v, figs. 11, 12.
Pp - Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 751.

Stations 2-8, 11 (+ R.d.J.).

Confined to the N.Z. area; most abundant at Station 6. Rare and small
at Stations 7, 8, and 11. At Stations 5 and 6 there is a considerable range of
variation, including imaequilateral individuals comparable with var. janzformis,
Rupert Jones (J.P. & B. 1866, etc., MFC. 1897, p. 344, Text-fig. 28 ac), but

2G 2

228 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

differing from the Crag specimens in having the acute peripheral edge of the
type. In the N.Z. specimen of var. janiformis all the chambers are visible on
the flattened face, while on the other, the umbilical recess is covered with
the strong tuberculations which generally characterize the species m this area.
[Arenaceous isomorph, of var. janifornis, Haplophragmium nanum, Brady. |

616. Nonionina scapha (Fichtel and Moll).
Nautilus scapha, Fichtel and Moll, 1798, TM. p. 105, pl. xix, figs. df.
Nonionina ., Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 751.

Stations 5-9, 19, 31 (+ R.d.J., D.).

Poorly represented at the Stations. All the specimens are small and pauper-
ate, tending sometimes in the direction of excessive prolongation, approaching
N. sloanw (O. 1839, FC. p. 46, pl. vi, fig. 8) and others, in the direction of the
turgid, evolute form figured by Brady (1884, FC. pl. cix), fig. 16.

617. Nonionina communis, d Orbigny.

Nomonina communis, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 294, no. 20. ; 1846, FFV. p. 106, pl. v, figs. 7, 8.
Terrigi, 1880, SGP. p. 218, pl. iv, figs. 75, 76.

Stations 2, 6, 18, 26, 45, 48, 53.
Very rare. Occasional specimens only.

618. Nonionina turgida (Williamson).
Rotalina turgida, Williamson, 1858, RFGB. p. 50, pl. iv, figs. 95-97.
Nonionina turgida, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1914, p. 29, pl. xv, fig. 3.
Stations 2, 3, 6, 8-10, 26, 27, 31, 48 (+ Rod. J., D:):
Fairly frequent, the best and most abundant at Station 27. In addition
to the normal type, a very long form, representing a N. turgida variation of
N. sloaniw, occurs at several Stations, particularly at Station 6.

619. Nonionina turgida, var. arenacea, nov. Pl. VII, figs. 36-38.
Station 26.
A single individual, built up of very fine sand-graims and ferruginous cement

Surface smooth, but not polished. Septation very obscure, resembling the hyaline
type.

Size :—Length, -37mm.; breadth, -22mm.:; maximum thickness, *20 mm.

620. Nonionina pauperata, Balkwill and Wright.

Nonionina pauperata, Balkwill and Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 353, pl. xiii, figs. 25, 26.
; 53 Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 732.

Stations 4-6.

Perfectly typical specimens at Stations 5 and 6.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

bo
bo
Oo

POLYSTOMELLA, Lamarck.

621. Polystomella faba (Fichtel and Moll).
Nautilus faba, Fichtel and Moll, 1798, TM. p. 103, pl. xix, figs. a-c.
Polystomella faba, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1916, FWS. p. 281, pl. xliii, figs. 11-19.
Stations 27, 30.
Several typical specimens.

622. Polystomella decipiens, Costa.

Polystomella decipiens, Costa, 1853, etc., PRN. 1856, p. 220, pL xix, fig. 15.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 732; 1916, FWS.
p- 282, pl. xliii, figs. 20-22.

BD ”

Stations 7, 8.
A few typical specimens.

623. Polystomella striato-punctata (Fichtel and Moll).
Nautilus striato-punctatus, Fichtel and Moll, 1798, TM. p. 61, pl. 1x, figs. a, b, ¢.
Polystomella striato-punctata, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 732.
Stations 2, 4-6, 28, 48 (+ R.d.J.).
Singularly rare, but good specimens, especially at the N.Z. Stations.

624. Polystomella striato-punctata, var. selseyensis, Heron-Allen and Karland.

Heron-Allen and Earland, 1908, etc., SB. 1909, p. 695, pl. xxi,
fig. 2. Ditto. var. selseyensis, ibid, 1911, p. 448 (Catalogue).
1913, CI. p. 146; 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 733; 1916, FWS.
p- 282.

” oy)

Stations 2, 50.
Typical specimens, especially at Station 2.

625. Polystomella subnodosa (Munster).
Robulina subnodosa, Minster, fide Roemer, 1838, CNTM. p. 391, pl. iu, fig. 61.
Polystomella ,, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 733.

Stations 3-8.
Many excellent examples at Station 6. Rarer and smaller at the other Stations.

A few fossils at Station 6.

626. Polystomella crispa (Linné.)
Nautilus crispus, Linné, 1767, SN. p. 1162, no. 275; 1788, p. 3:
Polystomella crispa, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p.
Stations 2, 3, 6, 8.
Minute recent specimens at Station 8. Fossils at the other Stations, small but

typical.

230 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

627. Polystomella macella (Fichtel and Moll).
Nautilus macellus, Fichtel and Moll, 1798, TM. p. 66, pl. x, figs. e-y.
Polystomella macella, Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 754.
Stations 1-3, 4-6.
Large and excellent recent examples, except at Stations 3 and 4. Excellent
fossils at Stations 2, 3 and 6.

Sus-Famity NUMMULITINAE.
OPERCULINA, d’Orbigny.

628. Operculina ammonoides (Gronovius).

a
.

Nautilus ammonoides, Gronovius, 1781, ZG. p. 282, no. 1,220, pl. xix (Fase. iii, Tab. 2), figs. 5, 6
Operculina = Heron-Allen and Harland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 737.
Stations 6, 26, 49, 55 (+ K.1).
Typical and well developed at the two southernmost Stations. Small and
weak at the other Stations. This is normally an Arctic form, but it occurs in
a pauperate condition all over the world.

V. APPENDIX.
A—OFF TIERRA DEL FUEGO.

Station. Official list 308.—H.-A. & E., Station 56. See description of the
material, ante, p. 58.

This small tube of soundings, whilst properly Antarctic, or, rather, coming
under our Section 2 (of deep-water Stations between 51° and 72° 8.), had it
not been from a locality so far away from the group of localities the subject
of our Report, would have come between our Stations 13 and 14, being situated
in 55° 29’ S., and 78° 54’ W.—% 2,356 fms., to the west of Tierra del Fuego.”

Being, like Official Station 42, in the nature of an isolated gathering, we
have preferred to deal with it separately, like that Station, m an Appendix.

The followmg species were found at this Station which were not found
elsewhere im the material submitted to us. The other species found at the Station
are indicated by the letters “ T.d. F.” after the lists of Stations for the species
recorded in the Report.

629. Aschemonella catenata (Norman).

Astrorhiza catenata, Norman, 1876, Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. xxv, p. 213.
Aschemonella catenata, Brady, 1879, etc., RRC. 1879, p- 42, pl. iv, figs. 12,13; 1884, FC. p. 271,
pl. xxvu, figs. I-11; pl. xxvii a, figs. 1-3.

One small and not very satisfactory specimen.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 231

630. Pleurostomella subnodosa (Reuss).
Nodosaria nodosa, Reuss, 1845-6, VBK, pt. i, p. 28, pl. xiii, fig. 22.

Pleurostomella subnodosa, Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1911, p. 51, fig. 82.

One typical specimen.

B.—ROYAL SOUND, KERGUELEN ISLAND.

“ Challenger” Station 149 E., 28 fms.

When we commenced our work on the “ Terra Nova” gatherings, and two days
before his death, our old friend Sir John Murray gave us a tube of material, labelled
as above, which is of interest, for comparison, in connexion with this report. Brady,
in 1884 FC., says that only -poor specimens of common littoral and shallow-water
species were found in it. The examination of the material by Brady and his assistants

~

the species found by us in -12°5 cm. of

must have been extremely superficial
washed material number forty-two, four of which were not found by us in the
“Terra Nova” gathermgs. These are as follows, the other species being indicated
in the body of our Report by the letters “K. I.” after the lists of Stations for
the species recorded.

631. Miliolina rotunda (d’Orbigny).
Triloculina rotunda, d’Orbigny, 1826, TMC. p. 299, no. 4.
Miliolina AA Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FKA. 1915, p. 568, pl. xlii, figs. 27-30.

Two good and typical specimens.

632. Technitella lequinen, Norman.

>

Technitella legumen, Norman, 1878, GH. p. 279, pl. xvi, figs. 3, 4.
Cushman, 1910, etc. FNP. 1910, p. 48, fig. 53.

2» ?

A small but typical specimen, of which the oral extremity is broken away.
This is recorded by Brady from Kerguelen, but not from Station 149 KE.

633. Siorthosphaera depressa, Pearcey.
Storthosphaera depressa, Pearcey, 1900, RCA. p. 37, pl. i, fig. 1.

A single large specimen agreeing very well with Pearcey’s description and figure.

634. Lagena clavata (d’ Orbigny).

Oolina clavata, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFV, p. 24, pl. i, figs. 2, 3.
Lagena ,, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 9, pl. ii, fig. 3.

Two typical specimens, and others, passing into L. gracillima.
i P , |

232 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

C—OFF THE COAST OF RIO DE JANEIRO.

Official Station 42, “Off the Coast of Rio de Janeiro,” 22° 56’ S. 41°
34’ W.—40 fms.

Among the material submitted to us for examination was a small jar of
organic débris and muddy sand, bearmg the above particulars. The organic
remains consisted of fragments of large mud-eating worms; these were treated
with caustic potash, and a considerable amount of material was thus obtained.
There was also a small jar of similar sand, broken shells and mimute fishes,
obviously rubbish from a trawl-net, bearmg no label, and without any indications
whatever of locality or depth. On washing this material, it became clear that
this also came from Station 42. As this was an_ isolated gathering, from a
locality far removed from those forming the subject of the foregomg Report, we
have not recorded the species therein found among our N.Z. and Antarctic
records, but we have appended the letters “R. d. J.” after the lists of Stations
where they were found in those areas. The following nine species call for special
mention, not having been recorded elsewhere in this Report.

635. Biloculina laevis (Defrance).
Pyrgo laevis, Defrance, 1824, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. xxxii, p. 273
Biloculina laevis, Millett, 1898, etc., FM. 1898, p 263.

This so-called species differs from B. depressa only im the distinctiveness with
which the marginal edge of the penultimate chamber is exposed, running parallel
with the peripheral edge of the ultimate chamber, and thus forming a bicarinate
test. A simgle quite typical specimen occurred in this material.

; Atlas Conch., pl. Ixxxviii, fig. 2

636. Milolina auberiana, var. arenacea, noy. Pl. I, fig. 1-8.

Structure exactly as in M. auberiana, but the shell is composed entirely of
small calcareous sand-grais neatly cemented together. Surface smooth, and dull.
Colour grey. Aperture as in the type, but small and furnished with a tooth.

Broken specimens do not reveal any porcellanous lining to the test. The
material used as cement appears to be entirely calcareous, effervescing strongly
under acid. The variety was quite common in the gathering.

Size :—*50--70 mm. long; *50--60 mm. broad; -25 mm. thick.

637. Textularia barrettii, Jones and Parker.
Textularia barrettvi, Jones and Parker, 1863, FJ. pp. 80 and 105.
y Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, etc., FKA. 1915, p. 630.
Two very fine specimens.

638. Cuneolina pavonia, d’Orbigny.
Cuneolina pavonia, d’Orbigny, 1846, FFY. p- 253, pl. xxi, figs. 50, 52.
= 3 Carpenter, Parker and Jones, 1862, ISF. p. 193, pl. xii, fig. 17.
Textularia trochus, Goés, 1882. RRCS. p- 80, pl. v, figs. 167-170.
5 barrett, Flint, 1899, RFA. p. 285, pl. xxx, fig. 2.
Guneoline pavonia, Cushman, 1919, FFWI. p. 34, pl. vii, fig. 1.

ne

- FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

bo
SU)

Some perfect specimens of this very rare and distinctive species. The above
are the only records extant.

639. Bolivina nobilis, Hantken.
Bolivina nobilis, Hantken, 1875, CSS. p. 65, pl. xv, fig. 4.
rr , Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1911, p. 39, fig. 64.
Good and strongly marked specimens, not infrequent.

640. Cristellaria cassis (Fichtel and Moll).
Nautilus cassis, Fichtel and Moll, 1798, TM. p- 95, var. a, pl. xvu, a-d, var. B (et passim).
Cristellaria cassis, Brady, 1884, FC, p. 552, pl. levin, fig. 10.

A single large and very fine example.

641. Uvigerina tenuistriata, Reuss.
Uvigerina tenwistriata, Reuss, 1870, FSP. p. 485; and S., 1870, FSP. pl. xxii, figs. 34-37.
5 és Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p. 95, pl. xlii, fig. 4.

Two good specimens.

642. Discorbina tuberculata, Balkwill and Wright.
Discorbina tuberculata, Balkwill and Wright, 1885, DIS. p. 350, pl. xiii, figs. 2
te i Heron-Allen and Earland, 1914, ete., FIA. 1915, p. 695.
A large and typical specimen. Of this usually small form there are but few.
records, but it is probably of fairly wide distribution. We have recorded it from
Kerimba Archipelago (wt swpra).

643. Anomalina foveolata, Brady.
Anomalina foveolata, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 674, pl. xeiy, fig. 1.

EA 0 Egger, 1893, FG. p. 379, pl. xiv, figs. 13-15.

One specimen, becoming somewhat pauperate in the later chambers.

D.—MATERIAL COLLECTED BY THE “ DISCOVERY” IN 1901-4.

Apart from the tubes of tow-nettings dealt with on pp. 37-38, the only “ Dis-
covery ’ material submitted to us consisted of a few small tubes containing single
specimens in spirit, which had been selected on board the ship, and one tube
containing mud.

The picked specimens consisted of Cyclammina cancellata, Brady. One large
specimen found in trawl January 27, 1902, off “* Discovery” Barrier im 300 fms.
(mud). Iridia diaphana, Heron-Allen and Harland. Many specimens. sessile on
various objects. Taken Sept. 8, 1903 at 12 hole, Winter Quarters, and in March
1903 at 6 hole, Winter Quarters. The. specimens are pauperate and thin, dark in
colour, formed of very fine mineral grams and mud. No depths furnished.

Crithionina mamilla, Goés. Many specimens taken Noy. 27, 1902 at Winter

VOL, VI. 2H

“«THRRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

to
rs

Quarters, 4 hole, 41 fms.; at 12 hole on Sept. 8, 1903, no depth stated; and at
) hole on Jan. 14, 1903, 130 fms.

All the specimens are similarly built of fine dark grey mud with very long
slender sponge-spicules irregularly projecting. Many of these spicules project half
an inch or more. They are not sufficiently numerous to bring the specimens into
any resemblance to Crithionina pisum, Goés, var. hispida, Flint. Miholina cireu-

(

laris (Born.) was built mto one specimen.

One of the specimens given to us was a fragmentary worm-tube from Winter
Quarters, 6 hole, 130 fms. (Jan. 14, 1903, 77° 50’ 30” 8.; 166° 44° 45” E.) This
was carefully broken up and yielded many species of Horaminifera.

The tube of mud bore the label, Station 270, March 4, 1904, 254 fms. (67°
21’ 46” S.; 155° 21’ 10” E.). This, having been washed, yielded about 2c.c. of
material which was relatively rich, giving us 104 species and varieties which we
have indicated in our Report by the letter “*D,” after the list of Stations for
recorded species.

Among these were eight that did not occur m the “ Terra Nova’

2

material,

as follows :—

644. Hippocrepina indivisa, Parker.
Hippocrepina indivisa, Parker, 1870, GStL. p. 176, fig. 2.
Heron-Allen and Earland, 1913, CI. p. 48, pl. u, figs. 10, 11.

>”

A small broken individual, lacking the oral extremity, but undoubtedly refer-
able to this species. Very thin-walled, constructed of extremely fine mud_ with
ferruginous cement, deep rust-colour at the aboral poimt, fading into grey at the
broken end. Hippocrepina has hitherto been regarded as an exclusively boreal
form, and its southern limit, so far, has been in the Moray Firth. Its occurrence

even as a single specimen is therefore extremely noteworthy.

6444. Reophax guttifera, Brady.
Reophax guttifera, Brady, 1884, FC. p. 295, pl. xxxi, figs. 10-15.
Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1910, p. 88, fig. 123.

29 OE

A single typical specimen.

645. Bolivina textilarioides, var. arenacea, nov. Pl. IV, figs. 29, 30.

Kxcellent isomorphs with characteristic bolivme aperture, built up of fine
grey and black mineral particles. Many specimens, in some cases having as many
as nine and ten pairs of chambers. One individual attached by its aperture to
a large sand-gram by means of cement.

Size :—Length, *20--30mm.; maximum breadth, -13 mm.

646. Boliwina variabilis, var. arenacea, nov. Pl. IV, figs. 27, 28.

A single specimen, characterized by obscure septation and evenly continuous

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 239

marginal edge, appears to be isomorphous with the type. It is built up of coarse
sand-grains and the aperture is normally bolivine.
Size :—Leneth, *35mm.; breadth, -15 mm.

647. Lagena distoma, Parker and Jones, MS.

Lagena distoma, Brady, 1864, RES. p. 467, pl. xlviii, fig. 6.
Cushman, 1910, etc., FNP. 1913, p. 22, pl. xiii, figs..1, 2.

2? 33

A single small but typical specimen.

648. Lagena orbignyana, var. alata, Cushman.

Lagena orbignyana, var. alata, Cushman, 1910, ete., FNP. 1913, p- 45, pl. xxii, fig. 1.

A single small but typical specimen.

649. Lagena pannosa, Millett.

Lagena pannosa, Millett, 1895, ete., FM. 1901, p. 11, pl. i, figs. 12-14.
Haeckel, 1900-04, Kunstformen der Natur., pl. Ixxxi, fig. 3.
Sidebottom, 1912, ete., LSP. 1912, p. 398.

2? bE)

oF) ?

A single typical specimen, the neck somewhat more produced than in
Millett’s figure. The secondary shell-matter is extremely thick; round the neck,
where the secondary layer has been broken away, it extends to a thickness at
least double the diameter of the neck on each side. Millett records the species:
as abundant in the Malay Archipelago and Sidebottom (ut supra). There are no
other records, but we have specimens from Cebu, in the Philippine Islands (120 fms.).

650. Lagena auriculata, var. costata, Sidebottom.
Lagena auriculata, var. costata, Sidebottom, 1912, etc., LSP. 1912, p. 422, pl. xx, figs. 21. 22;
1913, p. 200.

A single typical specimen.

E.—WAGNERELLA BOREALIS, Meresch.

Wagnerella borealis, Mereschkowsky.

Wagnerella borealis, Mereschkowsky, Etudes sur les Mponges de la Mer Blanche, Mém. Ac.
Imp. Sci. St. Pétersbourg, 1878, ser. vil, vol. xxvi, Nosiicp ps 22. pleats
figs. 1-5.

Mereschkowsky, On Wagnerella, ete., 1878, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 5,
vol. i, p. 70, pl. vi.

Mayer, P., 1879, Zool. Anz. II.

Mayer, P., 1881, Zool. Anz. IV.

Zuelzer, M., 1909, Archiv fiir Protistenkiinde, 70 Band., pp. 136-202,
pl. vi-x.

Although not proper to this Report the occurrence of this remarkable genus

of Heliozoa in the “ Terra Nova” material is noteworthy and should be recorded.
2) »)
2 im @

236 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

At Official Stations 194 and 220 (our Stations 26 and 38), off Oates Land,
180-200 fms., Wagnerella occurs sessile on Hydrozoa and Polyzoa, and judging from
the number of recognizable fragments of the tube which occur m the finest débris
is probably abundant at the Station. It was not observed in any other gathering.

So far as we are competent to judge, the specimens do not differ from the
figures of Mereschkowsky and Zuelzer, except that in one fragment the long
cylindrical tube is densely clad over its whole length with the long spicular
bodies which in the published figures are confined to the globular head.

The form was originally described from the White Sea, sessile on Sertulariae
and Polyzoa at 2-16 fms. and has since been recorded from shallow water at
Naples growimg on stones.

No perfect specimens were found, the preparation of the material for our
own purposes having been fatal to this delicate organism, but an examination of
the preserved Zoophytes would probably lead to the discovery of many individuals.

VI-—-LIST OF WORKS REFERRED TON THEVREEOKS:

The number of authorities referred to in the synonymies of the six hundred and fifty species
described in this Monograph is so great that it has been necessary to make every effort to economise
space. The principle, therefore, first adopted by us in the Clare Island Monograph, has been
followed here.

Names of authors, titles of articles, and full bibliographical references to the Transactions and
Proceedings in which they are to be found are given in this Bibliography, some lengthy titles
being shortened, as follows :—

AMNH. = Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

JRMS. = Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, London.

JQMC, = Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Club, London.

MASIB. = Memorie della Reale Accademia delle Scienze dell’ Istituto di Bologna.
QJGS.= Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, London.

SAWW. = Sitzungsberichte der Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften Wien. (D = Denkschrift.)

The titles of papers and books are indicated by initials only, after the date of publication,
and the first letter of the authors name :—thus, C. 1892, PTC. = F. Chapman, “ Microzoa from the
Phosphatic Chalk of Taplow,” the page, ete., only being given, and all further details being found
under that initial and date in the Bibliography. In the case of long or short series of papers, the
date of the first is given and the initials are followed by the year in which the paper referred to
appeared: thus, M. 1898, etc. FM. 1900 =the papers of Millett’s series beginning in 1898, which
were published in JRMS. in 1900.

In some cases we have been compelled to fix our own dates arbitrarily—as, for imstance, in
some of J. Wright’s papers, e.g., W. 1885-6, BLP., in which the plate is lettered 1884-5. Brady,
when quoting d’Orbigny’s Cuba Monograph of 1839, nearly always gave the page in the Spanish
edition of 1840. We have invariably given the pagination of the original French edition of 1839,
When plates have two numbers, as in some of the Memoirs of the Société Géologique de France,
both numbers are given, e.g., T. 1878, FIR. pl. ix (xiv).

Again, much confusion has crept into synonymies by reason of the re-pagination of reprints, a
practice which reaches its worst development and results in Parker & Jones’ “ Nomenclature of
the Foraminifera” (P. & J., etc., 1859, ete., NF.) and in Schlumberger’s consecutively re-paginated
series of Reprints. We have endeavoured in every case to give the original page of the journal in which
the papers were published.

A.

x)
=~]

bo

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

1865, NHC. T. Atcocxk.—Notes on Natural History Specimens lately recorded from Connemara.
Proce. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. iv, 1865, pp. 192-208.

de A 1893, CFP. G. A. de Amicis. Contribuzione alla conoscenza dei Foraminiferi Pliocenici.

B.
B.

Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital. vol. xii, 1893, fase. 3, pp. 293-478, pl. in.
1791, CS. A. J. G. K. Barscu—Sechs Kupfertafeln mit Conchylien des Seesandes. Jena, 1791.
1855, FSH. J. G. Bornemann.—Die mikroskopische Fauna des Septarienthones von Hermsdorf
bei Berlin. Zeitschr. Deutch. geol. Gesellsch. vol, vii. pp. 307-371, pls. xii—xxi.

. 1864, RFS. H. B. Brapy.—Contributions to our Knowledge of the Foraminifera. On the

Rhizopodal Fauna of the Shetlands. Trans Linn. Soc. (London), vol. xxiv,
pp. 463-475, pl. xlvii.

. 1870, FTR. G. 8S. Brapy, D. Rospertrson, & H. B. Brapy.—The Ostracoda and Foraminifera

of Tidal Rivers. AMNH. ser. 4, vol. vi, pp. 273-306, pls. xi, xii.

1877, ENB. H. B. Brapy.—Supplementary Note on the Foraminifera of the Chalk (¢) of the
New Britain Group. Geol. Mag. dec. u1, vol. iv, no. 12, pp. 534-536.
1878, RRNP. H. B. Brapy.—On the Reticularian and Radiolarian Rhizopoda (Foraminifera

and Polyeystina) of the North-Polar Expedition of 1875-76. AMNH. ser. 5,
vol. i, pp. 425-440, pls. xx, xxi.

. 1879, ete., RRC. H. B. Brapy.—Notes on some of the Reticularian Rhizopoda ot the ‘* Chal-

lenger ” Expedition. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. (London), vol. xix, pp- 20-63,
pls. iii-v; pp. 261-299, pl. vii. Contimued in vol. xxi, 1881, pp. 37-71.

. 1880, EAM. G. Berruetiy.— Mémoire sur les Foraminifeéres Fossiles de l’Etage Albien de

Montcley, (Doubs.). Mém. Soc. Géol. France, ser. 3, vol. 1, no. 5.

. 1881, HNPE. H. B. Brapy.—Ueber einige arktische Tiefsee-Foraminiferen, gesammelt wihrend

der Osterreichisch-ungarischen Nordpol-Expedition in den Jahren 1872-74.
DAWW. vol. xliii (1881), pp. 91-110, pls. 1, u.
1882, FKE. H. B. Brapy.—Report on the Foraminifera, in Comm. Tizard and John Murray :
Exploration of the Faroe Channel during the Summer of 1880 in H.M. Hired
Ship, “ Knight Errant.” Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xi pp. 708-717, pl. vi.
1883. L. L. G. Bornemann.—Sopra una specie Mediterranea del Genere Lingulinopsis. Att.
Soc. Toscana Sci: Nat. vol. vi. 1883, pp. 26-28, pl. vi.

. & M. 1884, FG. F. P. Barkwou & F. W. Mrterr—The Foraminifera of Galway. Journ.

Microscopy and Nat. Sci. (London), vol. i, pp. 19-28 & 78-90. pls. iv.
Revision—The Recent’ Foraminifera of Galway, ete., by F. W. Millett (Notes
and Corrections, plates re-engraved). Plymouth, 1908.

1884, FC. H. B. Brapy.—Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S “ Challenger ”
(Zoology), vol. ix. Report on the Foraminifera, 2 vols, 4to, text and plates
London, 1884.

. & W. 1885, DIS. F. P. Barkxwuit & J. Wricut—Report on some Recent Foraminifera

found off the Coast of Dublin and in the Irish Sea. Trans. Roy. Trish Acad.
vol. xxviii (Science), pp. 317-368, pls. xi—xiv.

1887, SBRF. H. B. Brapy.—Synopsis of the British Recent Foraminifera. JRMS. (London),
1887, pp. 872-927.
Pp. & J. 1888, AB. H. B. Brapy, W. K. Parker, & T. R. JonEs.—On some Foraminifera

from the Abrolhos Bank. Trans. Zool. Soc. (London), vol. xu, pp. 211-239,
pls. xl-xlvi.

‘. & B. 1890, RC. H. W. Burrows, C. D. Suerzorn, & G. Bartey.—The Foraminifera of the
Red Chalk of Yorkshire, Norfolk, and Lincolnshire. JMRS. 1890, pp. 549-566,

pls. vill—x1.

. 1912, PFC. R. M. Bace.—Pliocene and Pleistocene Foraminifera from Southern California

Washington, U.S., Geol. Survey, Bull. 513.

. 1848 NFM. J. Cornurt—Nouveaux Fossiles Microscopiques du Terrain Crétacé Inférieur du

Département de la Haute Marne. Mém. Soc. Géol. France, Ser. 2, vol. in, 1848,
Mém. 3, pp. 241-263, pls. i1,, iv.

. 1848, FWB. J. Czszex.—Beitrag zur Kenntniss der fossilen Foraminiferen des Wiener Beckens.

Haidinger’s Naturwiss. Abh. (Vienna), vol. 11, pp. 137-150, pls. xu, xin.

C.

C.

C.

C.

C.

C.

. 1900,

. 1901,

= L90L,

1905,
1907,

1907,

. 1909,

1910,

5 EMO)

= Jes

1914,

By ete IGRIN: (O: (G2 Cosmar

«TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Paleontologia del Regno di Napoli, pt. i. Atti del Accad.
Pontaniana (Naples), vol. vii, pt. i, 1853, p. 105-112; pt. 11, 1856, pp. 113-378,

pls. 1x=xxvil.

5, FFMY. O. G. Cosra.—(i) Foraminiferi Fossili della Marna Bla del Vaticano. (ii) Fora-

miniferi Fossili delle Marne Terziarie di Messina. Mem. Acc. Sci. (Naples),
vol. ii, 1857, pp. 113-147, pls. i, ii, and pp. 367-373, pl. ili.

J. 1862, ISF. W. B. Carpenter; W. K. Parker, & T. R. Jones.—Introduction to the
Study of the Foraminifera. London, 1862. (Ray Society.)

. HR. H. J. Carrer.—On Haliphysema ramulosa (Bow.), and the Sponge-spicules of Polytrema.

AMNH. ser. 4, vol. v, pp. 389-392.

, CB. H. J. Carrer.—On the Locality of Carpenteria balaniformis, with Description of a

new Species, etc. AMNH. ser. 4. vol. xix, pp. 209-219, pl. xiii.

, NF. H. J. Carrer. Notes on Foraminifera. AMNH. ser. 5, vol. 11, pp. 407-414.
. ete., GF. F. Cxarpman.—The Foraminifera of the Gault of Folkestone. JRMS. 1891, pp.

565-575; 1892, pp. 319-330, 749-758; 1893, pp. 579-595; 1894, pp. 153-163,
491-497, 645-654; 1896, pp. 1-14, 581-591; 1898, pp. 1-49.

2, PCT. F. Cuarman.—Microzoa from the Phosphatic Chalk of Taplow. QJGS. vol. xlviii,

pp- 514-518.

FS. G. W. Cuxasrer.—Report upon the Foraminifera of the Southport Society of Natural
Science District. First Rep. Southport Soc. of Nat. Sci. 1890-91 (Southport,
1892), pp. 54-72, pl. 1.

FAS. F. Cuapman.—On some Foraminifera obtained ... from the Arabian Sea, near
the Laccadive Islands. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1895, pp. 4-55, pl. i.

FLF. F. Caapman.—Foraminifera from the Lagoon at Funafuti. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.
(Zoology), vol. xxviii (1902), pp. 161-210. :

FLC. F. Coapman.—Notes on the appearance of some Foraminifera in the Living Condi-
tion from the “ Challenger” Collection. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin. vol. xxiii, 1901,
pp: 391-895, pls. 1-111.

ete., FFA. F. Cuapman.—On the Foraminifera collected round the Funafuti Atoll from
shallow and moderately deep Water. Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zoology), vol.
xxviii. (1902), pp. 379-433.

GBI. F. Cuarman.—On some Foraminifera and Ostracoda obtained off Great Barrier Island,
New Zealand. Trans. N.Z. Inst. vol. xxxvili (1905), pp. 77-112, pl. iii.

RFV. F. Cuarpman.—Recent Foraminifera of Victoria; some Littoral Gatherings. JQMC.
ser. 2, vol. x (1909), pp. 117-146.

TFV. F. Crapman.—Tertiary Foraminifera of Victoria. The Balcombian Deposits of Port
Philip, pt. i. Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond. (Zoology), vol. xxx (1907-1910), pp. 10-35,
pls. 1-iv.

SNZ. F. Cuapman.—Report on the Foraminifera from the Sub-Antaretic Islands of New
Zealand. In “ Sub-Antaretic Islands of New Zealand,” Wellington, N.Z., 1909,
pp- 312-371.

etc., FNP. J. A. Cusaman.—A Monograph of the Foraminifera of the North Pacific
Ocean, Smithsonian Inst. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 71, pt. 1, 1910; pt. 2, 1911;
pt. 3, 19135 pt. 4, 19l4s pt. 5; 19155 pt 6; LOU.

. 1909-10 SBL. F. Cuapman.—A study of the Batesford Limestone. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria,

NS. vol. xxu, pp. 263-314, pls. hi-lv.

FOF. F. Cuapman.—On the Foraminifera and Ostracoda from soundings . . . collected
round Funafuti by H.M.S. “Penguin.” Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond. (Zoology),
vol. xxx, 1910, pp. 388-444, pls. 54-57.

EDRS. F. CHarpman.—Report on the Foraminifera and Ostracoda from elevated deposits
on the shores of the Ross Sea. Brit. Antarct. Exp. 1907-9 (Shackleton), Geology,
vol. 11, pp. 25-52. pls. i-vi.

FORS. F. Cuapman.—Report on the Foraminifera and Ostracoda out of marine muds,
from soundings in the Ross Sea. Ibid. pp. 53-80, pls. i-vi.

de

de

de

. 1854, M. C. G. Enrenpere.

. 1873, LMT. C. G. ExRENBERG.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 239

. 1917, NFP. J. A. Cusuman.—New Species and Varieties of Foraminifera from the Philippines,

and adjacent waters. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. li, pp. 651-662. (No_ plates.)

. 1918, ete., FAO. J. A. Cusnman.—The Foraminifera of the Atlantic Ocean. Pt. i, 1918, Pt. ii,

1920 (in progress), U.S. Nat., Mus., Bull. 104, Washington.

. 1919, FFWI. J. A. Cusuman.—Fossil Foraminifera from the West Indies. Carnegie Inst.

Washington. Pub. 291, 1919, pp. 21-71, pls. i-xv.

. 1919, RFNZ. J. A. Cusnman.—Recent Foraminifera from off New Zealand. Proc. U.S. Nat.

Mus., vol. lvi (1919), pp. 593-640, pls. 74, 75.

. 1920, CAH. J. A. Cusuman.—Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18, vol. ix, pt. M,

Foraminifera, Ottawa, 1920, pp. 12, pl. i.

. 1906, FC. W. J. Daxin.—Report on the Foraminifera collected by Prof. Herdman at Ceylon in

1902. Ceylon Pearl-Oyster Fisheries. Suppl. Reports, pt. v, no. xxxvi, pp.
225-242.

. 1841, SNA. C. G. Enrensperc.—Verbreitung und Einfluss des mikroskopischen Lebens in Siid-

und Nord-Amerika. Abhandl. kel. Akad. der Wiss. (Berlin), 1843 (for 1841),
pp. 291-446, pls. iv, and Bericht, pp. 159-142, with Appendix, pp. 202-209.

. 1843, MMO. C. G. Exrenperc.—Neue Beobachtungen tiber den sichtlichen Einfluss der mikro-

skopischen Meeres-Organismen, auf den Boden des Elb-bettes bis oberhalb Hamburg
(Berlin), 1845, Ber. k. preuss. Ak. Wiss., pp. 161-167.

Mikrogeologie. Das Wirken des unsichtbaren kleinen Lebens auf
der Erde. Leipzig, 1854.

. 1857, MSO. J. G. Eacer—Die Foraminiferen der Miociin-Schichten bei Ortenburg in Nieder-

Bayern, Neu. Jahrb. Mineral., etc. (Stuttgart), 1857, pp. 266-311, pls. v—xv.
Mikrogeologische Studien iiber das kleinste Leben der Meeres-
Tiefgriinde aller Zonen und dessen geologischen Hinfluss. Abhandl. kel. Akad.
Wiss. (Berlin), 1872 (1873), pp. 131-397, pls. i-xii, and map.

. 1893, FG. J. G. Eacer.—Foraminiferen aus Meeresgrundproben, gelothet von 1874 bis 1876,

von §.M.Sch. “ Gazelle.” Abhandl. kel. bayerisch. Akad. Wiss. (Munich), ii Cl.
vol. xviii, pt. 2, pp. 195-458, pls. i-xxi.

. 1899, KOA. J. G. Eacrr.—Foraminiferen und Ostrakoden aus den Kreidemergeln der Oberbayer-

ischen Alpen. Abhandl. kgl. bayerisch. Akad. Wiss. (Munich), ii Cl. vol. xxi, pt. i.

. 1905, FBS. A. Eartanp.—The Foraminifera of the Shore Sand at Bognor, Sussex. JQMC.

ser. 2, vol. ix, no. 57, pp. 187-232.

. 1910, FKR. J G. Eecer.—Ostrakoden und Foraminiferen des Eybrunner Kreidemergels in der

Umgegend von Regensburg. Ber. naturwiss. Ver. Regensburg, xu, Jahre. 1907-9
(reprint), pp. 48, pls. i1-vi.

& M. 1798, TM. L. von Ficuten & J. P. C. von Moti.—Testacea Microscopica aliaque minuta
ex generibus Argonauta et Nautilus ad naturam picta et descripta .... cum
24 tabulis aeri incisis coloratis. Vienna, 1798. (Second issue, 1803.)

F. 1881, RRT. L. (Marquis) pE Foiry.—Exploration du Travailleur, 1880. Rhizopodes Reéticu-
laires. Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse, vol. xv, 1881, pp. 130-141.

. 1883, FPS. C. Fornastyt.—Nota preliminare sui Foraminiferi della marna pliocenica del Ponticello

di Savena nel Bolognese. Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. 1, fase. 2, 1883, pp. 176—
190, pl. il.

1887, B. L. (Marquis) pe Forrmy.—Les Bathysiphons, premiéres pages d'une Monographie du
xenre. Actes. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, vol. xl, 1887, pt. v, pp 271-291; pt. 6,
1888, pls. v—vin.

F. 1887, RR. L. (Marquis) pr Forin.—Les Rhizopodes Réticulaires. Le Naturaliste (Paris), 1887,
pp- 102-3; 113-15; 127-8; 139-40; Figs. 1-20 in text, ete. (1888).

1887, ITI. C. Fornastn1.—Indice delle Textularie Italiane. Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital. vol. vi, p. 387,
GiGum plex.

F. 1895, SRR. L. (Marquis) pE Forry.—Apergus sur le Sarcode des Rhizopodes réticulaires.
Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Colmar, -1895-6 (reprint, pp. 25), pl. o.

1896, TC. C. Fornastnt.—Di aleune forme Plioceniche della Textularia canderana e della T.
concava. MASIB. ser. 5, vol. vi, pp. 3-8.

240

H.-A.

Tate

st tech Nes ee

111899)

. 19135

. 1894,

r. 1896,

» USKON,

“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

REA. J. M. Frinr.—Recent Foraminifera. A Descriptive Catalogue of Specimens dredged
by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer “ Albatross.” Washington, U.S.A., 1899.
(Smithsonian Institution.)

14, FMAF. EE. Faurt-Fremmr.—les Foraminiféres de la seconde Mission Antaretique
Frangaise II® campagne du “ Pourquoi Pas” (Note Préliminaire). Bull. Soe.
Géol. France, vol. xxxviii, 1913, pp. 260-271. Text-figs.
[This was reprinted with very slight alterations and additions in the official
volume ~ Deuxiéme Expédition Antarctique Francaise (1908-1910) Foraminiféres
Par E. Fauré Fremiet” (Paris, 1914), 16 pp., 1 pl. The text-figures are re-
drawn and better reproduced by photo-lithography on the plate.]

_ ZG. L. T. Gronovius.—Zoophylacium Gronovianum exhibens Animalia, Quadrupeda, ete.

Leyden, 1781.

, RRCS. A. Gois.—On the Reticularian Rhizopoda of the Caribbean Sea. K. Svenska Vet.

Akad. Handl., vol. xix, no. 4 (Stockholm, 1882), pp. 1-151, pls. 1—xii.

, FMDT. R. J. L. Guppy.—On some Foraminifera from the Microzoic Deposits of Trinidad,

W.I. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1894, pp. 647-653, pl. xh.
ASF. A. Goiis.—A Synopsis of the Arctic and Scandinavian recent Marine Foraminifera
hitherto discovered. K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. Stockholm, vol. xxv, no. 9.
DOA. A. Goiis.—Reports on the Dredging Operations off the West Coast of Central
America, ete., carried on by the U.S. Fish-Commission Steamer “ Alabatross,”
etc. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. xxix, no. 1. Cambridge, Mass. 1896.
OWI. J. GrzyBpowskr.—Otwornice warstw inoceramowych okolicy Gorlic. Rozpraw Wydz.
mat.-przyrod. Ak. Umiej. w Krakowie, ser. B, vol. xli, 1901, pp. 219-288, pls. vil, vi.

5, CSS. M. von Hanxtren.—Die Fauna der Clavulina Szaboi Schichten.—I. Foraminiferen.

Mitth. Jahrb. kel. ungarisch. geolog. Anstalt (Buda Pesth), vol. 1v, 1875 (1881),
pp- 1-93, pls. i-xvi.

3, ALB. R. Hasruster.—Die Astrorhiziden und Lituoliden der Bimammatus-zone. Neues

Jahrb. Min. vol. i, pp. 55-61. (See also “ Notes on some Upper Jurassic Astro-
rhizide and: Lituolide.” QJGS. 1883, vol. xxxix, pp. 25-29, pls. 11, 111.)

5, LAI. R. Haruster.—Die Lituolidenfauna der aargauischen Impressaschichten. Neues

Jahrb. Mineral. Beiligeband iv, pp. 1-30, pls. ini.

38, ACF. W. Howcuin.—Additions to the knowledge of the Carboniferous Foraminifera.

JRMS. 1888, pp. 533-545 pls. vili, ix.

, FST. R. Haruster.—Monographie der Foraminiferenfauna der Schweizerischen Trans-

versariuszone. Abh. Schweiz. Paliiont. Ges., vol. xvii, pp. 1-135, pls. i-xv.

KE. 1908, ete., SB. HE. Heron-Auuen & A. Hartanp.—The Recent and Fossil Foraminifera
of the Shore Sands at Selsey Bill, Sussex. JRMS. 1908, pp. 529-543; 1909,
pp. 306-336, 422-446, 677-698; 1910, pp. 401-426, 693-695; 1911, pp. 298-343,
456-448.

E. 1909, TNS. KE. Heron-Atten & A. Hartanp.—On a new Species of Technitella from the
North Sea, with some Observations on Selective Power as exercised by certain
Species of Arenaceous Foraminifera. JQMC. ser. 2, vol. x, pp. 403-412, pls.
XXXI-XXXV.

K. 1910, NBF. EK. Heron-Anuen & A. Eartanp.—Notes on British Foraminifera. “* Know-
ledge,” vol. xxxiii, pp. 285-286, 304-306, 376-879, 421-425.

Dc rane A : x e
, P. S.J. Hicxsoy.—On Polytrema and some allied Genera, etc. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.

(Zoology), ser. 2, vol. xiv, pp. 443-462, pls. xxx—xxxii.

EK. 1912, ete., NSG. E. Heron-Atnen & A. Eartanp.—On some Foraminifera from the
North Sea, dredged by the Fisheries Cruiser “ Goldseeker.’’ (Internat. North
Sea Invest.—Scotland.)

JRMS. No. 1. New Astrorhizidae, 1912, pp. 382-389, pls. v—vii.
No. 2. Saccammina and Psammosphaera, 1913, pp. 1-26, pls. i-iv.

No. 3. Cornuspira diffusa, 1913, pp. 272-276, pl. xii.

No. 4. Nouria rugosa, 1917, pp. 361-364, pl. xxiii.

No. 5. Thurammina papillata, 1917, pp. 530-557, pls. xxvi-xxx.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 24]

H.-A. & EH. 1913, CI. E. Heron-Auren & A. Eartanp.—Clare Island Survey, pt. 64. Foraminifera.

Proc. R. Irish Acad. vol. xxxi, pt. 64.

H.-A. -& H. 1913, FNS. E. Heron-Atien & A. Hartanp.—On some Foraminifera from the North Sea

H.

H.

i.

H.

dredged by the Fisheries Cruiser “ Huxley.” JQMC. ser. 2, vol. xii, pp. 121-138.
-A. & HK. 1914, ete., FKA. E. Heron-Atten & A. Hartanp.—On the Foraminifera of the Kerimba
Archipelago, ete. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. pt. i, vol. xx, pp. 363-390, pls. xxxv—
XXXvil; pt. 11, vol. xx, pp. 543-794, pls. xl.
-A. 1915, RPF. E. Heron-Atien.—Contributions to the Study of the Bionomics and Repro-
ductive Processes of the Foraminifera. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. (London) B,
vol. 206, 1915, pp. 227-279, pls. xili-xviii.

-A. & EH. 1916, FSC. E. Heron-Atten & A. Eartanp.—The Foraminifera of the Shore Sands

and Shallow Water Zone of the South Coast of Cornwall. JRMS. 1916, pp:
29-55, pls. v—-ix.

-A. & KH. 1916, FWS. E. Heron-Atnen & A. Eartanp. Foraminifera of the West of Scotland
(S.Y. “ Runa,” 1913). Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zoology) vol. xi (1916), pp. 197—
300, pls. xxxix—xliv.

1919, BMB. E. Hatxyarp.—The Fossil Foraminifera of the Blue Marl of the Cote des Basques,
Biarritz (Edited by E. Heron-Allen & A. Harland). Mem. Proc. Manchester. Lit.
& Phil. Soc. vol. Ixii, 1917, no. 6, pp. 153, pls. i-viii and map.

-A. & KE. 1920, VP. E. Hrron-Atten & A. Bartanp.—An experimental study of the Fora-
miniferal species Vernewilina polystropha (Reuss), ete. Proc. R. Irish Acad. vol.
xxxv B, no. 8, pp. 153-177, pls. xvi-xviii.

& P. 1860, FCD. T. Rupert Jones & W. K. Parker—On some Fossil Foraminifera from
Chellaston, near Derby. QJGS. vol. xvi, pp: 452-458.

& P. 1860, RFM. T. Rupert Jones & W. K. Parxer.—On the Rhizopodal Fauna of the
Mediterranean compared with that of the Italian and some other Tertiary
Deposits. QJGS. vol. xvi, pp. 292-307, and table.

. & P. 1863, FJ. T. R. Jonzns & W. K. Parker.—Notes on some Fossil and Recent Foraminifera

collected in Jamaica by the late Lucas Barrett. Rep. Brit. Ass. Newcastle, 1863
(Lond. 1864), p. 80.

P. & B. 1866, etc., MFC. T. R. Jones, W. K. Parker, H. B. Brapy (and others). — Mono-
eraph of the Foraminifera of the Crag. London, 1866-1897 (Palseolonto-
graphical Soc.), pt. i, 1866, pp. 1-72; pt. u, 1895, pp. 73-210; pt. ii, 1896,
pp. 211-314; pt. iv, 1897, pp. 315-402.

1872, LJS. F. W. O. Rymer Jones—On some Recent Forms of Lagenae from Deep-sea
Soundings in the Java Sea. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zoology), vol. xxx,
pp. 45-69.

& C. 1896-8, FPR. T. R. Jones & F. Coapman.—On the Fistulose Polymorphinae, and on the
Genus Ramulina. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zoology), part i, vol. xxv, pp.
496-516; part 11, vol. xxvi, 1898, pp. 334-352.

& ©. 1900, MCI. T. Ruperr Jones & F. Cuapman.—In “ A Monograph of Christmas Island,”
pp. 226-264. London (Brit. Mus.), 1900.

. 1865, FWS. F. Karrer.—Ueber das Auftreten von Foraminifera in den ilteren Schichten des
>

Wiener Sandsteins. SAWW. 1866, vol. li, pp. 492-497, pl. o.

. 1868, MFKB. F. Karrer—Die Miocene Foraminiferenfauna von Koste] im Banat. SAWW.

vol. lviii, Abth. i, pp. 111-193, pls. i-v.

. 1877, HW. F. Karrer.—Geologie der Kaiser Franz Josefs Hochquellen-Wasserleitung. Abh.

K. K. Geol. Reichsanst. vol. ix, Vienna, 1877.

. 1878, FTTL. F. Karrer.—Die Foraminiferen der Tertiiren Thone von Luzon. In Dr. v.

Drasche “ Fragmente zu eine Geologie der Insel Luzon.” Vienna, 1878, pp.

75-99, pl. v.

. 1899, NNAE. H. Krarr. Norwegian North-Atlantic Expedition 1876-8, Zoology. Thalamophora

Christiania, 1899, 15 pp. pl. 1 and map.
1767, etc., SN. C. von Linnéi.—Systema Naturae. Edn. xii, Leipzig, 1767;
Gmelin, Leipzig, 1788-93,

edn. xill by J. F.

9)
VOL, VI. ra

«TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

L. 1804, etc., AM. J. B. P. A. pe M. pe Lamarck.—Suite des Mémoires sur les Fossiles des

Environs de Paris. (Explication des Planches rélatives aux Coquilles Fossiles des
Environs de Paris.) Ann. Mus. (Paris), vol. v, 1804, pp. 179-180, 237-245,
349-357. Continued in vol. viii, 1806, pp. 383-387, pl. 62, and vol. ix, 1807,
pp. 236-240, pl. 17.

L. 1816, etc.. ASV. J. B. P. A. pe M. pe LamarcKx.—Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans

Vertébres, vol. ii (Paris, 1816), pp. 193-197; vol. vii (Paris, 1822), pp. 580-
632; 2nd edn., Paris, 1835-45 (11 vols.).

L. 1902, EOM. <A. Lresus.—Ergebnisse einer mikroskopischen Untersuchung der organischen Ein-

schliisse der oberbayrischen Molasse. Jahrb. k.k. Geol. Reichsanst. Vienna, 1902,
vol. li, pp. 71-106, pl. v.

M. 1843, HMAA. W. Maceriivray.—A History of the Molluscous Animals of the Counties of

Aberdeen, ete. London, 1843.

M. 1803-8, TB. G. Monracu.—Testacea Britannica, or Natural History of British Shells. In 3 vols.

4to. London, 1803. Supplement (Plates), 1808.

M. 1808-10, CS. D. pe Monrrorr.—Conchyliologie Systématique et Classification Méthodique des

Coquilles, ete., 2 vols. Paris, 1808-1810.

M. 1880, FM. K. Mésrus.—In Mobius, Richter, & von Martens’s ~ Beitriige zur Meeresfauna der

Insel Mauritius und der Seychellen. Foraminifera von Mauritius.” Pp. 63-110,
pls. i-xiv. Berlin, 1880.

. ete., StE. F. W. Mitterr—The Foraminifera of the Pliocene Beds of St. Erth (Corn-

wall). Trans. R. Geol. Soc. Cornwall, 1885, vol. x, pp. 213-216 pp. 222-226,
1894, vol. xi, pp. 655-661, pl. 0; 1896, vol. xii, pp. 43-46; 1898, vol.-xii, pp.
174-176, pl. 0; -1902, vol. xu, pp. 719-720.

M. 1895, FDH. VY. Mapsen.—Istidens Foraminiferer i Danmark og Holsten. Medd. Dansk. Geol.

Foren. no. 2. Copenhagen, 1895.

M. 1898, etc., FM. F. W. Mitterr.—Report on the Recent Foraminifera of the Malay Archipelago

contained in Anchor-Mud, collected by Mr. A. Durrand, F.R.M.S. JRMS. 1898,
pp. 258-269, 499-513, 607-614; 1899, pp. 249-255, 357-365, 557-564; 1900,
pp. 6-13, 273-281, 539-549; 1901, pp. 1-11, 485-497, 619-628; 1902, pp. 509-
528; 1903, pp. 253-275, 685-704; 1904, pp. 489-506, 597-609.

N. 1850, ete., FOL. J. L. Neucrsoren.—Foraminiferen von Felso und Ober-Lapugy, etc., Verh. u.

Mitth. des Siebenb. Vereins f. Naturwiss zu Hermannstadt, 1850, pp. 45-48
pl. i; pp. 118-127, pls. i, iv; pp. 163-171, 1851, pp. 118-135; pp. 140-145,
pl. iv; 1852, pp. 34-59, pl. 1.

N. 1856, OLS. J. L. Neuvcesoren.—Die Foraminiferen aus der Ordnung der Stichosteger yon Ober-

Lapugy in Siebenburgen. DAWW. vol. xii, 1856, pp. 65-100, pls. ; i-v.

N. 1878, GH. A. M. Norman.—On the Genus Haliphysema with description of several forms

apparently allied to it. AMNH, ser. 5, vol. i, pp. 265-284, pl. xvi.

dO. 1826, TMC. A. D. d’OrBicNy.—Tableau Méthodique de la Classe des Céphalopodes. Ann. Sci.

do.

avo.

VO.

do.

do.

dO.

1826

1839,

1839,

1839,

1840,

1846,

Nat. (Paris), vol. vu, pp. 245-314, pls. x—xvii.

(Modéles). A. D. p’OrBiGNy.—Modéles de Céphalopodes Microscopiques vivants et fossiles
représentant un individu de chacun des genres et des sous-genres de ces Coquilles.
Paris, 1826 (2nd issue, with new Catalogue, 1843).

FAM. A. D. pD’ORBiGNy.—Voyage dans l’Amérique Méridionale, vol. v, pt. 5. Fora-
miniféres. Paris, 1839.

FC. A. D. p’OrpicNy.—Foraminiféres. In Ramon de la Sagra: Histoire Physique,
Politique et Naturelle de He de Cuba. Text 8yo and plates fol. Paris, 1839,
(Spanish edn., Paris, 1840).

FIC. A. D. p’Orpieny.—Foraminiféres. In Barker-Webb & Berthelot : Histoire Naturelle
des Hes Canaries, vol. ii, pt. 2, pp- 119-146, 3 pls. Paris, 1839.

CBP. A. D. pv Orpigny.—Mémoire sur les Foraminiféres de la Craie Blanche du Bassin
de Paris. Mém. Soc. Géol. France, vol. iv, pp. 1-51, pls. i-iv.

FFY. <A. D. p’Orpicny.—Foraminiféres Fossiles du Bassin Tertiaire de Vienne. 4to.
21 plates. Paris, 1846.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 24

co

dO. 1850, ete., PP. A. D. p’OrBigny.—Prodrome “ Paleontologie stratigraphique universelle des

iPS

12,

Animaux mollusques et rayonnés. Paris. Vol. i, 1849; vol. ii, 50; vol.-iii, 1852.
844, EMS. R. A. Pxrtreer.—Enumeratio Molluscorum Siciliae cum viventium tum in tellure
tertiaria fossilium.. Vol. ii. Halle (Halis Saxorum), 1844.
& J. 1857, FCN. W. K. Parker & T. Rupert Jones.—Description of some Foraminifera from
the Coast of Norway. AMNH. ser, 2, vol. xix, pp. 273-307, pls. x, xi.

. & J., ete. 1859, etc... NF. W. K. Parker, T. R. Jonzus, H. B. Brapy, & J. W. Kirpy—On

the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera. AMNH. 1859-1872. (In 16 parts).

1870, GStL. W. K. Parker. (In G. M. Dawson)—On Foraminifera from the Gulf and River
St. Lawrence. Canadian Nat. (Montreal), NS, vol. v, p. 172. Amer. Journ. Sci.
(New Haven, Conn.), ser. 3, vol. i, 1871, pp. 204-210; AMNH (London), ser. 4
vol. vii, 1871, pp. 83-89.

& J. 1865, NAAF. W. K. Parker & T. R. Jones.—On some Foraminifera from the North
Atlantic and Arctic Oceans, including Davis Straits and Baffin’s Bay. Phil.
Trans. Roy. Soc. (London), vol. clv. pp. 325-441, pls. xii—xix.

1900, RCA. F. Prarcry.—On some deep sea Rhizopods ae in the Clyde Area. Millport Biol.
Stn. Comm. 1, 1900, pp. 37-42, pls. i, i

1913, SNA. J. H. Harvey Prriz.—scottish National nee Expedition, 1902-04; Deep Sea
Ae Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin. vol. xlix, 1913, pt. 3, no. 10, pp. 645-686. Maps.

1914, SNA. F. Pearcey.—Foraminifera of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. Trans,
oe Soc. Hdin. vol. xlix (1914), pp. 991-1044, pls. i-i.

?

. 1838, CNTM. F. A Roemer.—Die Cephalopoden des nord-deutschen tertiiiren Meeressandes.

N. Jahrb. f. Min., etc., Stuttgart, 1838, pp. 381-394, pl. in.

. 1845-6, VBK. A. E. Revuss.—Die Versteinerungen der béhmischen Kreideformation. Stuttgart,

4to, 1845-6.

. 1849-50, FOT.* A. E. Reuss.—Neue Foraminiferen aus den Schichten des oesterreichischen

Tertiirbeckens. Denkschr. Math. Naturwiss. Kl. k. Akad. Wiss. (Vienna), vol. i,
1850, pp. 365-390, pls. xlvi-h.

1851, FKL. A. E. Revuss.—Die Foraminiferen und Entomostraceen des Kreidemergels von
Lemberg. Haidinger’s Naturw. Abhandl. vol. iv, pp. 17-52, pls. viii, ix.

1851, FSUB. A. E. Reuss.—Ueber die Fossilen Foraminiferen, ete., der Septarienthone der
Umgegend von Berlin. Zeitschr. Deutsch. geol. Ges. (Berlin), vol. in, pp. 49-92,
pls. 1i—vil.

1852, SFL. A. KE. Reuss.—Die Foraminiferen aus dem Septarienthon des Forts Leopold bei
Stettin. Zeitschr. Deutsch geol. Ges. vol. iv, 1852, pp. 16-19. Text-figs.

1855, KKM. A. EK. Revuss.—Ein Beitrag zur genaueren Kenntniss der Kreidegebilde Meklen-
burgs. Zeitschr. Deutsch. geol. Ges. (Berlin), vol. vii, pp. 261-292, pls. viii—xi.

1858, FP. A. E. Reuss.—Ueber die Foraminiferen von Pietzpuhl. Zeitschr. Deutsch. geol. Ges.
vol. x, pp. 483-438.

. 1861, FKM. A. E. Revuss.—Die Foraminiferen des Kreidetuffs von Maestricht. SAWW. vol.

xliv, pp: 304-324, pls. i-vili.
1862, FFL. A. E. Reuss.—Die Foraminiferen-Familie der Lagenideen. SAWW. math-naturw. K1.
vol. xlvi, Abth. 1, 1862 (1863), pp. 305-342, pls. i-vii.

. 1862, NHG. A. E. Reuss.—Die Foraminiferen des Norddeutschen Hils und Gault. SAWW.

math-naturw. Kl. vol. xlvi, Abth. 1 (1863), pp. 5-100, pls. i—xiii.

. 1863, FCA. A. HE. Reuss—Les Foraminiféres du Crag d’Anvers. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belge

(Brussels), ser. 2, vol. xv, pp. 137-162, pls. 1-iii.

. 1863-4, KTF. A. E. Reuss.—Beitrige zur Kenntniss der tertiiren Foraminiferen-fauna (Zweite

Folge). III. Die Foraminiferen des Septarienthones von Offenbach. IV. Die
Foraminiferen des Septarienthones von Kreuznach. SAWW. vol. xlviii (1864),
pp- 36-71, pls. i-vii.

[* This paper is variously referred to as being dated 1849 and 1850. It was read in May, 1849,

and all the separate copies were dated on a special title-page 1849, but the volume of which it forms
part was issued in 1850 and is so dated. ]

Pi

244

<TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

R. 1865-6, FABS. A. E. Reuss.—Die Foraminiferen, Anthozoen, und Bryozoen des Deutschen

R.

R.

R.

R

TR

Septarienthones. DAWW. vol. xxv (1865), pp. 117-214, pls. i-xi.

1869, FOG. A. E. Reuss.—Zur fossile Fauna der Oligociinschichten von Gaas. SAWW. vol.
lix, Abth. i, pp. 446-486, pls. i-vi.

1870, FSP. A. E. Reuss.—Die Foraminiferen des Septarienthones von Pietzpuhl. SAWW. vol.
Ixii, Abth. i, pp. 455-493. Plates, see 8. 1870, FSP.

1903, ZRR. L. Raumpier.—Systematische Zusammenstellung der recenten Reticulosa. Arch.
Protistenk., Jena, vol. iii, pp. 181-294.

. 1905, MF. L. Raumpier.—Mitteilung iiber Foraminiferen. Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges. 1905,
pp: 97-106. Figs. 1-9:

. 1906, FLC. LL. Raumpier.—Foraminiferen von Laysan und den Chatham Inseln. Spengel’s
Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., vol. xxiv, pt. i, pp. 21-80, pls. i-v.

. 1909, ete., FPE. L. Raumpier.—Die Foraminiferen (Thalamophoren) der Plankton Expedition.
(Ergebnisse der Plankton Expedition der Humboldt-Stiftung, vol. in, L. ce.)
Kiel and Leipzig. Pt. i, 1909; pt. ii, 1918.

1854, OP. M. S. Scuunrze.—Ueber den Organismus der Polythalamien (Foraminiferen) nebst
Bemerkungen iiber die Rhizopoden in Allgememen. Leipzig, 1854.

1862, FMMM. G. Secunnza.—Descrizione dei Foraminiferi Monotalamici delle Marne Mioceniche
del Distretto di Messina. Messina, 1862.

1862, RFC. G. Srecurnza.—Prime richerche intorno ai Rizopodi fossili delle Argille Pleisto- -
ceniche dei dintorni di Catania. Att. Ace. Gioenia Sci. Nat. ser. 2, vol. xviil,
pp: 85-126, pls. i=.

1866, FKN. C. ScuwacEer.—Fossile Foraminiferen von Kar Nicobar. Novara-Expedition. Geol.
Theil. vol. 11, pp. 187-268, pls. iv-vu. Vienna, 1866.

1867, ZSW. HE. E. Scumip.—Ueber die Kleineren organischen Formen des Zechsteinkalks von
Selters in der Wetterau. Neues Jahrb. Min. 1867, pp. 576-588, pl. vi.

1867, ZAS. OC. Scuwacer.—Foraminiferen aus der Zone des Amm. Sowerbyi (Unter-Oolith)
(in Waagen Z.A.S.) Benecke’s geogn.-pal. Beitrage, vol. 1, pt. 3, pp. 654-661,
pl. 34 (xi).

. 1868, LUHD. M. Sars—Fortsatte Bemaerkninger over det dyriske Livs .Udbredning i Havets
Dybder. Forhandlingar. Vid. Selsk. Christiania (1869), pp. 246-275. AMNH
(London), ser 4, vol. iii, pp. 423-444.

1870, FSP. E. von Scuricnr.—Die Foraminiferen des Septarienthones von Pietzpuhl. Berlin,
1870.

1872, NFVI. O. Sitvesrri.—(Le Nodosarie fossili nel Terreno sub-appenino Italiano, e viventi
nei mari d'Italia.) Monografia delle Nodosarie. Atti Accad. Gioenia Sci. Nat.
(Catania), ser. 3, vol. vii, pp. 1-108, pls. i-xi.

1874, R. F. E. Scuunze.—Zoologische Ergebnisse der Nordseefahrt vom 21 Juli bis 9 September,
1872. I. Rhizopoden. I. Jahresber. Komm. Unt. d. deutschen Meere in Kiel
(Berlin), pp. 99-114, pl. ii.

1878, FRD. J. D. Stpparu.—The Foraminifera of the River Dee. Proc. Chester Soc. Nat.

5

Sci., no. 2, pp. 42-56, figs.

1879-80, FTR. G. Securenza.—Le Formazione Terziarie nella Provincia di Reggio (Calabria)

Att. R. Acc. Lincei, ser. 3, vol. vi, pp. 1-466, pls. i-xvii.

, CMIM. G. Secuenza.—Studi geologici e paleontologici sul Cretaceo media dell’ Italia

Meridionale. Att. R. Ac. Linc., ser. 3, vol. xii, 1882, pp. 65-214, pls. i-xxi.

1883, ELW. C. Scowacer.—Die Foraminiferen aus den Eocinablagerungen der libyschen Wuste

. & C.

. 1886

und Aigyptens. Paleontographica (Cassel), vol. xxx, 1883, pp. 81-153, pls. xxiv—
XXIX.

1886, MLC. C. D. SHersorn & F. Cuapman.—On some Microzoa from the London Clay
exposed in the Drainage Works, Piccadilly, London, 1885. JRMS. 1886, pp. 737
763, pls. xiv-xvi. Additional Note: JRMS. 1889, pp. 483-488, pl. xi.

, LMBC. J. D. Stppaty.—Report on the Foraminifera of the L(iverpool) M(arine) Biology)
C(ommittee) District. LMBC. Report No. 1. Proc. Lit. Phil. Soc. Liverpool,
no. xl, Appendix, pp. 42-71, pl. i.

6 om of, me

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 246

. 1887, P. C. ScutumpBercEer.—Note sur le genre Planispirina. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. xii,

yn

PR

pp- 475-488 (pp. 105-118 in the Reprints), pl. vi and _ figs. :

BGF. C. ScutumBercer.—Reévision des Biloculines des Grands Fonds. Mém. Soc. Géol.
France, vol. iv, pp. 542-579 (pp. 155-198 in the Reprints), pls. ix—xii.

FAM. C. ScutumpBercer. Note Préliminaire sur les Foraminiféres draguées par S. A. le
Prince Albert de Monaco. Mém Soc. Zool. France, vol. v, pp. 207-212
(pp. 195-198 in the Reprints), pl. vii.

MGM. C. Scatumpercer.—Monographie des Miliolidées du Golfe de Marseilles. Mém.
Soc. Zool. France, vol. vi, pp. 57-80 (pp. 199-228 in the Reprints), pls. ii-iv.

ete., FPS. A. Strvesrrt.—Foraminiferi pliocenici della provincia di Siena. (pt. ii), Mem.
Pont. Ace. N. Lincei. Pt. i, vol. xi, 1896, pp. 1-204, pls. i-v; pt. 1i, vol. xv,
1899, pp. 155-381, pls. vi—x1.

LMT. A. Sirvesrrr.—tagenine del Mar Tirreno. Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei (Rome),
vol. xix, pp. 133-172.

PM. A. Sinvesrri.—Forme nuove 0 poco conosciute di Protozoi Miocenici Piemontesi.
Ace. R. Sci. Torino, vol. xxxix, 1903, pp. 14 (reprint).

ete., RFD. H. Stprsorrom.—Report on the Recent Foraminifera from the Coast of the
Island of Delos (Grecian Archipelago). Mem. Manchester Lit.- and Phil. Soe.
(Manchester), pt. vol. xlvii, 1904, no 5; pt. 2, vol. xlix, 1905, no. 5; pt. 3,
vol. 1, 1906, no. Dis 4 vol la lIOT nos Ie) pt. bs vole dn, 19085 no: lai:
pt. 6, vol. liu, 1909, no. 21.

TB. A. Strvestr1.—Richerche strutturali su aleune forme dei Trubi di Bonfornello
(Palermo). Mem. Pont. Ace. Nuovi Lincei, vol. xxii, pp. 235-276, figs.

RFBP. H. Stmpesorrom.—Report on the Recent Foraminifera from the Bay of Palermo
(Sicily), 14-20 fms. Mem. Proc. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soc., vol. liv, pt. 3,
no. 16.

etc., LSP. H. Stprsorrom.—Lagenae of the South-west Pacific Ocean, from Soundings taken
by H.M.S. “ Waterwitch,” 1895. JQMC. ser. 2, vol. xi, no. 70, pp. 375-434,.
pls. xiv-xxi, Supplementary Paper: JQMC. ser. 2, vol. xii, 1913, no. 73, pp. 161-
210, pls. xv—xviil.

IF
DE

8, FECA. H. Stpesorrom.—Report on the Recent Foraminifera dredged off the East Coast

of Australia. H.M.S. “ Dart,” Station 19. JRMS. 1918, pp. 1-25, pls. i, 1;

pp: 121-153, pls. ii—v; pp. 249-264, pl. vi.

, ete., FLM. O. Terquem.—Mémoires sur les Foraminiféres du Lias du Département de la
Moselle. Mém. Ac. imp. Metz (i). vols. xxxix—li, 1858-1883.

etc., FOM. O. TeERquem.—Mémoires sur les Foraminiféres du Syst¢me Oolithique (Reprints)
Mém. Ac. imp. Metz, pt. 1, vols. xin, 1868-1870; pt. 4, Metz, 1874, pp. 279-338
(Reprint series) pls. xxx—xxxvil; pt. 5, Paris, 1883, pp. 339-406 (Reprint series),
pls. xxxvii-xly.

etc., APD. O. TerQquEmM.—Kssai sur le Classement des Animaux qui vivent sur la Plage
et dans les Environs de Dunkerque. Paris pt. 1, 1875, pp.:1-54, pls. i-vi;
pt. 2, 1876, pp. 55-100, pls. vii-xi; pt. 3, 1881, pp. 101-152, pls. xii—xvil.

FIR. O. Terquem.—Les Foraminiféres, etc., du Pliocéne Supérieur de Ve de Rhodes.
Mém. Soc. Géol. France, sér. 3, vol. i, Mém. i.

SGP. G. Trerricit.—Fauna Vaticana a Foraminiferi delle Sabbie Gialle nel Ploceno sub-
appenino superiore. Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi Lincei, vol. xxxin, pp. 127-219,
pls. i-iv.

FEP. O. Terquem—Les Foraminiféres de VEoctne des Environs de Paris. Mém. Soe.
Géol. France, sér. 3, vol. ii, Mém. 3.

Ww. & B., 1784, TMR. G. Waker & W. Boys.—Testacea Minuta Rariora, etc. London, n.d. [1784].
WwW. & J., 1798, AEM. G. Watxer & E. Jacop—In G. Adams: Essays on the Microscope.

F. Kanmacher’s (2nd) Edition. (Plates copied from W. & B. 1784, and named by
E. Jacob.) London, 1798.

W. 1848, BSGL. W. C. Wittramson.—On the Recent British Species of the Genus Lagena.

AMNH. ser. 2, vol. i, pp. 1-20, pls. 1-11.

246

W. 1858, REGB.

W. 1880, NEI. J

W. 1885-6, KH.

W. 1885-6, BLP.

W. 1886, SWI. J.

W. 1891, SWI. J.

“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

W. C. Writramson.—On the Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain. London, 1858
(Ray Society).

. Wricut.—The Post-Tertiary Foraminifera of the North-east of Ireland. Proc.
Belfast Nat. Field Club, 1870-1880 (1881). Appendix, pp. 149-163.

J. Wricur.—The Cretaceous Foraminifera of Keady Hill, Co. Derry. Proc. Belfast
Naturalists’ F. Club. Appendix 1885-6, pp. 327-332, pl. xxvii.

J. Wricut.—Foraminifera of the Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club’s Cruise off
Belfast Lough in the Steam Tug “ Protector,” June, 1885; also, Foraminifera found
by Dr. Maleomson at Rockport, Belfast Lough. Rep. Belfast Nat. Field Club,
1885-6, Appendix, pp. 317-326, pl. xxvi.

Wricur.—Report on the Marine Fauna of the South-west of Ireland—Foramin-
ifera. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 2, vol. iv (1887) (Science), pp. 607-614.
Wricur.—Report on the Foraminifera obtained off the South-west of Ireland
during the Cruise of the “ Flying Falcon,” 1888. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. ser. 3,
vol. 1, no. 4, pp. 460-502, pl. xx.

W. 1910-11, BCNI. J. Wricut.—Boulder-Clays from the North of Ireland, with Lists of Foramin-

W. 1910-11, ECM.

GaiSior Eley se

ifera. Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, ser. 2, vol. 1, Appendix no. 1, p. 8, pl. i.

J. Wricgur.—Foraminifera from the Estuarine Clays of Magheramorne, Co. Antrim,
and Limavady Station (Junction), Co. Derry. Rep. Belfast Nat. Field Club, ser. 2,
vol. iii, no. 6, Appendix no. 6, pp. 11-20, pl. 11.

A. Zirvret.— Handbuch der Paleontologie. Munich and Leipzig, 1876-1880, vol. i,

Protozoa, pp. 55-126.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 247

APPENDIX F.
ON THE COLOURATION OF POLYTREMA MINIACEUM (PALLAS).

It would have been a source of satisfaction to us had we been able to pronounce
definitely upon the chemical constitution of the red colouring matter of Polytrema,
and we hoped that, with the comparatively ample material afforded by our
collection at Ajaccio, we might have arrived at a definite conclusion.

Brady, in 1884 (F.C., p. 720) observed that “a few preliminary experiments
suggest that it is an organic substance, and probably identical with that found
by Merejkowsky in a large number of marme organisms, and named by him
Zoonerythrine.” Merkel, however, in his elaborate thesis (ué supra, p. 298)
states the results of certain researches which he had undertaken, which go to disprove
this suggestion. That it is an organic substance there can be no question, for it
entirely disappears under heat—like the colouring matter of red coral. Merkel,
after setting forth the processes which he employed towards the solution of the
question, says:—‘‘I can hardly agree that the red pigment is Zoonerythrin, as
to which Merejkowsky and Krukenberg say that it dissolves easily in alcohol
and ether. Also, on treatment with a few drops of H,SO,, the characteristic
blue colour for Zoonerythrin was not observed.”

Dr. R. A. Peters has, at our request, carried out a series of careful experiments
with a view to determining the nature of the colouring matter at the Biochemical |
Laboratory at Cambridge. We need not go at length, in this place, into the pro-
cesses employed, but we append a condensed note kindly furnished to us on the
subject.

PIGMENT OF POLYTREMA MINIACEUM (PALLAS).
By R. A. Peters, M.D.

Extraction —The powdered organism is placed upon a small filter paper, in
a filter funnel, and extracted with a small amount of dilute acetic acid. The
dilute acid is collected in a test tube, and poured back upon the powdered
organism until the calcareous matter has dissolved. More acid is added if
necessary. A little of the pigment goes into solution by treatment with dilute
acetic acid, but the main bulk remains upon the filter paper. Treatment with
hot alcohol at this stage may remove some yellow pigment. (If excess alcohol
is added, the residue will set to a jelly.) A small amount of hot alcohol, to
which a little NaOH has been added, is poured upon the filter paper. This
dissolves the bulk of the pigment forming a yellowish red solution. Further
treatment with dilute acid as described by Newbigin (J. Phys. xxi, 236, 1897), and
then with alcohol led to the solution of some more pigment, but no definite red com-
pound dissolved as described in the case of crustaceorubin. Treatment with
strong acid must be avoided, as it breaks down the pigment to a yellow product.

248 «TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Characters—An alcoholic solution, when treated with strong H,SO,, shows
a blue colouration at the junction of the two fluids, identical with the reaction
for the lobster pigment and carotin. This mdicates a lipochrome. Spectro-
scopically, in solutions judged to be of equal concentration, the same bands
appeared in the unknown pigment and in a solution of the lobster pigment.
The main band appeared to extend to 525\ in the concentration used. Attempts
to fractionate between alcohol and petrol ether gave no certain result. When
fractionated between an aqueous alcoholic solution and petrol ether, the pigment
often deposited as a brick-red precipitate between the solvents, which became soluble
again upon treatment with alkali.

Solutions in carbon disulphide and chloroform were red, in ether yellow. In
alcohol, they were more reddish than a carotin solution of the same concentra-
tion, as judged by the tint. Solutions faded rather rapidly.

Discussion.—In general appearance the pigment resembles the crustaceorubin
of Newbigin, though its solubility im alkali imdicates a difference. There seems
little doubt that we have to do with a lipochrome pigment. Owing to the rarity
of the organism, the investigation of the pigment upon the scale employed by
Willstatter and Stoll (Chlorophyl, 1913) has been clearly out of the question.

Conclusions.—The pigment is a lpochrome forming yellowish red solutions
in alcohol, and red in chloroform and carbon-disulphide. — Spectroscopically it
resembles the red pigment of the lobster, but differs from this in certain other

respects.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 249

EN DIE -X®

Species found in the three separated gatherings, but not in the main material, or noted in the main
Report are indicated as follows :—
T. d. F. = from Station 308 (official list). Off Tierra del Fuego. Appendix A.
R. d. J. = from Station 42 (official list). Off Rio de Janeiro. Appendix C.
K. I. = from Kerguelen Island. ‘“‘ Challenger” Station, 149 E. Appendix B.

. = from “ Discovery ” material.

abbreviata, Textularia, 120.
abyssorum, Rhabdammina, 91.

a Rhabdopleura, 91.
acervalis, Planorbulina, 207.
Acervulina inhaerens, 221.
aculeata, Bulimina, 128.

* Uvigerina, 184.
acuta, Fissurina, 154.

» Jaculella, 85.
» lLagena, 154.
acutauricularis, Cristellaria, 178.
a Nautilus, 178.
acuticosta, Lagena, 146.
adolphina, Dentalina, 172.

Ay Nodosaria, 172.
adunca, Reophax, 96.
adyena, Reophax, 94.
aenariensis, Bolivina, 134.

Re Brizalina, 134.
aequilateralis, Globigerina, 192.
affinis, Bulimina, 128.

», Sagraina, 117.
affixa, Spiroloculina, 63.
agglutinans, Haplophragmium, 97.
Miliolina, 69.
Quinqueloculina, 69.
Spirolina, 97.
a Textularia, 119.

var. porrecta, Textularia, 119.

aggregata, Placopsilina, 75.
akneriana, Rosalina, 210.

e Truncatulina, 210.
alata (var.), Bolivia, 134.

» Valvulina, 134.

albicans (var.), Thurammina, 108.
albida, Storthosphaera, 77.
algaeformis, Rhizammina, 92,

VOL. VI.

alto-camerata (var.), Truncatulina, 209.
alveolata, Lagena, 167.

alveolata, var. substriata, Lagena, 167.
alveoliniformis, Miliolina, 65.
americanus, Ammobaculites, 98.
Ammobaculites americanus, 98.

. foliaceum, 99.

‘7 tenuimargo, 98.
Ammochilostoma pauciloculata, 114.
Ammodiscus charoides (J. & P.), 110.

filum, 88.
gordialis (J. & P.), 88, 110.

incertus (d’Orb.), 74, 109, 195.

megaspira, 110.
mestayeri (Cush.), 109.

s shoneanus (Siddall), 110.

3 tenuis, Br., 74, 109.
Ammolagena clavata, 115.
ammonoides, Nautilus, 230.

5 Operculina, 230.
Ammosphaeroidina sphaeroidiniforme, 102.
Amphicoryne parasitica, 179.
Amphorina gracilis, 144.

lyellii, 146.
ampulla-distoma, Lagena, 145.
oe (var.), Lagena, 145.
ampullacea, Reophax, 93.
Ae. (var.), Uvigerina, 184.
anceps, Globotextularia, 118.

» Haplophragmium, 102.
anglica (var.), Saccammina, 85.
angulosa, Uvigerina, 183.
angusta, Polymorphina, 181.
annectens, Lagena, 155.

: Spiroplecta, 121.
ae Textularia, 121.
annularis, Frondicularia, 175.

250 “TERRA NOVA”

annularis, Orbitolina, 198.
~ (var.), Patellina, 198.
Anomalina ariminensis, d’Orb., 212.
coronata, P. & J., 212.
foveolata, Br. [R. d. J.], 235
polymorpha, Costa, 212.
sinuosa, Sideb., 213.
5 wuellerstorfi, 210.
antaretica (var.), Dendronina, 80.
apiculata (var.), Bulimina, 129.
Lagena, 145.
3 Oolina, 143.
arborescens, Dendronina, 78.
Psammatodendron, 87
Hyperammina, 87.
var. antarctica, Dendronina, 80.

arenacea, Spirillina, 109.

(var.), Bifarina, 132, 133.
Bolivina, 135, 235.
Miliolina, 66, 232.
Nonionina, 228.
Rotalia, 220.

- Trunecatulina, 208.

arenaria, Astrorhiza, 75.

= Spiroloculina, 64.
arenosa, Bolivina, 154.
argenteus, Bathysiphon, 82.
ariminensis, Anomalina, 212.
Aristerospira crassa, 190.

5 pachyderma, 190.
arthrocena, Orthoceras, 172.
articulata, Cristellaria, 179.

Ae Robulina, 179.
Articulina conico-articulata,

funalis, Br., 72.

4 var. inornata, Br., 72.
Aschemonella catenata, Norm. [T. d. F.]., 230.
aspera, Lagena, 144.
asperula, Uvigerina, 184.
var. ampullacea, Uvigerina, 184.

me

asterizans, Nautilus, 226.
“A Nonionina, 226.
Astrorhiza arenaria, Norm.,
ra catenata, 230.
:. limicola, Sandahl, 75
Ataxophragmium humile, 130.

1
dy |

auberiana, Miliolina, 68.
Quinqueloculina, 68.
Uvigerina, 184.
var. arenacea, 232.

», glabra, Uvigerina, 185.

auricula, Nautilus, 214.

; Pulvinulina, 214.

auriculata, Lagena, 166.

var. clypeata, Lagena, 164.

EXPEDITION.

auriculata, var. costata, Lagena, 235.
~ » quadri-auriculata, Lagena, 167.
baccata, Discorbina, 200.
a (var.), Lagena, 162
bacillaris, Reophax, 94, 170.
baconica, Discorbina, 205.
(var.), Discorbina, 205.

Ty

balaniformis, var. proteiformis, Carpenteria, 215.

barrettii, Textularia, 252.
Bathysiphon argenteus, H.-A. & E., 82.
filiformis, M. Sars. , 82

Pr rufum, de Folin, 82.
beccarii, Nautilus, 219.

- Rotalia, 2

bertheloti, Discorbina, 202.
Rosalina, 202.

¥ var. baconica, Discorbina, 203.
berthelotiana, Pulvinulina, 218.

ee Rotalina, 218.

beyrichi, Bolivina, 134.

» var. alata, Bolivina, 134.
bicarinata, Fissurina, 160.
Lagena, 160.
var. spinigera, Lagena, 161.
var. villosa, Lagena, 161.
Discorbina, 206.

Bias porrecta, Br., 132.
var. arenacea, nov., 132.

»

biformis, Spiroplecta, 122.
s (var.) Textularia, 122.
bifrons, Sagrina, 186.
Siphopenerinay 186.
pileuates Orbulina, 193.
biloculi, Lingulina, 174.
is (var.) Lingulina, 174.
Biloculina, bradyi, 62
5 bulloides, d’Orb., 61.
comata, Br., 62.
depressa, d’Orb., 62.
yar. murrhyna, Schw., 62.
- » serrata, Bailey, 63.
oa elongata, d’Orb., 62.
“ ‘igasilonts, dOrb., 61.
laevis, Def. [R. d. J.J, 232.
* lucernula, 61.
* ringens (Lam.), 61.
a sphaera, d’Orb., 61.
Bolivina aenariensis (Costa), 154.
a arenosa, 134.
FF) beyrichi, Rss., 154.
% var. alata (Seg.), 154.
decussata, Br., 134.
é difformis (Will.), 135.
“a dilatata, Rss., 134.

cB)

cr) 5B)

ee a

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

Bolivina inflata, H.-A, & E., 135.
* » var. arenacea, nov., 135.
= karreriana, Br., 136.
limbata, Br., 137.
3 lobata, Br., 134.
- nobilis, Hant. [R. d. J.J, 233.
x obsoleta (Ehbg.), 136.
. pleata, d’Orb., 135.

porrecta, 132.

S punctata, d’Orb., 132.

5p ey yar. arenacea, nov., 133.
ro pygmaea, 155.

Be reticulata, Hant., 135.

A robusta, Br., 136.
i textilarioides, Rss., 133.

2 ”
135.

9 3 yar. Spinescens, Cush., 133.

0 tortuosa, var. arenacea, nov. 136.

5 variabilis (Will.), 135.
oF) oo)
234.
bosciana, Miliolina, 66.
= Quinqueloculina, 66.
botelliformis, Lagena, 143.
boueana, Nonionina, 101, 227.
var. janiformis, Nonionina, 227.
bouei, Fissurina, 148.
bowmanni, Psammosphaera, 83.
bradyi, Biloculina, 62.
Cassidulina, 139.
Nubecularia, 60.
» var. elongata, Cassidulina, 139.
Brizalina aenariensis, 154.
brongniartii, Miliolina, 70.
Pulvinulina, 215.
Rotalia, 215.
ie Triloculina, 70.
bruckenthali, Vaginulina, 176.
brunnensis, Uvigerina, 184.
bueculenta, Miliolina, 65.
buehiana, Bulimina, 129.
Bulimina aculeata, d’Orb., 128.
affinis, d’Orb., 128.
_ buchiana, d’Orb., 129.
es chapmani, sp. nov., 130.
convoluta, Will., 130.
contraria, 151.
declivis, Rss., 130.
echinata, d’Orb., 128.
elegans, d’Orb., 127.
var. exilis, Br., 127.

0

oy)

”?

oS

”?

33 $X)
elegantissima, d’Orb., 129.

var. apiculata, 129.

fusiformis, 129.

”

> 2? 22

var. arenacea, nov. [D.],

var. arenacea, nov., [D.],

bo
or

Bulimina elegantissima, var. seminuda, Terq., 129.

38 fusiformis, Will., 127.

5 inflata, Seg., 128.

5 marginata, d’Orb., #28.
5 ovata, d’Orb., 128.

- polystropha, 124.

34 pupoides, d’Orb., 127.
S pygmaea, 125.

a pyrula, d’Orb., 127.

= rostrata, Br., 129.

Ne seminuda, 129, 130.

os squammigera, d’Orb., 131.
‘ subteres, Br., 130.

5 williamsoniana, Br., 130.
bulla, Placopsilina, LO4.
, Tholosina, 104.
bulloides, Biloculina, 61.
Cymbalopora, 199.
Pr Globigerina, 187.
3 Rosalina, 199.
Sphaeroidina, 194.
Burseolina calabra, 139.

calabra, Burseolina, 139.
5 Cassidulina, 139.

calear, Cristellaria, 180.
,» Nautilus, 180.

calearata, Miliolina, 68.

55 Discorbina, 204.
caleareum, Haplophragmium, 98.
calomorpha, Nodosaria, 168.
canaliculata (var.), Thurammina, 85.
canariense, Haplophragmium, 100.

% var. variabilis, Haplophragmium, 100.
canariensis, Nonionina, 100.

Pulvinulina, 215.
Rotalina, 215.

xe Uvigerina, 185.
cancellata, Cyclammina, 116.
candeiana, Miliolina, 68.
Quinqueloculina, 68.

55 Textularia, 119.
carinata, Fissurina, 156.
Lingulina, 173.
var. biloculi, Lingulina, 174.

of (var.), Spirillina, 195.

cariosa (var.), Thurammina, 84.
carlofortensis, Lingulina, 174.
Carpenteria proteiformis, Goés, 213.
Cassidulina bradyi, Norm., 159.

sg ., var. elongata, Sideb., 139,
calabra (Seg.). 139.
crassa, d’Orb., 138.
decorata, 138.

”

.

oy)

oe)

2?

252 : “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Cassidulina devonica, 158.
laevigata, d’Orb., 137.
a var. tumida, nov., 137.
nitidula (Chaster), 140.
oblonga (Rss.), 138.
parkeriana, Br., 139.
sub-globosa, Br., 138.

var. tuberculata, nov.,

138.
cassis, Cristellaria, 233.
Nautilus, 235.
Haplophragmium, 177.
castanea (var.), Thurammina, 107.
castrensis, Lagena, 164.
catenata, Aschemonella, 230.
Astrorhiza, 230.
Textularia, 117.
catenulata, Lagena, 152.
3 (var.), Lagena, 152.
Nodosaria, 172.
celata, Planispirina, 71.
Sigmoilina, 71.
cenomana, Placopsilina, 103.
Ceriopora globulus, 221.
chapmani, Bulimina, 130.
5 Marsipella, 90.
charoides, Ammodiscus, 110.
Cornuspira, 110.
chasteri, Discorbina, 202.
Chilostomella ovoidea, Rss., 142.
chrysostoma, Miliolina, 64.
Cibicides refulgens, 207.
circularis, Miliolina, 64.
= Triloculina, 64.
var. sublineata, Miliolina, 64.
clathrata, Lagena, 165.
35 Rotalia, 220.
clavata, Ammolagena, 115.
Lagena, 231.
Oolina, 231.
». Webbina, 115.
clavatula (var.), Hyperammina, 88.
Clavulina communis, d’Orb., 126.
eylindrica, Hant., 126.
obseura, Chaster, 126.
parisiensis, d’Orb., 126.
clavulus, Lagena, 145.
charensis, Planispirina, 73.
clypeata (var.), Lagena, 164.
clypeato-marginata (var.), Lagena, 165.
x var. crassa, Lagena, 165.
colligera, Truncatulina, 209.
columellaris, Sagrina, 185.
comata, Biloculina, 62.
(var.), Lagena, 160.

comata, Nodosaria, 171.
comatus, Nautilus, 171.
communis, Clavulina, 126.

a Nodosaria 169.

ni Polymorphina, 182.
compressa, Polymorphina, 182.
concamerata (var.), Pulvinulina, 215.

_ Serpula, 213.
concava, Textularia, 117.

3 var. heterostoma, Textularia, 117.
concavum, Plecanium, 117.
concentrica (var.), Lagena, 162.

ine Pulvinulina, 214.
confusa, Sorosphaera, 84.
conglobata, Globigerina, 192.
conica, Textularia, 121.

» Walvulina, 125.

» var. horrida, Textularia, 121.
conico-articulata, Articulina, 72.
consobrina, Nodosaria, 170.

5 var. emaciata, Nodosaria, 170.
contorta, Miholina, 69.

3 Quinqueloculina, 69.
convergens, Cristellaria, 178.
convoluta, Bulimina, 130.

a (var.), Bulimina, 130.
coprolithiforme, Haplophragmium, 97.
cora, Discorbina, 199.

» Kosalina, 199.
Cornuspira charoides, 110.
diffusa, H.-A. & E., 74.

os foliacea (Phuil.), 73, 109, 195.
3 involvens, Rss., 74, 86, 109, 195.
f¢ oligogyra, 196.

polygyra, 195.
selseyensis, H.-A. & E., 74.

2

Ff striolata, Br., 75.
cornuta (var.), Miliolina, 68.
- Rhabdammina, 84.

coronata, Anomalina, 212.

a (var.), Lagena, 163.

5 Trochammina, 112, 113.
corrugata, Patellina, 198.
(var.), Textularia, 121.
annularis, Patellina, 198.

be)

costata, Cristellaria, 180.
. Entosolenia, 147.

Lagena, 147.
53 (var.), Lagena, 235.
a Marginulina, 176.
costatus, Nautilus, 176, 180.
crassa, Aristerospira, 190.
,, Cassidulina, 138.
: (var.), Lagena, 165.
Pulvinulina, 216.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 2

crassa, Rotalina, 216.
erassimargo, Haplophragmium, 101.
craticulata, Rotalia, 220.
crenata, Lagena, 149.
crepidula, Cristellaria, 177.
Pe Nautilus, 177.
eretacea, Globigerina, 188.
a var. eggeri, Globigerina, 188.,
crispa, Polystomella, 229.
cerispus, Nautilus, 229.
cristata, Miliolina, 68.
Cristellaria acutauricularis (F. & M.), 178.
8 articulata (Rss.), 179.
. calear (Linn.), 180.
_ cassis (F. & M.) [R.d.J.], 233.
- convergens (Born.), 178.
55 costata (F. & M.), 180.
= crepidula (F. & M.), 177.

a cultrata (Montf.), 180.
: eymboides, d’Orb., 178.
a dorsocostata, 180.

0 gibba, d’Orb., 179.

oi italica (Def.), 178.

; latifrons, Br., 178.
orbicularis (d’Orb.), 179.
paucicostata, 180.
paucisepta, Rss., 178.
rotulata (Lam.), 179.

5 schloenbachi, Rss., 177.
tenuis (Born.), 177.

: tricarinella, Rss., 177.

5 variabilis, Rss., 177.

FS vortex (F. & M.), 179.

Crithionina granum, Goés, 78, 105.
= lens, Goés, 107.
5% mamilla, Goés, 105, 233.
3 pisum, Goés, 106.
var. hispida, Flint, 106, 254.

>> 23
a rotundata, 106.
55 rugosa, Goés, 77, 106.

culter, Planorbulina, 211.
» Truncatulina, 211.
cultrata, Cristellaria, 180.
cultratus, Robulus, 180.
Cuneolina pavonia, d’Orb. [R. d. J.J, 252.
cuvieriana, Miliolina, 69.

56 Quinqueloculina, 69.
Cyclammina cancellata, Br., 116, 255.
orbicularis, Br., 116.

Pa pusilla, Br., 115.
cylindrica, Clavulina, 126.
Marsipella, 90.

a Pelosina, 77.

5 Reophax, 97.
Cymbalopora bulloides (d’Orb.), 199.

39

oe)

or
co

Cymbalopora poeyi (d’Orb.), 198.
cymboides, Cristellaria, 178.

danica, Lagena, 166.
» var. pendulum, Lagena, 166.
decipiens, Polystomella, 229.
declivis, Bulimina, 130.
decorata, Cassidulina, 138.
Spirillina, 197.

- (var.), Nubecularia, 60.

35 » vnilatera, Spirillina, 195.
decussata, Bolivina, 134.
dehiscens, Sphaeroidina, 194.
Dendronina arborescens, gen. et sp. nov., 78.
var. antarctica, nov., 80.

29 39
_ limosa, sp. noy., 81.
55 5 var. humilis, nov., 81

Dendrophrya erecta, 80.
Dentalina adolphina, 172.

. emaciata, 170.
5 mucronata, 170.
; pauperata, 170.
ts roemeri, 170.
55 soluta, 169.
dentaliniformis, Lingulina, 173.
eh Reophax, 94.

denticulata, Quinqueloculina, 68.

A (var.), Spirillina, 197.
denticulo-carinata, Frondicularia, 174
depressa, Biloculina, 62.

> Storthosphaera, 77, 231.

iF var. murrhyna, Biloculina, 62

fs ,, serrata, Biloculina, 62
depressula, Nomionina, 226.
depressulus, Nautilus, 226.
desmophora, Lagena, 149.

= (var.), Lagena, 149.
devonica, Cassidulina, 138.
diaphana, Iridia, 75.
diffugiformis, Reophax, 92.
difformis, Bolivina, 135.

wr (var.), Textularia, 135.
diffusa, Cornuspira, 74.
dilatata, Bolivina, 154.
dimorpha, Sagrina, 186.

“0 Uvigerina, 186.
Dimorphina raphanus, 186.

s striata, 186.
Dioxeia richardi, 90.
Discorbina baccata, H.-A. & E., 200.
bertheloti (d’Orb.), 202.
a var. baconica, Hant. 205.

biconcava, P. & J., 206.
calcarata, sp. nov., 204.
chasteri, H.-A. & E., 202.

bo
or
—

Diseorbina cora (d’Orb.), 199.
disparilis, sp. nov., 205.
globularis (d’Orb.), 115, 201.
harmeri, sp. nov., 204.

imperatoria, 204.

i involuta, 205.
irregularis, Rhumb., 201.
isabelleana (d’Orb.), 199.
lingulata, Burr. & Holl. , 206.
mediterranensis (d’Orb.), 201.
millettii, Wright. 199.
minutissima, 202.
nitida (Will.), 199.
obtusa (d’Orb.), 202.
opercularis (d’Orb.), 203.

a orbicularis (Terq.), 200.
parisiensis (d’Orb.), 203.
patelliformis, Br., 204.
peruviana (d°Orb.), 200.
pileolus (d’Orb.), 204.
plano-convexa, 209.
polyrraphes (Rss.), 201.

praegeri, H.-A. & E., 199.

pulvinoides, Cush., 206.

pustulata, H.-A. & E., 203.

rarescens, Br., 203.

rosacea (d’Orb.), 200.

rugosa (d’Orb.), 112, 202.

sauleu (d’Orb.), 202.

tabernacularis, Br., 205.

tuberculata, Balk. & Wright [R. d. J.],

233.
turbo (d’Orb.), 200.
valvulata (d’Orb.), 202.
+ ventricosa, 206.
3 vilardeboana (d’Orb.), 111, 200.
” wilsoni, sp. nov., 206.
Discorbis inconspicua, 116.
discreta, Rhabdammina, 91.
disparilis, Discorbina, 205.
distans, Reophax, 59, 96.
distoma, Lagena, 235.
divaricans, Sagenina, 60.
dorsocostata, Cristellaria, 180.
dubia, Globigerina, 188.
dutemplei, Rotalina, 211.
= Truncatulina, 211.
dutertrei, Globigerina, 189.

earlandi, Seabrookia, 141.
echinata, Bulimina, 128.

is Triloculina, 68.
edwardsi, Planispirina, 71.
= Sigmoilina, 71.

var. unguiculata, Sideb., 207.

“TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

edwardsi, Trioxeia, 90.
eggeri (var.), Globigerina, 188.
Ehrenbergina hystrix, Br., 140.
ss % var. glabra, nov.. 140.
* serrata, Rss., 140.
elegans, Bulimina, 127.
Pulvinulina, 218.
» Rotalia, 218.

oe var. exilis, Bulimina, 127.
elegantissima, Bulimina, 129.
. Polymorphina, 182.
- (var.), Thurammina, 85.
P var. seminuda, Bulimina, 129.

elevata (var.), ‘lobigerina, 191.
elongata, Biloculina, 62.
a Hyperammina, 87.
S Lagena, 144.
.. Marsipella, 90.
» Mhiliola, 144.
(var.), Cassidulina, 139.
. var. laevigata, Hyperammina, 88.

és ,, tenuissima, Hyperammina, 88.
emaciata, Dentalina, 170.
a1 (var.), Nodosaria, 170.

emaciatum, Haplophragmium, 98.
enderbiensis, Lagena, 161.
Entosolenia costata, 147.
< lineata, 146.
bs marginata, var. lucida, 154.
var. ornata, 159.
F 3 var. quadrata, 153.
ES squamosa, var. catenulata, 152.
ad ae var. hexagona, 152.
a3 williamsoni, 146.
erecta, Dendrophrya, 80.
erinacea, Pulvinulina, 206.
euneta, Reophax, 96.
excayata, Spiroloculina, 63.
excentrica (var.), Lagena, 148.
excisa, Miliolina, 68.
exigua, Planispirina, 73.
»» Pulvinulina, 217.
exilis var., Bulimina, 127.
exsculpta, Lagena, 149.

” ”

faba, Lagena, 155.
», (var.), Lagena, 155.
» Nautilus, 229.
» Polystomella, 229.
farcimen, Nodosaria, 168.
a Orthoceras, 168.
fasciata, Lagena, 155.
> Oolima: 155:
» var. faba, Lagena, 155
favosa (var.), Lagena, 160.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

favosa (var.), Thurammina, 117.
favus, Pulvinulina, 219.
ferruginea, Gaudryina, 123.
ferussacil, Miliolina, 70.

* Quinqueloculina, 70.
filiformis, Bathysiphon, 82.

3 Gaudryina, 122.
5 Nodosaria, 169.

filam, Ammodiscus, 88.
» Serpula, 88.

fimbriata, Lagena, 166.

Be var. occlusa, Lagena, 166.
fissa (var.), Lagena, 157.
Fischerina helix, H.-A. & E., 73.
Fissurina acuta, 154.

ie bicarinata, 160.

3 bouei, 148.

5 carinata, 156.

as laevigata, 153.

a multicosta, 148.

. orbignyana, 161.

3 radiata, 159.

“A rizzae, 160.

“A schlichti, 156.

35 staphyllearia, 154.
fistulosa (var.), Spiroplecta, 119.

5 ,» Jextularia, 119.
foliacea, Cornuspira, 73.
foliaceum, Ammobaculites, 99.

5 Haplophragmium, 99.
foliaceus, Orbis, 73.
fontinense, Haplophragmium, 98.
forficula, Lagena, 156.
formosa, Lagena, 159.
var. comata, Lagena, 160.

5 ,, favosa, Lagena, 160.
foveolata, Anomalina, 235.

Bs Lagena, 150.
var. paradoxa, Lagena, 150.
spinipes, Lagena, 150.

”>

”

» »
frondescens, Sagenina, 60.
Frondicularia annularis, d’Orb., 175.
denticulo-carinata, 174.
inaequalis, Costa, 175
pygmaea, Sideb., 174.
reussi, 175.
scottil, sp. nov., 175.

a spathulata, Br., 174.
funalis, Articulina, 72.

s var. inornata, Articulina, 72.

fungiformis, Textularia, 120.
fusca, Miliolina, 69.
Psammosphaera, 83.
Rotalina, 125.
Quinqueloculina, 69.

33

”

”

”?

”

”

fusea, Valvulina, 125.
» var. testacea, Psammosphaera, 83.
fusiformis, Bulimina, 127.

(var.), Bulimina, 127, 129.
5 Proteonina, 93.
5 Reophax, 93.

galeata, Trochammina, 114.
Gaudryina ferruginea, sp. noy., 123.

- filiformis, Berthelin, 122.

- Jonesiana, 125.

9 pariana, 125,
pupoides, d’Orb., 122, 123.
rugosa, @’Orb., 122.

% scabra, Br., 123.

5 siphonella, Rss., 123.

+ subrotunda, Schw., 122.

wrightiana, 125.
gauss, Vanhoefenella, 76.
gibba, Cristellaria, 179.
,, Polymorphina, 181.
glabra (var.), Ehrenbergina, 140.
_ Marginulina, 176.
(var.) Uvigerina, 185.

oS

Glandulina rotundata, 167.

Globigerina aequilateralis, Br., 188, 192.
5 conglobata, Br., 192.

cretacea, d’Orb., 188.

3 var. eggeri, nov., 188.
dubia, Egger, 102, 188.
dutertrei, d’Orb., 102, 189.
helicina, d’Orb., 192.
inflata, d’Orb., 188.
omphalotetras, 190.
pachyderma (Ehbg.), 190.
rubra, d’Orb., 191.

3 ,, var. elevata, d’Orb., 191.
sacculifera, Br., 192.
triloba, Rss., 187.
A trochoides, 191.
clobigeriniforme, Haplophragmium, 102.
elobigeriniformis (var.), Lituola, 102.

2 Trochammina, 102.
globosa, Lagena, 142.
Serpula, 142.
var. lineato-punctata, Lagena, 142.

”

ory

Globotextularia anceps, 118.
globularis, Discorbina, 201.
Rosalina, 201.
elobulifera, Hormosina, 108.
Pe Ramulina, 186.
elobulosa, Trochammina, 189.

globulus, Ceriopora, 22

bulloides, d’Orb., 102, 187, 189, 190.

256 “TERRA NOVA”

elobulus, Gypsina, 221.
elomerata, Lituola, 100.
elomeratum, Haplophragmium, 100.
gordialis, Ammodiscus, 110.
gracilis, Amphorina, 144.
Lagena, 147.
Miliolina, 67.
Nodosaria, 169.
%E Quinqueloculina, 67.
eracillima, Lagena, 144.
eramen, Textularia, 121.
grandis, Lingulina, 175.
teophax, 157.
granum, Crithionina, 78, 105.
grimaldii, Ramulina, 187.
Gromia oviformis, Duj., 59,
guttifera, Reophax, 254.
Guttulina rotundata, 182.
Gypsina globulus (Rss.), 221.
yy inhaerens (Schultze), 113, 221.

- vesicularis (P. & J.), 221.
Gyroidina orbicularis, 219.
sf soldanii, 219.

haeusleri (var.), Thurammina, 107.
haidingeriil, Rotalina, 210.
: Truncatulina, 210.
hahotidea, Pulvinulina, 215.
Haplophragmium agelutinans (d’Orb.), 97.
a anceps, Br., 118, 102.
caleareum, Br., 98.
canariense (d’Orb.), 100, 226, 227.
x var. variabilis, H.-A.
& K., 100, 209.
cassis, 177.
coprolithiforme, 97.
crassimargo, Norm., 101.
emaciatum, Br., 98.
foliaceum, Br., 99.
fontinense, Terq., 98.
globigeriniforme, P. & J., 102,
187, 188, 189, 190.
glomeratum, Br., 100, 220.
lagenarium, 143.
latidorsatum (Born.). 99.
nanum, Br., 101, 228.
nonioninoides, 226.
3 pseudospirale, Will., 97.
- rotulatum, Br., 99.
scitulum, Br.. 99, 227.
seruposum, 92, 144.

sphaeriloculum, Cush., 100, 101.
sphaeroidiniforme, Br., 102, 194.

tenuimargo, Br., 98,
trullissata, 113.

EXPEDITION.

Haplophragmoides rotulatum, 99:
in sphaeriloculum, 101.

harmeri, Discorbina, 204.
harrisii, Nouria, 103.
Hastigerina pelagica, Br., 193.
haueril, Rotalina, 214.

, Pulvinulina, 214.
helicina, Globigerina, 192.
helix, Fischerina, 73.
hemispherica, Webbina, 75.
heterostoma (var.), Textularia, 102, 117.
hexagona (var.), Entosolenia, 152.

oe Lagena, 152.

a (var.), Lagena, 165.
Hippocrepina indivisa, Parker [D.], 254.
hispida (var.), Crithionina, 106.

» Lagena, 145.

Pe Nodosaria, 171.
hispidipholus, Lagena, 153.
Hormosina globulifera, Br., 108.
Hormosina ovicula, 168.
horrida (var.), Textularia, 121.
humile, Ataxophragmium, 130.
humilis (var.), Dendronina, 81.
Hyperammina arborescens (Norm.), 87.

55 elongata, Br., 87.

A a var. clavatula, 88.

= =. var. laevigata, Wright,
88.

mestayeri, 87.
novae-zealandiae. nom. nov., 89.

ramosa, Br., 86.
Fr sub-nodosa, 89.
3 vagans, Br., 86.

Hyperamminella venusta, 88.
hystrix, Ehrenbergina, 140.
» var. glabra, Ehrenbergina, 140.

imperatoria, Discorbina, 204.
inaequalis, Frondicularia, 175.
Spirillina, 196.

inaequilateralis (var.), Lagena, 157.
x Spiroloculina, 63.

incerta, Operculina, 109.

incertus, Ammodiscus, 74, 109.

inconspicua, Discorbis, 116.

A Textularia, 116.
indivisa, Hippocrepina, 254.
inflata, Bolivina, 135.

Bulimina, 128.
Globigerina, 188.

ne Nubecularia, 60.

re Polymorphina, 182.

var. tenuissima, noy., 88.

ee

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND. 25

inflata, Textularioides, 119,

3 Trochammina, 112.
7 var. arenacea, Bolivina, 135.

inflatus, Nautilus, 112.
inflexa, Nodosaria, 59, 96.
inhaerens, Acervulina, 221.
a Gypsina, 221.
inornata (var.), Articulina, 72.
= Tubinella, 72.
insignis, Miliolina, 65.
intermedia, Placopsilina, 75.
interrupta (var.), Lagena, 146.
ie Uvigerina, 185.
involuta, Discorbina, 205.
Tridia diaphana, H.-A. & E., 75, 233.
irregularis, Biloculina, 61.
i Discorbina, 201.
a Webbina, 115.
isabelleana, Discorbina, 199.
% Rosalina, 199.
italica, Cristellaria, 178.
;, saracenaria, 178.

Jaculella acuta, Br., 85.

» Obtusa, Br., 86.
janiformis (var.), Nonionina, 101, 227.
jonesiana, Gaudryina, 123.

karreriana, Bolivina, 136.

karsteni, Pulvinulina, 218.
5 Rotalia, 218.

kingsleyi, Placopsilina, 103.

labiosa, Miliolina, 65.
» Triloculina, 65.

lactea, Polymorphina, 180.

” Serpula, 180.

» var. oblonga, Polymorphina, 180.
lacunata, Lagena, 164.
laeve, Vermiculum, 143.
laevigata, Cassidulina, 137.

35 Fissurina, 153.
5A (var.), Hyperammina, 88.

51 Lagena, 153.
9 Nodosaria, 167.
is Webbina, 115.
ah var. tumida, Cassidulina, 137.
laevis, Biloculina, 232.
» Lagena, 143.
» Pyrgo, 232.
Lagena acuta (Rss.), 154.
» acuticosta, Rss., 146.
., alveolata, Br., 167.
5 var. substriata, Br., 167.

Lagena ampulla-distoma, Rymer Jones, 145.

annectens, Burr and Holl., 155.
apiculata (Rss.), 93, 143.
aspera, Rss., 144.

auriculata, Br., 166.

33 var. costata, Sideb. [D.], 235.
f ,», quadri - auriculata, nov.,
167.
bicarinata (Terq.), 159, 160.
— var. Spinigera, nov., 161.

Fe , villosa, nov., 161.
botelliformis, Br., 143.
castrensis, Schw., 164.
catenulata, Rss., 152.
clathrata, Br., 165.
clavata (d’Orb.) [K. I.], [D.], 231.
clavulus, sp. nov., 145.
clypeato-marginata, var. crassa, Sideb., 165.
costata (Will.), 147.
crenata, P. & J., 149.
danica, Madsen, 166.

» var. pendulum, nov., 166.
desmophora, Rymer Jones, 149.
distoma, P: & Ji. [D-]; 235.
elongata (Ehbg.), 144.
enderbiensis, Chap., 161.
exsculpta, Br., 149.
fasciata, Hgger, 155.

= var. faba, Balk. & Mill., 155.
fimbriata, Br., 166.

5 var. occlusa, Sideb., 166.
forficula, H.-A. & E., 156.
formosa, Schw., 159.

2 var. comata, Br., 160.

ms », tavosa, Br., 160.
foveolata, Rss., 150.

53 var. paradoxa, Sideb., 150.
a », Spinipes, Sideb., 150.
elobosa (Mont.), 142.

» var. lineato-punctata, nov., 142.
eracilis, Will., 147.
egracillima (Seg.), 144.
hexagona (Will.), 152.
hispida (Rss.), 145.
hispidipholus, 153.
lacunata, Burr. & Holl., 164.
laevigata (Rss.), 153.
laevis (Mont.), 92, 143.
lagenoides (Will.), 158.

9 var. nuda, Chap., 159.
a3 tenuistriata, Br., 158.
lineata (Will.), 146.
longispina, Br., 143.
lucida (Will.), 154.
lyellii (Seg.), 146.

258 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

Lagena malcomsoni, Wright, 155. Lagena vulgaris, var. spinoso-marginata, 159.
marginata (Walk. & Boys), 156. ; williamsoni (Alcock), 146.
: var. fissa, nov., 157. Jagenarium, Haplophragmium, 143.
,, inaequilateralis, | Wright, lageniformis, Reophax, 153.
Iiss7/ lagenoides, var. nuda, Lagena, 159.
rari-costata, Sideb., 157. Fi ,, tenuistriata, Lagena, 158.
= semi-marginata, Rss., 157, Lagenula reticulata, 152. 3
marginato-perforata, Seg., 158. lanceolata, Polymorphina, 181.
melo (d’Orb.), 151, 152. latidorsata, Nonionina, 99.
multicosta (Karr.), 148. latidorsatum, Haplophragmium, 99.
orbignyana (Seg.), 161. latifrons, Cristellaria, 178.
var. alata, Cush. [D.], 235. legumen, Nautilus, 176.
,, baccata, nov., 162. », ~Technitella, 231.
,, concentrica, Sideb., 162. » Vaginulina, 176. ‘
. coronata, Sideb., 163. lens, Crithionina, 107.
, selseyensis, H.-A. & E., lenticularis, Reophax, 157.
162. Lenticulites rotulata, 179.
unicostata, Sideb., 163. limbata, Bolivina, 137.
,, Walleriana, Wright, 162. a Spirillina, 196.
3 ,, yokoyamae, Mill., 163. 55 var. denticulata, Spirillina, 197.
ornata (Will.), 159. limicola, Astrorhiza, 76.
ovum (Ehbg.), 143. limosa, Dendronina, 81.
pannosa, Mill. [D.], 235. te var. humilis, Dendronina, 81.
plumigera, Br., 147. lineata, Entosolenia, 146.
protea, Chaster, 153. | » Lagena, 146.
pulchella, Br., 165. lineato-punctata (var.), Lagena, 142.
a var. hexagona, H.-A. & E., 165. lingulata, Discorbina, 206.
quadrangularis, Br., 169. PA var. unguiculata, Discorbina, 207
» quadrata (Will.), 155. : Lingulina biloeuli, Wright, 174.
» quinquelatera, Br., 160. :. carinata, d’Orb., 173.
reniformis, Sideb., 155 a dentaliniformis, 173.
reticulata (Macgillivray), 152. i grandis, 173.
rizzae (Seg.), 160. Lingulinopsis carlofortensis, 174.
rudis, 144. linneiana, Miliolina, 70.
scarabaeus, sp. noy., 164. ; 3 Quinqueloculina, 70.
schlichti (Silv.), 156. Lituola glomerata, 100.
scott, sp. noy., 150. , nautiloidea, var. globigeriniformis, 102.
seminiformis, Schw., 158. lobata, Bolivina, 134.
seminuda, Br., 153. lobatula, Truncatulina, 60, 208.
semistriata, Will., 147. » var. arenacea, Truncatulina, 208
sphaerula, Silv., 144. lobatulus, Nautilus, 208.
spumosa, Mill., 150. longicollis, Polymorphina, 183.
squamosa (Mont.) 151. longiscata, Nodosaria, 95.
squamoso-sulcata, sp. nov., 151. longiscatiformis, Reophax, 95.
staphyllearia (Schw.), 154. longispina, Lagena, 143.
stelligera Br., 148. lucida (var.), Entosolemia, 154
var. excentrica, Sideb., 148. » lLagena, 154.
_ », nelsoni, nov., 148. ie Spirillina, 196.
striata (d’Orb.), 145. | lucifuga, Nubecularia, 60.
striato-punctata, P. & J., 149. » var. decorata, Nubecularia, 60.
suleata (W. & J.), 146. | lucernula, Biloculina, 61.
tubulifera, var. tenuistriata, 158. lyellu, Amphorina, 146.
unguiculata, Br., 154. » Lagena, 146.
unguis, H.-A. & E., 157.
ventricosa, Silv., 154. macella, Polystomella, 230.

FORAMINIFERA

macellus, Nautilus, 230.
malcomsonu, Lagena, 155.

3 (var.) Lagena, 155.
mamilla, Crithionina, 105.
margaritifera, Spirillina, 197.
margaritiferum, Ophthalmidium, 72.
marginata, Bulimina, 128.

+ Lagena, 156.

3 Serpula, 156.

as var. fissa, Lagena, 157.

=A var. inaequilateralis, Lagena, 157.
5 var. semimarginata, Lagena, 157.

marginato-perforata, Lagena, 158.
Marginulina costata (Batsch), 176.
55 glabra, d’Orb., 176.
2 striatula, 176.
oA tenuis, 177.
mariae, Textularia, 118.
Marsipella chapmani, nom. noy., 90.

Ea cylindrica, Br., 90.

os elongata, Norm., 90.

Ba spiralis, 80.

Masonella, 80.

mediterranensis, Discorbina, 201.
= Planorbulina, 207.
af Rosalina, 201.

megaspira, Ammodiscus, 110.

melo, Lagena, 152.

» Oolina, 152.

, Technitella, 106.
membranacea, Reophax, 168.
menardii, var. tumida, Pulvinulina, 215.
mestayeril, Ammodiscus, 109.

se Hyperammina, 87.

= Technitella, 89.
micheliniana, Rotalina, 216.
Mihola elongata, 144.

55 oyum, 145.

Miliolina agglutinans (d’Orb.), 69.

=. alveoliniformis, 66.

.. auberiana (d’Orb.) [also R. d. J.J, 68.
var. arenacea, nov [R. d.J.],
232.

. bosciana (d’Orb.), 66.

= brongniartii (d’Orb.), 71.
3 buecculenta, Br., 65.

Me calearata, sp. nov., 68.

5 candeiana (d’Orb.), 68.

i chrysostoma, Chap., 64.

- circularis (Born.), 64, 254.
By ro var. sublineata, Br., 64.
ed contorta (d’Orb.), 69.

<5 eristata, 68.

a cuvieriana (d’Orb.), 69.

a excisa, 68.

2? 2

HERON-ALLEN AND

EKARLAND.

Miliolina ferussacii (d’Orb.), 70.

>, fusca (Br., 69.
gracilis (d’Orb.), 67.

., Insignis (Br.), 65.
labiosa (d’Orb.), 65.
linnaeana (d’Orb.), 71.

. oblonga (Mont.), 66.

% var. arenacea, Chap.,

polygona (d’Orb.), 70.
» pygmaea (Rss.), 64, 67.

rotunda (d’Orb.) [K. I.], 231.

,, sclerotica (Karr.), 70.

s, seminulum (Linn.), 67.
subrotunda (Mont.), 65.

Pe tricarinata (d’Orb.), 66.

. trigonula (Lam.), 65.

33 valvularis (Rss.), 64.

» venusta (Karr.), 68. :

Miliolites planulata, 63.

= ringens, 61.

a trigonula, 65.
Millepora miniacea, 221.
milletti, Textularia, 118.
milletti, Discorbina, 199.
miniacea, Millepora, 221.
miniaceum, Polytrema, 221.

a var. alba, Polytrema, 226.

minuta, Saccammina, 85.
minutissima, Discorbina, 202.
mitrata, Trochammina, 113.
monile, Orthoceras, 172.
moniliformis, Trochammina, 112.
monilis, Nodosaria, 172.
mucronata, Dentalina, 170.

sy Nodosaria, 170.
multicosta, Fissurina, 148.

- Lagena, 148.
murrhyna (var.), Biloculina, 62.

nana, Trochammina, 101.
nanum, Haplophragmium, 101.
Nautilus acutauricularis, 178.
es ammonoides, 250.
0) asterizans, 226.
auricula, 214.
becearii, 219.
calear, 180.
cassis, 233.
comatus, 171.
costatus, 176, 180.
erepidula, 177.
erispus, 229.
depressulus, 226.
faba, 229.
inflatus, 112.

66.

259

260 “TERRA NOVA”

Nautilus leoumen, 176.
lobatulus, 208.
macellus, 230.
obliquus, 171.
pompilioides, 227.

radicula, 168.

raphanistrum, 171.

repandus, 215.

scalaris, 171.

scapha, 228.

striato-punctatus, 229.

umbilicatulus, 227.

vertebralis, 172.

5 vortex, 179.

nelsoni (var.), Lagena, 148.

nitida, Discorbina, 199.

>) Rotalima, 199:

Spiroloculina, 63.

Trochammina, 112.

nitidula, Cassidulina, 140.

pi Pulvinulina, 140.

nobilis, Bolivina, 253.

nodosa, Nodosaria, 231.

Nodosaria adolphina (d’Orb.), 172.

calomorpha, Rss., 168.

catenulata, Br., 172.

comata (Batsch), 171.

communis, d’Orb., 95, 169.

consobrina, d’Orb., 170.

e Pi var. emaciata, Rss.,

farcimen (Sold.), 95, 168.

filiformis, d’Orb., 95, 169.

eracilis (Neugeb.), 169.

hispida, d’Orb. 171.

inflexa, 59, 96.

laevigata, d’Orb., 167.

longiscata, 95.

monilis, 172.

mucronata (Neugeb.), 170.

nodosa, 231.

i obliqua (Linn.), 171.
pauperata, d’Orb., 94, 170.

7 pellita, sp. nov., 173.
pyrula, d’Orb., 168, 173.
radicula (Linn.), 168.
raphanistrum (Linn.), 171.
roemeri (Neugeb.), 170.
rotundata (Rss.), 167.
scalaris (Batsch), 171.
setosa, 171.
simplex (O. Silv.), 168.
soluta, Rss., 93, 95, 169.
subtertenuata, Schw., 170.

% vertebralis (Batsch), 172.

nodulosa, Reophax, 95.

”

2?

170.

EXPEDITION.

Nonionina asterizans (F. & M.)., 226.
boueana, d’Orb., 227.

- - var. janiformis, 101.
3 canariensis, 100.

communis, d’Orb., 228.
depressula (W. & J.), 100, 226.
latidorsata, 99.

pauperata, Balk. & Wright, 228.
pelagica, 193.

pompilioides (F. & M.), 99, 227.
* quinqueloba, 195.

scapha (F. & M.), 228.

sloani, 228.

a sphaeroides, 194.

3 stelligera, d’Orb., 227.

3 turgida (Will.), 228.

5 45 var. arenacea, nov.

6 umbilicatula (Mont.), 100, 227.
Nouria harrisii, H.-A. & E., 103.
,, polymorphinoides, H.-A. & E., 103.
novae-zealandiae, Hyperammina, 89.
* Spirillina, 196.
Nubecularia bradyi, Mill., 60.
~ inflata, 60.
lucifuga, Def., 60, 95, 103, 208.
var. decorata,
K., 60.
tibia, J. & P!-59) 9b.
tubulosa, H.-A. & E., 60.
nuda (var.), Lagena, 159.

2? 2?

obconica, Spirillina, 195,

= var. carinata, Spirillina, 195
obliqua, Nodosaria, 171.
obliquiloculata, Pullenia, 195.
obliquus, Nautilus, 171.
oblonga, Cassidulina, 138.

re Miliolina, 66.
Polymorphina, 180.
"3 (var.), Polymorphina, 180.
Pulvinulina, 214.
rs var. arenacea, Miliolina, 66.
oblongum, Vermiculum, 66.
obscura, Clavulina, 126.
obsoleta, Bolivina, 136.
ys Textularia, 136.
obtusa, Discorbina, 202.
Jaculella, 86.
Rosalina, 202.
occlusa (var.), Lagena, 166.
ochracea, Rotalina, 111.

FA Trochammina, 111.
oligogyra, Cornuspira, 196.
omphalotetras, Globigerina, 190.
Oolina apiculata, 143.

i)

H.-A.

«&

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

Oolina clavata, 231.

» tasciata, 155.

» ~melo, 152

» Striata, 145.
opercularis, Rosalina, 203.

3 Discorbina, 203.
Operculina ammonoides (Gron.), 230.

. incerta, 109.
Ophthalmidium margaritiferum, sp. nov.,

5 tumidulum, 73.

orbicularis, Cristellaria, 179.

eS Cyclammina, 116.

=f Disecorbina, 200.

a Gyroidina, 219.

aa Robulina, 179.

a Rosalina, 200.

oe Rotalia, 219.
orbignyana, Fissurina, 161.

er Lagena, 161.

ss var. alata, Lagena, 235.

3 ,, baceata, Lagena, 162

% » concentrica, Lagena, 162.
3 » coronata, Lagena, 163.

% .. Selseyensis, Lagena, 162.
5 .. unicostata, Lagena, 163.
3 . Walleriana, Lagena, 162
* » yokoyamae, Lagena, 163.

Orbis foliaceus, 73.
Orbitolina annularis, 198.
35 vesicularis, 221.
Orbulina bilobata, 193.
Bs porosa, 193.

at universa, d’Orb., 107, 193.
Orthoceras arthrocena, 172.

3 comatus, 171.

ae farcimen, 168

33 monile, 172.

ss scalaris, 171.

ah vertebralis, 172.

ornata (var.), Entosolenia, 159.
» lagena, 159.
» Spirillina, 196.
ovata, Bulimina, 128.
» Polymorphina, 181.
» Sigmoilina, 70.
ovicula, Hormosina, 168.
oviformis, Gromia, 59.
ovoidea, Chilostomella, 142.
ovulum, Reophax, 143.
ovum, Lagena, 143.
» Miliola, 143.

pachyderma, Aristerospira, 190.
% Globigerina, 190.
pannosa, Lagena, 235.

bo

papillata, Thurammina, 75, 107.

45 var. albicans, Thurammina, 107.
* , castanea, Thurammina, 107.
6 ,, tavosa, Thurammina, 107.

ie ;, haeusleri, Thurammina, 107.

papillosa, var. compressiuscula, Rotalia, 220.
paradoxa (var.), Lagena,.150.
parallela (var.), Vaginulina, 176.
parasitica, Amphicoryne, 179.
pariana, Gaudryina, 123.
parisiensis, Clavulina, 126.

a Discorbina, 203.
oA Rosalina, 203.

parkeriana, Cassidulina, 139.
partschiana, Pulvinulina, 218.

‘5 Rotalina, 218.
parva, Psammosphaera, 83.
patagonica, Pulvinulina, 215.

- Rotalina, 215

es var. scitula, Pulvinulina, 215.
Patellina corrugata, Will., 198.

3 » var. annularis (P. & J.), 198.

» Dlicata, 112.
patelliformis, Discorbina, 204.
paucicostata, Cristellaria, 180.
paweliee ulata, Ammochilostoma, 114.

ns Trochammiuna, 114.

‘A Virgulina, 132.
paucisepta, Cristellaria, 178.
pauperata, Dentalina, 170.

e Nodosarta, 170.
a Nonionina, 228.
= Pulvinulina, 217

pavonia, Cuneolina, 232.
pectinata, Textularia, 118.
pelagica, Hastigerina, 193.

» Nonionina, 193
pellucida, Seabrookia, 141.
Pelosina cylindrica, Br., 77

PH rotundata, Br., 77.

a variabilis, Br., 77.
pendulum (var.), Lagena, 166.
perlucida, Rotalia, 219.
peruviana, Discorbina, 209.
perlucida, Rotalia, 219.

3 Rosalina, 200.
pileolus, Discorbina, 204.

» Valvulina, 204.
pululifera, Reophax, 93.
pisum, Crithionina, 106.

, var. hispida, Crithionina, 106.
Placopsilina aggregata, 75.
ee bulla, 104.
“ cenomana, d’Orb., 103.
intermedia, 75.

262 «“TERRA NOVA”

Placopsilina kingsleyi, Siddall, 103.
Planispirina celata, 71.
cliarensis, H.-A. & E., 73
edwardsi, 71
exigua, 73.
sigmoidea, 71.
plano-convexa, Discorbina, 209.
Planorbulina acervalis, Br., 207.
eulter, 211.
zs mediterranensis, d’Orb., 207
planulata, Miliohtes, 63.
fs Spiroloculina, 63.
Plecanium concavum, 117.
tugosum, 118.
placenta, Reophax, 157.

22

Pleurostomella subnodosa, Rss. [T. d. F.], 231.

plicata, Bolivina, 135.
Patellina, 112.

, Trochammina, 112.
plumigera, Lagena, 147.
poeyi, Cymbalopora, 198.
polyeides, Reophax, 171.
polygona, Miliolina, 70.

5 Quinqueloculina, 70.
polygyra, Cornuspira, 195.
polymorpha, Anomalina, 212.
Polymerphina angusta. Egger, 181.

communis, d’Orb., 182.
compressa, d’Orb., 103,
oe elegantissima, P. & J., 18

gibba, d’Orb., 181.

inflata, 182.
lactea (W. & J.), 180.

2

jt
bo
bo

e lanceolata, Rss., 181, 183.
* longicollis, Br., 183.
pS oblonga, Will., 103, 180.

ovata, d’Orh., 181.
- problema, d’Orb., 182.
x rotundata (Born.), 182.
sororia, Rss., 181.
sglenionaliinetten Nouria, 103.
polyrraphes, Discorbina, 201.
as - Rotalina, 291.
Polystomella crispa (Linn.), 229.
decipiens, Costa, 229.
faba (F. & M.), 229.
macella (F. & M.), 230.
striato-punctata (F. & M.), 229.
3 .» var. selseyensis

H.-A. & E., 229.

subnodosa (Miinster), 229.
polystrapi a, Bulimina, 124.
a Verneuilina, 124.
Polytrema miniaceum (Linn.), 221.
bs S var. alba, Carter, 226.

EXPEDITION.

ages Nautilus, 227.
Nonionina, 227.
aoWhete Orbulina, 193.
porrecta, Bifarina, 132.
a Textularia, 119.
ee (var.), Textularia, 119.

ms var. arenacea, Bifarina, 132.
praecincta, Rotalia, 211.
S Truncatulina, 211.

praegeri, Discorbina, 199.
problema, Polymorphina, 182.
procera, Pulvinulina, 217.
propinqua, Verneuilina, 125.
protea, Lagena, 153.
proteiformis, Carpenteria, 213.

3 (var.), Carpenteria, 213.
proteus, Trochammina, 112, 113.
Psammonyx vuleanicus, 110.
Psammosphaera bowmanni, H.-A. & E., 83.
fusca, Schulze, 83.
var. testacea, Flint, 83.

23

> parva, Flint, 83.
3 rustica, H.-A. & E., 84.

pseudodistans (var.), Reophax, 95.
pseudospirale, Haplophragmium, 97.
pseudospiralis, Proteonina, 97.
pulchella, Lagena, 165.

A var. hexagona, Lagena, 165.
Pullenia obliquiloculata, P. & J., 193.

- quinqueloba, Rss., 193.

», Sphaeroides (d’Orb.), 194.
pulvinoides, Discorbina, 206.
Pulvinulina auricula (F. & M.), 214.

53 berthelotiana (d’Orb.), 218.
brongniartii (d’Orb.), 215.
PP canariensis (d’Orb.), 215.
concentrica, P. & J., 214
crassa (d’Orb.), 216.

- elegans (d’Orb.), 218.

a erinacea, 206.

ss exigua, Br., 217.

FE favus, Br., 219.

haliotidea, H.-A. & E., 215.
- < hauerii (d’Orb.), 214.

on karsteni (Rss.), 217, 218.

* nitidula, 140.

5: oblonga (Will.), 214.

= partschiana (d’Orb.), 218.

patagonica (d’Orb.), 215.

4 es var. scitula, Br., 215.

as pauperata, P. & J., 217.

3 procera, Br., 217.
punctulata (d’Orb.), 214.

x pygmaea, 211.
a repanda (F. & M.), 213.

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN

Pulvinulina repanda, var. concamerata (Mont.),

213.
5 schreibersii (d’Orb.), 217.
ne truncatulinoides (d’Orb.), 216.
* tumida, Br., 215.
a umbonata, Rss., 216.
punctata, Bolivina, 132.
5 var. arenacea, Bolivina, 133.

punctulata, Pulyinulina, 214.
es Rotalia, 214.
pupoides, Gaudryina, 122.

ae Bulimina, 127.
pusilla, Cyclammina, 115.

» Verneuilina, 125.
pustulata, Discorbina, 203.
pygmaea, Bolivina, 135.

im Bulimina, 125.

eS Frondicularia, 174.

A Miliolina, 64, 67.

nd Pulvinulina, 211.

ss Quinqueloculina, 67.

‘ Truncatulina, 211.
Uvigerina, 183.

_ Verneuilina, 125.
Pyrgo laevis, 232.
pyrula, Bulimina, 127.

a

» Nodosaria, 168.

quadrangularis, Lagena, 160.
quadrata (var.), Entosolina, 15
re Lagena, 155.

quadri-auriculata (var.), Lagena,

quadrilatera, Textularia, 136.
quinquelatera, Lagena, 160.
quinqueloba, Nonionina, 193.

3 Pullenia, 193.
Quinqueloculina agglutinans, 69.
auberiana, 68.

bosciana, 66.
. candeiana, 68.
a contorta, 69.
vs cuvieriana, 69.

denticulata, 68.
ferussacii, 70.

»
ei fusca, 69.

Ms gracilis, 67.

s polygona, 70.
5 pygmaea, 67.
a sclerotica, 70.
a tenuis, 63.

= venusta, 68.

racemosa, Ramulina, 187.
radiata, Fissurma, 159,

167.

AND

EARLAND.

radicula, Nautilus, 168.

2?

Nodosaria, 168.

ramosa, Hyperammuna, 86.
Ramulina grimaldii, 187.

2?

2

”

globulifera, Br., 186.
(2) 187.

racemosa, 187.

raphanistrum, Nautilus, 171.

”

Nodosaria, 171.

raphanus, Dimorphina, 186.

”?

Sagrina, 186.
Technitella, 89.

rarescens, Discorbina, 203.
raricostata (var.), Lagena, 157.
recta, var. parallela, Vaginulina, 176.

refulgens, Cibicides, 207.

”

Truncatulina, 207.

regularis, Terebralina, 111.
reniformis, Lagena, 155.
Reophax adunca, Br., 96.

”

”

”

”

repanda, Pulvinulina,
var. concamerata, Pulvinulina, 215.

”?

advena, Cush., 94.
ampullacea, Br., 93, 103, 153, 15
bacillaris, Br., 94, 170.
cylindrica, Br., 97.
dentaliniformis, Br., 94.
difflugiformis, Br., 92, 143, 144..
distans, Br., 59, 96.

euncta, Jensen, 96.

fusifornus (Will.), 93.

grandis, 157.

guttifera, Br. [D.], 168,

lageniformis, 153.

234.

lenticularis, 157.
longiscatiformis, Chap., 95.
membranacea, 168.
nodulosa, Br., 95, 168.
ovulum, 143.

pululifera, Br., 93, 169.
placenta, 157.

polyeides, 171.

scorpiurus, Mont., 95.
spiculifera, Br., 60, 95, 169.

a var. pseudodistans, 96.

912
213.

repandus, Nautilus, 213.
reticulata, Bolivina, 135.

2?

>

”

»

Lagena, 152.
Lagenula, 152.
Rotalina, 212.
Truncatulina, 212.

reussi, Frondicularia, 175.
Rhabdammina abyssorum, M. Sars, 91.

22

cornuta, 84.
discreta, Br., 91,

iC

263

264

Rhabdogonium tricarinatum (d’Orb.), 175.
Rhizammina algaeformis, Br., 92.
richardi, Dioxeia, 90.

ringens, Biloculina, 61.
Miliolites, 61.
Trochammina, 114.

rizzae, Fissurina, 160.

Lagena, 160.

robertsoni, Trochammina, 114.

robertsoniana, Truncatulina, 210.

Robulina articulata, 179.

orbicularis, 179.

subnodosa, 229.

Robulus cultratus, 180.

robusta, Bolivina, 136.

roemeri, Dentalina, 170.

: Nodosaria, 170.

rosacea, Discorbina, 200.

% Rotalina, 200.

Rosalina akneriana, 210.
bertheloti, 202.
bulloides, 199.
cora, 199.
elobularis, 201.
isabelleana, 199.
mediterranensis, 201.
obtusa, 202.
opercularis, 205.
orbicularis, 200.

2?

5 parisiensis, 203.
peruviana, 200.
rugosa, 202.
saulcii, 202.
- valvulata, 202.
= vilardeboana, 200.
rostrata, Bulimina, 129.
Rotalia becearii (Linn.), 219.

: brongniartii, 215.

» Cclathrata, Br., 220.
craticulata, P. & J., 220.
karsteni, 218.
ochracea, 111.

,, orbicularis (d’Orb.), 219.

» papillosa, var. compressiuscula, Br..,
perlucida, H.-A. & E., 219.
praecincta, 211.

.. punctulata, 214.

s soldanu, d’Orb., 219.

5 var. arenacea, nov., 220.

5 Squammosa, 198.
turbo, 200.

rotaliformis, Trochammina, 114.
Rotalina berthelotiana, 218.
canariensis, 215.
crassa, 216,

<THRRA NOVA”

EXPEDITION.

Rotalina dutemplei, 211.
es elegans, 218.
5 fusca, 125.
haidingern, 210.
hauerii, 214.
micheliniana, 216.
nitida, 199.
partschiana, 218.
‘5 patagonica, 215.
polyrraphes, 201.
reticulata, 212.
" rosacea, 200.
schreibersi, 217.
truncatulinoides, 216.
turgida, 228.
. umbonata, 216.
5 ungeriana, 210.
rotulata, Cristellaria, 179.
me Lenticulites, 179.
rotulatum, Haplophragmium, 99.
3 Haplophragmoides, 99.
rotunda, Miliolina, 231.
ye Triloculina, 251.
rotundata, Crithionina, 106.
Glandulina, 167.
a Guttulina, 182.
aA Nodesaria, 167.
Pelosina, 77.
Polymorphina, 182.
rubra, Globigerina, 191.
» var. elevata, 191.
rudis, Lagena, 144.
tufum, Bathysiphon, 82.
rugosa, Crithionina, 77, 106.
Discorbina, 202.
» Gaudryina, 122.
Rosalina, 202.
» Textularia, 118:
, Webbina, 59.
rugosum, Plecanium, 118.
rustica, Psammosphaera, 84

Saccammina minuta, 85.
sphaerica, M. Sars, 85, 94.
» var. anglica, 85.
sacculifera, Globigerina, 192.
Sagenina divaricans, 60.
, trondescens, 60.
sagittula, Spiroplecta, 118.
- Textularia, 118.
Sagraina affinis, 117.
Sagrina bifrons, Br., 186.
» columellaris, Br., 185.
», dimorpha (P. & J.), 186.

2?

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN

Sagrina raphanus, P. & J., 186.

» striata (Schw.), 186.

> virgula, Br: 186.
Saracenaria italica, 178.
saulei, Discorbina, 202.

» Rosalina, 202.
scabra, Gaudryina, 123.
scalaris, Nautilus, 171.

+ Nodosaria, 171.

a Orthoceras, 171.
scapha, Nautilus, 228.

i Nonionina, 228.
scarabaeus, Lagena, 164.
schlichti, Fissurina, 156.

2 Lagena, 156.
schloenbachi, Cristellaria, 177.
schreibersiana, Virgulina, 131.
schreibersil, Pulvinulina, 217.

re Rotalina, 217.
scitula, Pulvinulina, 215.

» (var.), Pulvinulina, 215.
scitulum, Haplophragmium, 99.
sclerotica, Miliolina, 70.

i Quinqueloculina, 70.
scorpiurus, Reophax, 93.
scott, Frondicularia, 175.

, lagena, 150.
scruposum, Haplophragnuum, 92, 144.
Seabrookia earlandi, Wright, 141.

me pellucida, Br., 141.
selseyensis, Cornuspira, 74.
(var.), Lagena, 162.
Polystomella, 229.
Spirillina, 197.
semunarginata (var.), Lagena, 157.
seminiformis, Lagena, 158.
(var.), Lagena, 158.
seminuda (var.), Bulimina, 129.
e Lagena, 155.
seminulum, Miliolina, 67.
Serpula, 67.
semistriata, Lagena, 147.
(var.), Lagena, 147.
Serpula concamerata, 215. |
, filum, 88.
» lactea, 180.
laevis-globosa, 142.
marginata, 156.

. seminulum, 67.

, Striata, ete., 146.
serrata (var.), Biloculina, 63.

Ehrenbergina, 140.

(var.), Miholina, 69.
setosa, Nodosaria, 171.
shoneana, Trochammina, 110.

VOL. VI.

AND EARLAND.
shoneana Turritella, 110.
shoneanus, Ammodiscus, 110.
sigmoidea, Planispirina, 71.
“5 Sigmoilina, 71.
Sigmoilina celata (Costa), 71.

i. edwardsi (Schlumb.), 71.
* oyata, Sideb., 70.

5 sigmoidea, Br., 71.

ns umbonata, sp. nov., 71.

simplex, Nodosaria, 168.
sinuosa, Anomalina, 213.
Siphogenerina bifrons, 186.
siphonella, Gaudryina, 123.
siphonifera, Spiroplecta, 119.
sloanii, Nonionina, 228.
soldanu, Rotalia, 219.

= var. arenacea, Truncatulina, 220.

soluta, Dentalina, 169.
Nodosaria, 169.
sororia, Polymorphina, 181.
Sorosphaera confusa, Br., 84.
spathulata, Frondicularia, 174.
sphaera, Biloculina, 61.
sphaerica, Saccammuina, 85.
sphaeriloculum, Haplophragmium, 101.
26 Haplophragmoides, 101.
sphaeroides, Nonionina, 194.

Pullenia, 194.
Sphaeroidina bulloides, d’Orb., 102, 194.
dehiscens, P. & J., 194.

sphaeroidiniforme, Ammosphaeroidina, 102.
55 Haplophragmium, 102.

sphaerula, Lagena, 144.

spiculotesta (var.), Rhabdammina, 84.

spiculifera, Reophax, 60.

spinescens (var.), Bolivina, 133.

spinigera (var.), Lagena, 161.

spinipes (var.), Lagena, 150.

spinoso-marginata (var.), Lagena, 159.

spinulosa, Verneuilina, 124.

spiralis, Marsipella, 80.

Spirillina arenacea, 109.

decorata, Br., 197.

inaequalis, Br., 196.

limbata, Br., 196.

3 var denticulata, Br., 197.
lucida, Sideb., 196.
maregaritifera, Will., 197.
novae-zealandiae, Chap., 196.
obconica, Br., 195.

rs var. carinata, Halk., 195.
ornata, Sideb., 196.
selseyensis, H.-A. & E., 197.
tuberculata, Br., 196, 197.
vivipara, Ehbg., 74, 109, 195.
2M

266 “THRRA NOW A”

Spirolina agglutinans, 97.
Spiroloculina affixa, Terq., 63.
4 arenaria, Br., 64.
excavata, d’Orb., 63
inaequilateralis, 63. |
nitida, d’Orb., 63.
planulata (Lam.), 63.
tenuis (Czj.), 63.
Shieyalodts annectens (P. & J.), 121
biformis (P. & J.), 122.
siphonifera, 119.
wrighti (Silv.), 118.
spumosa, Lagena, 150.
squamata, Trochammina, 111.
squammigera, Bulimina, 1531. |
squammosa, Rotalia, 198.
squamosa, Lagena, 151.
squamoso-suleata, Lagena, 151.
squamosum, Vermiculum, 151.
staphyllearia, Fissurina, 154.
; Lagena, 154.
stelligera, Lagena, 148.
Nonionina, 227
var. seen. Lagena, 148.
var. nelsoni, Lagena, 148.
Storthesphaera albida, Schulze, 77.

depressa, 77.
depressa, Pearcey [K. I.], 231,
striata, Dimorphina, 186.
Lagena, 145.
Oolina, 145.
Sagrina, 186.
Serpula, 146.
; Lextularia, 119.
striato-punctata, Lagena, 149.
(var.), Lagena, 149.
selseyensis, Polystomella,
229.
striato-punctatus, Nautilus, 229. |
striatula, Marginulina, 176.
striolata, Cornuspira, 75.
sub-depressa, Virgulina, 131.
subglobosa, Cassidulina, 138.
a var. tuberculata, Cassidulina, 138.
sublineata (var.), Miliolina, 64.
subnodosa, Pleurostomella, 231.
Polystomella, 229.
Robulina, 229.
subrotunda, Miliolina, 65.
subrotundata, Gaudryina, 122.
subrotundum, Vermiculum, 65.
sub-squamosa, Virgulina, 131.
sub-striata (var.), Lagena, 167.
subteres, Bulimina, 130
subtertenuata, Nodosaria, 170.

EXPEDITION.

subturbinata, Trochammina, 188.
suleata, Lagena, 146.

tabernacularis, Discorbina, 205.
Technitella legumen, Norm. [K.1.] 11.
melo, 106.
mestayeri, 89.
raphanus, 89.
tenera, Truncatulina, 211.
tenuimargo, Haplophragmium, 98.
Ammobaculites, 98.
Truncatulina, 209
var. alto-camerata,
209.
tenuis, Ammodiscus, 74, 109.
Cristellaria, 177.
Marginulina, 177.
Quinqueloculina, 63.
Spiroloculina, 63.
fees (var.), Hyperammina, 88.
tenuistriata (var.), Lagena, 158.
Uvigerina, 233.
Perebralins regularis, 111.
testacea (var.), Psammosphaera, 83.
textilarioides, Bolivina, 133.
var. arenacea, Bolivina, 234.
.. Spinescens, Bolivina, 133.
ies tleria abbreviata, d’Orb., 120.
Ms agelutinans, d’ Orb., 119.
Fr barrettii, P. & J. [R. d. J.J, 232
_ candeiana, d’Orb., 119.
catenata, 117.
concava (Karr.), 117.

a var. heterostoma, Forn.,

Lee

conica, d’Orb., 121.

~ var. horrida, Egger, 121.
fungiformis, Forn., 120.

se fusiformis, 132.

3 gramen, d’Orb., 121.
horrida, 121.

ns inconspicua, Br., 117.
mariae, 118.
milletti, 118.
obsoleta, 136.
pectinata, 118.
porrecta, Br., 119.
quadrilatera, 136.

55 rugosa, Rss., 118.
8 sagittula, Def., 118.
a5 var. jugosa, 118.

stricta, 119.
triquetra, 124.

Truncatulina,

102,

FORAMINIFERA—HERON-ALLEN AND EARLAND.

Textularia trochus, d’Orb., 121, 232.
Fy variabilis, 135.
Textularioides inflata, 119.
Tholosina bulla (Br.), 104, 107.
Thurammina albicans, 108.
favosa, 107.

papillata, Br., 75, 84, 107, 193.
var. albicans, Br., 108.
canaliculata, 85.

carlosa, 84.

% ., castanea, H.-A. & H.,

107.

fe : .. elegantissima, 85.
* 3 ., favosa, Flint, 107.
haeusleri, H.-A. & E.,

107.
var. parallela, 108.

tuberosa, 108.
tibia, Nubecularia, 59.
tortuosa, Bolivina, 136.

var. arenacea, Bolivina, 136.

triangularis, Valvulina, 125.
tricarinata, Miliolina, 66.

“ Triloculina, 66.
- Vaginulina, 175.

tricarinatum, Rhabdogonium, 175.
tricarinella, Cristellaria, 177.
trigonula, Miliolina, 65.
. Miliolites, 65.
triloba, Globigerina, 187.
Triloculina brongniartii, 70.
cireularis, 64.
echinata, 68.
labiosa, 65.
linneiana, 70.
rotunda, 231.
tricarinata, 66.
valvularis, 64.
Trioxeia edwardsi, 90.
triquetra, Textularia 124.
Verneuilina, 124.
Trochammiuna coronata, 112.
galeata, Br., 114.
slobigeriniformis, 102.
globulosa, 189.

inflata (Mont.), 112, 114, 202.

iregularis clavata, 115.
mitrata, 113.

moniliformis, sp. nov., 112.
nana, 101.

nitida, Br., 112.

ochracea (Will.), 111.
pauciloculata, Br., 114.
plicata (Terq.), 112.
proteus, 112.

Trochammina ringens, Br., 114.
4 robertsoni, Br., 114.
rotaliformis, Wright, 114.
shoneana, 110.
squamata, J. & P., 111, 200.
charoides, 110.
oe gordialis, 110.
subturbinata, 188.
trullissata, Br., 113.
uviformis, Grzyb., 112, 221.
3 vesicularis, 114.
trochoides, Globigerina, 191.
trochus, Textularia, 121.
trullissata, Haplophragmium, 113.
Trochammina, 113.
Truncatulina akneriana (d’Orb.), 210.
colligera, 209.
culter (P. & J.), 211.
dutemplei (d’Orb.), 211.
haidingerii (d’Orb.), 210.
lobatula (W. & J.), 60, 208.

267

Bs var. arenacea, nov., 208.

praecincta (Karr.), 211.
pygmaea (Hant.), 211.
refulgens (Montf.), 207.
reticulata (Czj.), 212.
robertsoniana, Br., 210.
tenera, Br., 211.
tenuimargo, Br., 200.
ms var. alto-camerata,
nov., 200.
tumidula, Br., 211.
ungeriana (d’Orb.), 210.
. variabilis, d’Orb.. 60, 101, 208.
% wuellerstorfi (Schw.), 210.
truncatulinoides, Pulvinulina, 216.
; Rotalina, 216.
tuberculata (var.), Cassidulina, 158.
Discorbina, 233.
Spirillina, 196, 197.
Tubinella inornata, 72.
tubulifera var. tenuistriata, Lagena, 158.
tubulosa, Nubecularia, 60.
tumida (var.), Cassidulina, 137.
» Pulvinulina, 215.

(var.), Pulvinulina, 215
tumidula, Truncatulina, 211.
tumidulum, Ophthalmidium, 75.
turbo, Discorbina, 200.

Rotalia, 200.
turgida, Nonionina, 228.
me Rotalina, 228
var. arenacea, Nonionina, 228.
turris, Verneuilina, 124.
Turritella shoneana, 110.

268 “TERRA NOVA” EXPEDITION.

umbilicatula, Nonionina, 227.
umbilicatulus, Nautilus, 227.
umbonata, Pulvinulina, 216.
Rotalina, 216.
Sigmoilina, 71.
ungeriana, Rotalina, 210. ;
Truncatulina, 210.
unguiculata (var.), Discorbina, 207.
Lagena, 154.
unguis, Lagena, 157.
unicostata (var.), Lagena, 163.
unilatera (var.), Spirillina, 195.
universa, Orbulina, 193.
uviformis, Trochammina, 113.
Uvigerina aculeata, d’Orb., 184.
angulosa, Will., 183.
asperula, Czj., 184.

5% var. ampullacea, Br., 184.

auberiana, d’Orb., 184.
var. glabra, Mill., 185.

brunnensis, Karr., 184.
canariensis, d’Orb., 183.
dimorpha, 186.

interrupta, Br., 185.

pygmaea, d’Orb., 183.
tenuistriata, Rss. [R. d. J.], 233.

vagans, Hyperammina, 86.
Vaginulina bruckenthali, Neugeb., 176.

= legumen (Linn.), 176.
- recta, var. parallela, Halk., 176.

tricarinata, 175.
valvularis, Miliolina, 64.
Triloculina, 64.
valvulata, Discorbina, 202.
; Rosalina, 202.
Valvulina alata, 134.
= conica, P. & J., 12
53 fusca (Will.), 111, 1
pileolus, 204.
triangularis, 125.
Vanhoeffenella gauss, Rhumb.,
variabilis, Bolivina, 135.
Cristellaria, 177.
(var.), Haplophragmium, 100.
Pelosina, 77.
Textularia, 135.
Truncatulina, 60.
var. arenacea, Bolivina, 234.
ventricosa, Discorbina, 206.
Lagena, 154.

D.
25, 200.

=I
a

venusta, Hyperamminella, 88.
Miliolina, 68.
5 Quinqueloculina, 68.
Vermiculum laeve, 143.
oblongum, 66.
squamosum, 151.
e subrotundum, 65.
Verneuilina polystropha (Rss.), 124, 126.
a pusilla, Goés, 125.
propinqua, Br., 125.
pygmaea, Egger, 125.
ae spmulosa, Rss., 124.
.. . triquetra (Miinster), 124.
.; turris, sp. nov., 124.
vertebralis, Nautilus, Orthoceras, 172.
Nodosaria, 172.
vesicularis, Gypsina, 221.
Orbitolina, 221.
Trochammina, 114.
vilardeboana, Discorbina, 200.
Rosalina, 200.
villosa (var.), Lagena, 161.
virgula, Sagrina, 186.
Virgulina pauciloculata, Br., 132.
schreibersiana, Czj., 131.
FA sub-depressa, Br., 131.
a sub-squamosa, Egger, 151.
vivipara, Spirillina, 74, 195.
var. carinata, Spirillina, 195.
vortex, Cristellaria, 179.
Nautilus, 179.
vuleanicus, Psammonyx, 110.

walleriana (var.), Lagena, 162.
Webbina clavata (J. & P.), 89, 115.
hemispherica, 75.
irregularis, d’Orb., 115.
laevigata, 115.
rugosa, 59.
williamsoni, Entosolenia, 146.
Lagena, 146.
williamsoniana, Bulimina, 150.
wilsoni, Discorbina, 206.
wrightiana, Gaudryina, 123.
wrightii, Spiroplecta, 118.

_ wuellerstorfi, Anomalina, 210.

Truneatulina, 210.

yokoyamae (var.), Lagena, 163.

LONDON : PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED, DUKE STREET, STAMFORD STREET, $.E.1, AND GREAT WINDMILL STREET; W, 1.

oe 7
zoa, Part II, Foraminifera, Pl. I. 0x:
a aS 2
_
7

}

PLATE I.

Magn. No.
Fie. 1—Miliolina auberiana, var. arenacea nov. Front view ‘ : ; : > oD) 636
hie 2 —— i Es Back view. : 5 : : ee nts}
Fie. 3— » Oral view . : ; : : je TH)
Fie. 4—Miliolina ealcarata sp.n. Oral view . : : ‘ 3 ‘ : 5 elo) 41
Kies 5— - ey AS Front view . ‘ ; ; é 3 : 3 290
lic, 6—= ka Ae an Back view . : : 4 : 3 ; - 90)
Fig. 7.—Sigmoilina umbonata sp. n. Side view . ; : ; : : : . 45 53
ie, t= 3 re Oral view .- : : E . HJ See 5)
Figs. 9, 10. Ophithalinidium margaritiferum sp. n. Side views : : : : . 82 58
Iie il_—— i i. Fe Oral view 5 : » 182:
Fie. 12.— 55 + .. Side view (Balsam eau : 15
Fig. 13. —Hyperammina ramosa, Brady, with incorporated specimens of Cornuspira pare
vens, Reuss. . é : 45 91
Fies. 14, 15.—Vanhoeffenella gaussii, Pimvablen chopiine the aciaest bony : 5. hs) 69
Fie. 16.—Saccammina sphaerica, M. Sars. Abnormal indaecal : ; Z : ells) 87
Fic. 17—Hyperammina elongata, var. tenwissima nov. . : : . 45 95
Fic. 18.—Psammosphaera fusca, Schulze. Sessile individual with Miyiliee Bua. . 22 81
Fie. 19.—Jaculella acuta, Brady (?) Megalospheric form : : : : ; a lal 88
ne. 20 2 », (2) Microspheric form . : ; : silts}
Fic. 21—Hyperammina elongata, Brady, utilising spicules for apneietinn ; ! ee) 93

Fie. 22—Ammodiscus. shoneanus, Siddall . : ‘ : 3 ‘ i . i 159

Brit. Antarctic ( Terra Nova) Exped. 1910.

Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist) Zoology, Vol. VI.

Protozoa, Part IL PL I.
Foraminifera.

1. H. Brooks. del ad nat London Stereoscopic Co.. imp.

Protozoa, Part II, Foraminifera, Pl. II.

NI

PLATE II.
DENDRONINA, gen. n.

Fias. 1-6. Dendronina limosa, spn. No. 76.

Fig. 1.—A sessile specimen with globular basal chamber and two tubes arising from it (tubes broken).

Fic. 2.—Basal chamber of a free specimen with cheval-de-frise of spicules.

Fie. 3.—A young individual showing constriction of tube to form a mpple-shaped aperture (unbroken)
and basal spicules.

Fig. 4—A similar specimen with three trunks, laid open at base toshow rudimentary labyrinthic structure.

Fic. 5.—A young individual to show constriction of apertural end of tube (unbroken). The oval bodies
are sterrasters of a Geodia, and the specimen was probably sessile on the sponge.

Fic. 6—Superior view of a sessile specimen with irregularly globular basal chamber. The central space

shows the line of fracture of a double trunk arising from the basal chamber and indicates

the thickness of the wall of the chamber.

Fies. 7-9. Dendronina limosa, var. humilis, nov. No. 77.
Fic. 7.—Section showing labyrinthic base, swollen cavity of trunk above it, and simple tube with con-
stricted aperture at the top.
Fic. 8—Basal view, showing labyrinthie structure.
Fic. 9.—Side view, showing constricted simple aperture at the end of the short trunk.

Fies. 10-12, 14-18. Dendronina arborescens, sp.n. No. 74.

Fic. 10.—A young sessile specimen with regularly formed basal pad and slender trunk (fragment).

Fics. 11, 16—Free growing specimens showing the bulbous basal chamber.

Fic. 12.—Semi-diagrammatic restoration of large specimen.

A.—The basal pad; B.—The trunk or principal tube; C.—A secondary tube with
terminal corona of spines around aperture; D.—A similar terminal aperture on a
branch ; K.—Branches subdividing into branchlets; F.—Abnormal terminal with
spicular extensions.

Fig. 14.—A branchlet characterised by the abnormal size of the spicules employed. Terminal aperture
with spicular extensions at the top.

Fie. 15.—A fragment of a branch showing spiral arrangement of spicules.

Fic. 17.—The basal pad viewed as a transparent object. The darker radiating lines indicate protoplasm
fillmg the radiating passages which converge on the central cavity from which the main
trunk arises.

Fig. 18.—A branchlet viewed as a transparent object showing the continuity of the protoplasm.

Fies. 13, 19. Dendronina arborescens, var. antarctica, noy. No. 75.

Fic. 13.—Detached sessile specimen showing labyrinthic structure of basal pad.
Fic. 19.—The ineurved base shows that the specimen was originally sessile, and the broken top end of
the trunk suggests a fracture at the point of furcation.

Magn. X 25.

Brit. Antarctic (Terra Nova) Exped. 1910.
Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist) Zoology, Vol. VI.

Protozoa, Part IL PI IL.
Foraminifera

M.H. Brooks. del. ad nat. London Stereoscopic Co.. imp.

Protozoa, Part II, Foraminifera, Pl. III.

PLATE IIl.

Fie. 1—Hyperammina novae-zealandiae, spn. Microspheric
Fies. 2, 3.— ~ “a * Megalospheric :
Fig. 4.— ot i a ee Balsam ont ehoge ing
rudimentary septation
hee }— ee Ki Microspheric. Balsam mount
Fie. 6. eee advena, Cushman. Straight type, final chamber incomplete.
Fie. 7.— aA © 5 Curved type, showing loosely agglutinated final
chamber
Fic. 8—Marsipella chapmani, spn. : : : : 3 : : : :
line, Yi i z ., Balsam mount, showing basal extrusions of proto-
plasm

Frias. 10, 11, 12—Marsipella elongata, Norman

Fig. 13.—Reophax euneta, Jensen. Abnormal Epeomee Ww ith Scene: cere .

Hie. 14.— bs =e ra Monothalamous specimen. Balsam mount showing
; protoplasm > .

Fig. 15. eee ee agglutinans (VOrbigny). Pauperate type

Fics. 16, 17.—Trochammina uviformis, Grzybowski : :

Fies. 18, 19—Trochammina moniliformis, spn. Fragments Sowean rat

Fie. 20.— a a = Unseptate fragment A

Fie. 21, 22.— * 3 . General aspect of type specimens .

Hie. 23.— - Balsam mount
Fic. 24.—Webbina niepulares d Oenieae

Magn.

72

72
72

No.

108

99

97
14

118
166
165

174

Brit Antarctic (Terra Nova) Exped. 1910.

Protozoa, Part IL P1 Ill.

Zoology, Vol. VI.

Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist) |

Foraminifera.

London Stereoscopic Co.. imp.

MH. Brooks. del. ad nat

7

Protozoa, Part I, Foraminifera, Pl. IV,

PLATE IV.

Magn. No.
Fic. 1.—Crithionina lens, Gots. Sessile. Laid open to show the rudimentary septation 22 147
Fie. 2.— m5 2 Sessile specimen ; : ; : : : 2 22
Fies. 3, 4.—Textularia conica, var. horrida, Egger. ; , : s é : 5 ei) Ie
Fie. 5—Crithionina rugosa, hispid variety. : : : : : : : 5 mall 146
Fies. 6, 7.—Textularia porrecta, Brady : : : : : : : : PA 185
Fies. 8, 9, 10.—Verneuilina turris, sp.n. Side views . : : : ; ; St) 203
Fie. 11.— Bs 3 % Apical view . ; : j F : 2 ho
Fie. 12.— - ot Basal view. , : : ; ; a ol)
Fie. 13.—Gaudr ota ee spn. Balsam mount . : ¢ : ; : . 105 200
Fies. 14, 15— ,, F : . é : F : : = si)
Fries. 16, 17.—Gaudryina migoae a Orbigny. Long type : : ; ; : a 02 197
Fries. 18, 19 —Bulimina chapmani, spn. Side views. . : : 3 : : . 45 233
Fie. 20.— 7S 3 e Oral view. : : : Z : = 6°45
Fies. 21, 22.—Bolivina punctata, var. arenacea, nov... : 3 eye : » 90 242
Fras. 23, 24, 25.—Bifarina porrecta, var. arenacea, nov.. : : : : : . 70 240
Rie: 26— A = _ Balsam mount. : ‘ F = 00)
Fies. 27, 28.—Bolivina oariabilis, var. arenaced, Noy. . : F 5 : ; 5s lo) 646
Fics. 29, 30.—Bolivina textilarioides, var. avenacea, nov. : : ‘ ; : . 135 645
Fires. 31, 52—Bolivina inflata, var. arenacea, nov. . . F 5 “s : . 135 254
Fig. 33.— . 2 Rs Balsam moana : : : . sO
Fires. 34, 35.—Bolivina fortuosa, var. arenacea, noy. . : : : . 5 SD 259

Figs. 36, 37, 38.—Cassidulina subglobosa, var. tuberculata, nov. —. a : : - 90 267

Brit. Antarctic (Terra Nova) Exped. 1910.
Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist) Zoology, Vol. VI.

Protozoa, Part II. Pl. IV.
Foraminifera.

MH. Brooks. del. ad nat London Stereoscopic Co. imp.

: <i
n

Part nN Foraminifera, Pine

PLATE V.

Fias. 1, 4, 5.—Ehrenbergina hystrix, var. glabra, nov. Oral side views

Fics. 2, 3.— Pe - - .. Dorsal side views
Rie. 6.— - ” k + re End view, oral

Ries 11— = _ F ‘. a Abnormal—double shell
Fie. 7.—Lagena clavulus, sp.n. : : : : : :
Fries. 8, 9, 10.—Cassidulina laevigata, var. ae nov.

Fras. 12, 13, 14.—Lagena globosa, var. lineato-punctata, nov. .

Rie 15: ieee squamoso-sulcata, sp.n. :

Fig. 19. = a » Oral view

Fic. 16.—Lagena eatorilates Reuss. Oral view

Fics. 17, 18.—Lagena catenulata, Reuss.

Fias. 20, 21, 22.—Lagena sieWigeras var. nelsoni, nov.

Fic. 23.—Lagena marginata (Walker & Boys) Serrate earicoy

Fic. 24.—Lagena marginata var. fissa, nov. : :

Fie. 25.— ,, 45 Ss Bdge view

Magn.

90
90
90
75
135
90
135
90
90
180
180
140
230
90
90

No.
275

292
263
280
317

319
306

338
339

Brit. Antarctic (Terra Nova) Exped. 1910.

Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist) Zoology, Vol. VI. Protozoa, Part IL PLV.
Foraminifera.

MH Brooks. del ad nat. London Stereoscopic Co.. imp

- <-

-

Jo

——

!

7

=

—_

.

Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.

PLATE VI.
1.—Lagena squamosa, (Montagu) :
2— 5, 43 a Oral view .
3.—Lagena scotti, sp.n. : : : 4
4— ,, a ; Detail of surface-ornament

5.—Lagena striatopunctata, Parker & Jones .

Fics. 6, 7.—See under Fig. 11.

Fic.

Fic.

Fic.
Fics.
Fic.

Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.

Fic.

19— ,, 5 Oral view
9.—Lagena aes perforata, Seguenza
t— ~ so > Edge view
10, 12—Lagena bicarinata, var. villosa, nov.
11.— * x x 5 Edge view
6.—Lagena bicarinata, var. spinigera, nov.
7I— 5 . Edge view
14.—Lagena omic. var. athibran, nov.
We op 4g 5 Edge view
15.—Lagena Grou ianie var. baccata, nov.
le@— . 5 5 "5 Oral alee view
17.—Lagena orbignyana, var. yokoyamae, Millett
18— ,, Fe ma a Edge view

19.—See under Fig. 5

Fies. 20, 22, pe igrens scarabaeus, sp.n.

Fic.

Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fig.
Fic.
Fie.
Fic.
Fic.

21.— » Edge view

24.—Lagena fon mosa, Se hweper

R= 5 x a Edge view ‘ :

26.—Lagena auriculata, Brady. Variety. Balsam mount

27.— 5 var. quadri- auriculata, nov.

29 enone pellita, sp.n. i :
28. — 5 Initial chamhen downed a anne eee :
ail Se onder scottii, spn. Side view

30.— af sn . Edge view .

32.— < Balearn mount

33. aD ada pygmaea, Sidebottom :
34.—Cristellaria costata (Fichtel & Moll). Variety.

Magn.

155
135
70
140
62

62
140
140
160
160
100
100
107
107
107
107
135
135

90
90
160
160
180
115
125
125
45
45
45
135
100

415

412
440

ee ee nn EEE

Protozoa, Part IL Pl VI.
Foraminifera

Brit. Antarctic (Terra Nova) Exped. 1910.
Zoology, Vol. VI.

Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist)

ce

7

La
Sg AS

London Stereoscopic Ce. imp

M.H. Brooks. del ad nat

en

id ren ~
Il, Foraminifera, Pl. VII.

Fie.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fic.
Fie.
Fic.
Fie.
Fic.
Fic.

BEG

Fics.
Fie. 1

Fics.

Fic.
Fie.
Fic.
Fic.

1—Polymorphina sororia, Reuss.

— - oblonga, Williamson.

3.—Spirillina selseyensis, Heron-Allen

4. 5 vivipara, Ehrenberg.

5.—Patellina corrugata, Williamson.

6.—Globigerina cretacea, var. eqger’.

9 —Discorbina harmeri, spn. Kdge vi
IO== x x Inferior
ll— , ; of

12, 16. Seabed calcarata, sp.n. In

3.— 33 ”

14,15 5, 5
17.—Discorbina wilsoni, sp.n. Superior
We , ,, Inferior vi
19.— 3 - ,, (Superior)
20.—Discorbina disparilis sp.n. Inferio

PLATE VII.

Aculeate and fistulose variety .

Aculeate variety
and Earland :
Parent shell with young proud
x 3 ‘ 3
Inferior view
Edge view.
Superior view
ew
view

Superior view

ferior views

Edge view
Superior views

view

ew

edge view
r view

Hig. 2», > Superior view

Fie. 22— ,, y <3 Hdge (oral) view é ’

Fre. 23.—TLruncatulina refulgens (Montfort). Sessile specimens with arenaceous pupal
proce sses : < .

ie, Ao f Mi 3 Parent shell with young broads in chambers

Fie. 24.—Truncatulina fe nuimargo, var. alto-camerata, nov. (Superior) edge view

Fies. 25, 27.— ,, 5 5 iN ,, Superior view

Fie. 26.— 5 s 35 ., Inferior view

Fie. 28.—See under Fig. 23.

Fie. 29.—Rotalia soldanii, var. arenacea, nov. Superior view

Fic. 30.— ¥ 3 Inferior view

Fie. 31— _,, ; 3 3 5 Edge (oral) view

Fie. 32. Ser ineaiune lobatula, var. arenacea, nov. Free, inferior view.

Fie. 33.— 56 Free, superior view

Fie. 34.— a ss Free, edge (oral) view

Fie. 35.— _ i - » Sessile.

Fras. 36, 38.—Nonionina turgida, var. arenacea, noy. Side views

Fie. 37,— Oral view . : : ; P

33 or > 33

Magn.

70
62
160
250

125

90
90
90
90
90
90
107
107
107
90
90
90

c © ©
oo °°

aS & Se
bo bw hw bw ©

(os)
i=)

No.
444
442
505
493
506
476

601

551

619

Brit. Antarctic (Terra Nova) Exped. 1910.
Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist) Zoology, Vol. VI. Protozoa, Part IL PL.VIl.
Foraminifera.

M.H. Brooks. del. ad nat London Stereoscopic Co.. imp.

*

Foraminifera, Pl. VII.

PLATE VIII.
Polytrema miniaceum (Linné). No. 608.
Norr.—Figures 7, 24, and 29 were drawn from Corsican specimens.

Fie. 1.—Earliest observed stage, lying on sponge but apparently not attached.

Fies. 2, 3—Very early stages of the free form.

Fies. 4, 5, 6, 7—Development of the free form into the “ raspberry ” stage. Fig. 7 marks the ultimate
possible development, and was not observed in the New Zealand material.

Fig. 8.—The free “ raspberry ” form becomes sessile. At this early stage the pavement layer of chambers
by which it attaches itself is not visible from above.

Fic. 9.—A specimen similar to Fig. 8, detached to show the ruptured pavement layer of chambers.

Fic. 13.—A partial section through a specimen slightly more advanced than Fig. 9, showing the “ rasp-
berry ” in anest of pavement chambers which are commencing to form outgrowths.

Fie. 10.—A more advanced specimen which has been attached to the rounded stem of a Zoophyte. The
pavement layer and its outgrowths have entirely enveloped the “ raspberry,”
forming two tubular outgrowths, and are spreading round the stem of the host.

Fies. 11, 12, 14.—Stages in the development of the pavement and investing layer of chambers, and
the formation of tubular apertures.

Figs. 15, 16, 17 —Further stages of development involving the final disappearance of the “ raspberry ”’
in the investing layers.

Figs. 18, 19, 21, 22.—Transition stages up to the adult.

Fre. 20.—Section through primordial chambers of the free “‘ raspberry” stage.

Fic. 23.—An adult specimen attacked by an organism which has tunnelled into the hard test.

Fie. 24.—A similar specimen (from Corsica) in which the ravages of the boring organism have exposed the
“ raspberry,’ which, owing to its thicker test, has been left untouched.

Fig. 25.—Adult stage, section showing concentric layers of investing chambers in trunk.

Fic. 26.—Detail of surface-layer from Fig. 25, showing the reticulate character of each investing layer of
chambers. The round pits are the first stage in the formation of “ pillar pores.”

Fras. 27, 28.—Partially decalcified basal portions in which the position and structure of the “ raspberry ”
are clearly shown. The thick chitinous linings of the chambers of the raspberry have
resisted the process of decalcification.

Fic. 29.—Basal view of a part of the base of a microspheric specimen, showing rotaline initial chambers.

Fre. 30.—A partially decalcified specimen viewed from the base and showing the chitinous lining of
the pavement layer of chambers which had attached the “ raspberry ” to its host.

Fic. 31.—A fragment of Polytrema with envelopment of large sponge-spicules, perhaps due to symbiosis
of the two organisms.

Magnifications— Figs. 1, 2, 3, x 50.
» 4to 14, 24, x 40.
» 15 to 19, 26 to 28, x 30.
., 20 and 30, x 60.
» 21 to 23, 25, x 15.
ey PRK SO.
31, x 25.

Brit. Antarctic (Terra Nova) Exped. 1910.

Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist) Zoology, Vol. VI. Protozoa, Part IL Pl VI.
Foraminifera.

London Stereoscopic Co.. imp.

M.H Brooks. del. ad nat

ee mae ee
i) het? a) ie
ee Ay ob

vo

: a
> (
i
Alan
a
Sl ee
. Pr

iy
iv Fi
f
1
‘
7
, '
i
7
> 7
=
1

i Ji

QL
368
F6H4L7

BioMed

-Heron-Allen, Edwards
Foraminifera

ca,

Sy
is